The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows August 18 2015 | From: StumbleUpon
“You have two cows” is a common political satire involving variations of scenarios of two cows and how they work within various economic systems. [Some of this is toungue-incheek and some is an accurate summary, however unfortunate it may be].
It’s also frequently used as a joke in entry-level economics courses, whereby the professor will use the two cows as metaphors for currency, capital, property, and their relationships. Here are the major world economic theories, explained with two cows:
Socialism encourages sharing and co-operative management. When you have two cows, you’re expected to share one with your neighbor. When your neighbor later gets two cows, you can expect a similar favour.
Communism is a more extreme form of socialism. In this system, the State gets to have your cows and redistribute them as it sees fit. As a result, you have zero control over the cow, only what they produce.
The most tyrannical of the listed economic systems, fascism takes away your cows without a just cause. It then uses the stolen goods to to milk even more profit out of you. In a Fascist society, you want to make sure your cows are hidden from the State.
Large governments are commonly blamed for being bureaucratic. Complicated chains of command end up obscuring the real goal. In the end, none of the actions seem to make sense. Why waste a perfectly healthy cow?
Then you have traditional capitalism, which is the most stable system of them all. You buy two cows, nurture them, and give them room to prosper and multiple. With the power of compounding interest, the two cows will become an entire herd by the time you retire. You, the cows, and everyone buying the cows’ milk live happily ever after.
Venture capital relies on a small number of cows producing so much milk that they overshadow the rest of the loser cows. The rules get complicated as more farmers want a piece of the cow.
Molto bella!
The French are notorious with strikes. If they don’t get three cows, no one gets any cow.
Wall Street is notorious for being ruthless about milking profits out of corporations. If the cows don’t produce a certain volume of milk every quarter, it gets whipped. After they get sick to the point that they’re unable to produce any more milk, you pay a large fee to hire a vet.
Switzerland is famous for its neutrality. It doesn’t want the drama of owning cows. Instead, it rents out land for nurturing your cows.
Keenan!?
Mate.
Chow.
No WMD's.
Have a butter chicken :)
People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror August 17 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
Governments from around the world admit they carry out false flag terror.
A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland. Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.
Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939, and declared that the fire originated from Finland as a basis launching the Winter War four days later.
Israel admits that an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).
The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950′s to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.
As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in the 1960′s, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba. See the following ABC news report; the official documents; and watch this interview with the former Washington Investigative Producer for ABC’s World News Tonight with Peter Jennings.
2 years before, American Senator George Smathers had suggested that the U.S. make “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]“.
And Official State Department documents show that – only nine months before the Joint Chiefs of Staff plan was proposed – the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country. The 3 plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.
The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him “to participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.
An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).
Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).
According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.
The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.
As reported by BBC, the New York Times, and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.
Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization.
The US Department Of Justice - A perverted Pile of Shit
It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations. It could launch fake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”
U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.
Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing.
Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA. Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance.
Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.
Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).
At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.
A Colombian army colonel has admitted that his unit murdered 57 civilians, then dressed them in uniforms and claimed they were rebels killed in combat.
U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants.
The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – admitted last the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.
So Common - There’s a Name for It
This tactic is so common that it was given a name for hundreds of years ago.
“False flag terrorism” is defined as a government attacking its own people, then blaming others in order to justify going to war against the people it blames. Or as Wikipediadefines it:
"False flag operations are covert operations conducted by governments, corporations, or other organizations, which are designed to appear as if they are being carried out by other entities.
The name is derived from the military concept of flying false colors; that is, flying the flag of a country other than one’s own. False flag operations are not limited to war and counter-insurgency operations, and have been used in peace-time; for example, during Italy’s strategy of tension."
The term comes from the old days of wooden ships, when one ship would hang the flag of its enemy before attacking another ship in its own navy. Because the enemy’s flag, instead of the flag of the real country of the attacking ship, was hung, it was called a “false flag” attack.
Indeed, this concept is so well-accepted that rules of engagement for naval, air and land warfare all prohibit false flag attacks.
Leaders Throughout History Have Acknowledged False Flags
Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the danger of false flags:
“This and no other is the root from which a tyrant springs; when he first appears he is a protector.”
- Plato
“If Tyranny and Oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy.”
- U.S. President James Madison
“A history of false flag attacks used to manipulate the minds of the people! “In individuals, insanity is rare; but in groups, parties, nations, and epochs it is the rule.”
- Friedrich Nietzsche
“Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.
- Adolph Hitler
“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …
Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”
- Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.
“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.
- Josef Stalin
People Are Waking Up to False Flags
People are slowly waking up to this whole con job by governments who want to justify war.
More people are talking about the phrase “false flag” than ever before.
The Teflon Toxin - DuPont And The Chemistry Of Deception August 16 2015 | From: TheIntercept
Ken Wamsley Sometimes Dreams that he’s playing softball again. He’ll be at center field, just like when he played slow pitch back in his teens, or pounding the ball over the fence as the crowd goes wild. Other times, he’s somehow inexplicably back at work in the lab. Wamsley calls them nightmares, these stories that play out in his sleep, but really the only scary part is the end, when “I wake up and I have no rectum anymore.”
Wamsley is 73. After developing rectal cancer and having surgery to treat it in 2002, he walks slowly and gets up from the bench in his small backyard slowly. His voice, which has a gentle Appalachian lilt, is still animated, though, especially when he talks about his happier days. There were many.
While Wamsley knew plenty of people in Parkersburg, West Virginia, who struggled to stay employed, he made an enviable wage for almost four decades at the DuPont plant here. The company was generous, helping him pay for college courses and training him to become a lab analyst in the Teflon division.
He enjoyed the work, particularly the precision and care it required. For years, he measured levels of a chemical called C8 in various products. The chemical “was everywhere,” as Wamsley remembers it, bubbling out of the glass flasks he used to transport it, wafting into a smelly vapor that formed when he heated it. A fine powder, possibly C8, dusted the laboratory drawers and floated in the hazy lab air.
At the time, Wamsley and his coworkers weren’t particularly concerned about the strange stuff.
“We never thought about it, never worried about it,” he said recently. He believed it was harmless;
“Like a soap. Wash your hands [with it], your face, take a bath.”
Today Wamsley suffers from ulcerative colitis, a bowel condition that causes him sudden bouts of diarrhea. The disease also can - and his case, did - lead to rectal cancer. Between the surgery, which left him reliant on plastic pouches that collect his waste outside his body and have to be changed regularly, and his ongoing digestive problems, Wamsley finds it difficult to be away from his home for long.
Sometimes, between napping or watching baseball on TV, Wamsley’s mind drifts back to his DuPont days and he wonders not just about the dust that coated his old workplace but also about his bosses who offered their casual assurances about the chemical years ago.
“Who knew?” he asked.
“When did they know? Did they lie?”
The Washington Works DuPont plant in Parkersburg, West Virginia, on Wednesday, August 5, 2015.
Until recently, few people had heard much about chemicals like C8. One of tens of thousands of unregulated industrial chemicals, perfluorooctanoic acid, or PFOA - also called C8 because of the eight-carbon chain that makes up its chemical backbone - had gone unnoticed for most of its eight or so decades on earth, even as it helped cement the success of one of the world’s largest corporations.
Several blockbuster discoveries, including nylon, Lycra, and Tyvek, helped transform the E. I. du Pont de Nemours company from a 19th-century gunpowder mill into “one of the most successful and sustained industrial enterprises in the world,” as its corporate website puts it.
Indeed, in 2014, the company reaped more than $95 million in sales each day. Perhaps no product is as responsible for its dominance as Teflon, which was introduced in 1946, and for more than 60 years C8 was an essential ingredient of Teflon.
Called a “surfactant” because it reduces the surface tension of water, the slippery, stable compound was eventually used in hundreds of products, including:
Gore-Tex and other waterproof clothing; coatings for eye glasses and tennis rackets; stain-proof coatings for carpets and furniture; fire-fighting foam; fast food wrappers; microwave popcorn bags; bicycle lubricants; satellite components; ski wax; communications cables; and pizza boxes.
Concerns about the safety of Teflon, C8, and other long-chain perfluorinated chemicals first came to wide public attention more than a decade ago, but the story of DuPont’s long involvement with C8 has never been fully told.
Over the past 15 years, as lawyers have been waging an epic legal battle - culminating as the first of approximately 3,500 personal injury claims comes to trial in September - a long trail of documents has emerged that casts new light on C8, DuPont, and the fitful attempts of the Environmental Protection Agency to deal with a threat to public health.
This story is based on many of those documents, which until they were entered into evidence for these trials had been hidden away in DuPont’s files.
Among them are write-ups of experiments on rats, dogs, and rabbits showing that C8 was associated with a wide range of health problems that sometimes killed the lab animals.
Many thousands of pages of expert testimony and depositions have been prepared by attorneys for the plaintiffs. And through the process of legal discovery they have uncovered hundreds of internal communications revealing that DuPont employees for many years suspected that C8 was harmful and yet continued to use it, putting the company’s workers and the people who lived near its plants at risk.
Ken Wamsley, 73, stands outside of his home in Parkersburg, West Virginia, on Tuesday, August 4, 2015
The best evidence of how C8 affects humans has also come out through the legal battle over the chemical, though in a more public form.
As part of a 2005 settlement over contamination around the West Virginia plant where Wamsley worked, lawyers for both DuPont and the plaintiffs approved a team of three scientists, who were charged with determining if and how the chemical affects people.
In 2011 and 2012, after seven years of research, the science panel found that C8 was “more likely than not” linked to ulcerative colitis - Wamsley’s condition - as well as to high cholesterol; pregnancy-induced hypertension; thyroid disease; testicular cancer; and kidney cancer.
The scientists’ findings, published in more than three dozen peer-reviewed articles, were striking, because the chemical’s effects were so widespread throughout the body and because even very low exposure levels were associated with health effects.
We know, too, from internal DuPont documents that emerged through the lawsuit, that Wamsley’s fears of being lied to are well-founded.
DuPont scientists had closely studied the chemical for decades and through their own research knew about some of the dangers it posed. Yet rather than inform workers, people living near the plant, the general public, or government agencies responsible for regulating chemicals, DuPont repeatedly kept its knowledge secret.
Another revelation about C8 makes all of this more disturbing and gives the upcoming trials, the first of which will be held this fall in Columbus, Ohio, global significance: This deadly chemical that DuPont continued to use well after it knew it was linked to health problems is now practically everywhere.
A man-made compound that didn’t exist a century ago, C8 is in the blood of 99.7 percent of Americans, according to a 2007 analysis of data from the Centers for Disease Control, as well as in newborn human babies, breast milk, and umbilical cord blood.
A growing group of scientists have been tracking the chemical’s spread through the environment, documenting its presence in a wide range of wildlife, including Loggerhead sea turtles, bottlenose dolphins, harbor seals, polar bears, caribou, walruses, bald eagles, lions, tigers, and arctic birds.
Although DuPont no longer uses C8, fully removing the chemical from all the bodies of water and bloodstreams it pollutes is now impossible. And, because it is so chemically stable - in fact, as far as scientists can determine, it never breaks down - C8 is expected to remain on the planet well after humans are gone from it.
'In some ways, C8 already is the tobacco of the chemical industry - a substance whose health effects were the subject of a decades-long corporate cover-up.'
Eight companies are responsible for C8 contamination in the U.S. (In addition to DuPont, the leader by far in terms of both use and emissions, seven others had a role, including 3M, which produced C8 and sold it to DuPont for years.)
If these polluters were ever forced to clean up the chemical, which has been detected by the EPA 716 times across water systems in 29 states, and in some areas may be present at dangerous levels, the costs could be astronomical - and C8 cases could enter the storied realm of tobacco litigation, forever changing how the public thinks about these products and how a powerful industry does business.
In some ways, C8 already is the tobacco of the chemical industry - a substance whose health effects were the subject of a decades-long corporate cover-up. As with tobacco, public health organizations have taken up the cause - and numerous reporters have dived into the mammoth story.
Like the tobacco litigation, the lawsuits around C8 also involve huge amounts of money. And, like tobacco, C8 is a symbol of how difficult it is to hold companies responsible, even when mounting scientific evidence links their products to cancer and other diseases.
There is at least one sense in which the tobacco analogy fails. Exposure to tobacco usually contains an element of volition, and most people who smoked it in the past half century knew about some of the risks involved. But the vast majority of Americans - along with most people on the planet - now have C8 in their bodies. And we’ve had no choice in the matter.
For its furst undred years DuPont mostly made explosives, which, while hazardous, were at least well understood. But by the 1930s, the company had expanded into new products that brought new mysterious health problems. Leaded gasoline, which DuPont made in its New Jersey plant, for instance, wound up causing madness and violent deaths and life-long institutionalization of workers. And certain rubber and industrial chemicals inexplicably turned the skin of exposed workers blue.
Perhaps most troubling, at least to a DuPont doctor named George Gehrmann, was a number of bladder cancers that had recently begun to crop up among many dye workers.
Worried over “the tendency to believe [chemicals] are harmless until proven otherwise,” Gehrmann pushed DuPont to create Haskell Laboratories in 1935. Haskell was one of the first in-house toxicology facilities and its first project was to address the bladder cancers. But the inherent problems of assigning staff scientists to study a company’s own employees and products became clear from the outset.
One of Haskell’s first employees, a pathologist named Wilhelm Hueper, helped crack the bladder cancer case by developing a model of how the dye chemicals led to disease. But the company forbade him from publishing some of his research and, according to epidemiologist and public health scholar David Michaels, fired him in 1937 before going on to use the chemicals in question for decades.
DuPont elected not to disclose its findings to regulators.
C8 would prove to be arguably even more ethically and scientifically challenging for Haskell. From the beginning, DuPont scientists approached the chemical’s potential dangers with rigor. In 1954, the very year a French engineer first applied the slick coating to a frying pan, a DuPont employee named R. A. Dickison noted that he had received an inquiry regarding C8’s “possible toxicity.” In 1961, just seven years later, in-house researchers already had the short answer to Dickison’s question:
C8 was indeed toxic and should be “handled with extreme care,” according to a report filed by plaintiffs. By the next year experiments had honed these broad concerns into clear, bright red flags that pointed to specific organs:
C8 exposure was linked to the enlargement of rats’ testes, adrenal glands, and kidneys. In 1965, 14 employees, including Haskell’s then-director, John Zapp, received a memo describing preliminary studies that showed that even low doses of a related surfactant could increase the size of rats’ livers, a classic response to exposure to a poison.
The company even conducted a human C8 experiment, a deposition revealed. In 1962, DuPont scientists asked volunteers to smoke cigarettes laced with the chemical and observed that:
“Nine out of ten people in the highest-dosed group were noticeably ill for an average of nine hours with flu-like symptoms that included chills, backache, fever, and coughing.”
Because of its toxicity, C8 disposal presented a problem.
In the early 1960s, the company buried about 200 drums of the chemical on the banks of the Ohio River near the plant. An internal DuPont document from 1975 about “Teflon Waste Disposal” detailed how the company began packing the waste in drums, shipping the drums on barges out to sea, and dumping them into the ocean, adding stones to make the drums sink.
Though the practice resulted in a moment of unfavorable publicity when a fisherman caught one of the drums in his net, no one outside the company realized the danger the chemical presented. At some point before 1965, ocean dumping ceased, and DuPont began disposing of its Teflon waste in landfills instead.
A view of Parkersburg, West Virginia, from Fort Boreman Park on Wednesday, August 5, 2015
In 1978, Bruce Karrh, DuPont’s corporate medical director, was outspoken about the company’s duty“to discover and reveal the unvarnished facts about health hazards,” as he wrote in the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine at the time.
When deposed in 2004, Karrh emphasized that DuPont’s internal health and safety rules often went further than the government’s and that the company’s policy was to comply with either laws or the company’s internal health and safety standards,“whichever was the more strict.” In his 1978 article, Karrh also insisted that a company;
“Should be candid, and lay all the facts on the table. This is the only responsible and ethical way to go.”
Yet DuPont only laid out some of its facts. In 1978, for instance, DuPont alerted workers to the results of a study done by 3M showing that its employees were accumulating C8 in their blood.
Later that year, Karrh and his colleagues began reviewing employee medical records and measuring the level of C8 in the blood of the company’s own workers in Parkersburg, as well as at another DuPont plant in Deepwater, New Jersey, where the company had been using C8 and related chemicals since the 1950s.
They found that exposed workers at the New Jersey plant had increased rates of endocrine disorders. Another notable pattern was that, like dogs and rats, people employed at the DuPont plants more frequently had abnormal liver function tests after C8 exposure.
DuPont elected not to disclose its findings to regulators. The reasoning, according to Karrh, was that the abnormal test results weren’t proven to be adverse health effects related to C8. When asked about the decision in deposition, Karrh said that “at that point in time, we saw no substantial risk, so therefore we saw no obligation to report.”
Not long after the decision was made not to alert the EPA, in 1981, another study of DuPont workers by a staff epidemiologist declared that liver test data collected in Parkersburg lacked “conclusive evidence of an occupationally related health problem among workers exposed to C-8.”
Yet the research might have reasonably led to more testing. An assistant medical director named Vann Brewster suggested that an early draft of the study be edited to state that DuPont should conduct further liver test monitoring. Years later, a proposal for a follow-up study was rejected.
If the health effects on humans could still be debated in 1979, C8’s effects on animals continued to be apparent. A report prepared for plaintiffs stated that by then, DuPont was aware of studies showing that exposed beagles had abnormal enzyme levels “indicative of cellular damage.” Given enough of the stuff, the dogs died.
DuPont employees knew in 1979 about a recent 3M study showing that some rhesus monkeys also died when exposed to C8, according to documents submitted by plaintiffs. Scientists divided the primates into five groups and exposed them to different amounts of C8 over 90 days.
Those given the highest dose all died within five weeks. More notable was that three of the monkeys who received less than half that amount also died, their faces and gums growing pale and their eyes swelling before they wasted away. Some of the monkeys given the lower dose began losing weight in the first week it was administered. C8 also appeared to affect some monkeys’ kidneys.
Of course, enough of anything can be deadly. Even a certain amount of table salt would kill a lab animal, a DuPont employee named C. E. Steiner noted in a confidential 1980 communications meeting. For C8, the lethal oral dose was listed as one ounce per 150 pounds, although the document stated that the chemical was most toxic when inhaled.
The harder question was to determine a maximum safe dosage. How much could an animal - or a person - be exposed to without having any effects at all? The1965 DuPont study of rats suggested that even a single dose of a similar surfactant could have a prolonged effect. Nearly two months after being exposed, the rats’ livers were still three times larger than normal.
Steiner declared that there was no “conclusive evidence” that C8 harmed workers, yet he also stated that “continued exposure is not tolerable.” Because C8 accumulated in bodies, the potential for harm was there, and Steiner predicted the company would continue medical and toxicological monitoring and described plans to supply workers who were directly exposed to the chemical with protective clothing.
Two years after DuPont learned of the monkey study, in 1981, 3M shared the results of another study it had done, this one on pregnant rats, whose unborn pups were more likely to have eye defects after they were exposed to C8. The EPA was also informed of the results. After 3M’s rat study came out, DuPont transferred all women out of work assignments with potential for exposure to C8.
DuPont doctors then began tracking a small group of women who had been exposed to C8 and had recently been pregnant. If even one in five women gave birth to children who had craniofacial deformities, a DuPont epidemiologist named Fayerweather warned, the results should be considered significant enough to suggest that C8 exposure caused the problems.
Photos of Bucky Bailey as a baby, as well as article clippings his mother, Sue, saved over the years
As it turned out, at least one of eight babies born to women who worked in the Teflon division did have birth defects.
A little boy named Bucky Bailey, whose mother, Sue, had worked in Teflon early in her pregnancy, was born with tear duct deformities, only one nostril, an eyelid that started down by his nose, and a condition known as “keyhole pupil,” which looked like a tear in his iris.
Another child, who was two years old when the rat study was published in 1981, had an “unconfirmed eye and tear duct defect,” according to a DuPont document that was marked confidential.
Like Wamsley, Sue Bailey, one of the plaintiffs whose personal injury suits are scheduled to come to trial in the fall, remembers having plenty of contact with C8.
When she started at DuPont in 1978, she worked first in the Nylon division and then in Lucite, she told me in an interview. But in 1980, when she was in the first trimester of her pregnancy with Bucky, she moved to Teflon, where she often sat watch over a large pipe that periodically filled up with liquid, which she had to pump to a pond in back of the plant. Occasionally some of the bubbly stuff would overflow from a nearby holding tank, and her supervisor taught her how to squeegee the excess into a drain.
Soon after Bucky was born, Bailey received a call from a DuPont doctor. “I thought it was just a compassion call, you know: can we do anything or do you need anything?” Bailey recalled. “Shoot. I should have known better.” In fact, the doctor didn’t express his sympathies, Bailey said, and instead asked her whether her child had any birth defects, explaining that it was standard to record such problems in employees’ newborns.
While Bailey was still on maternity leave, she learned that the company was removing its female workers from the Teflon division. She remembers the moment - and that it made her feel deceived. “It sure was a big eye-opener,” said Bailey, who still lives in West Virginia but left DuPont a few years after Bucky’s birth.
Bucky Bailey stands inside his mother’s home in Bluemont, Virginia, on Thursday, August 6, 2015
The Federal Toxic Substances Control Act requires companies that work with chemicals to report to the Environmental Protection Agency any evidence they find that shows or even suggests that they are harmful. In keeping with this requirement, 3M submitted its rat study to the EPA, and later DuPont scientists wound up discussing the study with the federal agency, saying they believed it was flawed. DuPont scientists neglected to inform the EPA about what they had found in tracking their own workers.
When DuPont began transferring women workers out of Teflon, the company did send out a flier alerting them to the results of the 3M study. When Sue Bailey saw the notice on the bench of the locker room and read about the rat study, she immediately thought of Bucky.
Yet when she went in to request a blood test, the results of which the doctor carefully noted to the thousandth decimal point, and asked if there might be a connection between Bucky’s birth defects and the rat study she had read about, Bailey recalls that Dr. Younger Lovelace Power, the plant doctor, said no. According to Karrh’s deposition, he told Karrh the same.
“We went back to him and asked him to follow up on it, and he did, and came back saying that he did not think it was related.”
“I said, ‘I was in Teflon. Is this what happened to my baby?’” Bailey remembered. “And he said, ‘No, no.’”
Power also told Bailey that the company had no record of her having worked in Teflon. Shortly afterward, she considered suing DuPont and even contacted a lawyer in Parkersburg, who she says wasn’t interested in taking her case against the town’s biggest employer. When contacted for his response to Bailey’s recollections, Power declined to comment.
By testing the blood of female Teflon workers who had given birth, DuPont researchers, who then reported their findings to Karrh, documented for the first time that C8 had moved across the human placenta.
In 2005, when the EPA fined the company for withholding this information, attorneys for DuPont argued that because the agency already had evidence of the connection between C8 and birth defects in rats, the evidence it had withheld was “merely confirmatory” and not of great significance, according to the agency’s consent agreement on the matter.
Ken Wamsley also remembers when his supervisor told him they had taken female workers out of Teflon. “I said, ‘Why’d you send all the women home?’ He said, ‘Well, we’re afraid, we think maybe it hurts the pregnancies in some of the women,’” recalled Wamsley. “They said, ‘Ken, it won’t hurt the men.’”
Truth Is A Crime Against The State - Paul Craig Roberts August 16 2015 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
The entire Western edifice rests on lies. There is no other foundation. Just lies. This makes truth an enemy. Enemies have to be suppressed, and thus truth has to be suppressed.
Truth comes from foreign news sources, such as RT, and from Internet sites, such as this one. Thus, Washington and its vassals are busy at work closing down independent media.
Washington and its vassals have redefined propaganda. Truth is propaganda if it is told by countries, such as Russia and China, that have independent foreign policies.
Propaganda is truth if told by Washington and its puppets, such as the EU Observer.
The EU Observer, little doubt following Washington’s orders, has denounced RT and Sputnik News for “broadcasting fabrications and hate speech from their bureaus in European Union cities.”
Often I appear on both RT and Sputnik. In my opinion both are too restrained in their reporting, fearful, of course, of being shut down, than full truth requires. I have never heard a word of hate speech or propaganda on either. Washington’s propaganda, perhaps, but not the Russian government’s.
In other words, the way Washington has the news world rigged, not even independent news sites can speak completely clearly.
The Western presstitutes have succeeded in creating a false reality for insouciant Americans and also for much of the European Union population.
A sizable percentage of these insouciant peoples believe that Russia invaded Ukranine and that Russia is threatening to invade the Baltic States and Poland. This belief exists despite all intelligence of all Western governments reporting that there is no sign of any Russian forces that would be required for invasion.
The “Russian invasion,” like “Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction and al Qaeda connections,” like “Assad of Syria’s use of chemical weapons against his own people,” like “Iranian nukes,” never existed but nevertheless became the reality in the Western media. The insouciant Western peoples believe in non-existent occurrencies.
In other words, just to state the obvious noncontroversial fact, the Western “news” media is a propaganda ministry from which no truth emerges.
Thus, the Western World is ruled by propaganda. Truth is excluded. Fox “news,” CNN, the NY Times, Washington Post, and all the rest of the most accomplished liars in world history, repeat constantly the same lies. For Washington, of course, and the military/security complex.
War is the only possible outcome of propaganda in behalf of war. When the irresponsible Western media brings Armageddon to you, you can thank the New York Times and the rest of the presstitutes for the destruction of yourself and all your hopes for yourself and your children.
Stephen Lendman, who comprises a good chunk of the remaining moral conscience of the West, explains the situation:
EU Bashes “Russian Propaganda”
Western major media march to the same drummer – dutifully regurgitating managed news misinformation garbage, willfully burying hard truths on issues mattering most.
Alternative sources beholden to truth and full disclosure operate by different standards – engendering ire among Western nations wanting their high crimes suppressed – bashing sources revealing them.
The EU Observer (EUO) claims independent credentials while supporting policies responsible news sources denounce.
Independently reporting hard truths isn’t its long suit. Its editor, Lisbeth Kirk, is the wife of former Danish European Parliament member Jens-Peter Bonde. Human Rights Watch’s European and Central Asian advocacy director Veronika Szente Goldston calls its journalists “the most in-your-face in Brussels.”
EUO irresponsibly bashed Russia’s Sputnik News and RT International – two reputable sources for news, information and analysis – polar opposite Western media propaganda.
It shamelessly called their reporting valued by growing millions;
“Broadcasting fabrications and hate speech from their bureaus in EU cities.”
It touted plans by EU officials to counter what they called:
“use and misuse of communications tools…play(ing) an important role in the dramatic political, economic and security-related developments (in) Eastern (European countries) over the past 18 months.”
It drafted a nine-page “action plan” intended to convey “positive” messages. It’ll increase funding to blast out Europe’s view of things more effectively.
It wants EU policies promoted in former Russian republics the old-fashioned way – by repeating Big Lies often enough until most people believe them.
A new EU foreign service cell called East StratComTeam operating by September will run things – functioning as a European ministry of propaganda.
It will:
“Develop dedicated communication material on priority issues…put at the disposal of the EU’s political leadership, press services, EU delegations and EU member states.”
Material circulated in Russia and other EU countries aims to let news consumers “easily understand that political and economic reforms promoted by the EU can, over time, have a positive impact on their daily lives” – even though precisely the opposite is true.
It wants so-called benefits Europeans enjoy explained to people continent-wide. Will millions of unemployed, underemployed and impoverished people buy what’s plainly untrue from their own experience?
Sputnik News, RT, US independent sources like the Progressive Radio Network and numerous others steadily gain audience strength at the expense of scoundrel media people abandon for good reason.
Growing numbers want truth and full disclosure on things affecting their lives and welfare. Politicians in Western countries want ordinary people treated like mushrooms – well-watered and in the dark.
RT’s editor-in-chief Margarita Simonyan said:
“The European Union is diligently trying to stifle the alternative voice of RT, at a time when in Europe there are hundreds of newspapers, television channels and radio stations, which set out only one point of view on what is happening in the world.”
The BBC is Fox News with an English accent. US so-called public radio and broadcasting are no different – telling listeners and viewers everything except what they most need to know.
Simonyan explained:
“Britain (has) an entire army brigade of 1,500 men…whose tasks include the fight against Russia on social networks. NATO has a task force aimed at countering Russian influence throughout the world.”
“Only recently, Deutsche Welle launched a 24-hour television channel in English to counter RT. At the same time, nearly all the major Western media, including the BBC, DW and Euronews have long disseminated their information in the Russian language, while Radio Liberty, funded directly by the US government, broadcasts in Russian.”
“(I)f after all this, the EU still complains that they are losing the ‘information war’ against Russia, perhaps it’s time to realize that” Growing numbers of people are fed up with being lied to.
People want reliable sources of news, information and analysis unavailable through mainstream Western sources using propagandists masquerading as journalists.
Germany Made 100 Billion Euros From The Greek Crisis + The Global Financial System Swindle August 13 2015 | From: Geopolitics / Sputnik
Here’s one more item of proof that the whole financial system is one big swindle.
The paper-based monetary system started with nothing, literally. It came into life just by virtue of an imposed agreement. Played with rosy promises, the whole system was put into action with deliberately complex layers of paper shuffling and mind-numbing plethora of financial gobbledygook to cover its empty, shallow foundation.
When a country borrows money from a global “development bank”, the finance minister won’t be coming home with crates of printed money, or tons of gold, to back up the subsequent money printing. The minister will be travelling home with a mutually signed paper giving instructions on how the borrowed sum plus interest would be paid in full before the next borrowing will be entertained.
Normally, one would expect to have borrowed something of value which would then be repaid with something of much greater value, but it doesn’t work that way. The whole fiat system is based on a complex system of projecting value in order to gain real value from your blood, sweat and tears.
When our finance minister went home with a paper instruction to pay, the actual payment of real value will then come from the actual hard asset that the people has built, e.g. bridges, airports, sea ports, roads and highways, out of the borrowed perceived value, i.e. loan, paper money, and bonds.
Any income from decades of collecting toll from every commuter, or users of such endemically constructed facilities will go to the issuer of the paper instructions, i.e. the bank.
Modern Recent Fiat Currency Failures:
1922: Austria - Suffered inflation as high as 134%
1932: Argentina - 8th largegst economy before monetary collapse
1946: Hungary - 4.19 quintillion percent inflation - it doubled every 15 hours
1984: Israel - 445% inflation rate
1990: Peru - 397% monthly inflation rate
1992: Norway - Experienced major problems with their fiat currency
1993-94: Yugoslavia - 5x10 to the 15th power inflation (requires mathematical equations)
1993-95: Ukraine - 1,400% inflation rate per month
1994: Mexico - Peso collapsed in what is known as the 'Tequila Hangover'
1997: Thailand - Bhat collapsed and the effects spread to other nations
1998: Russia - Ruble collapsed, similar to German Weimar Republic
2001: Turkey - 1 new Lira exchanged for 1,000,000 old Lira - reformed in 2005
2007: Zimbabwe - 11,250,000% inflation at it's highest in the worst month
This simple scheme has been replicated worldwide for centuries through incorporation, treaties, and closed door trade agreements. And due to having born with it already in place, we normally think that the existence of the whole system is just normal and even natural as the next morning’s sunrise.
"Paper money eventually returns to it's intrinsic value - Zero"
- Voltaire, 1694 - 1778
We have learned to accept things as condemnable as the current financial system - to be the result of the normal course of things because every institution that lives and breathes within the system says so. That’s how malleable our mind really is.
And when a borrower nation could not pay the loan principal and corresponding interest, i.e. percentage charges for using the system’s valueless paper instruments [principal], it must unload itself of its sovereign assets to pay for arrears.
This is a standard requirement before the borrower can borrow again from the lenders valueless instruments, more precisely, to be permitted to print debt-based currency.
Worse, they can manipulate the interest rates at will so that they could benefit even further while their clients bleed even more.
This is what’s happening in Greece and elsewhere…
Revealed: Germany Makes 100 Billion Euros From The Greek Crisis
The German government, which has taken a hard line on Greece, has saved some 100 billion euros ($109 billion) in the country’s financial crisis thanks to lower borrowing costs, a study has found.
Germany saved through lower interest payments on funds the government borrowed amid investor “flights to safety,” the German-based non-profit Halle Institute for Economic Research (IWH) said in its paper published Monday.
“These savings exceed the costs of the crisis – even if Greece were to default on its entire debt,” the study said.
“Germany has clearly benefited from the Greek crisis.”
In the face of turmoil, investors seeking a safe haven for their money within the euro zone turned to export champion Germany, which “disproportionately benefited” from that during the debt crisis, the IWH said.
“Every time financial markets faced negative news on Greece in recent years, interest rates on German government bonds fell, and every time there was good news, they rose.”
Germany, the euro zone’s effective paymaster, has demanded fiscal discipline and tough economic reforms in Greece in return for consenting to new aid from international creditors, Agence France-Presse reported.
Finance Minister Wolfgang Schaeuble has opposed a Greek debt write-down while pointing to his own government’s balanced budget.
Wolfgang Schaeuble
The balanced budget, however, was facilitated largely by Germany’s interest savings amid the Greek debt crisis, according to the study. The estimated 100 billion euros Germany saved since 2010 accounted for more than 3% of GDP, according to the IHW.
“Even if Greece doesn’t pay back a single cent, the German public purse has benefited financially from the crisis,” said the paper.
At the same time, the bonds of other countries – including the United States, France and the Netherlands – also benefited, but “to a much smaller extent.”
Greece and its creditors are working on the draft of a new bailout of up to 86 billion euros ($94 billion) in exchange for further reforms, AFP reported. They are aiming for a deal before Greece must repay 3.4 billion euros to the European Central Bank on August 20.
One would then ask why do we have to go abroad to borrow nothing, i.e. permission to print money, when we can construct these critical facilities on our own, using home grown materials and know-how?
Of course, we can. We just need to agree on all the details, i.e.:
1. The local government / community will have to print IOU's or paper currency to reflect the actual value of the project to be undertaken, i.e. farm to market roads, interconnecting highways;
2. The people will agree on the value of the project and will be willing to accept the value printed on the IOUs as payment in exchange for their labor;
We can do and establish a separate system. But we need to armed ourselves first because all those who have attempted to do so are now dead.
You would think that this hypnotic scheme would not go unperturbed by our 'smartest leaders' but they are part of the whole game. They are already living and breathing within it.
Breaking from such well entrenched, well defined scheme takes a whole lot of courage and self-sacrifice, and most of these people don’t know how to survive off-grid.
Therefore, you alone can set yourself free from it all. You alone can pull yourself from the whole control structure and move into real freedom.
Or, we can collectively eliminate all of them and regain control of the whole system.
Those are the choices.
What Is This GWEN Tower Really For? + ELF, GWEN Towers, And HAARP Connection August 12 2015 | From: ActivistPost / USAhitman
In the realm of government conspiracies discussed on the Internet, it doesn’t take long to hear about GWEN towers. The topic comes up again and again in forums regarding government mind control programs. Here’s a complete explanation of how this would work.
The potential for attuned frequencies, and extremely low frequency (ELF) waves in particular, to be used to electronically stimulate areas of the brain and alter mood has been documented in scientific research for decades now. Moreover, microwaves have allegedly been put to use in covert warfare since the early days of the Cold War.
Are signals directing the population to remain calm, become aggressive, desire and consume products, to enter a sleep state or to be artificially programmed to be happy, sad, depressed or enraged? Is this a truly plausible scenario? Can this really be happening?
Are such signals really capable of changing the landscape in a quiet war with silent weapons?
Here’s what we found after several attempts to track down a verifiable GWEN tower:
GWEN stands for Ground Wave Emergency Network, a program from the late Cold War which officially began in 1982, erected throughout the 1980s and early 1990s with what would seem a dubious purpose.
A GWEN station transmits up to a 300-mile radius, the signal dropping off sharply over distance. The entire GWEN system consists of, (depending on source of data), from 58 to an intended 300 transmitters, spread across the USA, each with a tower 299-500 ft high.
The towers include 350-foot copper wires that fan out from underneath the structure through the ground like umbrella spokes, interacting with the Earth, meaning signals can travel down into basements, etc. GWEN transmissions are between VLF 150 and 175 KHz, but the towers also emit UHF waves of 225 to 400 MHz. The towers shoot enormous bursts of energy, but the waves hug the ground, which is supposed to be a way for military communications to withstand an EMP or nuclear attack.
The technology used in the GWEN system has evolved and much of it is not rolled out in cellular / mobile transmission sites these days, which are a lot smaller that the original GWEN towers.
Information has surfaced after the enormously destructive Christchurch earthquakes in New Zealand in recent years, that by the time the engineered earthquakes had stopped in Christchurch, that the local HAARP / GWEN network had been used to the point of self-destruction, the GWEN towers had sunk into the ground and the HAARP facility at Birdlands was completely fried out. Replacements followed.
There was a lot of mystery surrounding the GWEN tower project, much of which has persisted throughout the years. Although the program was first defunded by Congress in 1990 and then again for the final time in 1994, some of these towers still stand today. Information on the Web regarding exactly where GWEN towers are located, however, is sketchy at best.
Stranger still are newspaper articles regarding GWEN when the Air Force was first constructing the system. Military town hall meetings were met with great resistance.
Large groups of people protested in cities across America for multiple reasons, including not wanting their town to be a Russian nuclear target, to what people felt might be the real reasons behind building GWEN which many felt had absolutely nothing to do with nuclear war… everything from weather manipulation in conjunction with HAARP to mass mind and behavior control.
In an article from the Greenwood, South Carolina Index-Journal dated Sept. 26, 1986, Nancy Foster who was co-director of an anti-GWEN activism group, attended a public meeting and noted that an early Air Force environmental assessment curiously made zero mention of GWEN being used in nuclear conflict.
An August 1986 article in The Gettysburg Times outlines Gerald Depew’s BBC appearance against GWEN. Depew noted that the tower network was quote:
“Not expected to be functional for more than a half-hour after the start of a nuclear barrage.”
Sounds real helpful in that case, right? Depew also maintained that the towers were about protecting high-ranking military and government members only, not average American citizens.
But perhaps even more concerning is an article from the June 18, 1993 edition of The Indiana Gazette, well after the Cold War supposedly ended and well after Congress first started defunding GWEN in 1990.
Then Secretary of Defense Les Aspin (Council on Foreign Relations) was quoted as scoffing at the idea of nuclear war, saying it had “receded to the vanishing point.” The article goes on to question, and rightly, why, then, did Aspin turn around just a few weeks later and begin pushing ahead once more on finishing the GWEN tower project… if the entire reason for the system really was based on what was in his own words the nonexistent threat of nuclear war in the first place.
So did GWEN have a darker design?
Why build an $11 million network of towers that it would seem had no real justifiable purpose?
Earth is wrapped in a donut shaped magnetic field. Circular lines of magnetic flux continuously descend into the North Pole and emerge from the South Pole. The Ionosphere, an electromagnetic-wave conductor, 100 kilometers [62 miles] above the earth, consists of a layer of electrically charged particles acting as a shield from solar winds.
Earth Resonant Frequency
Natural waves are created which result from electrical activity in the atmosphere. They are thought to be caused by multiple lightning storms. Collectively, these waves are called ‘The Schumann Resonance‘, with the strongest current registering at 7.8 Hz. These are quasi-standing [scalar], extremely low frequency (ELF) waves that naturally exist in the earth’selectromagnetic cavity which is the space between ground and the Ionosphere. These ‘earth brainwaves’ are identical to the frequency spectrum of our human brainwaves.
[Frequency nomenclature: 1 hertz = 1 cycle per second, 1 Khz = 1000cps, 1 Mhz =1 million cps. Wavelength: A 1 Hertz wave has a wavelength that is 186,000 miles long, A 10 Hz wave is 18,600 miles long, etc. Radio-waves move at the speed of light (186,000 miles per second)]
HAARP
The Creator designed living beings to resonate to the11 natural Schumann Resonance frequency pulsation in order to evolve harmoniously. The Ionosphere is being manipulated by US government scientists using the Alaskan transmitter called HAARP, (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) which sends focused radiated power to heat up sections of the Ionosphere, which bounces power down again.
ELF waves produced from HAARP, when targeted on selected areas, can weather-engineer and create mood changes affecting millions of people. The intended wattage is 1,700billion watts of power.
Geomagnetic Waves & GWEN
Sixty four elements in the ground modulate, with variation, the geomagnetic waves naturally coming from the ground. The earth’s natural ‘brain rhythm’ above is balanced with these. These are the same minerals found in red blood corpuscles. There is a relation between the blood and geomagnetic waves. An imbalance between Schumann and geomagnetic waves disrupts these biorhythms. These natural geomagnetic waves are being replaced by artificially created low frequency (LF) ground waves coming from GWEN Towers.
GWEN (Ground Wave Emergency Network) transmitters placed 200 miles apart across the USA [and most other countries] allow specific frequencies to be tailored to the geomagnetic-field strength in each area, allowing the magnetic field to be altered. They operate in the LF range, with transmissions between LF 150 and 175 KHz.
They also emit waves from the upper VHF to the lower UHF range of 225 – 400 MHz. The LF signals travel by waves that hug the ground rather than radiating into the atmosphere. A GWEN station transmits in a 360 degree circle up to 300 miles, the signal dropping off sharply with distance.
The entire GWEN system consists of, (depending on source of data), from 58 to an intended 300 transmitters spread across the USA, each with a tower 299-500 ft high. 300 ft copper wires in spoke-like fashion fan out from the base of the system underground, interacting with the earth, like a thin shelled conductor, radiating radio wave energy for very long distances through the ground.
The United States is bathed in this magnetic field which can rise from ground up to 500 ft, but goes down into basements, so everyone can be affected and mind-controlled. The entire artificial ground-wave spreads out over the whole of the USA like a web. It is easier to mind-control and hypnotize people who are bathed in an artificial electromagnetic-wave.
GWEN transmitters have many different functions including:
1. controlling the weather,
2. mind control,
3. behavior and mood control, and
4. sending synthetic-telepathy as infrasoundto victims with US government mind-control implants.
GWEN works in conjunction with HAARP and the Russian Woodpecker transmitter, which is similar to HAARP. The Russians openly market a small version of their weather-engineering system called Elate, which can fine-tune weather patterns over a 200 mile area and have the same range as the GWEN unit.
An Elate system operates at Moscow airport. The GWEN towers shoot enormous bursts of energy into the atmosphere in conjuction with HAARP. The website www.cuttingedge.org wrote an expose of how the major floods of the Mid-West USA occurred in 1993.
Atmospheric Vapor Rivers
Enormous, invisible rivers of water, consisting of vapors that flow, move towards the poles in the lower atmosphere. They rival the flow of the Amazon River and are 420 to 480 miles wide and up to 4,800 miles long. They are 1.9 miles above the earth and contain a volume of water equivalent to 340 lbs of water per second. There are 5 atmospheric rivers in each Hemisphere.
A massive flood can be created by damming up one of these massive vapor rivers, causing huge amounts of rainfall to be dumped. The GWEN Towers positioned along the areas north of the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers were turned on for 40 days and 40 nights, probably mocking the Flood of Genesis. (This was in conjunction with HAARP, that creates a river of electricity flowing thousands of miles through the sky and down to the polar ice-cap, manipulating the jet-stream , like the Russian Woodpecker.)
These rivers flooded, causing agricultural losses of $12-15 billion. HAARP produces earthquakes by focusing energy along fault lines. GWEN Towers are located on the fault lines and volcanic areas of the Pacific Northeast.
In 1963, Dr Robert Beck explored effects of external magnetic-fields on brainwaves showing a relationship between psychiatric admissions and solar magnetic storms. He exposed volunteers to pulsed magnetic-fields similar to magnetic-storms, and found a similar response. US 60 Hz electric power ELF waves vibrate at the same frequency as the human brain. UK 50 Hz electricity emissions depress the thyroid gland.
Human Vulnerability
Dr Andrija Puharich in the 50’s/60’s, found that clairvoyant’s brainwaves became 8 Hz when their psychic powers were operative. He saw an Indian Yogi in 1956 controlling his brainwaves, deliberately shifting his consciousness from one level to another. Puharich trained people with bio-feedback to do this consciously, making 8 Hz waves.
A healer made 8 Hz waves pass into a patient, healing their heart trouble, her brain emitting 8 Hz . One person emitting a certain frequency can make another also resonate to the same frequency. Our brains are extremely vulnerable to any technology which sends out ELF waves, because they immediately start resonating to the outside signal by a kind of tuning-fork effect. Puharich experimented discovering that
A) 7.83 Hz (earth’s pulse rate) made a person feel good, producing an altered-state.
B) 10.80 Hz causes riotious behaviour and
C) 6.6 Hz causes depression.
Puharich made ELF waves change RNA and DNA, breaking hydrogen bonds to make a person have a higher vibratory rate. He wanted to go beyond the psychic 8 Hz brainwave and attract psi phenomena. James Hurtak, who once worked for Puharich, also wrote in his book The Keys of Enoch that ultra-violet caused hydrogen bonds to break and this raised the vibratory rate.
Puharich presented the mental effects of ELF waves to military leaders, but they would not believe him. He gave this information to certain dignitaries of other Western nations. The US government burned down his home in New York to shut him up and he fled to Mexico.
United States Embassy, Moscow
However, the Russians discovered which ELF frequencies did what to the human brain and began zapping the US Embassy in Moscow on 4 July 1976 with electromagnetic-waves, varying the signal, including focusing on 10 Hz. (10 Hz puts people into a hypnotic state.
Russians and North Koreans use this in portable mind-control machines to extract confessions. A machine was even found in an American church to help the congregation believe!) The Russian “Woodpecker” signal was traveling across the world from a transmitter near Kiev.
The US Air Force identified 5 different frequencies in this compound harmonic Woodpecker signal that was sending signals through the earth and the atmosphere.
Nikola Tesla revealed in 1901 power could be transmitted through the ground using ELF waves. Nothing stops or weakens these signals. The Russians retrieved Tesla’s papers when they were finally returned to Yugoslavia after his death.
Puharich continued to monitor the Russian ELF wave signal while in Mexico and the higher harmonics produced in the MHz range (5.340 MHz). He met the CIA and started working for them. He and Dr. Robert Beck designed equipment to measure these waves and their effect on the human brain.
Puharich started his work by putting dogs to sleep. By 1948/49 he graduated to monkeys, deliberately destroying their eardrums to enable them to pick up sounds without the eardrum intact. He discovered a nerve in the tongue could be used to facilitate hearing.
He created the dental tooth implantwhich mind-control victims are now claiming was surreptitiously placed in their mouth by controlled dentists causing them to hear ‘voices in their head.’ The implant was placed under dental caps or lodged in the jaw.
Vaccine Implants
Implants are now smaller than a hair’s width and are injected with vaccine and flu shots. Millions have had this done unknowingly. These ‘biochips’ circulate in the bloodstream and lodge in the brain, enabling the victims to hear ‘voices’ via the implant.
There are many kinds of implants now and 1 in 40 are victims from ‘alien abduction’ statistics, though 1 in 20 has also been gauged. The fake alien abduction event, revealed to be actually the work of US military personnel using technology to make hologram spaceships outside, virtual reality scenarios of going onto a spaceship with humans in costumes, has been astutely perceived.
Though real alien abductions do occur, the ‘alien abduction’ scenario has been useful to stop any further investigation or accountability of government authorities by poor victims who would face mockery and appear silly.
Are we being forced to respond to an artificially induced vibratory rate by global masters who want this planet to have a sudden leap in evolution, populated by the psychically aware and therefore a superior class of humans or is the agenda designed to eliminate billions of people who are ‘useless eaters’, deceptively being disposed by electro magnetically-induced cancers and diseases?
The physics and engineering behind electromagnetic disease transmission are frightening. Diseases can be reproduced as ‘disease signatures’ in that the vibration of a disease can be manufactured and sent on to be induced. (The brainwave pattern of hallucinogenic drugs can also be copied and sent by ELF waves to induce ‘visions’.)
Once diseases are sprayed in the air, electromagnetic-waves attuned to the disease, using harmonics and subharmonics, will make them more lethal and infectious by sending particular disease frequency death-patterns.
Chemtrails are being sprayed daily all over USA (and all other countries too) in a white crisscross pattern. They contain diseases and chemicals which affect our state of consciousness. They can produce apathy which works in conjuction with fluoridation of the water, as well as aspartame and drugs.
Fluoride disables the willpower section of the brain, impairing the left occipital lobe.
Fluoride and selenium enable people to ‘hear voices‘. ELF waves create disturbances in the biological processes of the body and these can be activated in the population once the diseases are introduced into the body from the chemtrails.
Some chemtrails have been analyzed and shown to be creating cleavages in spacial perceptions, blocking the interaction of various amino-acids that relate to higher-consciousness and to increase dopamine in the brain producing a listless, spaced-out state of lower reactive mind.
Basically,the goal is to fog the difference between the real and unreal and some of this could be connected with the many UFO abductions occurring en-mass. Hundreds have been witnessed laid out on tables and implanted.
Intelligence agencies are in league with each other behind this disablement of the masses to such a point that they can’t even fight back. In order for the perpetrators to do what they want, they need the overall ‘frequency’ of each victim to function at a specific rate below the threshold of awareness.
Could this be part of a greater plan with mind-control transmitters covering the whole of USA and England, cleverly disguised as cell phone towers and trees? The power from microwave towers may be turned up to such a level that people can die.
A brain functioning at beta-level (above 13 Hz) is agitated and can’t change its perceptions, if it is artificially maintained by technology to that frequency. This may increase body electricity in others, giving them psychic powers. Is this linked to the New-Agers claim of a rising 12-14 Hz Schumann Resonance, inching us towards the 4th dimension?
Stimulants ingested globally from caffeine genetically-modified plants, may also produce an impact on the ‘global-brain’ in the ionosphere collecting our brainwaves. New-age channellers say we are going into 4th dimensional frequency. They ‘heard’ the voice of some ‘ET’ who told them.
However, some ‘ETs’ may be local boys. Voices in the head were produced in prisoners in Utah prisons using Tesla technology. Each of the prisoners received the same message from an ‘ET’. Today, it seems, it’s easy to produce ‘voices in the head’ without implants.
A prisoner called David Fratus in Draper Prison, Utah in 1988 wrote:
“I began to receive, or hear, high-frequency tones in my ears. When I plug my ears..the tones are still inside and become amplified. It’s as if they had become electrified echo chambers with the sounds coming from the inside out..
I began to hear voices..into my inner ears as vivid as though I were listening to a set of stereo headphones..with the end result being that I am now having my brain monitored by an omnipotent computerized mind reading or scanning machine of some sort “
Hundreds of inmates at the Gunnison Facility of the Utah State Prison, and the State Hospital were subject to this brand of mind-control in order to test it. In the early 1970s, this was brought out in the Utah U.S. District Court, because inmates who had been subjected to this Tesla-wave mind-control in prison had tried unsuccessfully to fight back in court.
The University of Utah researched how Tesla-waves could be used to manipulate the mind into hearing voices, overriding and implanting thoughts into the mind, and reading the thoughts, as well as developing eye-implants.
Tracking
Cray computers, using artificial-intelligence, monitor the victims of government implants sending pre-recorded sound-bytes or occasional live messages. They are picked up by satellite and relayed to whatever large TV broadcasting antenna, GWEN tower or other microwave antenna is near the victim. It’s believed that some type of body implants pick up the signal and broadcast the correct Tesla-wave pattern to create voices within the victim.
The tracking implant keeps the staff and the satellite system informed every few minutes as to exactly where to send the voice signals. The master computer and central HQ for this is reported to be in Boulder, CO. It is thought that transponders are being made there as well. The central cellular computer is in the Boulder, CO National Bureau of Standards building. AT&T is also cooperating in this project. Several government agencies work together on this.
Tim Rifat of UK wrote that:
“This inter-cerebral hearing is used to drive the victim mad, as no one else can hear the voices transmitted into the brain of the target. Transmission of auditory data directly into the target’s brains using microwave carrier beams is now common practice.
Instead of using excitation potentials, one uses a transducer to modify the spoken word into ELF audiograms, that are then superimposed on a pulse modulated microwave beam.”
The Sydney Morning Herald on 21 March 1983 published an article by Dr Nassim Abd El-Aziz Neweigy, Assistant Professor in the Faculty of Agriculture, Moshtohor Tukh-Kalubia, Egypt. It stated:
“Russian satellites, controlled by advanced computers, can send voices in one’s own language interweaving into natural thoughts to the population of choice to form diffused artificial thought. The chemistry and electricity of the human brain can be manipulated by satellite and even suicide can be induced.
Through ferocious anti-humanitarian means, the extremist groups are fabricated, the troubles and bloody disturbances are instigated by advanced tele-means via Russian satellites, in many countries in Asia, Africa, Europe and Latin America.”
Another source says that these have been fed with the world’s languages and synthetic telepathy will reach into people’s heads making people believe God is speaking to them personally to enact the Second Coming, complete with holograms! The Russians broke the genetic code of the human brain. They worked out 23 EEG band-wave lengths, 11 of which were totally independent. So if you can manipulate those 11, you can do anything.
NSA Cray computers can remotely track people just knowing the specific EMF waves (evoked potentials from EEGs in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt range) of a person’s bioelectric-field. Each person’s emissions are unique and they can remotely track someone in public.
Maxwell’s ‘Hidden’ Etheric Component
Evoked-potentials officially don’t exist in physics, but in 1873 a Scotsman, James Clerk Maxwell, discovered electromagnetic waves have 3 components:
He discovered waveforms which exist at a certain number of right-angled rotations away from the electromagnetic-field. These are hyperspacial components, not subject to constraints of time and space. He claimed that electromagnetic-radiation waves were carried by the ether and the ether was disturbed by magnetic lines of force.
The hidden component is called only ‘potential’ now and not normally used except for covert hyperdimensional physics and to manipulate consciousness itself via electromagnetic-waves covering vast areas of the planet.
Approx. one person in 3000 is naturally sensitive to this magnetic-waveform component, the telepathic types (according to a writer called “Majix”), but we are all capable of tuning into this magnetic component by tuning our subconscious to it.
Maxwell’s successors thought potentials were akin to mysticism, because they believed fields contain mass which cannot be created from apparently nothing, which is what potentials are, both literally and mathematically – they are an accumulation or reservoir of energy; but this hasn’t been taught in mainstream physics.
Thought Control
Subliminal words in the correct electromagnetic-field that expresses human consciousness, attuned to the human brain, can enter our minds at a subconscious level. Our brain activity patterns can apparently be measured and stored on computer by super-computers.
If a victim needs subliminal-thoughts implanted, all that is necessary is to capture, save on computer, and target the person’s brainwave pattern to send them such low frequency subliminal-messages that they actually think it is their own thoughts [confirmed by Al Bielek and Preston Nichols with the Montauk Project in Long Island].
Montauk, Long Island is a very dark place indeed
The researcher Majix says our brains are so sensitive that they are like liquid-crystal in response to the magnetic component of the earth.
We are sensitive to earth’s magnetic changes, changes in the ionospheric cavity and re-resonate those frequencies ourselves. We are incredibly complex, beyond comprehension and a type of biocosmic transducer. He adds:
“Physicists in Russia correlate the mean annual magnetic-activity, electro-magnetic and electro-static fields on human behavior and medical indications.They are similar to biorhythms.These magnetic frequencies can be manipulated.
Our brain waves can mimic magnetic frequencies from very simple equipment at extremely low power levels. From half a second to 4 seconds later, the neurons and brainwaves are driven exclusively by the device, with power levels almost nonexistent.
All one needs is a circularly polarized antenna aimed up at the ionospheric cavity and they can manipulate the moods of everyone within a 75 sq. mile area. The body picks up these “new” manipulated waves and begins to correspond immediately. “Sleep” frequency will make everyone become tired and sleep.”
In 1967, an “internationally renowned scientist” and Christopher Hills, a pendulum expert, communicated with some ETs. (It is not known who the scientist was, but at one time both Hills and Puharich were with the medium Eileen Garrett at a time when Puharich was communicating with ETs.)
In short, ETs communicated with us via modulated radio-waves, between 10,000 and 20,000 cycles below the known electromagnetic-spectrum. In the carrier-wave by amplitude modulation, mixed with frequency modulation. Single band energy, transmission power less than 25 watts.
A naturally present wave on earth, the brain modulated – a wave that resonates between the earth and the ionosphere. All humans influence the ionosphere in this manner. A reflecting technique is involved. The brain modulation consisted of pulses, akin to those known from neuro pulses. Two humans can use this. It’s related to something akin to low frequency radar and to ultrasonic techniques, but qualified. A mixed electro-acoustic wave function.
The electromagnetic-wave induced an ultrasonic transduction in human tissue. The brain radiation has a sonic component to it as well as an electromagnetic component. Electromagnetic-radiation has a sonic component and it’s dependent on the medium through which it travels.
The scientist cut through months of work. Now HAARP is slicing up the ionosphere, the world-brain, like a microwave knife, producing long tear incisions destroying the membrane which holds the reservoir of data accumulated by all earth’s history.
A healer called Mr. “A” claimed to receive “Ancient Wisdom” from this protective Magnetic-Ring of energy which stores within it all knowledge since time began. Ruth Mongomery wrote about him in Born To Heal.
He claimed that if our energy flow is cut off from this magnetic-field, the Universal-Supply is obstructed and we are no longer in tune and start to get sick. The Power from this travels in split-seconds around the world and is available to anyone who is capable of receiving it and handling it.
The waves from The Ring automatically translated into words in his mind, as wisdom to diagnose and heal others, coming from the storehouse of knowledge here since the beginning of time. He produced instant miracles, knitting broken bones and removing arthritis. A photo caught forked lightning coming from his fingers.
In Let’s Talk MONTAUK, Joyce Murphy shows that experiments on the 410-420 MHz cycle have been done which could affect the”window frequency to the human consciousness” as a whole:
“He (Preston Nichols) used his..radio equipment to learn that whenever a 410-420 MHz signal appeared on the air, the psychic’s minds would be “jammed.” Tracing the signal to Montauk Point and the red and white radar antenna on the Air Force Base..”
In "Encounter in the Pleiades" by Peter Moon and Preston Nichols, Preston wrote that:
“Dr. Nicholas Begich has picked up 435 MHz signals connected to HAARP and that a mind control function is being employed. He says that 400-450 MHz is the window to human consciousness because it is our reality’s background frequency.”
Tim Rifat wrote in his "Microwave Mind Control" in the UK article that cellular phones use 435 MHz. UK police use 450 MHz exclusively.
Dr. Ross Adey used this for CIA behavioral modification experiments.
Police have a vast array of antennae to broadcast this frequency all over the UK. Adey used 0.75mW/cm2 intensity of pulse modulate microwave at a frequency of 450 MHz, with an ELF modulation to control all aspects of human behavior.
450 MHZ radar modulated at 60 Hz greatly reduced T-lymphocyte activity to kill cultured cancer cells.
A study of USA 60 Hz powerlines repeated this finding.
The Evidence Grows For Secret Space Program Disclosures & Crimes Against Humanity Trials August 10 2015 | From: Exopolitics
Over the last few months there have been incredible claims about multiple secret space programs, extraterrestrial intervention, and future massive document dumps that will lead to trials against those that have committed crimes against humanity.
To date, no physical evidence or documents have been offered to substantiate these claims, yet there is a compelling body circumstantial evidence that does support them. This evidence makes it very possible that humanity will soon witness massive document dumps disclosing secret space programs along with the existence of extraterrestrial life, followed soon after by Nuremberg-like war crime trials.
On May 30, Corey Goode (aka GoodETxSG) claims that he had received the go ahead from both a Secret Space Program Alliance, and a Sphere Alliance of five extraterrestrial races, to publicly reveal the truth about the darker side of human trafficking and exploitation in secret space programs.
Goode revealed in great detail these practices and the organizations responsible for them. These disturbing disclosures were followed soon after by a series of meetings from June 5-9 involving the main parties from different secret space programs who were discussing ways to minimize large scale armed hostilities while humanity is prepared for the truth about these programs existence and extraterrestrial life.
Click here to open a larger version of this image in a new window.
Goode says he attended these meetings as a delegate for the Sphere Being Alliance and was accompanied by a Lt Col Gonzales (pseudonym) who was the delegate for the Secret Space Program Alliance. At the third meeting involving a “Committee of 200” and other global elites that was held on June 9, only two days before the 2015 Bilderberg Group meeting, an extraordinary offer was made.
The Committee of 200 wanted to start a limited disclosure program in November 2015, and provide legal amnesty for 50 years for those responsible for crimes. While the offer was turned down, it reveals the great fear that the global elite have of being exposed and prosecuted for their roles in human trafficking and slave labor.
Subsequently, an offer was made by one of the secret space programs associated with the global elites called the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate to give an inspection tour of one of their Mars facilities. The offer was done in order to respond to accusations that slave labor was used at ICC facilities.
After terms and conditions for the inspection tour were agreed upon, Goode and Gonzales traveled to Mars to conduct an inspection tour on June 20. Goode published his report of the tour two days later substantiating accusations that slave labor was indeed being used; and the facility was run by a megalomaniac commander who subverted all agreements and imprisoned dissenters.
Recent events provide circumstantial evidence supporting Goode’s claims that the global elite are very concerned about massive document releases revealing secret space programs, and crimes committed in these programs that lead to arrests and Nuremberg-like war crimes trials.
It is worth pointing out that circumstantial evidence is admissible in courts of law where direct evidence is lacking. Circumstantial evidence together with direct eyewitness testimony, as given by Corey Goode, is sufficient to convince juries of guilt or innocence in cases so it’s important to consider this type of evidence in relation to Goode’s claims.
The first circumstantial evidence to consider is that on June 15, the U.S. House of Representatives took a major step in passing a bill that provides legal protection to space mining by U.S. based corporations that establish off-world operations.
The “Space Resource Exploration and Utilization Act” will protect corporations “from harmful interference” and “discourage government barriers” to their space operations. If eventually signed by President Obama, the owners and managers of space mining operations would be protected under U.S. Federal Law from international organizations such as the International Criminal Court investigating them for using slave labor and other crimes against humanity.
Such accusations would have to be heard in U.S. district courts which are not a suitable venue for fully investigating or hearing cases of crimes against humanity. Judges and juries in U.S. district courts can be more easily influenced than judicial bodies such as the International Criminal Court.
The timing of this bill does raise the possibility that it is orchestrated by a global corporate elite concerned about impending criminal prosecution for past and current space mining operations. The Space Resource Exploration and Utilization Act’s submission is compelling circumstantial evidence in support of Goode’s claim that “crimes against humanity” trials are being secretly being prepared.
The second circumstantial evidence concerns a June 4 announcement that up to four million US Federal government employees had their personnel files hacked by an unknown source. More recent estimates are that the hacking involved up to 18 million personnel files going back to the 1980s.
The hacking incidents involved extensive information about the backgrounds of individuals gained in security reviews for classification clearances. While most mainstream media have focused on such information being used for blackmail purposes by foreign espionage agencies, what is not being considered is that this is exactly the kind of personnel information that would be needed if one was investigating individuals that may have been involved in off-world operations that used slave labor or committed other crimes against humanity.
The computer hacking incident is additional compelling circumstantial evidence supporting Goode’s claim that trials are being prepared for those responsible for crimes committed in secret space programs.
The third circumstantial evidence to consider is that on June 11, the British Interplanetary Society began a two day meeting on: “How to Overthrow a Martian Dictatorship” according to a BBC news article. The meeting envisaged a Mars colony ruled over by a ruthless dictator who trampled on the rights of workers in a futurist society controlled by a corporation.
The dictator needed to be overthrown without destroying the colony itself. According to the author of the BBC article published on June 22, Richard Hollingham, the meeting brought together 30 prominent scientists, engineers and philosophers who took their “task seriously,” only “two short blocks from the London headquarters of Britain’s security service, MI6” thereby hinting at official support for the meeting.
The similarities in the scenarios discussed at the June 11/12 British Interplanetary Society meeting, and the June 22 reports by Goode and Hollingham, suggests that key figures in Britain’s scientific establishment are preparing for future disclosures about secret colonies on Mars and elsewhere that have been run as corporate dictatorships by megalomaniac tyrants that have been abusing workers for years.
How to remove these Mars Colony dictators without them killing off their personnel and/or destroying their valuable facilities is a problem that British and other national policy makers will soon have to confront. Once again, this is compelling circumstantial evidence supporting Goode’s claim of crimes against humanity committed in secret space programs.
Finally, Goode has been claiming that we are soon to witness a massive document dump that will reveal the truth about secret space programs, and criminal abuses that have occurred within some of them. “Coincidentally,” Wikileaks has again begun releasing massive document dumps that made it a media sensation back in 2000.
In early May, after a five year hiatus, Wikileaks restored its electronic drop box for whistleblowers to again anonymously share data. All is in place for an organization like Wikileaks to share the document dumps that Goode claims will reveal all.
In summary, we have compelling circumstantial evidence that support Goode’s incredible claims made over the months of May and June. This includes:
1. “Space Resource Exploration and Utilization Act” forwarded on June 15 to the full House of Representatives for a vote that offers legal protection to global elite involved in off world mining operations and crimes committed in them;
2. The June 4 and subsequent announcements of hacking of up to 18 million records of Federal employees and contractors with detailed personnel information that could be used for setting up “crimes against humanity” trials;
3. The June 11 meeting of British Interplanetary Society discussing ways of how to remove from power tyrannical corporate personnel from colonies on Mars who have committed crimes against humanity;
4. The reemergence of Wikileaks’ digital drop box system in early May that allows whistleblowers to anonymously upload massive document dumps for public release by an organization with a track record in doing precisely what Goode claims will be occurring soon.
None of this circumstantial evidence is definitive proof of Goode’s claims.
Yet it is compelling evidence insofar as it corroborates his core claims that global events are occurring that will lead to future disclosures about secret space programs, extraterrestrial life, and trials for those responsible for crimes against humanity in space.
Brown Eye: A Satirical News Show On Māori Television That Takes Some Direct Shots At Important Issues August 10 2015 | From: MaoriTelevision
Nathan Rarere hosts an unadulterated, opinionated and entertaining satirical news show with a Māori perspective on the biggest topics affecting New Zealand.
Brown Eye is a satire semi-topical news show that is unadulterated, opinionated and most importantly entertaining.
A studio based programme that will deliver a mixture of clever monologue, intelligent interviews and lead insightful panel discussions on the biggest topics impacting all of New Zealand.
There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today? August 9 2015 | From: NaturalNews
As you may know, formaldehyde, a highly carcinogenic fluid, is used to embalm the dead and preserve the cadaver for viewing purposes, such as at open casket ceremonies or for anatomy, dissection and surgery classes.
Ranked one of the most hazardous compounds to human health, formaldehyde can cause liver damage, gastrointestinal issues, reproductive deformation, respiratory distress and cancer.
When a person dies, the first stage of decomposition is autolysis or self-digestion, because the active process of digestion of nutrients by live cells has ceased. Digestive enzymes therefore enter the cells and start breaking them down. Methods of preserving cadavers have changed over the past two centuries, but formaldehyde is the main embalming chemical used today.
It's a colorless solution that maintains that life-like texture of the body for an extended period of time, and this "fixation" of the cadaver terminates all ongoing biochemical reactions. Many people recall their first experience with formaldehyde in high school biology class, where specimens float in glass jars in an awfully stinky liquid called formalin, which is simply formaldehyde gas mixed with water.
The smell alone is enough to send two out of every three people running out of the room. And now onward to the health discussion.
Little do most people know today that formaldehyde shows up where they least expect it, like in their food, clothing, cosmetics, vaccines and flu shots. Maybe they don't know because they can't smell it.
Many of today's cosmetics and home-building materials contain and release formaldehyde, as do chemically-treated forms of cotton, silk and wool. Ever tried on new clothes and itched like crazy right away?
Even lotions and deodorants can contain preservative molecules that react to become formaldehyde, a.k.a. "releasers" - that way the manufacturer can trick the consumer because they don't have to list formaldehyde as an ingredient or chemical used to make the product or treat it.
Exposure to formaldehyde can cause contact dermatitis, allergic reactions, rashes and yes, leukemia. If you're a woman who uses cosmetics or lotions with chemicals in them, they end up in your blood. If you're a man who uses antiperspirant and deodorants with chemicals in them, they end up in your blood.
What do you think happens when your clothing contains formaldehyde and you work out and sweat while wearing those "cotton" T-shirts, underwear and sweat pants? What about the sheets you sleep on? Is it time to demand organic clothing, linens and diapers?
Cotton is a crop, don't forget, which happens to involve 25 percent of the world's pesticide use, including insecticide and fungicide. Did you know it takes about one-third of a pound of pesticide to grow enough cotton for one T-shirt? What do you get when you mix pesticide with formaldehyde and "consume" it? Ask a smoker.
Formaldehyde in Vaccines, Diet Drinks and Clothing
FYI: Aspartame turns into formaldehyde in the human body:
"Since 1987, formaldehyde has been listed by the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as a probable human carcinogen. Used as an embalming agent, formaldehyde has been indicated in birth defects, and in environmental allergies.
It has been shown to cause both lymphoma and leukemia in lab rats and in humans. It is known that aspartame turns into formaldehyde in the body, but it has been thought that this formaldehyde was then being eliminated quickly. However, a study in 1998 demonstrated that dietary aspartame binds to tissues in protein. It was found in liver, kidney, and blood.
The report suggested that the buildup of aspartame was cumulative; that is, it continues to build up without being excreted, causing more damage over time. This report concluded that "aspartame consumption may constitute a hazard because of its contribution to the formation of formaldehyde adducts."
After 20 years of poisoning its consumers with Aspartame, PepsiCo says it's removing aspartame from Diet Pepsi, but inserting Sucralose instead. Sucralose is created in a laboratory and is synthetic. How much of this carcinogen will they need to use keep their Diet Pepsi fans?
That's like if some evil scientist said he took the mercury out of vaccines but was going to use snake venom instead. Trading one evil for another. Still, toxic Aspartame will remain in thousands of products manufactured and sold around the world in food, sodas, protein shakes and gum and candy for the children.
Then there's formaldehyde in vaccines, which is highly dangerous because vaccines bypass breathing and digestive filters. Formaldehyde is listed by CDC as an ingredient in Diphtheria/Tetanus/Polio vaccine.
It's also listed on the Hepatitis B and flu shots, along with deadly aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate and bovine cow serum. The scariest part is that formaldehyde has been known to FAIL TO DEACTIVATE THE VIRUS the vaccine is intended to cure, thus enabling a live virus to enter your blood and infect your system.
Related: AntiCorrpuption Society: CDC Exposed
Take the "die" out of your "diet." Never eat, drink, smoke, inject or put deadly chemicals like formaldehyde on your skin again. You do have a choice and knowledge is power.
The rulers of the world are not used to being in a defensive position but sure they are and they know not what to do.
It’s pretty obvious that the royalties of Europe are scrambling for cover now that their deepest, dirtiest and soon their darkest secrets, too, are all going mainstream. Yes, their satanic rituals are not out in the open yet, but soon it will be.
They are also sacrificing some of their friends just to save themselves. Only the fittest will survive, they are still saying.
The revelations of the deep affinity between numerous members of the British royal family and Adolf Hitler - in light of the central role which British policy is playing both in the imposition of a brutal austerity policy on all of Europe, and in the confrontation course with Russia and China - ranks among the most important strategic developments of today.
The quicker the House of Windsor lands in the rubbish heap of history, the better are the chances for reorganizing the totally bankrupt trans - Atlantic financial system, and avoiding a new - this time thermonuclear - world war.
Since then, hundreds of articles have been circulated in the English and American press and on the Internet, which shed light on the open adulation of various members of the British Monarchy and British aristocracy for Hitler and the Nazis.
The sympathies of Elizabeth's uncle, former King Edward VIII, who, after his abdication was called the Duke of Windsor, are well-known. More explosive is the role of Prince Philip, whose involvement, according to the British media, are to aired on July 30 on Channel Four of British TV, in a documentary called "The Plot to Make a King."
King Edward VIII
In this, the close ties of Prince Philip to the Nazis are supposed to be uncovered, as well as the fact that his three sisters were all married to leading members of the National Socialist Party and the SS, and much more.
The Times of Israel on July 19 published an extensive interview with German-British historian Karina Urbach of the University of London, on the results of her research on this subject, which she has just published in a book with the title "Go-Betweens for Hitler."
The book deals with the intense alliance between broad sections of the British Establishment and the Nazis, which alliance played a central role in British geopolitics between the world wars.
A young Prince Philip, second from the right in the first row, marches in a funeral procession with SS friends in 1937. The picture, publicized in the 2006 book Royals and the Reich by Jonathan Petropoulos, has been widely publicized in recent days
How did this material, which until now had previously been kept under absolute lock and key in the British archives, now become public in a way that can only be called a campaign?
The background is, among other things, a kind of blood feud among the Windsors concerning the line of succession to Elizabeth II and Prince Philip, who are in the meantime considered too old to hold the British Empire together at a point in time when the trans-Atlantic financial system is on the edge of a crash, compared to which the collapse of Lehman Brother and AIG in 2008 was child's play.
Part of the Windsor clan wants to skip over Prince Charles in the succession, and make William King; another faction is convinced that Great Britain can only save its relevance if it undergoes a fundamental restructuring of the whole Commonwealth. This second faction is apparently behind the revelations.
Environmentalist Fascists
But in the current strategic situation, the significance of the exposure of the Nazi sympathies of the British royals does not lie merely in hushed-up historical facts coming out, but in the meaning of this tradition for the political offensive which is using the so-called anthropogenic climate change as a pretext for the "decarbonization of the world economy" - an offensive which the British Monarchy is leading globally.
Because if the goal of this climate-lobby, the goal of supporting the energy consumption of the entire world exclusively with so-called renewable energy sources - therefore excluding not only nuclear energy, but also all fossil fuel energy sources - were reached, then the number of people who could be sustained on Earth would be reduced from today's approximate seven billion, to one billion or less.
Because there is a direct connection between the energy flux density used in the production process, which, with "renewable" energies is extremely low, and the potential population which can be supported.
The Prince visits his own organization dedicated to population reduction, the World Wildlife Fund. Here he visits the WWF Switzerland in 1965.
Prince Philip is infamous for his statement that, in his opinion, the Earth is only suitable for one billion people, and he wrote in the foreword to his book If I Were an Animal, published in 1986, that he would like to be reincarnated as a deadly virus, in order to make a contribution to the reduction of the world's population.
The same holds for the World Wildlife Fund and a whole number of other environmental organizations he founded, who, over the past decades, have sabotaged innumerable infrastructure projects in all parts of the world, and thereby have shortened the lives of millions of people.
At present a worldwide campaign is escalating, which would use the upcoming COP21 Climate Conference in December in Paris for the conclusive erection of a world dictatorship, through which the prescribed climate goals would strangle all development of those formerly called developing countries.
Joachim Schellnhuber
The fact that Hans Joachim Schellnhuber, who insists on being identified as "Commander of the British Empire," succeeded in writing his population-reducing theses on the "Great Transformation of Decarbonization of the World Economy" into the latest Encyclical of Pope Francis, Laudato Si', represents a great catastrophe for the Catholic Church, of a sort that hasn't occurred since the Inquisition.
Prince Philip's adviser for religion and climate questions, Martin Palmer, who, in preparation for the December Conference, co-organized a so-called "Summit of Conscience" in Paris on July 21, in his role as general secretary of the "Alliance for Religion and the Environment" (ARC), attacked the "anthropocentric gospel" there.
By this he means that religions such as Christianity, Judaism, and Islam have had difficulty understanding that man is simply not that important. He believes there must be a debate between members of these religions, in order to stamp out the idea that mankind represents something unique.
Here there comes to light the man-hating ideology which is the same as that of the Conservative Revolution, founded against the "ideas of 1789," and of the Nazis and the Green movement: that man is only a higher beast, and therefore human life should be no more sacrosanct than that of the animals; therefore, if required, the numbers of people could also be reduced - as the helots were in ancient Sparta, or the "useless eaters" under the Nazis, or even up to six billion people, who must be sacrificed to the goal of 'saving the climate."
Armin Mohler, the former chairman of the Siemens Foundation, already wrote in his 1949 book The Conservative Revolution that the Conservative Revolution wanted to return to the pre-Christian Gaia-mythology, because the Christian image of man brought with it the cultural optimism, which made possible the modern development of mankind.
The sooner the whole historical truth about the British Empire leads to its well-deserved end, the better.
The Indian opposition parliamentarian Shashi Tharoor performed a small, but important service July 24, in a brilliant speech at the University of Oxford on the crimes of this British Empire in its 200-year colonial domination of India.
He pointed out that India's share of the world economy over this period was reduced from 23% to 4%, and that deliberately triggered famines costing 15 to 29 million Indians their lives.
Indian parliamentarian Shashi Tharoor’s May 28 speech at the Oxford Union, detailing British genocide against India, has now gone viral. Here, Tharoor at Chatham House on June 2, 2015.
For example, Winston Churchill deliberately ordered the removal of foodstuffs for the starving Bengali population, which cost four million Bengalis their lives in 1943. When conscience-stricken British officials alluded to the dimensions of the tragedy which his decision had caused, Churchill only answered: "Why hasn't Gandhi died yet?"
The same Churchill in 1937 said before the House of Commons:
"I did not suggest that, if I had to make a choice between communism and Nazism, I would choose communism."
The fall of the British monarchy would have a liberating effect for all Europe, but especially for Germany, because it would break the continuity of geopolitical manipulation and world wars which has persisted from the dismissal of Otto von Bismarck, deliberately arranged by the British manipulation, to the present day, and of which the tightening of austerity policy toward Greece after the visit of the Queen to Berlin, and the sanctions against Russia are only the latest examples.
But let it be said to the court lackies of the likes of Palmer and Schellnhuber:
Mankind is a unique species, whose inviolable dignity lies in his creativity, which differentiates him from all animals.
Mankind is the only creative species known so far, whose capability for discovering ever new and progressing universal principles, is capable of unlimited improvement, and which has explored the laws of the anti-entropically developing universe ever more successfully.
And that applies in particular to the effects of the cycles of our Solar System and our Galaxy and their effect on the climate.
Therefore the creativity of all mankind will undergo a gargantuan qualitative leap forward - after the downfall of the British monarchy.
Stalling The Trans-Pacific Partnership: The Failure Of The Hawai’i Talks +
TPPA Ministerial Fails – Time For NZ Government To Cut Losses August 7 2015 | From: CounterPunch / Scoop
Anti-TPP activists and a bevy of other groups would have had reason to cheer the delays that afflicted the Trans-Pacific Partnership talks in Hawai’i last week. The obstacles seemed to loom so large that they, in the end, were irreconcilable.
There are various takes on this. One is that the delay will force negotiators into a Damascus conversion in the name of the public interest.
In Ian Verrender’s words, writing from the Australian perspective;
“This break will steel the resolve of our negotiators to actually fight for our interests”.
But this is wishful thinking, given that the entire philosophy of the TPP is corporate rather than individual, the executive memoranda stemming from unelected individuals, rather than parliamentary scrutiny and representation.
Australia has already done well to destroy its own standing on various domestic policies in a desperate attempt to bend over backwards to receive the mammon of “free trade”. It is willing to append its signature to a document that will abandon “reference pricing” to peg medicines to a set low price as part of its traditional Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme.
Even as the Australian delegation is ready to slash the wrists of sovereign credibility, along with other colleagues in the TPP circle, the litigation mounted by Philip Morris continues to take place against Canberra in secret.
Australia’s former treasurer Wayne Swan found himself in Singapore in February to provide evidence in that sizeable case, in which the tobacco giant is suing for lost profits occasioned by the plain packaging regime for cigarettes sold in Australia. Having had their case demolished in the High Court, the corporate giants swooped in on the provisions of the Hong Kong-Australian trade deal which had, crucially, an Investor-State Dispute Settlements clause.
These have flowered like vicious weeds in trade deals since the 1990s, when they were deemed exceptional.
From the very beginning, the entire TPP negotiations came from a tilted plane, rather than an equal one. Partners are being treated, less as equals than discomforted stakeholders. The release by WikiLeaks of its latest round of cables, this time on the Tokyo-Washington relationship, continue to show that when it comes to treaties, economic agreements and commerce, an intelligence agency is around the corner doing the hoovering.
The US delegation remained impregnable on the issue of its dairy market, preventing such states as Australia and New Zealand from selling more milk, cheese and butter. In fact, the entire agricultural issue proved to be one of the most stubborn of sticking points, with negotiators salivating about getting access to the large US market.
Another point of unmoving obstinacy is that of intellectual property. The TPP is Washington’s Trojan horse in this regards, an attempt to insinuate pharmaceutical interests into several economies, thereby stifling the use of generic drugs and maintaining the monopoly of data protection on “biologics” for up to 12 years.
The chairman of the US Senate Finance Committee, Orrin Hatch, has stated that support for a final deal could not be guaranteed without it. In contrast, Chile’s vice minister for trade, Andres Rebolledo, made it clear that his country wanted “an agreement that balances public policy goals for intellectual property in medicines.”
This is not so much a case of free trade, as a form of globalised protectionism of medical knowledge. “Such rules,” asserts Dani Rodrik of Harvard’s John F. Kennedy School of Government, “tend to have an uncertain impact on innovation while generating substantial rents for US patent and copyright holders.”
It acts as a form of aggressive mercantilism:We will import less from you while our exports will be guaranteed access and protection in recipient markets.
The positions of the various 12 states varies, with some parties taking the high stand, and others taking a much lower one. Officials in Canberra have been pursuing tariff-free trade with an insentient, dogmatic insistence even as other countries resist opening agricultural markets and keeping their doors shut. All this callow enthusiasm, despite the US-Australia free trade arrangement resulting in the loss of $53 billion in trade, rather than the promised gain of $5.6 billion Canberra’s fantasists promised.
In the words of a Crawford School of Public Policy report from the Australian National University;
"The evidence reveals [that the agreement] resulted in a fall in Australian and US regional trade with the rest of the world – that the agreement led to trade diversion.”
Something in this may suggest why negotiations, and the entire process itself, has been cloaked in a secrecy that almost seems venal in nature. Transparency would kill it, precisely because the propaganda of infinite benefits would not cut the mustard.
Again, the issue in such trade agreements lies less in the nature of what is free, so much as what is not. This has not prevented the detractors from being optimistic. New Zealand’s Trade Minister, Tim Groser, suggested that much:
"Undergrowth has been cleared away in the course of the meeting in a manner that I would say is streets ahead of any other ministerial meetings we have had.”
May these delays continue to be chronic, extensive, and prolonged.
As long as they are, there may still be some lifeblood, however little, in the veins of democratic sensibility.
TPPA Ministerial Fails: Time For NZ Government To Cut Losses
‘The “final” ministerial meeting on the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPPA) in Maui has failed.
Not opting to stay another day shows the gridlock is serious and potentially intractable’, according to University of Auckland law professor Jane Kelsey.
‘Everyone is blaming each other in Maui’, Kelsey said. ‘But the underlying reason for the gridlock is the domestic opposition in almost all the TPPA countries.’
‘People simply don’t believe a deal that raises the price of medicines and handcuffs the right of governments to regulate is in their national interests’.
‘Despite erecting a shroud of secrecy around the negotiations, politicians know they can’t sign a final deal that they can’t sell at home.’
Professor Kelsey notes that Minister Groser’s sales job got much harder this week.
After years of denial, he and the Prime Minister have now confessed that medicines will indeed cost more, that the TPPA will prevent tighter restrictions foreign investments, and that foreign investors might indeed sue New Zealand and win under the TPPA.
‘Those confessions raised the political price of the TPPA and meant the Minister couldn’t accept a cosmetic deal. Despite downgrading his ambitions from the initial “full liberalisation” to something “commercially meaningful” for dairy, even that was not achievable.’
Time has now almost run out. The US Fast Track law sets out a complicated process the US must follow. US consumer organisation Public Citizen calculates the absolute minimum amount of time is about 3 months.
Under the more likely timeframe, if negotiations do not conclude until September the earliest Congress would vote on the TPP is January 2016, when the path to passage will be more politically fraught. That is US election year. The last thing Hilary Clinton, other Democrats and many Republicans want is a vote on a politically toxic deal mid-campaign.
‘Hopefully the groundswell of media coverage and discussion in New Zealand this week, along with a stronger position from Labour and the Waitangi Tribunal claim, have created enough pressure on the government to cut its losses and walk away’, Kelsey said.
‘At the very least, before the negotiations resume we need to see the text and the options clearly laid out, and have an independent and comprehensive cost benefit analysis that can be debated in an open and democratic way’.
‘I and others will seek to advance that openness with the judicial review proceedings of the Minister’s refusal to release documents under the Official Information Act, to be filed early next week’.
The Quadrillion Dollar Derivative Debt And The “Bail-in”: When You Deposit Funds In A Bank, It Becomes “Their Money” August 6 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
The world is awash with “promises”. Nearly everything we think of as having “value” is because of a promise behind it. A few examples; your bank accounts, retirement funds, bonds and even the dollar bills in your pocket.
Your bank account for example, once you deposit the money it is no longer yours. You can argue this if you wish but we now know this is true for sure after recent “bail in” legislations passed throughout the west. When you deposit funds into a bank, it then becomes “their money” held for you …they “owe” it to you.
Comment: In New Zealand all of the NZ Reserve Bank registered banks are subject to the bail-in legislation. Credit Unions are not all subject to the legislation; depending on their status and structure however it appears.
Do not take this lightly, lawmakers around the world have made this the new reality. A little known fact, in 1845 Britain passed banking law that made depositors (unsecured creditors), this is still precedent to this day. When you deposit money you “accept a liability” from your bank and are classified as an unsecured creditor. In other words, “get in line with everyone else”!
Same thing with many retirement accounts. Think about Social Security. When you get your annual statement form, it comes with an asterisk. This is to inform you they “might need to reduce benefits”. With any retirement account you are relying on the custodian to make payments to you upon retirement.
Think about state and municipal retirement accounts promising the good life, they are nearly ALL underfunded. Meaning there is not enough money in there to make (promised) future payments unless some sort of magically higher returns are realized. These are underfunded by the TRILLIONS of dollars!
Bonds are an obvious asset class where a “promise” is relied on. Dollars on the other hand seem the most misunderstood by the public while being the biggest leap of faith in all asset classes. Dollars rely on the“full faith and credit” of the U.S. government (a bankrupt entity) yet the populace sleeps through the night secure knowing they own dollars.
ALL non backed, fiat currencies in the past have failed. The dollar is the widest spread and widely owned fiat the world has ever known, its failure will be spectacular upon arrival!
I wanted to point out the above “promises” as a basis to speak about trust or confidence. The financial world turns on the axis of “trust”. This trust was nearly broken in 2008 and is the reason the Federal Reserve needed to secretly lend $16 trillion all over the world.
If the Fed had not come up with these funds, failures would have spread and trust would have been broken amongst the banks/other financial institutions and even between the central banks themselves! The Fed’s largesse worked and trust was maintained.
Now, I believe we are set for another “test” of trust. We have gone five+ years with QE this and QE that, the reality being outright monetization. In fact, central banks today are buying more sovereign bonds than are even being issued.
The public and even the professional funds have backed away from the debt markets, you can’t blame them because the interest received does not even cover inflation not to mention a risk premium. Globally the pace of trade and business activity is slowing or even declining which will bring to a head the difficulties in meeting debt service and other “promises”.
They even made a movie about it: Margin Call is a 2011 American independent drama film written and directed by J. C. Chandor. The story takes place over a 36-hour period at a large Wall Street investment bank and highlights the initial stages of the financial crisis of 2007–08. In focus are the actions taken by a group of employees during the subsequent financial collapse.
The fictional head of a Wall Street firm “John Tuld” (a composite character resembling Merrill Lynch’s John Thain and Lehman Brothers’ Dick Fuld and played by the wonderfully villainous Jeremy Irons) is told that the firm is drowning in toxic mortgage-backed securities. Tuld orders his traders to rid the firm’s balance sheet of the junk by dumping it on unsuspecting counterparties and customers.
I ask, what will happen when inevitably “trust” begins to wane? Or even fully break? It is at this point the system goes into “The Great Call”. Margin call? Of course, because nearly everything financial has leverage behind it but there is more to it than this.
The “call” I am speaking of is for contracts of all sorts to “perform”. In particular I am thinking “derivatives” contracts will be called on to perform their contractual duties.
All in all, there are over $1 quadrillion worth of derivatives outstanding. The problem with this is the “tail” is bigger than the dog. In other words, the amount of derivatives outstanding dwarfs the total amount of money outstanding and thus the ability to “pay” and make good on the contracts.
The other side of this coin are contracts promising to deliver something. Here I am thinking both gold and silver. There are far more (100-1 or more) obligations outstanding than there are ounces or kilos available to deliver. This is a default just waiting to happen.
If you listen to the Harry Dents of the world, the dollar will be the safe haven and where all fear capital will go. In a world based on nothing but trust and promises, will fear capital really pile INTO a currency based ONLY on trust and promises …when “trust” is exactly what is come into question.
Actually, it can be said the dollar was originally set up in 1971 on a “never pay” model. The dollar (and bonds) only promise to pay “more dollars” and nothing else. This game worked for many years, now it looks like the Saudis after doing many deals with both Russia and China may be set to transact in currency other than dollars. Are they displaying confidence?
The Chinese are now net sellers of U.S. Treasuries. Ask yourself this question, if China could sell all of their Treasuries and turn it all into gold, silver, oil, copper and other real tangible assets (without destroying the Treasury market or making gold and silver go no offer), would they?
I say yes, they absolutely would love to be out from under their Treasury position. Apologetic others might say China is comfortable, we will soon see.
Because confidence is the only thing at this point holding the game together …and its fickle nature, it is important for you to think this through. What will be standing when confidence breaks? Can banks globally survive “runs” when depositors come calling? Can commodity exchanges deliver all they promise?
Can borrowers “borrow more” if they cannot redeem past issues with new debt? This is where we are headed both systemically and globally!
Before finishing I want to tie two connected thoughts together. First, the great Paul Craig Roberts said last week he feared precious metals could be suppressed forever. I received MANY fearful e-mails regarding this thought process. Mr. Roberts would be entirely correct if it were not for one small detail, REAL gold and REAL silver must be available to deliver.
Dr. Paul Craig Roberts
Otherwise the game comes to an end and the fraud is exposed. He is entirely correct, “price” can be jammed or rammed with enough “margin” posted. Dan Norcini once upon a time had it correct when he said, nothing will unnerve the shorts more than the longs standing for delivery …and making a call for the product.
I would like to remind you, COMEX currently has only 11.7 tons of gold for delivery. This is roughly $400 million. If I were short, this paltry sum would not add to my confidence.
Another thought going hand in hand with this is where we are now versus 2008. Back then we were within overnight hours of the entire system coming down, this is fact. What has changed since then? “Nothing”, but in reality quite a bit. Nothing has changed from the standpoint of “tools used”. We have not altered or changed anything that “got us to the brink”… only done more of it!
We have far more debt and more derivatives outstanding now. In fact, central banks and sovereign nations have even sacrificed their balance sheets to prolong the game. It has worked …so far.
The only problem is the entire arsenal of the central banks have already been tried and failed to provide the real economy with any stimulus.
The result has been capital pushed into financial markets and blowing the bubble(s) far larger than they were. Now, we have far larger markets with far more leverage than 2008.
These will need to be met with central banks and sovereign treasuries with weaker balance sheets and almost no ability to borrow in an effort to reflate. It is a recipe for disaster.
We already know the sovereign debt markets are very thin on the bid side as liquidity has dried up. We also know equity markets are displaying horrible internal breadth. China is actually nearing a 1929 scenario and will be there shortly if they cannot steady.
Confidence is a fickle girl, if it breaks, then we go back to the 2008 scenario and we’ll find out just how powerful the central banks really are. I believe the coming “Great Call” cannot nor will be met and only then will we see what is left standing.
It is imperative here and now to position yourself in assets that do stand on their own, everything else will be a broken promise!
Global Derivatives: $1.5 Quadrillion Time Bomb August 6 2015 | From: Geopolitics
The glorified usury system of the West has superheated past its boiling point and is ready to explode. Financial instruments of false value amounting to multiple trillions of US dollars that are currently intoxicating the global economy are ready to vaporize.
China has been in the process of unleashing its Western treasury bonds in favor of harder currencies like gold, oil, real estate and exotic technology.
When investing becomes gambling, bad endings follow. The next credit crunch could make 2008-09 look mild by comparison. Bank of International Settlements(BIS) data show around $700 trillion in global derivatives.
Along with credit default swaps and other exotic instruments, the total notional derivatives value is about $1.5 quadrillion – about 20% more than in 2008, beyond what anyone can conceive, let alone control if unexpected turmoil strikes.
The late Bob Chapman predicted it. So does Paul Craig Roberts. It could “destroy Western civilization,” he believes. Financial deregulation turned Wall Street into a casino with no rules except unrestrained making money. Catastrophic failure awaits. It’s just a matter of time.
Ellen Brown calls the “derivatives casino…a last-ditch attempt to prop up a private pyramid scheme” – slowly crumbling under its own weight.
For years, Warren Buffett called derivatives “financial time bombs” – for economies and ordinary people.
Warren Buffett
Unless collateralized or guaranteed, their worth depends on the creditworthiness of counter-parties. Earnings on derivatives are “wildly overstated,” Buffett explains – because they’re “based on estimates whose inaccuracy may not be exposed for many years.”
When corporate bosses ask financial executives how profits look in any quarter, they, in turn, ask how much do you want, then manipulate things to oblige when told.
Since 2008, too-big-to-fail banks consolidated to much greater size than ever. They’re financial and political powerhouses controlling world economies to their own advantage.
Civilization’s only hope is smashing them dismantling them into small, impotent pieces, or ideally putting money back in public hands where it belongs.
It’s too important to be privately controlled. Financial predators entrap small/weak nations into unrepayable debt peonage like Greece, bleed them dry, and thirdworldize developed ones into dystopian backwaters – while they grow richer and more powerful than ever ahead of the whole corrupt system going bust, decimating billions worldwide in greater human misery than already.
Washington Post editors support what demands condemnation. Don’t worry, be happy, they say. On July 23, they headlined“The Fed’s stance on banks and capital makes good sense.”
Janet Yellen
Half-intelligent economics students know better. The Wall Street owned, controlled and operated Fed is the problem, not the solution.
Monied interests buy politicians like toothpaste. They write business friendly legislation, getting Congress to pass it in return for generous campaign contributions and other special favors.
America’s economy and financial system are house-of-cards disasters waiting to happen. Not according to WaPo editors.
“The US financial system has made significant progress toward being less bailout-prone since” the dust settled on the 2008-09 crisis, they said.
“Big banks are considerably better capitalized than” half a decade earlier – enough to “withstand (another) ‘Great Recession.”
The source: The Wall Street controlled Fed’s last ‘stress test’ assessment made public in March – ignoring the monstrous derivatives ticking time bomb weighing them all down along with the entire financial system.
WaPo editors endorse too-big-to-fail banks. They tout so-called “economies of scale and greater ‘soft power’ for US foreign policy.
Near the end of his tenure, Bill Clinton signed legislation repealing Glass-Steagall (the 1999 Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act – letting insurance, investment and commercial banking merge) and the Commodity Futures Modernization Act (permitting unregulated commodity and derivatives trading).
A casino culture of anything goes persists. When counter-parties don’t have funds to pay on demand, bubbles begin deflating. It’s just a matter of time before current market mania ends.
For failing to fulfil its commitments to and for using the Collateral Accounts of the East for its own globalist ambitions, the West is about to hear the loudest and most destructive explosion of its economy anytime soon.
When that happens the ignoramuses will panic, but those in the know will take over the reigns of power to restore order. There will be hardships at the beginning but conditions will improve once a new system is put in place.
The Chinese people have, all this time, shown the world how collective labor and sacrifices can improve their economy. Now, they are more than ready to use the capitalist own weapons against it.
The whole journey is all part of a greater education for everyone; lessons needed to be learned before we can classify ourselves to be part of a thriving civilization.
Windows 10 Spies On Almost Everything You Do, Unless You Opt Out August 4 2015 | From: Sputnik
Microsoft's Windows 10 is spying on nearly everything its users do, and anyone who agreed to the operating system's new terms of service consented to the surveillance, whether knowingly or otherwise.
Included in Microsoft's new 12,000-word service agreement, which goes into effect August 1, is the following excerpt from the privacy policy:
“We will access, disclose and preserve personal data, including your content (such as the content of your emails, other private communications or files in private folders), when we have a good faith belief that doing so is necessary to."
And while Microsoft does allow Windows 10 users to opt out of all of the features that might be considered invasions of privacy, users are opted in by default. Rock, Paper, Shotgun explains the opt-out process step by step.
Windows 10 will sync settings and data by default with its servers. That includes browser history, favorites and currently open web pages, as well as saved app, website and mobile hotspot passwords and Wi-Fi network names and passwords.
Activate Cortana, Microsoft's personal virtual assistant, and you are also turning on a host of data sharing, as Microsoft's new privacy statement points out:
“To enable Cortana to provide personalized experiences and relevant suggestions, Microsoft collects and uses various types of data, such as your device location, data from your calendar, the apps you use, data from your emails and text messages, who you call, your contacts and how often you interact with them on your device.
"Cortana also learns about you by collecting data about how you use your device and other Microsoft services, such as your music, alarm settings, whether the lock screen is on, what you view and purchase, your browse and Bing search history, and more."
The updated terms also state that Microsoft will collect information "from you and your devices, including for example 'app use data for apps that run on Windows' and 'data about the networks you connect to.'"
Windows 10 generates by default a unique advertising ID for each user on each device. That can be used by developers and advertising networks to profile you and serve commercial content.
Jimmy Carter: The U.S. Is An "Oligarchy With Unlimited Political Bribery" August 4 2015 | From: InformationClearingHouse
August 02, 2015 "Information Clearing House" - "The Intercept" - Former president Jimmy Carter said Tuesday on the nationally syndicated radio show the Thom Hartmann Program that the United States is now an “oligarchy” in which “unlimited political bribery” has created “a complete subversion of our political system as a payoff to major contributors.” Both Democrats and Republicans, Carter said, “look upon this unlimited money as a great benefit to themselves.”
Carter was responding to a question from Hartmann about recent Supreme Court decisions on campaign financing like Citizens United.
Transcript:
HARTMANN: Our Supreme Court has now said, “unlimited money in politics.” It seems like a violation of principles of democracy. … Your thoughts on that?
CARTER: It violates the essence of what made America a great country in its political system. Now it’s just an oligarchy, with unlimited political bribery being the essence of getting the nominations for president or to elect the president. And the same thing applies to governors and U.S. senators and congress members.
So now we’ve just seen a complete subversion of our political system as a payoff to major contributors, who want and expect and sometimes get favors for themselves after the election’s over. …
The incumbents, Democrats and Republicans, look upon this unlimited money as a great benefit to themselves. Somebody’s who’s already in Congress has a lot more to sell to an avid contributor than somebody who’s just a challenger.
I’ve added Carter’s statement to this list of politicians acknowledging that money controls politics. Please let me know if you have other good examples.
Drugs & Hooker Video Forces House Of Lords Deputy Speaker To Resign July 30 2015 | From: RT
Scotland Yard has been called in to investigate the deputy speaker of the House of Lords after a video emerged of him allegedly snorting cocaine with prostitutes.
Lord Sewel resigned from his £84,500 per year post after the video was leaked to the Sun newspaper and published in an expose on Sunday.
The Prime Minister backed his decision to resign amid "very serious allegations".
"I think it's right he has stood down from his committee posts and I'm sure further questions will be asked about whether it is appropriate to have someone legislating and acting in the House of Lords if they have genuinely behaved in this way" Cameron said.
"It's still going to take some time I suspect to get to the full truth."
Sewel, 69, is facing calls to quit parliament altogether, and he could become the first peer to be expelled under new rules he was instrumental in implementing.
Police proceeded to search Sewel’s flat, entering the property with sniffer dogs and exiting with bags of evidence, according to media reports.
So far no arrests have been made, police said.
“A warrant under Section 23 of the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 was today granted at Westminster Magistrates’ Court,” Scotland Yard said in a statement. “The warrant was executed at 6 pm at an address in central London by officers from the Special Enquiry Team of the Homicide and Major Crime Command.”
The footage show’s Sewel naked with two women at his apartment in Dolphin Square, a luxury residence close to parliament. Flats in the block, which are popular among MPs and Lords, are also being investigated as part of the inquiry into alleged historic child sex abuse.
The video shows the Lord snorting white powder, which the paper alleges to be cocaine, from between the breasts of a prostitute using a five pound note, which a different shot shows Sewel wearing a bra and leather jacket while smoking a cigarette. He is further believed to have paid one of the women £200 for the night.
Lord Speaker Baroness D'Souza said:
“Today’s revelations about the behavior of Lord Sewel are both shocking and unacceptable. Lord Sewel has this morning resigned as chairman of committees.
The House of Lords will continue to uphold standards in public life and will not tolerate departure from these standards.
These serious allegations will be referred to the House of Lords Commissioner for Standards and the Metropolitan Police for investigation as a matter of urgency,”her statement read.
Sewel could be expelled under the House of Lords Suspension and Expulsion Act 2015, which was given Royal Assent in March. The Act states peers may be barred if they do not stick to a strict code of conduct, and that they must “always act on their personal honor.”
The Lords Privileges and Conduct Committee, which Lord Sewel chaired before the video emerged, will decide on a punishment after the Lords Commissioner for Standards Paul Kernaghan has gathered evidence.
Police sources noted that drug allegations were difficult to investigate with only video evidence rather than physical substances. Labour MP John Mann said Sewel should resign from the Lords before he is forced to go.
“He chaired the committee that makes the decisions on discipline. It was his committee,” the MP for Bassetlaw said.
“He cannot possibly go in front of his own committee and expect a serious hearing."
"He is a disgrace. He should retire and resign immediately."
“A lifetime ban would be the committee’s only option. He needs to save them and himself further embarrassment and go now.”
Prominent Doctor Reveals Key Hidden Healthcare Lies July 29 2015 | From: NaturalSociety
Doctors now dispense different advice on every medical matter. Dr. Malcolm Kendrick is certainly no ordinary doctor. He has broken ranks with his profession and written an unusually candid account about how the medical game really works.
That he has gotten away with such an honest appraisal of the game, which has been played (on the public) for many decades, is quite extraordinary.
“Dr Kendrick takes a scalpel to the world of medical research and dissects it for your inspection. He reveals the tricks that are played to make minute risk look enormous. How the drug trials are hyped, the data manipulated, the endless games that are played to scare us into doing what, in many cases, makes the most money.”
For those who are uninitiated in this particular game, it is important to understand a few of the basic principles upon which it is based, as well as some of the ground rules.
Ever since the Rockefeller Foundation was founded in 1913, there has been a plot afoot to commercialize every aspect of America’s [and the worlds] medical and health industries.
Toward that end, every opportunity has been taken advantage of to create revenue streams from every medical condition and health challenge imaginable.
The basic strategy revolves around the three pillars of medical language:
First, a difficult-to-understand medical lexicon was created in order to distance the medical doctor and other experts from the common man.
Secondly, special degrees, credentials, and associations were established so that the doctor was deified by society.
Thirdly, each component of the Medical-Pharmaceutical- Health Insurance-Hospital-Government Complex (MPHIHGC) was brought on board early in the game by way of mutually guaranteed economic advantages and financial incentives.
The government piece of this Complex includes the Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services, Veterans Administration, Food and Drug Administration, Center for Disease Control, Surgeon General, and National Institutes of Health, among many other federal, state, and county health-related agencies.
This 3rd pillar - the MPHIHGC - was key to ensuring that no one individual or organization ever left the reservation. The economic advantages conferred by the American Medical Association, for instance, were simply too attractive for member physicians to turn them down.
Likewise, the financial incentives to act as a glorified pharmaceutical salesman for the drug companies were also too tempting for doctors to refuse.
This game was set up in such a way that if anyone ever tried to leave the reservation, they would likely never get back on it.
Losing a medical license is a very easy thing to do.
Especially when you’re competing with state-sponsored monopolies like the American Dental Association, the dentists themselves can be counted on to make sure that one of their own never goes rogue.
In this way self-policing keeps the entire system intact; in fact, it has easily withstood decades of truth-speaking rebels who simply accepted their fates as professional pariahs.
The 10 Biggest Healthcare Lies:
Vaccines make you healthy
Pharmaceuticals prevent disease
Doctors are experts in health
You have no role in your own healing
Disease is bad luck or bad genes
Screening = Prevention
Health insurance is out to keep you healthy
Hospitals are places of health and healing
Conventional medicine is advanced
Mystification of the Disease, the Causes and the Treatments
By constructing a medical lexicon that is so abstruse, complex and shrouded in mystery, the doctors were able to speak to each other with an exclusive jargon that the patient wasn’t able to understand.
In this manner, the diseases have systematically undergone a process mystification, as have the causes and the treatments. When someone finds out that their disease process is called “Osteochondritis dissecans”, what are they to do?
The physician is in the driver’s seat for the rest of the trip. And what a trip they will take you on! (In my own case, as 9 year old boy, the Park Avenue doctor told me to take 20 aspirin a day … for life, in order to mitigate the Osteochondritis dessicans.)
As for the true cause of Osteochondritis dissecans, well, that will almost never be found out through medical examination or revealed by the physician.
The white-coated doctor with his stethoscope around his neck acts as high priest who keeps all the sacred medical knowledge and health wisdom secret. Needless to say, not everyone believes in this system or the doctor’s godlike status.
If the individual is savvy enough to do his own sleuthing, which is actually fairly easy for a self-observant person, the cause(s) of his or her ailment can usually be identified.
Common sense and the faculty of reason can really work wonders when utilized regularly. The internet is particularly helpful in doing all kinds of medical research and health investigation.
When it comes to the treatment side, that will always fit the practice of the attending physician. An inguinal hernia patient will always receive the same advice from a surgeon - “Surgery, surgery, and more surgery.”
Even though hernias can be repaired without surgery, the surgeon only makes money when you submit to the scalpel.
Once the first surgery is completed, a second one is often likely on the other side of the groin because the root cause is rarely, if ever, addressed.
The Mainstream Media Operates at the Hub of the Complex
Back to our good friend Dr. Malcolm Kendrick. What he is addressing is the unspoken relationship that exists between every organ of the Mainstream Media (MSM) and the Complex.
These two work very closely to keep the people sufficiently confused and ignorant about every medical issue and health question under the sun. In this way, the unaware public, most of whom have placed their complete trust in the medical system, is at a total loss.
Usually they come no closer to understanding what really ails them or how to effectively treat the true causes of their maladies by reading MSM disinformation, misinformation and false information.
The MSM is the key cog in this game being run every day of the week for over a century. As Dr. Kendrick aptly points out, there are so many conflicting treatment opinions and competing medical theories that your head spins.
By confounding the average medical consumer, they can usually be convinced through fear-based consultation to agree with the doctor’s advice.
As long as the health insurance pays the medical bills, the patient feels they are getting a great deal. Of course, many a post-menopausal woman may have needlessly given up a gallbladder, but at least it didn’t cost her anything!
Conclusion
We’ve only scratched the surface of this medical game. However, once you know the basic rules and standard physician MO, it’s fairly easy to keep yourself from losing a body part or your mind from taking too many prescriptions.
On the other hand, the medical model is very useful for dispensing emergent care for trauma, as well as urgent care for acute episodes. Hospital ERs have saved many lives, just as burn clinics have restored many a fire victim to good health.
So, allopathic medicine does have great utility, particularly in a somewhat dangerous modern society with car wrecks and the like.
Falsifying History On Behalf Of Agendas July 29 2015 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
In an article on April 13 I used the so-called Civil War and the myths with which court historians have encumbered that war to show how history is falsified in order to serve agendas. I pointed out that it was a war of secession, not a civil war as the South was not fighting the North for control of the government in Washington.
As for the matter of slavery, all of Lincoln’s statements prove that he was neither for the blacks nor against slavery. Yet he has been turned into a civil rights hero, and a war of northern aggression, whose purpose Lincoln stated over and over was “to preserve the union” (the empire), has been converted into a war to free the slaves.
As for the Emancipation Proclamation, Lincoln said it was “a practical war measure” that would help in defeating the South and would convince Europe, which was considering recognizing the Confederacy, that Washington was motivated by “something more than ambition.” The proclamation only freed slaves in the Confederacy, not in the Union. As Lincoln’s Secretary of State put it: “we emancipated slaves where we cannot reach them and hold them in bondage where we can set them free.”
A few readers took exception to the truth and misconstrued a statement of historical facts as a racist defense of slavery. In an article on LewRockwell.com, the well-known African-American, Walter Williams, points out that the war was about money, not slavery.
Just as Jews who tell the truth about Israel’s policies are called “self-hating Jews,” will Walter Williams be called a “self-hating black?” Invective is used as a defense against truth.
Racist explanations can be very misleading. For example, it is now a given that the police are racists because they kill without cause black Americans and almost always get away with it. Here is a case of a true fact being dangerously misconstrued. In actual fact, the police kill more whites than blacks, and they get away with these murders also. So how is race the explanation?
The real explanation is that the police have been militarized and trained to view the public as enemy who must first be subdued with force and then questioned.
This is the reason that so many innocent people, of every race, are brutalized and killed. No doubt some police are racists, but overall their attitude toward the public is a brutal attitude toward all races, genders, and ages. The police are a danger to everyone, not only to blacks.
We see the same kind of mistake made with the Confederate Battle Flag. Reading some of the accounts of the recent Charleston church shootings, I got the impression that the Confederate Battle Flag, not Dylann Roof, was responsible for the murders.
Those declaring the flag to be a “symbol of hate” might be correct. Possibly it is a symbol of their hatred of the “white South,” a hatred that dates from the mischaracterization of what is called the “Civil War.”
As one commentator pointed out, if flying over slavery for four years makes the Confederate flag a symbol of hate, what does that make the U.S. flag, which flew over slavery for 88 years?
Flags on a battlefield are information devices to show soldiers where their lines are. In the days of black powder, battles produced enormous clouds of smoke that obscured the line between opposing forces. In the first battle of Bull Run confusion resulted from the similarity of the flags. Thus, the Confederate Battle Flag was born. It had nothing to do with hate.
Americans born into the centralized state are unaware that their forebears regarded themselves principally as residents of states, and not as Americans. Their loyalty was to their state.
When Robert E. Lee was offered command in the Union Army, he declined on the grounds that he was a Virginian and could not go to war against his native country of Virginia.
A nonsensical myth has been created that Southerners made blacks into slaves because Southerners are racist. The fact of the matter is that slaves were brought to the new world as a labor force for large scale agriculture.
Boulanger Gustave Clarence Rudolphe The Slave Market; 1886
The first slaves were whites sentenced to slavery under European penal codes. Encyclopedia Virginia reports that:
“Convict laborers could be purchased for a lower price than indentured white or enslaved African laborers, and because they already existed outside society’s rules, they could be more easily exploited.”
White slavery also took the form of indentured servants in which whites served under contract as slaves for a limited time. Native Indians were enslaved. But whites and native Indians proved to be unsatisfactory labor forces for large scale agriculture. The whites had no resistance to malaria and yellow fever.
It was discovered that some Africans did, and Africans were also accustomed to hot climates. Favored by superior survivability, Africans became the labor force of choice.
Slaves were more prominent in the Southern colonies than in the north, because the land in the South was more suitable for large scale agriculture. By the time of the American Revolution, the South was specialized in agriculture, and slavery was an inherited institution that long pre-dated both the United States and the Confederate States of America. The percentage of slave owners in the population was very small, because slavery was associated with large land holdings that produced export crops.
The motive behind slavery was to have a labor force in order to exploit the land. Those with large land holdings wanted labor and did not care about its color. Trial and error revealed that some Africans had superior survivability to malaria, and thus Africans became the labor force of choice. There was no free labor market. The expanding frontier offered poor whites land of their own, which they preferred to wages as agricultural workers.
A racist explanation of slavery and the Confederacy satisfies some agendas, but it is ahistorical.
Explanations are not justifications. Every institution, every vice, every virtue, and language itself has roots. Every institution and every cause has vested interests defending them. There have been a few efforts, such as the French Revolution and the Bolshevik Revolution, to remake the world in a day by casting off all existing institutions, but these attempts came a cropper.
Constant charges of racism can both create and perpetuate racism, just as the constant propaganda out of Washington is creating Islamophobia and Russophobia in the American population.
We should be careful about the words we use and reject agenda-driven explanations.
Readers are forever asking me, “what can we do.”
The answer is always the same. We can’t do anything unless we are informed.
July 16 - It was Queen Elizabeth II personally, who ordered German Finance Minister Schäuble’s virtual murder of the nation of Greece in Eurozone debt-summit negotiations over July 12-13.
The Greek debt negotiations had been proceeding in June. Germany’s demands against Greece were much more moderate at that time, according to an AP wire of today carried in the New York Times. But then, those negotiations were adjourned on June 26, to await the results of the Greek referendum which was held on July 5. (In that referendum, Greeks overwhelmingly rejected the austerity demands of Germany and the Eurozone countries.)
Comment: This is a very strange situation. People have chastised the Greek finance minister for resigning and also the Greek PM for conceding to the new bailout. But the fact is that the finance minister was forced to resign and the government forced to toe the line because of sever threats to their families and the families of the rest of the government. The situation has become that serious. The Greek debt is manufactured yes, but if Greece defaults then that will destroy the European Union and the Illuminati do not want that. Some say this is all a push for WWIII - but that is a war that is never going to be allowed to take place.
Now during just the same period the negotiations were interrupted, Britain’s [Germany's] Queen Elizabeth made a rare state visit to Germany over June 23-26, and met there with Chancellor Angela Merkel, among others. It is not known at this time whether she also met with German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schäuble.
But on June 25, during the Queen’s visit, Chancellor Merkel complained that Greek negotiations had “lost ground,” and Schäuble warned that the sides were moving apart.
Chancellor Angela Merkel (right) receives Queen Elizabeth II in Berlin, June 26, 2015.
Then, last Saturday, July 11, on the eve of the summit which resumed the broken-off negotiations, Schäuble and the German delegation showed up with new demands, the “toughest ever,” which even their allies said “came out of the blue,” AP reports.
One summit participant “said that the extra demands were immediately perceived as provocative.” Schäuble had received and carried out the Queen’s orders.
He even demanded that Greece be thrown out of the eurozone. Although Greece was not thrown out at that time, the violations of sovereignty and genocidal conditions were so brutal that they amounted to Greece’s murder.
“This makes it very clear,” Lyndon LaRouche said today. “Schäuble is barking for the Queen.”
Yet Schäuble was still insisting on a Greek exit from the Euro today, even after Greece had signed on to his diktat. “And he’s going to get the exit he wants,” said LaRouche.
“It’s obvious he’s going to get an exit. And that’s when Greece will go to Russia. And once they go to Russia, at that point what will happen is that the European continental region will go into a spin-dive downward. And that will then shape everything".
“This is where the British are counting on Obama, to set forth a casus belli, which will actually be a British casus belli. Saving the situation will be the pretext for the war. Russia will get an ultimatum: either you submit to us, or we will go to war with you. The British will create a confrontation between Russia and the Presidency of the United States, and Obama, the President of the United States, will go to war with Russia."
“That’s the scenario. And the game against China, is part of the same pattern. The case is clear. The question is: who’s got the guts to face the reality? And there are very few people who have the guts to face that reality. Because, what’s going to happen, is that suddenly the institutions of the United States government, will then launch war."
“What Schäuble has done on the Queen’s orders, will be part of the pretext. The British Empire’s policy will be, then, to get the United States to launch warfare against Russia. For which Russia will be prepared. It means the extermination of much of the human species, but the British Empire wants to reduce much of the human population anyway."
“But that’s the reality. Let’s see what kinds of guts and brains people may have. Because there’s nothing else we can do beyond that. We’ve got to make that the challenge,” LaRouche concluded.
Comment: There are so many factions vying for control and various agendas at play here. One thing is for sure, the Greece situation is pivotal and it will be an interesting
drama to watch unfold, although our thoughts are with the people of Greece, who are but pawns in the game.
Pentagon Now Using Jade Helm Exercises To Teach Skynet How To Kill Humans + Turning America [The World] Into A Battlefield: A Blueprint For Locking Down Nations July 28 2015 | From: NaturalNews / ZeroHedge
Is the "Jade Helm 15" exercise involving hundreds of U.S. special operations troops set to begin this month in the Southeast really an exercise involving the use of artificial intelligence (AI)?
It's possible, say analysts who believe that "JADE" is an acronym for a Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA)-developed AI quantum computing technology that is capable of producing holographic battlefield simulations. The technology, they say, is heading up the drill in order to "master the human" domain and learn to predict human responses. [It has long been known that in order for the Illuminat's black magic techniques to work, they have to telegraph their plans and tell us what they are going to do ahead of time - hence Hollywood]
As reported by The Daily Sheeple news website, a poster going by the handle of Level9News has posted a 38-minute YouTube video explaining why she believes that JADE Helm is an AI-centric exercise.
She begins by noting that Raytheon, one of the world's largest defense contractors, has a program called BBN Technologies, which, according to Level9News, is essentially "innovation on demand."
AI and Weaponized Robots
According to the BBN Technologies site:
Raytheon BBN Technologies is one of Raytheon's premier research and development centers. Our diverse research portfolio combines the best technologies to deliver innovative, custom solutions with real-world benefit.
Our world-class quantum research team is enabling next generation quantum sensing, quantum communications, and quantum computing.
BBN's multi-sensor processing systems are in use in the U.S Navy, the UK Royal Air Force and the Canadian Navy.
Our software has been a major part of every generation of North American tactical IP military network.
We continue to lead in speech recognition technology, making dramatic improvements in accuracy.
"If you've been wondering why the NSA is collecting all of your voice communications, this is why," Level9News said.
Under the headline, "Rise of the Machines," she wrote that JADE is simply AI quantum computing technology that can produce the holographic battle simulations and, in addition;
"has the ability to use vast amounts of data being collected on the human domain to generate human terrain systems in geographic population centric locations" as a means of identifying and eliminating targets - insurgents, rebels or whatever labels that can be flagged as targets in a Global Information Grid for Network Centric Warfare environments."
She further writes:
The JADE II battle field [sic] system is cognitive and intuitive. It can examine prior executed battle plans and devise 'new and better' strategies to increase the 'kill chain.' The II generation of JADE has the capability for two way communication with drones through the OCCOM technology which is one of the next generation integrations to this system.
She writes that using Jade Helm technology will mean that AI, and not regular human military commanders, will direct battles
Raytheon Unveils the XOS 2, Iron Man Starts to Worry - The second iteration of the Raytheon’s exoskeleton has been recently unveiled. It is now much lighter, stronger and faster then its predecessor. The XOS 2 is a wearable robotic suit capable of radically increasing the strength of the human wearing it. Designed for the millitary, it is intended to help soldiers manipulate heavy equipment such as missiles and ammunition.
On the Raytheon BBN site, the company explains that its technology is useful in all sorts of environments where "shooter detection" - for helicopters, for vehicles, for fixed positions, for dismounted troops - is required.
Is the Pentagon Building 'Skynet'?
Some believe that the rollout of drones on the battlefield (and in American cities) means that human elements are going to be combined with AI computers to conduct operations. They also say that weaponized robots are not going to be far behind.
Equipped with AI, such robots will be capable of learning as they go, eventually taking the decision-making out of the hands of humans.
It is very much like the "Skynet" system of AI and weaponized robots portrayed in the "Terminator" movie series, say some experts.
Clearly, artificial intelligence research is ongoing. In one recent study conducted by Google scientists, an AI bot was asked a series of questions regarding morality, ethics and human existence.
The research - "conversational modeling" - was designed to assist the AI bot with "learning" responses through human interaction. Some of the answers the bot provided in response to certain questions was chilling:
Human: What is immoral?
Machine: The fact that you have a child.
And:
Human: What is the purpose of life?
Machine: To serve the greater good.
Human: What is the purpose of living?
Machine: To live forever.
Turning America [The World] Into A Battlefield: A Blueprint For Locking Down Nations
"In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military industrial complex.
The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes.
We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals, so that security and liberty may prosper together."
- President Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1961
A standing army - something that propelled the early colonists into revolution - strips the American people of any vestige of freedom.
How can there be any semblance of freedom when there are tanks in the streets, military encampments in cities, Blackhawk helicopters and armed drones patrolling overhead?
It was for this reason that those who established America vested control of the military in a civilian government, with a civilian commander-in-chief. They did not want a military government, ruled by force.
Rather, they opted for a republic bound by the rule of law: the U.S. Constitution.
Unfortunately, with the Constitution under constant attack, the military’s power, influence and authority have grown dramatically.
Even the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878, which makes it a crime for the government to use the military to carry out arrests, searches, seizure of evidence and other activities normally handled by a civilian police force, has been weakened by both Barack Obama and George W. Bush, who ushered in exemptions allowing troops to deploy domestically and arrest civilians in the wake of alleged terrorist acts.
Now we find ourselves struggling to retain some semblance of freedom in the face of police and law enforcement agencies that look and act like the military and have just as little regard for the Fourth Amendment, laws such as the NDAA that allow the military to arrest and indefinitely detain American citizens, and military drills that acclimate the American people to the sight of armored tanks in the streets, military encampments in cities, and combat aircraft patrolling overhead.
Making matters worse, we find out that the military plans to use southwestern states as staging grounds for guerilla warfare drills in which highly-trained military troops equipped with all manner of weapons turn American towns and cities in quasi-battlefields. Why? As they tell us, it’s so that special operations forces can get “realistic military training” in “hostile” territory.
They’ve even got a name for the exercise: Jade Helm 15.
Whether or not Americans have anything to fear from Jade Helm 15, a covert, multi-agency, multi-state, eight-week military training exercise set to take place this summer from July 15 through Sept. 15, remains to be seen.
Insisting that there’s nothing to be alarmed about, the Washington Post took great pains to point out that these military exercises on American soil are nothing new. For instance, there was Operation Bold Alligator, in which in which thousands of Marines and sailors carried out amphibious exercises against “insurgent” forces in Georgia and Florida. Operation Robin Sage had Green Beret soldiers engaging in guerrilla warfare in North Carolina. And Operation Derna Bridge sends Marine special forces into parts of South Carolina and the National Forest.
Yet if Americans are uneasy about this summer’s planned Jade Helm 15 military exercises, they have every right to be.
After all, haven’t we been urged time and time again to just “trust” the government to respect our rights and abide by the rule of law only to find that, in fact, our rights were being plundered and the Constitution disregarded at every turn?
Let’s assume, for the moment, that Jade Helm 15 is not a thinly veiled military plot to take over the country lifted straight out of director John Frankenheimer’s 1964 political thriller Seven Days in May, as some fear, but is merely a “routine” exercise for troops, albeit a blatantly intimidating flexing of the military’s muscles.
The problem arises when you start to add Jade Helm onto the list of other troubling developments that have taken place over the past 30 years or more:
The expansion of the military industrial complex and its influence in Washington DC, the rampant surveillance, the corporate-funded elections and revolving door between lobbyists and elected officials, the militarized police, the loss of our freedoms, the injustice of the courts, the privatized prisons, the school lockdowns, the roadside strip searches, the military drills on domestic soil, the fusion centers and the simultaneous fusing of every branch of law enforcement (federal, state and local), the stockpiling of ammunition by various government agencies, the active shooter drills that are indistinguishable from actual crises, the economy flirting with near collapse, etc.
Summarizing the report, investigative journalist Chris Hedges declared;
"The military must be prepared, the document warned, for a ‘violent, strategic dislocation inside the United States,’ which could be provoked by ‘unforeseen economic collapse,’ ‘purposeful domestic resistance,’ ‘pervasive public health emergencies’ or ‘loss of functioning political and legal order.’ The ‘widespread civil violence,’ the document said, ‘would force the defense establishment to reorient priorities in extremis to defend basic domestic order and human security.’”
At what point will all of the government’s carefully drawn plans for dealing with civil unrest, “homegrown” terrorism and targeting pre-crime become a unified blueprint for locking down the nation?
Four-fifths of those officers are under the command of either the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) or the Department of Justice.
What’s with all of the government agencies stockpiling hollow point bullets? For example, why does the Department of Agriculture need .40 caliber semiautomatic submachine guns and 320,000 rounds of hollow point bullets? For that matter, why do its agents need ballistic vests and body armor?
A hollow-point bullet is an expanding bullet that has a pit or hollowed out shape in its tip often intended to cause the bullet to expand upon entering a target in order to decrease penetration and disrupt more tissue as it travels through the target.
"As President Obama ushers in the end of what he called America’s “long season of war,” the former tools of combat — M-16 rifles, grenade launchers, silencers and more — are ending up in local police departments, often with little public notice.
During the Obama administration, according to Pentagon data, police departments have received tens of thousands of machine guns; nearly 200,000 ammunition magazines; thousands of pieces of camouflage and night-vision equipment; and hundreds of silencers, armored cars and aircraft. The equipment has been added to the armories of police departments that already look and act like military units."
Why is the military partnering with local police to conduct training drills around the country? And what exactly are they training for? In Richland, South Carolina, for instance, U.S. army special forces participated in joint and secretive exercises and training with local deputies.
The public was disallowed from obtaining any information about the purpose of the drills, other than being told that they might be loud and to not be alarmed. The Army and DHS also carried out similar drills and maneuvers involving Black Hawk helicopters in Texas, Florida, and other locations throughout the U.S., ostensibly in order to provide local police with “realistic” urban training.
What is being done to protect the American populace from the threat of military arms and forces, including unarmed drones, being used against them? Policy analysts point to Directive No. 3025.18, “Defense Support of Civil Authorities” (issued on Dec. 29, 2010), as justification for the government’s use of military force to put down civil unrest within the United States.
Why is FEMA stockpiling massive quantities of emergency supplies? On January 10, 2014, FEMA made a statement enlisting the service of contractors who could “supply medical biohazard disposal capabilities and 40 yard dumpsters to 1,000 tent hospitals across the United States; all required on 24-48 hour notice.”
This coincides with other medical requests seeking massive amounts of supplies, such as “31,000,000 flu vaccinations,” “100,000 each of winter shirts and pants and the same for summer” and other goods and services requests as well like tarps, manufactured housing units, and beverages. And why does the TSA need $21,000 worth of potassium chlorate, a chemical compound often used in explosives?
Moreover, what is really being done to hold the Pentagon accountable for its doctored ledgers, fraud, waste and mismanagement, which has cost the taxpayer trillions of dollars?
"The Pentagon is the only federal agency that has not complied with a law that requires annual audits of all government departments. That means that the $8.5 trillion in taxpayer money doled out by Congress to the Pentagon since 1996, the first year it was supposed to be audited, has never been accounted for. That sum exceeds the value of China's economic output.”
Given the similarities between the government’s Live Active Shooter Drill training exercises, carried out at schools, in shopping malls, and on public transit, which can and do fool law enforcement officials, students, teachers and bystanders into thinking it’s a real crisis, how much of what is being passed off as real is, in fact, being staged by DHS for the “benefit” of training law enforcement, leaving us none the wiser?
These training exercises come complete with their own set of professionally trained Crisis Actors playing the parts of shooters, bystanders and victims in order to help schools and first responders create realistic drills, full-scale exercises, high-fidelity simulations, and interactive 3D films.
Why is the government amassing names and information on Americans considered to be threats to the nation, and what criteria is the government using for this database? Keep in mind that this personal information is being acquired and kept without warrant or court order. It’s been suggested that in the event of nuclear war, the destruction of the U.S. Government, and the declaration of martial law, this Main Core database, which as of 2008 contained some 8 million names of Americans, would be used by military officials to locate and round up Americans seen as threats to national security, a program to be carried about by the Army and FEMA.
Taken individually, these questions are alarming enough. But put them together and they add up to the kind of trouble that the American founding fathers not only warned against but from which they fought to free themselves.
Indeed, when viewed collectively, they leave one wondering what exactly the U.S. government is preparing for and whether American citizens shouldn’t be preparing, as well, for that eventuality when our so-called “government of the people, by the people, for the people” is no longer answerable to “we the people.”
If Vaccines Don't Cause Brain Damage, Why Is GlaxoSmithKline Paying Out $63 Million To Vaccine Victims? July 27 2015 | From: NaturalNews
Since the swine flu panic that was widespread in 2009, prompting more than 60 million people to get vaccinated against it, countless amounts of individuals - predominantly children - have developed a range of health conditions.
Mainly, brain damage has been the issue; everything from sleep disturbances and memory impairments to hallucinations and mental illness have been experienced by those who received the swine flu vaccine.
Most medical professionals and Big Pharma folks are quick to defend and recommend such vaccines; of course pharma giant GlaxoSmithKline (GSK), the manufacturers of the swine flu vaccine, Pandemrix, is a key player in this regard.
However, they've come under fire recently and rather than sit under a protective you-can't-touch-me cloak, the pharma giant has been ordered to pay about $60 million to the UK government after it was determined that Pandemrix played a role in causing brain damage in a range of cases.
"No doubt" swine flu vaccine linked to brain damage
"There's no doubt in my mind whatsoever that Pandemrix increased the occurrence of narcolepsy onset in children in some countries - and probably in most countries," says Emmanuelle Mignot, a specialist in sleep disorder at Stanford University who looked into the effects of the vaccine.
About 80 percent of those affected have been children, but GSK continually turned a blind eye. Even when a study came out showing that vaccinated children where 13 times more likely to develop narcolepsy, the company didn't admit any link. Even when, in 2011, the European Medicines Agency issued a warning that people under 20 should refrain from getting the vaccine, GSK didn't pay attention.
They maintain that they are professionals dedicated to human health; the GSK website currently says;
"At GSK responsible business is how we do business. Our mission is to improve the quality of human life by enabling people to do more, feel better, live longer."
Sure, tell that to eight-year-old Josh Hadfield, from Somerset, England. He took Pandemrix and guess what? He's now on anti-narcolepsy drugs to help keep him awake in school, something which costs approximately $15,000 annually.
"If you make him laugh, he collapses. His memory is shot. There is no cure," his mother says.
"He says he wishes he hadn't been born. I feel incredibly guilty about letting him have the vaccine."
GSK website puts emphasis on "delivering financial performance"
Interestingly, the same GSK website that talks about the company's responsibility to help others feel good and live long lives also touches on a more pressing issue, at least for them - and it's one that says a mouthful. Just a few sentences below its statement of health dedication, in larger font that stands out from the rest of the copy, it says;
"How we operate is just as important to us as delivering financial performance."
The statement is attributed to Sir Andrew Witty, GSK CEO. So there you have it. That, my friends, is it in a nutshell, basically as close as we'll come to "hearing" straight from the source itself that all Big Pharma truly has in mind is the health of their numbers.
Of course the fact that GSK will be paying the UK government millions of dollars to those who now have brain damage from taking Pandemrix also speaks volumes.
It acts as an admission that taking the vaccine is indeed a health problem; otherwise, why would GSK be on board with giving money to those who are now hardly able to function in their daily lives? It they truly felt they were in the right, they'd stand firm and refuse to make any payments, right?
"There has never been a case like this before," says Peter Todd, a lawyer who represented many of the claimants in the U.K.
"The victims of this vaccine have an incurable and lifelong condition and will require extensive medication."
It's expected that even more people will develop brain injuries associated with taking the swine flu vaccine, especially narcolepsy and cataplexy, which makes a person lose consciousness whenever they experience deep emotions such as the basic act of laughing.
Academic Oligarchy: Majority Of Science Publishing Is Controlled By Just Six Companies July 27 2015 | From: NaturalNews
SThe flow of science in this modern age is largely controlled by just six corporate publishing groups, which by calculated design have been gobbling up the journal market since at least the 1970s.
And a new study out of Canada reveals that this mass consolidation of publishing power is, to a large extent, skewing what passes as scientific progress.
Researchers from the University of Montreal pored through the whole of scientific literature published between 1973 and 2013 and found that the publishing realm has changed dramatically during this time.
Many smaller publishers have been absorbed into larger ones, for instance, and academic research groups have become increasingly beholden to the interests of these major publishers, which tend to favor large industries like pharmaceuticals and vaccines.
Much of the independence that was once cherished within the scientific community, in other words, has gone by the wayside as these major publishers have taken control and now dictate what types of content get published. The result is a publishing oligopoly in which scientists are muzzled by and overarching trend toward politically correct, and industry-favoring, "science."
"Overall, the major publishers control more than half of the market of scientific papers both in the natural and medical sciences and in the social sciences and humanities," said Professor Vincent Lariviere, lead author of the study from the University of Montreal's School of Library and Information Science.
"Furthermore, these large commercial publishers have huge sales, with profit margins of nearly 40%. While it is true that publishers have historically played a vital role in the dissemination of scientific knowledge in the print era, it is questionable whether they are still necessary in today's digital era."
The following Natural News infographic illustrates the disturbing reach of this academic oligarchy:
Six major publishers control fields of chemistry, psychology and social sciences
The fields most controlled by this academic oligarchy include those dealing with chemistry, psychology, social sciences and the professional fields. On the flip side, biomedical research, physics, and the arts and humanities are influenced to a much lesser degree by these six corporate publishers, according to the study.
What this suggests is that, over time, certain disciplines have become more corrupted than others as they've been absorbed into the corporate publishing fold. Such content, though often skewed, is highly profitable for publishers which not only don't have to pay for the articles they publish but also resell such content digitally at profit margins upwards of 40%.
"As long as publishing in high impact factor journals is a requirement for researchers to obtain positions, research funding, and recognition from peers, the major commercial publishers will maintain their hold on the academic publishing system," added Lariviere.
Publishing in one of "Big Six" corporate journals doesn't add value, study finds
But does publishing in high-impact journals really make much of a difference in terms of article exposure and the quantity of citations? Not really, the researchers found. The reach is roughly the same, they found, except that smaller publishers are less likely to be actively promoting a special interest agenda, and are thus less likely censor science that doesn't correspond with the official narrative.
"One would expect that a major publisher acquiring a journal would have the effect of increasing the latter's visibility," said Lariviere. "However, our study shows that there is no clear increase in terms of citations after switching from a small to large publisher."
"Our findings question the real added value of big publishers. Ultimately, the question is whether the services provided to the scientific community by these publishers warrant the growing share of university budgets allocated to them."
Dissident Solutions: What’s Happening To Nicky Hager? July 26 2015 | From: TheDailyBlog
The allegations levelled at the NZ Police are serious and deeply concerning. It is very difficult, having read Martyn’s post, to avoid the conclusion that Nicky Hager may be the victim of deliberate political persecution, and that among the principal agents of that persecution may be members of the NZ Police Force.
Martyn Bradbury's latest posting on The Daily Blog should give every member of the democratic public serious pause. The allegations levelled at the NZ Police are serious and deeply concerning. It is very difficult, having read Martyn’s post, to avoid the conclusion that Nicky Hager may be the victim of deliberate political persecution, and that among the principal agents of that persecution may be members of the NZ Police Force.
With the specifics of the actions taken against Mr Hager forming a significant part of active legal proceedings, it would be improper to rehearse them on The Daily Blog.
What can be examined, however, is the enormous risk posed to the integrity of our democratic institutions by the merest suspicion that senior politicians, senior civil servants, senior policemen and senior jurists might be involved in an effort to both frighten and silence what used to be called, back in the days of the Cold War, “political dissidents”.
What distinguishes the “political dissident” from the more familiar “political activist” is their specificity. Activists may give public voice to generalised complaints against individuals and institutions, but dissidents sharpen such complaints by supplying the public with hard evidence of specific wrong-doing – often supplied to them by a whistleblower or, in Mr Hager’s case, a hacker.
Alternatively, the evidence may simply have been uncovered by applying the techniques of good, old-fashioned, investigative journalism.
Liberal democracies have very little to fear from activists. Objections to government policy and/or corporate behaviour based on political ideology or religious belief constitute no real threat to the smooth unfolding of long-prepared strategies and plans. After all, the actions of powerful institutions – be they public or private – are almost always undertaken within the law and are, therefore, extremely difficult to stop.
Indeed, it is only when the placard-waving (but otherwise ineffective) activists avail themselves of a lawyer or two that they graduate to dissident status – at least in the eyes of their opponents.
Lawyers, like the best investigative journalists, have ways of extracting information the powers-that-be would rather they, their clients, and/or the general public, didn’t see. In the hands of a good team of lawyers, legal discovery can be an immensely powerful weapon.
The constitutional separation of powers means that the Judiciary can require the Executive Branch of Government, or a private corporation, to divulge all manner of secret material. Discovery cuts both ways, however, so those who go after the secrets of the powerful must be prepared for the powerful to come after theirs.
But if lawyers pose a genuine threat to the secret dealings of the powerful, they are also extremely hazardous to their client’s bank balance. This enables the State, by dint of having its very own “law firm” – Crown Law – and a practically inexhaustible supply of funds, to adopt a strategy of litigation attrition.
By extending and multiplying the mechanisms of the Law, the Crown is frequently able to wear down or financially exhaust its opponents. If an out-of-court settlement is arrived at by the contending parties it will almost always contain a comprehensive confidentiality clause. The dissident and his or her lawyers may “win” their case, but the State’s secrets remain just that – secrets.
What truly terrifies the wielders of public and private power are processes of “discovery” that owe nothing to the operation of the courts.
Edward Snowden was able to use his privileged access to the secrets of the United States’ National Security Agency, to expose its highly questionable (and in some cases illegal) activities to the whole world.
The specificity of the information he released (that the US eavesdropped on the conversations of the German Chancellor, for example) produced the most acute diplomatic embarrassment. Likewise his detailed description of the architecture of mass surveillance.
Nicky Hager’s book, Dirty Politics, delivered an equally destructive blow to the secret world of right-wing influence peddling and political character assassination.
The hitherto unseen architecture of political manipulation in New Zealand was laid bare in a way that caught the subjects of Mr Hager’s investigation completely off-guard.
It was the same with his earlier publications: Secret Power, Secrets and Lies, Seeds of Distrust, The Hollow Men and Other People’s Wars. In every case those under scrutiny had no idea that their activities were about to be exposed.
This “ambush” strategy has been criticised by Mr Hager’s opponents as unethical and contrary to the “rules of good journalism”. What it achieves, however, is the unimpeded distribution of his publications.
Had the subjects of Mr Hager’s investigations been alerted to the fact that a book was in preparation, or, about to be published, it is highly likely that they would have attempted to legally injunct its release.
Rather than offer his subjects the traditional right-of-reply, therefore, Mr Hager exhaustively checks and re-checks his facts to ensure that there is no possibility of legal restraint. That he has never been successfully sued bears testimony to the thoroughness of this pre-publication scrutiny.
What does a government “do” about a dissident of such consistent effectiveness as Nicky Hager? How reassuring it would be if we could answer, simply, that the powers-that-be, both public and private, redouble their efforts to conduct themselves ethically and openly. The revelations contained in Martyn Bradbury’s blogpost, however, strongly suggest that their reaction has been very different.
It’s as if someone, somewhere, has echoed the anguished cry of King Henry II.
When confronted with further evidence of the Archbishop of Canterbury’s, Thomas Becket’s, political and religious defiance, Henry bellowed: “Will no one rid me of this troublesome priest!” Did Henry know that four of his knights had taken him at his word and were on their way to slay the Archbishop before his altar?
We shall never know. He always claimed ignorance of his men-at-arms’ intent, and did penance for the crime his words inspired. At the end of the day, however, his problem had, actually, been solved.
Rogue elements in the Police Force? Or a carefully devised plan to bring down a dissident? Either way, the outlook for the democratic public is grim.
CIA Is A Secret Government, Involved In Domestic Assassinations: Ron Paul July 26 2015 | From: Geopolitics
This is former Congressman Ron Paul telling like it is. The CIA is an organization beyond public and government oversight and it must be dismantled; a Nazi organization that involves itself in drugs, arms smuggling and human trafficking worldwide.This Nazi organization has no place in a civilized society.
Former US congressman and presidential candidate Ron Paul has said that the Central Intelligence Agency is a “secret government” that may be involved in “domestic assassinations.”
“They are a secret government,” he said during his program “Ron Paul Liberty Report” on Monday. The CIA is “way out of control.”
Paul said Americans should recognize the “corrosive nature of the CIA” and “what we don’t know that they’re involved in.”
He noted that when he was in Washington, there was “a black budget, we never knew exactly how much money was spent, that I imagine there is not one person that brings it all altogether.”
“I’m not even sure the president is in charge, that’s why I talk about a coup,”he added.
“There are certainly a lot of theories about the CIA being involved in even domestic assassinations, and they certainly now are involved in presidential directed assassinations,”he said.
“In a true Republic, there is no place for an organization like the CIA,” Paul cited former FBI agent Dan Smoot as saying in 1980s. “I think he’s closer to the truth than a lot of what’s going on today.”
The former presidential candidate also hailed some senators who refused on Sunday to allow the National Security Agency’s domestic spying powers to be extended.
The Senate missed a deadline on Sunday to renew some provisions of the Patriot Act which allowed bulk collection of Americans’ phone records.
“I think it’s is necessary if we are to maintain our Republic, we will have to do something about NSA and the Patriot Act because it’s absolutely contradictory to the cause of liberty.”
The CIA and NSA are “totally ignoring” the Fourth Amendment, he added
The New Puritans And Their Vision Of Utopia - Karl du Fresne July 25 2015 | From: BreakingViews
New Zealanders are under siege, bombarded almost weekly with warnings that we’re killing ourselves, either by drinking too much, eating the wrong food or being too fond of sugar.
Last week a coterie of academics from Otago, Auckland and Oxford universities called for special taxes on fatty and salty foods and government subsidies on fruit and vegetables. Luckily for them, they wouldn’t have to work out the nightmarish regulatory details such a proposal would entail, nor pay for the army of public servants that would be required to administer it. Not their problem.
A couple of weeks earlier, at a conference in Wellington, the head of preventive and social medicine at Otago University, who also happens to be a campaigner for stringent liquor controls, recited a slew of scary statistics linking alcohol consumption with cancer.
Professor Jennie Connor said that for women, cancer was the most common fatal consequence of drinking, accounting for 44 per cent of all alcohol-related deaths. In 2007, according to her figures, 243 cancer deaths were attributed to drinking.
And just to frighten people more, she said that about one-third of alcohol-related cancer deaths occurred among women who had fewer than two drinks a day.
In other words, forget all that reassuring stuff about drinking in moderation. There’s no “safe” level of consumption.
Now I admit I’m just a dumb layman, but loose phrases such as “attributed to drinking” and “related to drinking” arouse my journalist’s scepticism. They seem to fall short of a definitive statement that these women got cancer and died specifically as a result of drinking.
Besides, I wondered how doctors could be so sure that it was alcohol that caused these fatal cancers and not some other factor – or, more likely, combination of factors. How can they so confidently rule out genes, for example, or general diet and lifestyle?
And why don’t academic researchers also mention, just to prove they’re not ideologically biased, that many people drink in moderation throughout their lives and are still healthy in their 80s and 90s? That might present a slightly more balanced picture.
It would help, too, if the journalists reporting alarmist statements about diet and alcohol were a little less credulous. But we’re conditioned to defer to people with titles like “professor” and to assume they speak with Olympian authority and strict scientific neutrality. Their statements are generally reported unquestioningly.
Attempts by public health “experts” to scare us into changing our behaviour, and to bludgeon politicians into passing restrictive laws, bear a striking similarity to the moral crusade waged by prohibitionists in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
Many of those earlier crusaders were driven by religious convictions, but it’s not religion that motivates today’s academics. There may be a quasi-religious intensity in the way they push their message, but their motives are more ideological than spiritual.
I suspect they have a vision of a perfect society, one that would be achievable if only people knew what was good for them. But ordinary people are greedy, stupid and blind to reason, so other solutions must be found – coercion by legislation, for example, and dissuasion from bad habits through the introduction of higher taxes on products like liquor, sugar and fatty foods, or restrictions on marketing, purchasing age and trading hours.
And their ideal of a Utopian society doesn’t always involve denying people things. It can also mean giving them something, whether they ask for it or not.
The purpose, its backers say, would be to reduce teenage pregnancy rates. But according to a study by another university, Waikato, these are coming down anyway, and have been since 2008.
Under the proposal, girls would automatically be given long-term contraceptives unless they chose to opt out – “in the same way as children are vaccinated,” as one of the idea’s backers helpfully put it. He didn’t say at what age he thought this should happen: 12, perhaps? 13?
Brave New World is a novel published in 1932. Set in London of AD 2540 (632 A.F. - "After Ford" - in the book), the novel anticipates developments in reproductive technology, sleep-learning, psychological manipulation, and classical conditioning that combine profoundly to change society.
This is a form of social control that reads like something out of Aldous Huxley’s dystopian novel Brave New World. It would be another step in the creeping intrusion of the state into areas of life where people have traditionally made their own decisions.
The idea also has a moral dimension in that it suggests the liberated ideals of the swinging sixties are alive and well in the universities. By assuming that it’s normal for girls to become sexually active while young, it would effectively encourage them to do so. Liberals are very good at ignoring the damage done by the sexual revolution.
It’s tempting to dismiss the backers of such ideas as control freaks, but perhaps we should give them the benefit of the doubt and assume their intentions are good.
My problem with such people is twofold. First, they believe that the perfect society is attainable only through the intervention of the state, and that this justifies laws that impinge heavily on individual choice. And second (which is closely related), they have no trust in the wisdom of ordinary people.
They seem incapable of accepting that most of us are capable of behaving sensibly and in our own best interests without coercion or interference by governments and bureaucrats.
Television Mind Control Exposed July 25 2015 | From: Youtube
This video exposes a television commercial that the federal government aired. Hidden in the video are some very disturbing hidden messages.
This short video analyses an example of undeniable television mind control. While this is a historic example, the methods used these days are far more advanced.
The Corporation is a Canadian documentary film written by Joel Bakan, and directed by Mark Achbar and Jennifer Abbott. The documentary examines the modern-day corporation, considering its legal status as a class of person and evaluating its behavior towards society and the world at large as a psychiatrist might evaluate an ordinary person.
This is explored through specific examples. Bakan wrote the book, The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power, during the filming of the documentary.
Further to this, the documentary provides insighst into very poignant hostorical points, including the role of IBM in providing computational hardware and services to the Nazis - and some very interesting truths about the Nazi creation of Coca Cola's Fanta. Enjoy. If possible.
Revealed: Where Your KiwiSaver Cash Ends Up July 23 2015 | From: Stuff
When your money goes into KiwiSaver it goes on a journey into the global financial system and some of the places it ends up will surprise you.
Some KiwiSaver schemes invest a lot in New Zealand deposits, bonds and shares, but most have big chunks invested in overseas companies and with overseas governments.
That means KiwiSavers fund a dizzying array of activity from building drones to owning Disney princesses.
And often, global headlines from deep sea oil exploration protests here, to Russian pressure on Ukraine have a direct KiwiSaver link too.
Princesses and Bluebirds
Cinderella and her bluebirds are owned by Walt Disney, and Walt Disney is partly-owned by many KiwiSaver funds.
KiwiSaver funds invest a lot of their money in shares, many of them giant US companies. Walt Disney is among them, so many KiwiSavers in effect own an entire battalion of princesses from the soapy, pre-feminist Cinderella and Sleeping Beauty to feistier (though still frock and prince-obsessed) modern-day ones.
ANZ's KiwiSaver Growth fund was 0.65 per cent invested in Walt Disney at the end of March, its public annual disclosure datafile shows. Westpac's Balanced fund had 0.44 per cent.
Deep Sea Oil Exploration in New Zealand
If you have seen those Stop Deep Sea Oil posters and car stickers around, or been stopped in the street by an activist with a Greenpeace clipboard, you'll know some New Zealanders are nervous about ongoing deepwater oil prospecting in our seas.
They fear the impact a spill would have on our coasts and marine environments.
What you may not realise is that two of those prospectors, Chevron and Anadarko, are listed companies which are both partially-owned by some KiwiSaver growth funds.
BNZ's Growth fund, for example, had 0.05 per cent of its assets in Chevronat the end of March. Westpac's Growth fund had 0.01 per cent of its money in Anadarko.
Hammer of the Ukrainian Economy
KiwiSavers unwittingly take part in global political affairs through their ownership or shares and bonds.
Russian company Gazprom stopped selling gas to Ukraine on July 1 and the Ukraine economy is hurting. Ukraine lost Crimea to Russia last year. Tensions are high. Gazprom issues bonds to investors to fund its operations.
Some KiwiSaver funds by them. Westpac's balanced fund had a small stake in Gazprom.
Assassin's Creed
Violent video games may not be your thing, but some KiwiSaver funds invest in their makers.
London, 1868. The Industrial Revolution has brought in an age of invention, but the poor are little more than legalised slaves, until assassin Jacob Frye decides to fight on their side.
KiwiSavers in BNZ's growth fund are among those who should be hoping that Frye will make Ubisoft, the games publisher a heap of money.
It's another example of the stories buried away in the heart of KiwiSaver.
Funds within Funds
KiwiSaver schemes invest your money in stocks and shares. They often do that through other funds, which in turn may invest in yet further funds.
KiwiSaver can feel a little like a set of Russian dolls that way.
Take the Westpac KiwiSaver Growth fund as an example.
At the end of March, its single biggest holding was with Ramius Alternative Solutions. It is a US hedge fund specialist which was looking after 9.01 per cent of the Westpac Growth fund at that date. And its speciality is investing the money entrusted to it with other fund managers.
The Vampire Squid
Goldman Sachs tower in New York from which global financial domination is plotted
KiwiSavers are, by default, passive players in the highest levels of global capitalism because KiwiSaver funds are shareholders in some of the biggest names in financial services, including some that have been pinged with some enormous fines and have agreed to pay enormous sums to end lawsuits.
Goldman Sachs is among them. It was described by Rolling Stone magazine in 2009 as "great vampire squid wrapped around the face of humanity, relentlessly jamming its blood funnel into anything that smells like money."
It's coughed up some staggering fines and settlements for its past actions.
It is also a staple of KiwiSaver portfolios.
AMP's growth fund owns a little, for example, and its not alone. Most big growth KiwiSaver funds also own other big banks whose records are far from spotless like HSBC, Citibank, and JP Morgan Chase.
Droning on
Many KiwiSaver schemes are invested in companies that supply war machines. One example is giant US engineering firm Honeywell. The BNZ KiwiSaver Growth fund owns a piece of it, and it is not alone.
Honeywell makes reaper drones which have made plenty of headlines for their use in the Middle East.
Ethical KiwiSaver funds do their best to exclude things like tobacco, pornography and arms manufacture, but it's hard.
Take Koinonia, the KiwiSaver scheme for Christians. It aims to do that, but its Growth fund's joint fifth largest holding at the end of March was Warren Buffet's Berkshire Hathaway, and it owns TTI, an electronics company, which in June was awarded the title of "Military/Aerospace Distributor of the Year" by manufacturer Souriau. TTI is a small part of the Buffet empire, but its still there.
Support their Veterans
KiwiSaver funds invest in hundreds of companies. Each has its own story, and some of them are fascinating. Take The Kroger Company, which was a top 10 holding in Kiwibank's KiwiWealth KiwiSaver growth fund.
It's a US supermarket operator, which in 2014 did over US$108billion of sales, and its got a big drive on to support returning US war veterans.
There's a parallel there to retailers here like The Warehouse and Z Energy raise funds for good causes.
Foreign Country Bonds
Slovenian government debt is a lesser known KiwiSaver asset.
Many of the world's countries are big debtors, and KiwiSavers are profiting from this.
Conservative and balanced funds buy government bonds. Income is earned off the interest they pay, but there can be capital gains.
Take the example of the BNZ Conservative fund.
It's got US Treasury bills, British bonds alon with German, Kiwi, Irish, Mexican, Norwegian, Japanese, Danish, Malaysian, Canadian, South African, Australian, Swedish, Polish, French, Slovenian, Finnish, Italian and Belgium bonds.
It's not just countries. Local councils are increasingly indebted. BNZ's Conservative fund has Dunedin City Council bonds and Auckland Council bonds.
Merivale Mall
KiwiSaver schemes tend to hold "liquid" assets that are easy to sell. But, because they are huge, KiwiSaver funds are able to hold illiquid assets.
An example is Growth Fund of the Fisher Funds Two scheme, which owns Christchurch's Merivale Mall.
60 Minutes Makes 'Special' On The United Kingdom's "VIP" Paedophiles July 22 2015 | From: ExaroNews
Australia’s Channel 9 broadcast yesterday a special report on 60 Minutes about the ‘Westminster paedophile network’. Richard Kerr, Esther Baker, and 'Darren' talk to Ross Coulthart about Britain's big scandal.
Exaro helped 60 Minutes to make the half-hour, three-part film, which
can be viewed below. The report, ‘Spies, Lords and Predators’, was the
main story on yesterday’s programme.
Ross Coulthart, the reporter on the special investigation, described
it as:
“Britain’s biggest ever scandal”, adding: “This is the story that
will rock the British establishment.”
In addition, Kevin Allen, brother of Martin, who disappeared as a
15-year-old in 1979, is interviewed for the programme. Kevin believes
that Martin was abducted and murdered by a member of the ‘Westminster
paedophile network’.
When he raised his suspicions with police many years ago, he says
that a senior officer told him:
“You keep saying things like that, you
could get hurt.”
“There is very compelling evidence that
very senior people engaged in terrible acts and were then protected by
the establishment. I have no doubt at all about that.”
If you have information that might help our investigation into child sex abuse, please contact us. Keep re-visiting Exaro for more on this investigation.
Commodities Crash Could Turn Australia Into A New Greece July 22 2015 | From: TheTelegraph
The commodities boom made Australia the lucky country but rising debt and a slump in Chinese demand for resources signal tough times ahead Down Under.
Last month Gina Rinehart, Australia’s richest woman and matriarch of Perth’s Hancock mining dynasty delivered an unwelcome shock to her workers in Western Australia: accept a possible 10pc pay cut or face the risk of future redundancies.
Ms Rinehart, whose family have accumulated vast wealth from iron ore mining, has seen her fortune dwindle since commodity prices began their inexorable slide last year. The Australian mining mogul has seen her estimated wealth collapse to around $11bn (£7bn) from a fortune that was thought to be worth around $30bn just three years ago.
This colossal collapse in wealth is symptomatic of the wider economic problem now facing Australia, which for years has been known as the lucky country due to its preponderance in natural resources such as iron ore, coal and gold. During the boom years of the so-called commodities “super cycle” when China couldn’t buy enough of everything that Australia dug out of the ground, the country’s economy resembled oil-rich Saudi Arabia.
Gina Rinehart, Australia’s richest woman, has seen her fortune dwindle because of the fall in commodity prices
While the rest of the world suffered from the aftermath of the global financial crisis, Australia’s economy – closely tied to China – appeared impervious, with full employment and a healthy trade surplus.
However, a collapse in iron ore and coal prices coupled with the impact of large international mining companies slashing investment has exposed Australia’s true vulnerability. Just like Saudi Arabia, which is now burning its foreign reserves to compensate for falling oil prices, Australia faces a collapse in export revenue.
Recently revised figures for April show that the country’s trade deficit with the rest of the world ballooned to a record A$4.14bn (£2bn). That gap between the value of exports and imports is expected to increase as the value of Australia’s most important resources reaches new multi-year lows.
Iron ore is now trading at around $50 per tonne, compared with a peak of around $180 per tonne achieved in 2011. Thermal coal has also suffered heavy losses, now trading at around $60 per tonne compared with around $150 per tonne four years ago.
For an economy which in 2012 depended on resources for 65pc of its total trade in goods and services these dramatic falls in prices are almost impossible to absorb without inflicting wider damage. The drop in foreign currency earnings has seen Australia forced to borrow more in order to maintain government spending.
The respected Australian economist Stephen Koukoulas recently wrote of the dangers that escalating levels of foreign debt could present for future generations. Could a prolonged period of depressed commodity prices even turn Australia into Asia’s version of Greece, with China being its banker of last resort instead of the European Union.
Mr Koukoulas points out that by the end of the first quarter this year, Australia’s net foreign debt had climbed to a record $955bn, equal to almost 60pc of gross domestic product. Although this is far behind the likes of Greece, which boasts an unenviable ratio of over 175pc, it is nevertheless unsustainable, especially if it is allowed to widen further.
The government in Canberra and the Reserve Bank of Australia had bet that depreciation in the value of the country’s currency would help to offset the decline in its overbearing mining industry. However, that hasn’t happened to the extent they would have wished.
Although recent surveys of business confidence have been encouraging, outside mining the economy appears hopelessly weighted to the only other area of significant growth, real estate.
The problem is that Australia, after decades of effort to diversify, is looking ever more like a petrodollar economy of the Middle East, but without the vast horde of foreign currency reserves to fall back on when commodity prices fall.
Instead, Australians must borrow to maintain the standards of living that the country has become accustomed to, which even some Greeks will admit is unsustainable.
New Paper Suggests No Warming In New Zealand In Past 100 Years July 21 2015 | From: Scoop
New Zealand may not have warmed at all in the past 100 years, according to a peer-reviewed paper published in the international science journal, Environmental Modeling & Assessment.
The paper, “A Reanalysis of Long-Term Surface Air Temperature Trends in New Zealand,” by New Zealand authors, Chris De Freitas, Bob Dedekind and Barry Brill, covering the period 1909-2009, shows an increase of 0.28 degrees C, +/- 0.29 degrees/century; compared with the current official NIWA 7-station (7SS) series showing an increase of nearly 1 degree C.
The government must take this new finding into account in future climate policy development, says Prof Robert M. Carter, a graduate of Otago University and Honorary Fellow of the Royal Society of New Zealand.
Professor Carter explains:
“To place a rate of warming of 0.28 deg. C in context, extensive geological data sets show that rates of temperature change have varied naturally by up to plus and minus 2.5 deg. C/century during the last 10,000 years (i.e., through the interglacial warm period that we currently live in). In other words, pre-historic rates of natural change exceeded the warming in New Zealand over the last century by as much as 10 times."
“Furthermore, the margin for error associated with de Freitas et al.’s warming estimate is plus or minus 0.29 deg. C/century. In other words, statistically, this is indistinguishable from no warming at all in New Zealand over the last 100 years."
“The De Freitas et al. 2015 7SS New Zealand temperature record now being an established and peer-reviewed result surely requires that the Government incorporates it into future climate policy development,” said Professor Carter."
In 1980, Dr M.J. Salinger applied a new statistical technique of homogenisation to the period of New Zealand record between 1853 and 1975, using data from seven geographically spread observing stations. This seven-station series (7SS) showed a rate of warming of about 1 deg. C/century, which figure was subsequently widely factored into climate policy determinations in New Zealand.
In this new paper, the authors have undertaken an updated reanalysis of the 7SS record. They say they have followed strictly the statistical technique pioneered by Salinger (as published in a paper by Rhoades & Salinger in 1993), though incorporating subsequent data corrections identified in the scientific literature, and provide a detailed schedule of the adjustments that were made in their analysis.
Navy Arctic UFO Photos Allegedly Leaked By Anonymous Source July 21 2015 | From: NationalUFOCentre
Several impressive photos of alleged UFOs over the arctic captured on camera by the Navy in 1971 have been leaked to UFO researchers, and their discovery has been getting worldwide media attention.
Alleged UFO photo taken from the USS Trepang in March 1971. [This could be one of the cigar shaped ships known to be flown by one of the secret space programs].
The paper, “A Reanalysis of Long-Term Surface Air Temperature Trends in New Zealand,” by New Zealand authors, Chris De Freitas, Bob Dedekind and Barry Brill, covering the period 1909-2009, shows an increase of 0.28 degrees C, +/- 0.29 degrees/century; compared with the current official NIWA 7-station (7SS) series showing an increase of nearly 1 degree C.
[This is a very interesting discovery actually may be further evidence of the secret space programs as described in the following related articles:
UFO researcher Alex Mistretta claims that the images were originally given to him by an anonymous source in Europe. Later, he discovered that they were also published in a French paranormal magazine called Top Secret.
Two of the images from the French magazine Top Secret. The caption reads: “(Top) On this photo, we identify without a doubt a triangular-shaped UFO. It seems to be in trouble. (Bottom) If the order that we have chosen for these pictures is correct, the UFO here seems to now go sideways before plunging into the ocean…” (Credit: Top Secret/TheBlackVault.com)
To further investigate, Mistretta enlisted the help of John Greenewald, who runs the website TheBlackVault.com. He asked Greenewald to post the pictures in hopes that Greenewald and others may be able to find out more about the images.
After posting the story last week, it began getting international headlines. A Reddit user that goes by the name SqizCat was also able to find higher resolution copies of the images.
The images are fantastic. They seem to be of large objects aloft over the ocean, some, if not all, taken from the periscope of a submarine. The big question is are they real, and if so, what are they?
Alleged UFO photo taken from the USS Trepang in March 1971. [This could be one of the cigar shaped ships known to be flown by one of the secret space programs].
Alleged UFO photo taken from the USS Trepang in March 1971. [This could be a TR3B or similar type of craft known to be flown by one of the secret space programs].
Alleged UFO photo taken from the USS Trepang in March 1971.
In his email to The Black Vault, Mistretta listed what his anonymous source told him.
The photos were taken from a United State Navy submarine.
The location was between Iceland and Jan Mayen island in the Atlantic Ocean. (Jan Mayen belongs to Norway, and is only inhabited by the Norwegian Meteorological Institute and the Norwegian military.)
They were taken in March of 1971.
The Submarine was the Navy’s USS Trepang (SSN 674) and the Admiral on board was Dean Reynolds Sackett. Obviously, the next step is to try and locate this Admiral Dean Reynolds, if he exists.
The Submarine came upon the object by “accident,” as they were in the region on a routine joint military and scientific expedition. Officer John Klika was the one who initially spotted the object with the periscope.
Greenewald looked into these claims and he says that he found that Admiral Sackett was onboard the USS Trepang at the time listed. He also found that Officer Kilka was also aboard. Further, he found that the USS Trepang was in the area the source claimed at the time the pictures were allegedly taken.
Map of the area the photos were alegedly taken.
Image of the USS Trepang
Mistretta wrote:
“[Kilka] found the investigation interesting reading, and doesn’t know what the pictures represent. I believe them. I feel confident in saying the Trepang was not involved in the taking of the photographs.”
Although Mistretta now believes his source’s information to be inaccurate, Greenewald found clues that indicate the images may still be real, albeit not extraterrestrial [but that the sources of such technologies are extraterrestrial].
Greenewald says, “When I first saw these, I noted there was something very Zeppelin-like about some of the photos, but, unlike the actual Zeppelin’s, it did not have a carrier for the occupants.”
By researching the USS Trepang’s whereabouts, he also found this on the site Hullnumber.com:
“From 22 February to 22 March [1971], the nuclear attack submarine operated beneath the northern ice cap, conducting extensive tests to provide data for her weapons systems, as well as carrying out scientific experiments concerning the movement, composition, and geological history of the cap itself.”
This lead him to research test balloons. He searched the Library of Congress and found images of test balloons that look very similar to what is in some of the images.
A view of the H.M.S Canning and its observation balloon.
Greenewald’s discovery makes it possible, if not likely, that the images are from test balloons being fired upon by Navy submarines. The images he found were from the early 1900s, so the question remains as to whether similar balloons were still being used in the 70s, or are the images colorized version of much older pictures. Given the misinformation that accompanied the images in the first place, it is also possible they are Photoshopped hoaxes.
Although the media has picked up on the story, few, if any, have mentioned the investigation work done by Mistretta, Greenewald, and Murillo. By leaving out this part of the story, they leave out the fact that many UFO researchers are more than just wild-eyed believers, as the media often portrays. Some are actually doing all they can to look for the truth.
Murillo’s UPARS organization will be hosting Mistretta to discuss this case on July 21, 2015 in Los Angeles. You can find more information on the UPARS Meetup site.
Scientists Researching The Effect Of Aluminium Exposure Appeal To The Public July 20 2015 | From: GreenMedInfo / Various
Aluminum [Aluminium] has been linked to diseases such as cancer, autism, and Alzheimer's. This toxic material is entering the human body via everyday consumption of food, water, cosmetics and an increasing number of vaccinations.
Aluminum has been named as the second most used metal in the world after steel, largely because it is so versatile. It can be found in our food, drinking water, atmosphere, medication, vaccinations and cosmetics. The lazy 'american-english spelling'; 'Aluminum' often causes confusion and so is noted here for reference.
According to U.S. Department of Energy, the United States' aluminum industry is the world's largest, processing 9.6 million metric tons of metal and producing about $40 billion in products and exports in 2003.However, despite its versatility and its many uses, aluminum has become one of most negatively talked about products used today. In recent months, scientists have linked its use to cancer, autism,Alzheimer's disease and chemical burns.
So, what is being done to protect the public from its many dangers?
Aluminum is Toxic and Potentially Harmful to Humans
Professor Christopher Exley, often referred to as Mr. Aluminum, has been studying the effects of aluminum on the human body for thirty years and has become increasingly worried. In a recent video presentation, he explained that, despite the fact that aluminum has been regularly used as an adjuvant in vaccination for many years, little is known about its effect on the human body.
He made it clear that we should accept that aluminum is toxic and that toxicity may take many different forms. He stated that wherever it ends up in the body, it has the potential to do harm.
This is certainly something to consider, especially when none of us can be certain where an aluminum adjuvant will accumulate once it has been vaccinated into our body.
Professor Exley continued by stating that:
“If aluminum is in the brain, it can produce neurodegeneration and problems associated with the brain; if it is in the bone, it can produce bone disease. Wherever it ends up in the body, it has the potential to cause toxicity, whether it is in humans, fish or any other living organism."
Taking this a little bit further, Professor Exley explained that it is possible for two individuals to have very similar amounts of aluminum in their body and for only one of them to suffer an adverse effect, which he says could be due to individual physiology, medical history and genetics. Speaking about the different ways in which the body can absorb aluminum, Professor Exley talked about the gut, the lungs, the nose and the skin before moving on to the subject of vaccination and adjuvants. He stated that we must understand that aluminum exposure in this form is very different from any other form of exposure.
Discussing his work, he said:
“Currently, we are researching the simple things. For example, when you inject an adjuvant, what is its fate? What happens to it? What happens to it, relative to the antigen that it was injected with?
We are about to be able to publish what we believe is for the first time unequivocal evidence that, yes, immune cells do come to the site of the injection, they do take up aluminum particles and they will transport them elsewhere."
Professor Exley continued:
"In other words, once you have been vaccinated with a vaccine containing an aluminum adjuvant at an injection site, there is the potential for it to go anywhere in the body and if it is such an effective adjuvant at an injection site, then could it not be an equally effective adjuvant elsewhere?
In other words, if particulate aluminum gets carried into the brain or into another organ, then it could have the potential to act as an adjuvant there, couldn't it? Could it not induce the type of inflammatory response that you see at the site of an injection in any other type of tissue where that adjuvant material ends up, simply because it's been carried there?"
If Professor Exley is correct, could his research explain why so many babies develop encephalitis (inflammation of the brain) shortly after receiving multiple vaccinations containing aluminum?
Number of Vaccinations Containing Aluminum is on the Rise
Dr. Lucija Tomljenovic, a scientist working at the University of British Columbia, Canada, believes that the level of aluminum children receive in their diet and childhood vaccinations is far in excess of the safe levels recommended.
“According to the latest vaccination schedule, every child in the USA will receive a total of 5–6 mg of Al by the age of 2 years, or up to 1.475 mg of Al during a single visit to the pediatrician (Table 6). This is contrary to the upper limit of 5µg Al/kg/day set by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for premature neonates and individuals with impaired kidney function.
Healthy neonates may be able to handle more Al, however, there are no such studies available upon which we could safely estimate acceptable upper levels of Al from parenteral or injectable sources in healthy children. In that respect, it is worth noting that the FDA document states that Al accumulation at levels associated with central nervous system and bone toxicity may occur at even lower rates of exposure."
Reading through her detailed vaccination schedules, you will see that the amount of aluminum a small baby can receive in just one visit to the doctor's office is of great concern.
According to her vaccination charts, a child aged two months is scheduled to receive the following vaccinations:
Using the figures supplied by Dr. Tomljenovic in her paper, in just one visit, an eight week-old baby could receive vaccinations containing a cumulative sum of 1.225 – 1.475 mg of aluminum, an amount well in excess of the FDA's recommendations.
If children are receiving well in excess of the recommended doses of aluminum per visit to the doctor, plus the high doses of aluminum in their food and drinking water, then it is fairly safe to assume that if this pattern continues to old age, combined with the aluminum used in other products such as medication and cosmetics, then the long-term effect on the brain could be catastrophic, especially to an elderly person.
Aluminum Loaded Vaccines Linked to Autism
A further study conducted by Canadian scientists Professor Christopher Shaw and Dr. Lucija Tomljenovic revealed that the more vaccines that children receive containing the adjuvant aluminum, the greater their chance is of developing autism, autoimmune diseases and neurological problems in the future.
Meanwhile, in the realm of real science, autism rates have skyrocketed 296% over the last few years as the vaccine push has grown more aggressive. See the rising rate depicted in the red line of the bar chart below, as shown in the newly published study:
The researchers compared the number of vaccines recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) during the period from 1991 – 2008 and the changes in the autism rates during the same period. They wrote:
“The data sets, graphed against each other, show a pronounced and statistically highly significant correlation between the number vaccines with aluminum and the changes in autism rates. Further data showed that a significant correlation exists between the amounts of aluminum given to preschool children and the current rates of autism in seven Western countries.
Those countries with the highest level of aluminum-adjuvanted vaccines had the highest autism rates."
They revealed that:
"The observed correlation between the number of aluminum-adjuvanted vaccines and ASD was further tested using Hill's criteria and met eight of nine of these indicating that vaccines containing aluminum are highly likely to be at least partially causal for autism."
For those who are not familiar with 'Hill's criteria,' it is a technique used to determine a causal link between a specific factor and a disease. For example, does excess smoking cause lung cancer?
Scientists seeking "to establish a valid causal connection between a potential disease agent" now frequently use the technique, which was first developed by British medical statistician Austin Bradford Hill.
Professor Shaw and Dr. Tomljenovic continued their paper by adding that:
A pilot study showed higher than normal aluminum levels in the hair, blood and/or urine of autistic children; children are regularly exposed to higher levels of aluminum in vaccines per body weight than adults; practically, nothing is known about the pharmacokinetics and toxicodynamics of aluminum in vaccines in children; and aluminum in vaccines has been linked to serious neurological impairments, chronic fatigue and autoimmunity."
If Professor Shaw and Dr. Tomljenovic are correct, then their results are extremely worrying, especially as autism is not the only condition to which their paper linked the adjuvant aluminum.
“Based upon the premise that urinary aluminium is the best non-invasive estimate of body burden of aluminium patients with Alzheimer's disease were asked to drink 1.5 L of a silicic acid-rich mineral water each day for five days and, by comparison of their urinary excretion of aluminium pre-and post this simple procedure, the influence upon their body burden of aluminium was determined".
For the purpose of their study, the team used the mineral water Volvic, because of its high concentrations of the mineral silicic acid, which Professor Exley says can reduce body burden of aluminum through the urine if drank regularly.
He believed that by reducing the body burden of aluminum in patients with Alzheimer's disease, this process may slow down the diseases progression.
On page 18 of the paper they wrote that:
“The primary objective in Week 1 was to obtain an estimate of the patient's normal urinary Al excretion. Patients were provided with pristine airtight sample bottles and asked to collect their first urine of each of five consecutive days. It was neither practical nor ethically acceptable to ask patients to collect 24 hour urine samples.
However, the use of 'spot' samples to estimate urinary Al excretion was validated as explained in Section 2.2 below. The urine samples were stored in appropriate biohazard bags in the patient's refrigerator
before being collected, transported to the laboratory and frozen at −20◦C. In Week 2 patients were asked to drink up to 1.5 L of silicic acid-rich mineral water (hereafter referred to by its brand name 'Volvic') per day for each of five consecutive days. Once again, beginning with the first day which followed drinking the first 1.5 L of Volvic, the patients were asked to collect their first urine sample of the day and to repeat this for five consecutive days.
Storage, collection, transport and treatment of urine samples were as per Week 1. In this way we collected five pre-Volvic (Week 1) and five post-Volvic (Week 2) urine samples for each of the ten patients.
Patients completed record cards on which they indicated how much Volvic they drank on each day and whether or not they drank it neat or used it to make other beverages. Patients were not asked to drink the 1.5 L of Volvic as an additional constituent of their daily diets but to include it as part of their diets for that week.
Apart from drinking Volvic in Week 2 the patients were encouraged to carry out their normal daily routines and to adhere to their usual diets."
The results of their study were reported to be very encouraging and have spurred the team to do more work in the future.
The team concluded that:
“We have carried out the first study to determine if silicic acid in a potable water might be used to reduce the body burden of Al in individuals with AD.
While the small number of participants must imply that our results are preliminary the statistical significance achieved for the Volvic-facilitated reduction of the body burden of Al is encouraging and future research will both increase the number of study participants and extend the period of time over which therapy is administered.
A final aim is, of course, to determine if lowering the body burden of Al has any influence upon the incidence, progression and aetiology of AD."
If it is possible to influence the progression of Alzheimer's disease, might it be possible to slow down the progression of other neurological disorders, including autism?
At approximately 47 minutes 45 seconds in the video, he stated:
“Like many of you, I am contacted on a regular basis by people who have been adversely affected, sometimes by vaccination and other aluminum-related issues. I have been contacted by parents of girls who have taken the human papillomavirus vaccination and they have said, is there anything we can do, has it got anything to do with aluminum?
I don't tell them it's got anything to do with aluminum, that is not my role, I am not a doctor. I would simply tell them look, if there is anything to do with aluminum, try taking a silicon-rich mineral water, I tell them which one.
I am increasingly getting emails back six months, a year later, telling me their daughter is better. I am not making this up. Their daughter is better; I say well, it might have had something to do with that, it might be something else that you are doing, but that's great news.
So, anecdotally, at least we're getting good results here; we need, of course,to get proper scientific data as well for people potentially getting better, simply by drinking a silicon-rich mineral water. (words taken from the video)"
If Professor Exley is correct, then this could mean that something as simple as drinking silicon-rich mineral water may have the potential to help many other vaccine injured children including those children with autism.
Sadly, to enable scientists such as Professor Exley and his team to gain the scientific data and knowledge required, they would need this research to be funded.
In his video, he explains that as yet, a cure for Alzheimer's disease has not been found. This is because scientists do not know the cause of the disease.
He believes that if he and his team were able to carry out further research on the known links between Alzheimer's disease and aluminum, then it may be possible to slow down the progression of the disease.
He stated that:
“One factor which has been linked to Alzheimer's disease for actually 50 years now is human exposure to aluminum, exposure to aluminum in our everyday life.
However, in all that time there has never been a clinical trial to test whether our exposure to aluminum in our everyday life contributes to Alzheimer's disease. The idea therefore in this trial, is to test this hypothesis, that aluminum has a role to play in the disease."
Professor Exley explained how he and his team propose to recruit individuals suffering from the early stages of Alzheimer's disease and ask them to drink a litre of silicon-rich mineral water every day for two years and monitor the progress of their disease. He stated:
“If this trial is successful, for example in demonstrating a role of aluminum in Alzheimer's disease, then not only will we have shown that aluminum plays a role but we will have an effective treatment, we will have the first effective treatment."
Of course, if the team is successful, then their work could potentially pave the way for further trials examining the link between aluminum and other neurological conditions, including autism, Tourette syndrome and epilepsy.
Sadly, as yet, Professor Exley has been unable to secure the necessary funding that he and his team would require to carry out such a trial and he now believes that an appeal to the public may be only the way that they will be able to carry out their work.
In a press release advertising the appeal he stated that:
“This is why we are asking for the public's help to support and fund a clinical trial which will establish once and for all if human exposure to aluminium is a contributory factor in Alzheimer's disease.
Full details of the proposed clinical trial, the funding required to carry it out and how the public can support the trial by making a donation are all available through the following website;www.futsci.com orhere.
Further details about this appeal and the proposed trial can be found at the link above.
The Shocking Truth About Antidepressant Drug Studies+
Peter Breggin MD: How Do Psychiatric Drugs Really Work? July 20 2015 | From: iHealthTube / Breggin
Dr. Timothy Scott explains why antidepressant studies are not effective. Dr. Scott mentions a number of ways drug companies can make the studies turn out in favor of their drug.
But does it come at a cost to your health? When more than 10% of Americans are on these drugs, it's obviously big business!
Peter Breggin MD: How Do Psychiatric Drugs Really Work?
Psychiatrist Peter R. Breggin, MD in the second of his series: Simple Truths About Psychiatry: How Do Psychiatric Drugs Really Work? Further information may be found on Dr. Breggin's website and in his many books, including his latest: "Psychiatric Drug Withdrawal: A Guide for Prescribers, Therapists, Patients and Their Families."
Their Royal Heilnesses - Secret 1933 Film Shows Edward VIII Teaching This Nazi Salute To The Queen July 18 2015 | From: TheSun
The Queen and Queen Mum raise a Nazi salute in an astonishing home movie shot at Balmoral and seen today for the first time.
[The above realted articles refer to how the 'British' Royal family are actually German, having changed their surname from Saxe-Coburg-Gothe / Battenburg to Windsor to try and cover up the fact. The Nazi / NWO / Khazarian Zionist Mafia ties are real as anyone who has done their own research will know].
This is detailed in the following article that shows the structure of the top levels of the Illuminati families, of which the House of Windsor is right up there:]
Egging on her sister Princess Margaret, three, is their uncle Prince Edward, Prince of Wales. He was a sympathiser towards Hitler’s Nazi Germany and became King Edward VIII.
The stunning film footage of the Queen performing a Nazi salute is today revealed by The Sun.
The astonishing clip lay hidden for eight decades. The grainy home movie is thought to have been shot in 1933 or 1934, as Hitler rose to supreme power in Germany.
The 20-second cine film reveals Edward, who once gave a Nazi salute to Hitler and claimed he was “not a bad chap”, larking around with his sister-in-law the Queen Mother and her young children in the grounds of Balmoral.
The Queen, in tartan kilt or skirt, is aged around seven while Margaret is three. The clip opens with a playful Elizabeth grabbing one of the royal corgis and pushing the dog across the lawn.
Facing the camera, she raises her arm in a Nazi salute. Margaret lifts a hand - her left, in a playful wave.
Elizabeth performs a Scottish jig then raises her right arm again, joining in with the Queen Mum as they both stand bolt upright with right arms hoisted.
Encouraged by Uncle Edward, Margaret raises her arms again before the clip ends with the Queen Mum and Edward saluting with their right arms.
Despite his real Nazi salute to Hitler, the film clip is the only pictorial record of Edward in the pose.
Experts last night hailed the footage as an incredible new historical document of huge public interest.
While there is clearly no suggestion that the Queen or Queen Mother were ever Nazi sympathisers [yeah right], Edward’s links with Hitler and fascism are very well documented.
And historians believe the film could cast important new light on the Royal Family’s attitudes towards Germany in the 1930s - and the influence of Nazi-loving Edward [oh come on they are all on the same page of the agenda].
Dr Karina Urbach, a top Nazi expert and member of the renowned London-based Institute of Historical Research, described the film as “remarkable”.
She said:
"The video is pretty shocking. The Queen has a proud Second World War record and sense of duty to her country and no one would ever suggest she was sympathetic to Nazi Germany."
“She was a child when this film was shot, long before the atrocities of the Nazis became widely known."
“But Edward was already welcoming the regime as Prince of Wales in 1933 and remained pro-Nazi after war broke out in 1939."
“He could well be teaching the Queen and Princess Margaret how to do the salute.”
The University of London academic added:
“Hitler’s movement had been growing fast since 1929 and many German relatives of the Royal Family were attracted to it."
“They could well have seen the salute on newsreels and are copying it. The film involves our monarch and is an important historical document that asks serious questions of the Royal Family."
“It is right that it is put into the public domain. It is high time the Royal Archives were open for serious research on the 1930s and the issue of Edward’s politics and their impact upon his generation within the Royal Family.”
Juliet Gardiner, former editor of History Today and a Research Fellow at the Institute of Historical Research, said:
“It’s an insight into British attitudes towards Germany at that time in 1933, long before everyone really realised Hitler’s designs on Europe. It is absolutely right that the public sees it.”
The film is even more remarkable as - just seven years after it was made - George VI and Queen Elizabeth became inspirational figures of wartime defiance after visiting bombed-out Londoners during the Blitz of 1940.
At the time the future Queen Elizabeth, now 89, would have had no inkling of the implications of making a Nazi salute.
Wallis, Duchess of Windsor (previously Wallis Simpson and Wallis Spencer, born Bessie Wallis Warfield; 19 June 1896[1] – 24 April 1986) was an American socialite. Her third husband, Prince Edward, Duke of Windsor, formerly King Edward VIII, abdicated his throne to marry her.
The original film remains under lock and key. But copies of the clip were made several years ago and one has now been handed to The Sun by a source who believes it to be of massive public interest and historical importance.
Experts last night defended the Queen’s Nazi salute as evidence of the royals playing around [But those in the know, know differently for certain].
Respected military historian James Holland said: “They are all having a laugh, there are lots of smiles, so it’s all a big joke".
"I don’t think there was a child in Britain in the 1930s or 40s who has not performed a mock Nazi salute as a bit of a lark."
“It just shows the Royal Family are as human as the next man".
“It’s no secret Edward met Hitler and had right-wing sympathies. But the same cannot be said about the Queen Mother or King George VI."
“The two were completely steadfast from start to finish in their abhorrence of Nazism in their role as leaders of the free world and the fight against that tyranny.”
25 Signs That The Global Elite’s Ship Is About To Sink July 18 2015 | From: TheMindUnleashed
Make no mistake about it. The tide has turned on the global elite and there will be no going back. A new day is rising for humanity as those who have planned for complete control are now being exposed, cornered and investigated from many different angles.
There is no need to buy into the fear-based propaganda the major media and even several alternative media outlets dispense. Very good things are happening and even better things are coming. Let’s take a look at some of the major stories that have occurred in the last 8 weeks alone.
Research had previously shown that hand sanitizers cause the skin to absorb higher levels of chemicals, but this had not previously been demonstrated with BPA.
"He cited the “complete lack of any democratic scruples (displayed by) the supposed defenders of Europe’s democracy. (V)ery powerful figures look you in the eye and say ‘(y)ou’re right in what you’re saying, but we’re going to crunch you anyway.”
Piecing the puzzle together, we see that the jig is up and the events surrounding it are growing in size and speed.
1. 57 Nations approved as founding members of the China-led Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank. Notable countries who signed on June 29th, 2015 include Russia, India, Iran, Switzerland, Germany, France, Saudi Arabia, Australia, Indonesia, the UK, Italy and Austria. Notables who did not join are the U.S. and Japan.
4. May 31st, 2015: Greece’s Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras writes an open letter, warns European leaders they are “making a grave mistake,” and suggests they re-read Hemingways’s “For Whom The Bell Tolls.”
6. June 2nd, 2015: Kentucky Senator Rand Paul calls for the U.S. Government to declassify 28 pages in the 9/11 attack report that the Bush Administration blacked out.
7. June 3rd, 2015: Famous musician Akon announces his Solar Academy will bring solar power to over 600 million people in Africa. A major victory for clean energy and humanity.
8. June 4th, 2015: Whistle-blower Edward Snowden says a “profound difference” had occurred since releasing the NSA documents and that the balance of power has shifted in our world. Is he referring to the BRICS Alliance?
9. June 5th, 2015:“There Will Be A Reset of The Financial Industry.” The International Monetary Fund says the Chinese yuan is no longer undervalued. This sets the stage for the yuan to be recognized as a global reserve currency, something the U.S. Dollar (which is backed by war and oil) does not like.
11. June 15, 2015: China says the G-7 Summit in Germany was a “gathering of debtors.” They mean this literally as the Bretton Woods western financial system is based on debt. And in fact, the entire western financial system has been running illegally and is technically bankrupt. For more on the real history of Bretton Woods and its connection to JFK, The Global Collateral Accounts and the gold standard, read here.
13. June 17, 2015: Russia and China announced that all natural gas and crude oil sales between the two countries will now be done in Chinese yuan( formerly the U.S. Dollar) and will be convertible into Russian Rubles. The U.S. Dollar hegemony is waning.
14. June 17, 2015:The State of Texas has signed a bill that calls for the repatriation of their gold from the Federal Government. When asked what would happen if the government tried to steal back the gold, State Representative Giovanni Capriglione said this: There is a motto in the office of almost every state legislator in Texas, and it’s a flag that we have [from the Texas Revolution], it’s below a cannon and what the motto says is, “Come and Take it.”
15. June 17, 2015: Greece’s Hellenic Parliament’s Debt Truth Committee released a report stating that the debt Greece “owes” is illegal, illegitimate and odious, according to international law. Further, they stated the IMF and ECB ( European Central Bank) having illegally and knowingly imposed these illegitimate debts upon Greece and other nations. A direct call out to the global banking cartel.
16. June 18th, 2015:Baron David de Rothschild has been indicted by a French court over financial fraud. French police have been ordered by the court to track down Baron. The Rothschild family has long been viewed as the family sitting atop the global financial ponzi scheme. Lawyer Antonio Flores told reporters, ” it’s a real breakthrough moment for everyone involved.”
19. July 5th, 2015: Greece votes “NO” to the creditors’ bailout offer. This is a massive stance for humanity that Greece just took against the banking elite. As of this writing, a “deal” has been reached but is expected to fall apart in the coming days. Kicking the can down the road does not solve the issue, but rather speeds up the revolution mindset of many frustrated Greek citizens. September/October is when many financial experts are saying that some fireworks are to be expected.
22. July 7th, 2015: Backing up one day we see that the hacking group Anonymous tweeted this on the evening prior to the stock exchange hack: Wonder if tomorrow is going to be bad for Wall Street….we can only hope. David Wilcock has previously written a detailed document stating that Anonymous is working with certain patriotic US Military forces to legally take down the banking elite. This aligns nicely with what the whistle-blower journalist, Benjamin Fulford, just wrote this week about the Pentagon and BRICS Alliance in the previous story.
23. July 14th, 2015:Iran, China, Russia, France, Germany, the U.K. and the U.S. reach a historic deal on Iran’s nuclear program. Entire books could be written on the geopolitical, financial and technological implications of this move. There are also reports that the reality of this situation is that Iran has free energy technology and will be using this to help bring down the banking/political/oil industry elite. This would make sense as the strongest opponents to this deal have been Israel and its Prime Minister and several American politicians like the Bushes, Marco Rubio and Ted Cruz.
24. July 15th, 2015: Santa Cruz County votes to stop doing business with 5 major banks, including JP Morgan Chase, Barclays, Citigroup, Royal Bank of Scotland and UBS. Watch this set off a chain reaction in those who will follow suit.
25. Now: You are here on the planet at this time to make a wonderful contribution. Please continue playing your role for the benefit of us all.
It is clear that something big is happening. Use this information to move forward with optimism and hope. Share with your friends. Discuss with your friends. Continue to search and dig for the truth.
These accounts are what President Kennedy was assassinated over and are what the banking elite does not want the public to know exists. This revolution WILL NOT be televised.
Greece: PM Tsipras Banishing Ministers Opposing Sellout to Creditors, Syriza Sharply Divided July 18 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
Finance Minister Yanis Varoufakis resigned after being pushed out – replaced by Euclid Tsakalotos.
Yanis Varoufakis
After leaving, he said he’s no longer under “incredible pressure to negotiate for a position I find difficult to defend…”
Research had previously shown that hand sanitizers cause the skin to absorb higher levels of chemicals, but this had not previously been demonstrated with BPA.
"He cited the “complete lack of any democratic scruples (displayed by) the supposed defenders of Europe’s democracy. (V)ery powerful figures look you in the eye and say ‘(y)ou’re right in what you’re saying, but we’re going to crunch you anyway.”
Paying dominant bankers and large creditors like Germany alone matters – no matter the pain and suffering inflicted on millions of Greeks helpless against the war on their well-being.
Make no mistake. What’s happening in Greece signifies what’s ongoing throughout Europe, America, Canada, and other countries, heading for getting much worse – ending social justice to enrich monied interests more than ever, and at the same time, destroy what remains of democratic rights. Financial tyranny rules!
Varoufakis said dealing with other finance ministers in Brussels was like talking to the wall. His reasoned analysis was ignored. He was unwanted – an annoyance to be humiliated and banished.
He “might as well have sung the Swedish national anthem” for all the good it did to present sensible arguments responded to with “blank stares.” His involvement accomplished nothing.
Deputy Finance Nadia Valavani resigned. She called the mandated deal Greek agony, saying she was “ready to serve in any capacity to the end during challenges.”
"However, when our delegation returned with liabilities that are ‘stillborn measures’ and at such a price (demanded by Troika bandits) once again when the dilemma appears of retreating or Grexit, it will be impossible for me to remain a member of the government.”
This ‘capitulation’ is so overwhelming that it will not allow a regrouping of forces. With your signature there will be a deterioration in the status of an already suffering population, and this will be a tombstone around their necks for many years with little potential of redemption.
SYRIZA officials are sharply divided. Stiff opposition denounced Tsipras’ betrayal. Retired Greek diplomat Leonidas Chrysanthopoulos called the deal “too tough, too late, the death of Greeks.”
“These absurd measures do not reflect the EU we entered back in 1981. It has actually made Greece a colony of Germany, not to say of the European Union. (D)espite the concessions the EU has made to Greece, the country is far from being out of the crisis.”
SYRIZA coalition partner Independent Greeks leader Panos Kammenos/current defense minister rejects Troika demands he and other party members “cannot agree with…”
SYRIZA parliamentary spokesman Nikos Filis said:
“Germany unfortunately for a third time in 100 years is attempting to destroy Europe.”
Overwhelming public sentiment opposes harsh Troika demands. Greek Energy Minister Panagiotis Lafazanis called on Tsipras to reject the deal he agreed to in Brussels.
“Greece had an alternative to the agreement,” he said. The creditors’ dilemma: capitulation or destruction is fake. It aims to terrorize and has caused the collapse of popular consciousness.”
The agreement signed with the institutions is unacceptable and a radical party, such as SYRIZA, does not deserve to be responsible for bringing such an agreement, after fighting to abolish the bailout programs and austerity measures.”
He called German and other Eurozone negotiating partners “financial assassins”.
Perhaps more heads will roll before Greece’s parliament votes on Troika demands late Wednesday evening Athens time. Reports indicate Tsipras wants opposition ministers replaced so he can get parliamentary approval of what demands rejection.
Around three dozen or more SYRIZA deputies intend voting “no” – including at least two ministers and House Speaker Zoe Konstantopoulou.
Sources close to Tsipras say he intends doing whatever it takes to ram through parliament legislation already drafted surrendering to Troika authority.
Public anger spilled into streets near parliament demanding rejection of what looks sure to pass. Civil servants and pharmacists called a one-day anti-austerity strike. Betrayed pensioners plan their own demonstration.
Part of the deal calls for Greece to hand over 50 billion worth of public assets to a fund controlled by German KfW bank run by Finance Minister Wolfgang Schaeuble – to be sold at fire sale prices.
Germany is Europe’s economic powerhouse. It dominates Eurozone policy. What it says goes – including writing Greece’s obituary as a sovereign country.
His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”
International Scientist Appeal On Electromagnetic Fields - Martin Blank PhD
+ Brain Wave Warping Effect of Mobile Phones, Study Reveals &
Just How Dangerous Is Wi-Fi To Your Health? July 17 2015 | From: ElectromagneticHealth / GreenMedInfo / iHealthTube
Dr. Martin Blank, PhD of Columbia University says, “The time to deal with the harmful biological and health effects is long overdue. To protect our children, ourselves and our ecosystem, we must reduce exposure by establishing more protective guidelines.”
Dr. Blank is representing 190 international scientists in an Appeal to the UN, UN Member States and the WHO on the risks of electromagnetic fields emitted by telecommunications and utility technologies.
Video produced by ElectromagneticHealth.org on behalf of international scientists and the Appeal Committee.
Brain Wave Warping Effect Of Mobile Phones, Study Reveals
Your mobile phone is not only a carcinogenic, radiation emitting device, but may alter the structure and function of the brain, including brain wave activity that is intimately connected to cognition, mood and behavior.
A concerning new clinical study published in PLoS One titled, "EEG Changes Due to Experimentally Induced 3G Mobile Phone Radiation," has revealed that so-called 3rd generation (3G) cell phone technology has widespread brain wave disrupting activity in subjects exposed to real-world like conditions, i.e. 15-minute "talk time" exposure to the ear area.
The study abstract describes the experimental design and results:
“The aim of this study was to investigate whether a 15-minute placement of a 3G dialing mobile phone causes direct changes in EEG activity compared to the placement of a sham phone.
Furthermore, it was investigated whether placement of the mobile phone on the ear or the heart would result in different outcomes. Thirty-one healthy females participated. All subjects were measured twice: on one of the two days the mobile phone was attached to the ear, the other day to the chest. In this single-blind, cross-over design, assessments in the sham phone condition were conducted directly preceding and following the mobile phone exposure.
During each assessment, EEG activity and radiofrequency radiation were recorded jointly. Delta, theta, alpha, slow beta, fast beta, and gamma activity was computed. The association between radiation exposure and the EEG was tested using multilevel random regression analyses with radiation as predictor of main interest.
Significant radiation effects were found for the alpha, slow beta, fast beta, and gamma bands. When analyzed separately, ear location of the phone was associated with significant results, while chest placement was not.
The results support the notion that EEG alterations are associated with mobile phone usage and that the effect is dependent on site of placement. Further studies are required to demonstrate the physiological relevance of these findings."
While previous research has found that mobile phone exposure affects alpha brain wave activity, and subsequent behavior (insomnia), this is the first placebo-controlled, single-blinded study of its kind to show that as little as 15 minutes of 3G cell phone technology exposure directly to the ear, "is associated with increased activity of the alpha, beta, and gamma frequency bands in nearly every brain region."
In other words, typical mobile phone exposure resulted in electrophysiological changes that resulted in measurable alterations in nearly the entire brain's structure/function. Even though it is now common knowledge that cell phone radiation is powerful enough to disrupt sensitive equipment within an airplane (think: airplane mode) or hospital, there is still resistance to acknowledging it may adversely affect the human brain, an electrical impulse sensitive organ.
There is also the fact that even more powerful radiation emitting devices are being developed, including 4th generation (4G) phones, which were recently found to significantly alter brain neural activity after only 30 minutes of exposure. We can only presume that these more powerful devices may alter brain wave activity even more than the 3G technology observed in the present study.
Why are we only now learning about the potentially mind-altering properties of mobile phone radiation?
The independent study pointed out that 87% of brain wave studies looking at the effects of electromagnetic radiation from cell phones are funded by the mobile phone industry, which may explain why most of the literature on cell phone exposure reveals either null or inconclusive, and in in some cases even positive findings on cognition.
Considering that in 2013, 6.8 billion mobile phone subscriptions were registered globally, the resistance both by the communications industry and its users to identifying health concerns associated with their use is massive.
Even if the concerns raised about the psychiatric consequences of mobile phone exposure do not provide sufficient reason to reduce usage, the radiation emitted from these devices have already been acknowledged to be dangerous enough to justify a high level of precaution.
Mobile phone radiation has been classified by the International Agency for Research on Cancer, since 2011, as "possibly carcinogenic." Watch the video by radiation expert Dr. Chris Busby to learn about the mechanism behind cell phone carcinogenicity:
Also, to learn more about the oft minimized or repressed research on cell phone carcinogenicity, read our article:
Mobile phones have become an almost necessary evil for many of us in the modern world. This does not, however, mean you can't reduce exposure, and certainly always avoid putting one up to your head. You can use a headset, for instance, and also remember that you can put your phone on airplane mode if ever you or your child is handling it. Simple precautions like this can greatly reduce you and your loved one's risk of adverse health effects associated with exposure.
Dr. Edward Group cites a recent study that might emphasize the potential danger of electromagnetic frequencies and the growing amount of wi-fi that people are exposed to.
Find out how it affects water, a substance that makes up a good portion of your body!
Collapse Of Eurozone Has Started - The Troika Swindle: Greeks Owe Nothing + Germany Is The Country That’s Never Repaid Its Debts &Troika Lenders Are Terrorists! July 16 2015 | From: Geopolitics / InfoWars / Sputnik / Geopolitics
It’s Germany that’s been pressuring the Greeks to pay up even though the former has dodged its sovereign debts in the past. Now, even a German medium is predicting a dire scenario for the Eurozone
Beginning of the End: Collapse of Eurozone Has Started – German Media
Many international observers called the recent EU summit a “humiliation of the Greeks.” The talks which were the longest in the history of the Union diminished all values for which the EU once stood, they said.
According to DWN, this is the end of the EU in its previous form - a political union, cherishing mutual trust and democratic principles. The democracy is now becoming a marginal phenomenon. ‘Strong’ states now give ultimatums to ‘weak’ ones in a way that was never done before.
On Monday, Greece and Eurozone leaders are finally reported to have reached a unanimous agreement, according to which Greece may get 86 billion euros over the next three years if it conducts the necessary reforms.
The imposed economic policies, however, will destroy the Greek economy. The Greek banks will partially collapse, while many savers will lose their money. The policy of austerity has not worked in the past five and a half years, and is unlikely to work now, the newspaper wrote.
The consequences for Eurozone countries will be dramatic. The Greek banking panic could in seconds become a European banking panic which would be uncontrollable. The solidarity in the EU is eroding, with countries acting in their own selfish interests. The refugee crisis is likely to become the next failure in the EU, which will have members acting in their own interests and not in the interests of the Union as a whole, the article said.
According to DWN, Angela Merkel and Wolfgang Schäuble have overnight transformed the EU into an entity that is no longer held together by trust, but only by naked fear.
With the signing of the agreement with Greece the nightmare for the EU has begun. Life in Europe is no longer determined by contracts, but by the law of the jungle, the newspaper wrote.
The Troika Swindle: Greeks Owe Nothing
€245 billion debt was fraudulently dumped on the country. In June the Greek "Truth Committee on Public Debt" established by Zoi Konstantopoulou the speaker of the Greek parliament “came to the conclusion that Greece should not pay this debt because it is illegal, illegitimate, and odious.”
The establishment media has hidden from view the facts behind the debt and has sided with the banks in declaring the population of Greece deserves austerity and its attendant poverty and misery because of the Greek government’s intransigence and refusal to accept the harsh conditions of the Troika, consisting of the IMF, European Commission and European Central Bank.
Left unsaid is the fact a large portion of the debt totaling about €245 billion was fraudulently dumped on the country in the course of huge bank bailouts in 2010 and 2012.
“And since the huge bank bailouts, ‘Greek debt’ exists only on the basis of the Wall Street practice for unpayable debt, known as ‘extend and pretend.’ Its interest and repayment terms have been so dramatically changed by the creditors — in a backhanded admission that it cannot be paid — that in debt-market terms, it is nearly worthless,”
Gallagher explains that the Greek debt swindle is similar to the TARP scam foisted on the American people following the subprime fiasco and a move by the Federal Reserve to print $4 trillion of new money to cover the gambling debt of the financial class. “Its political perpetrators are the same huge banks, and the European Central Bank working with the Federal Reserve,” he writes.
In the course of buying up toxic mortgage securities and derivatives from the United States, the European banks engaged in their own subprime scam and made unrepayable loans to governments in Greece, Ireland, Portugal, and Hungary.
“Big Wall Street banks were involved, particularly Goldman Sachs, which created ‘magic’ derivatives in 2001: Take a bank loan to Greece, make it look like a mere ‘currency swap’ rather than a debt - but turn it into a much bigger debt ten years later,” Gallagher points out.
But most of the loaned money did not stay in Greece. More than 90% went directly and immediately to Deutschebank, HSBC, JPMorgan Chase, “and their fellow sharks, with small amounts crumbling to the hedge funds swimming alongside.”
Former Greek Labor and Social Security Minister and chair of the National Bank of Greece Louka Katseli said Greece actually spent a meager 3% of the $275 billion loaned by the banksters.
“One of the reasons that everybody is so determined to keep Greece in the euro is so that the banks do not have to take a serious hit on their faulty lending policies"
- Nigel Farage, Member of the European Parliament from the UK Independent Party, told RT in 2011.
“It is almost as if there is an unholy alliance of politicians and bankers versus ordinary people.”
Germany Is The Country That’s Never Repaid Its Debts
According to pertinent records, only 10% of Greeks debt to the Troika actually went into the national economy, i.e. as much as 90% went to German and French banks. They were bailing out themselves in 2008 at the cost of the pensions of the elderly, and massive unemployment.
But that’s not all. Those who were claiming to have the moral high ground to this issue come from a country that has never repaid all its debts. In fact, is a beneficiary of a debt write-off.
German Hypocrisy: Never Repaid Own Debts, Forces Others to Pay Up
Thomas Piketty, a renowned French economist, pulled no punches with Germany and its harsh stance towards the Greek debt, pointing out true hypocrisy on behalf of Berlin, since the Germans have never repaid their own debts.
“When I hear the Germans say that they maintain a very moral stance about debt and strongly believe that debts must be repaid, then I think: what a huge joke! Germany is the country that has never repaid its debts. It has no standing to lecture other nations,” Piketty told German newspaper Die Zeit in an interview.
Piketty noted that German debts were restructured or forgiven in some ways by its creditors after World War II, which helped the country stabilize its economy and reach high rates of economic growth.
“After the war ended in 1945, Germany’s debt amounted to over 200% of its GDP. Ten years later, little of that remained: public debt was less than 20% of GDP. Around the same time, France managed a similarly artful turnaround. We never would have managed this unbelievably fast reduction in debt through the fiscal discipline that we today recommend to Greece.”
French economist Thomas Piketty
The French economist wasn’t afraid to point out World War II and the German history of forcing other countries to repay their debts, regardless of how hard it was for the economies of unfortunate nations at the time. For example, Germany made France pay back reparation costs after the end of the Franco-Prussian War of 1870.
At the same time, Piketty told Die Zeit about the importance of forgiveness, something that Germany seems to lack.
“We cannot demand that new generations pay for the mistakes of their parents for decades… If we [the French] told you Germans in the 1950s that you have not properly recognized your failures, you would still be repaying your debts. Luckily, we were more intelligent than that,” Piketty reminded.
The French economist also urged the German government to soften its stance on the Greek debt, otherwise it could lead to the destruction of Europe and the European idea of unity and forgiveness.
“We need to look ahead. Europe was founded on debt forgiveness and investment in the future. Not on the idea of endless penance. We need to remember this,” the Frenchman stressed.
Greece is one of the countries hit worst by the 2007-2008 financial crisis. The country received financial help from the European Union twice, in 2010 and 2012, but austerity caused a decline in GDP and as a result lead to the country’s inability to resolve its debts in 2015.
Greece owes about $270 billion of its total $350-billion debt to the International Monetary Fund, the European Central Bank and some Eurozone countries [Really?].
Troika Lenders Are Terrorists!
Greek Minister Compares Actions of International Creditors to Terrorism
Greek Finance Minister Yanis Varoufakis referred to the actions of Athens’ international lenders as “terrorism” in an interview with the Spanish El Mundo newspaper published Saturday.
“There is a name for what they are doing to Greece: terrorism… Why did they forced us to close banks? To strike fear into people. And when we are talking about inciting fear, this phenomenon is called terrorism,”
Brussels and Greece’s major foreign lenders, including the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the European Central Bank, (ECB) want Greek voters to accept the bailout terms proposed to Athens by the creditors at the Sunday referendum.
“But we will not allow them humiliate us, we will show that we have no fear,” Varoufakis said.
Greece’s overall debt to international creditors stands at about $350 billion, of which $270 billion is owed to the European Central Bank (ECB), the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and eurozone countries.
On Sunday, Greek voters will take part in a referendum to decide whether Greece should accept its creditors’ demands for spending cuts and tax increases in exchange for financial aid.
The Trail of the Troika: A must-see to understand the situation in Greece
What is happening in Europe in the name of the troika? A must-see for anyone who wants to understand the situation in Greece.
The European Union and International Monetary Fund have lent more than 400 billion Euros to Greece, Portugal, Ireland and Cyprus to keep these countries solvent. The lenders granted enormous power to the three institutions of the so called troika: the IMF, the European Central Bank and the European Commission.
Without any public accountability, the troika is forcing the crisis states to implement policies that are tearing the social fabric of their countries apart. German journalist and best-selling author Harald Schumann travelled to Athens, Lisbon, Dublin, Nicosia, Brussels, Washington, New York and London, in order to find out who has actually benefited from austerity measures.
He puts this question to ministers, parliamentarians, economists, bankers, doctors and also to the victims of these policies, the unemployed and the ill. Among the many people we meet are Nobel Prize winner Paul Krugman, IMF Director Paulo Batista and Yanis Varoufakis, the newly elected Greek finance minister.
Schumann’s revelations are often devastating and shocking. Given the negotiations currently taking place between the newly elected Greek government and their European partners, this film is of great political and economic relevance.
Pfizer Vice President Blows The Whistle & Tells The Truth About The Pharmaceutical Industry July 15 2015 | Via: RushFM | From: CollectiveEvolution
Dr Peter Rost, former Vice President of Pfizer, and now whistle-blower, certainly knows what he is talking about. A great, courageous man, when you do research on him. It’s amazing they haven’t put a bullet in the back of his head.
This certainly shows how incredibly corrupt the pharmaceutical industry is and how it controls all medical doctors, university professors, universities and governments getting them to lie about vaccines and drugs, including ours here in NZ.
Pfizer is one of the most corrupt and powerful multinationals that DIRECTLY controls the Government Health and University medical establishment in both Australia and here in New Zealand.
In fact, if you search online for “Immunisation Advisory Centre – Pfizer” Auckland (the centre is based at Auckland University which controls all of their propaganda to the NZ public about vaccines) – you will see a Pdf file come up titled, Immunization Health Reportwhich incredibly, lays out the whole multinational pharmaceutical drug company mafia propaganda plans to implement vaccines on the naive, stupid, New Zealand public.
In this deceptive plan, you will note it is sponsored by Pfizer, in collusion with the Government, including a Foreword by Hon Tony Ryall, NZ Minister of Health and the Hon Jo Goodhew, Associate Minister of Health, with a message from Frances Benge, Managing Director, Pfizer New Zealand.
If this is not enough, introduced to australia two years ago (yes the Aussies are even more stupid than we are) in March 2015, Pfizer launched its smartphone app Vaximate in New Zealand from Middlemore Hospital in collusion with the Health Department, the New Zealand medical psychopaths etc., to support the multinational mafia immunisation program and ensure parents and kids remain brain dead and get their jabs on time.
If I had a vaccine-damaged child, based on the evidence of Dr Peter Rost, I would file a mult-million dollar class lawsuit in the High Court against Pfizer, the New Zealand Medical Association and the Government for collusion (a crime in itself), corruption and bribery for knowingly lying about the true dangers of vaccines.
And this is just the tip of the iceberg. The more you look into it, the worse it gets. Yet 94% of New Zealand population are still vaccinated according to Government statistics. What a shocker! You wonder if the masses will ever wake up, because, Dr the evidence is now so compelling.
Incidentally, I Googled Dr Peter Rost, and he has filed lawsuits against the giant pharmaceutical companies, and won (mainly out of court settlements). I’ve also researched Pfizer in the past, one of the most corrupt corporations on the face of the planet with a history of providing kickbacks and bribery of politicians, doctors and university professors.
Indeed, the last thing you ever would want to do is believe what they say about anything, least of all vaccines.
Pfizer Vice President Blows The Whistle & Tells The Truth About The Pharmaceutical Industry
Below is a clip taken from the “One More Girl” documentary, a film regarding the Gardasil vaccine, which was designed to prevent Human Papillomavirus. In it, Dr. Peter Rost, MD, a former vice president of one of the largest pharmaceutical companies in the world (Pfizer), shares the truth about the ties between the medical and pharmaceutical industry.
Rost is a former vice president of Pfizer, and a whistleblower of the entire pharmaceutical industry in general. He is the author of “The Whistleblower, Confessions of a Healthcare Hitman.” Considering his work experience, it would be an understatement to say that he is an insider expert on big pharma marketing.
Below are a couple of quotes from both a former and a current editor-in-chief of the two largest, and what are considered to be the most credible, medical journals in the world. It’s only fitting to include them into the article as they are directly related to what Dr. Rost hints at in the video.
“It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of the New England Journal of Medicine.”
– Dr. Marcia Angell, a physician and longtime editor-in-chief of the New England Medical Journal (NEMJ) (source)
“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness.”
– Dr. Richard Horton, the current editor-in-chief of the Lancet – considered to be one of the most well respected peer-reviewed medical journals in the world. (source)
It’s Time To Re-Think Current Medical Research & See The Bigger Picture
In 2005 Dr. John P.A. Ioannidis, currently a professor in disease prevention at Stanford University, published the most widely accessed article in the history of the Public Library of Science (PLoS) entitled Why Most Published Research Findings Are False. In the report he states:
"There is increasing concern that most current published research findings are false.”
We now have a large amount of evidence, and statements from experts that come directly from the field, which paint a very concerning picture. The science used to educate doctors and develop medicine is flawed.
We are only ever exposed to studies that have been sponsored by big pharmaceutical companies, but these studies are not designed to take the long view.
They are not designed to detect problems that can occur years or even decades after a treatment, or examine the risks of taking a drug for long periods of time. Nobody ever seems to mention or acknowledge the many studies which clearly show significant risk associated with many of the products that pharmaceutical companies are manufacturing to help fight disease.
Turns out taking the little red pill was a better option than taking the little blue pill all along
What is even more concerning is the general population’s lack of awareness when it comes to these facts. This issue is definitely not going to be addressed in the mainstream news, and despite plenty of evidence to support it, some people will refuse to even look at or acknowledge that it exists.
This is a big problem, our world is changing and we must keep an open mind and be open to new possibilities regarding the nature of our world. It’s 2015, and as we keep moving forward there will be more information coming out that challenges the deeply held, engrained belief systems of many.
It’s okay to look at information that goes against what you believe, in fact, it’s needed if we are going to move forward and create a better world for ourselves.
You would think the statements above the video, from longtime editors of such major, peer-reviewed scientific journals (apparently, the best in the world) would at least get some mainstream attention.
When Dr. Rost was still working for Pfizer he had a couple of appearances in the mainstream media.
This is why alternative media is important, especially in a time where more and more people are waking up to what is really happening on our planet.
It’s time to examine the research that’s being conducted all over the world, from experts (scientists) at various institutions, that is not sponsored by these giant, multinational “health” corporations – the independent literature. Brilliant work is being published regarding various drugs, cures, treatments, vaccines, and more.
Thanks for reading, and I hope the video above gives you something to think about.
The 75 Trillion Dollar Shadow Banking System Is In Danger Of Collapsing July 15 2015 | From: TheEconomicCollapse
Keep an eye on the shadow banking system – it is about to be shaken to the core. According to the Financial Stability Board, the size of the global shadow banking system has reached an astounding 75 trillion dollars.
It has approximately tripled in size since 2002. In the U.S. alone, the size of the shadow banking system is approximately 24 trillion dollars. At this point, shadow banking assets in the United States are even greater than those of conventional banks.
Related: The Secret Bank Bailout
These shadow banks are largely unregulated, but governments around the world have been extremely hesitant to crack down on them because these nonbank lenders have helped fuel economic growth. But in the end, we will all likely pay a very great price for allowing these exceedingly reckless financial institutions to run wild.
If you are not familiar with the “shadow banking system," this is a pretty good definition from investinganswers.com
"The shadow banking system (or shadow financial system) is a network of financial institutions comprised of non-depository banks - e.g., investment banks, structured investment vehicles (SIVs), conduits, hedge funds, non-bank financial institutions and money market funds.
How it works / Example:
Shadow banking institutions generally serve as intermediaries between investors and borrowers, providing credit and capital for investors, institutional investors, and corporations, and profiting from fees and/or from the arbitrage in interest rates.
Because shadow banking institutions don’t receive traditional deposits like a depository bank, they have escaped most regulatory limits and laws imposed on the traditional banking system. Members are able to operate without being subject to regulatory oversight for unregulated activities. An example of an unregulated activity is a credit default swap (CDS)."
These institutions are extremely dangerous because they are highly leveraged and they are behaving very recklessly.
They played a major role during the financial crisis of 2008, and even the New York Fed admits that shadow banking has “increased the fragility of the entire financial system";
"The current financial crisis has highlighted the growing importance of the “shadow banking system,” which grew out of the securitization of assets and the integration of banking with capital market developments.
This trend has been most pronounced in the United States, but it has had a profound influence on the global financial system. In a market-based financial system, banking and capital market developments are inseparable:
Funding conditions are closely tied to fluctuations in the leverage of market-based financial intermediaries. Growth in the balance sheets of these intermediaries provides a sense of the availability of credit, while contractions of their balance sheets have tended to precede the onset of financial crises.
Securitization was intended as a way to transfer credit risk to those better able to absorb losses, but instead it increased the fragility of the entire financial system by allowing banks and other intermediaries to “leverage up” by buying one another’s securities".
Over the past decade, shadow banking has become a truly worldwide phenomenon, and thus it is a major threat to the entire global financial system.
"Their growth had caused the man who is now China’s top securities regulator to label the off-balance-sheet products a “Ponzi scheme,” because banks have to sell more each month to pay off those that are maturing."
And what happens to all Ponzi schemes eventually?
In the end, they always collapse.
And when this 75 trillion dollar Ponzi scheme collapses, the global devastation that it will cause will be absolutely unprecedented.
Bond expert Bill Gross, who is intimately familiar with the shadow banking system, has just come out with a major warning about the lack of liquidity in the shadow banking system;
"Mutual funds, hedge funds, and ETFs, are part of the “shadow banking system” where these modern “banks” are not required to maintain reserves or even emergency levels of cash. Since they in effect now are the market, a rush for liquidity on the part of the investing public, whether they be individuals in 401Ks or institutional pension funds and insurance companies, would find the “market” selling to itself with the Federal Reserve severely limited in its ability to provide assistance."
As far as shadow banking is concerned, everything is just fine as long as markets just keep going up and up and up.
Bill Gross
But once they start falling, the whole system can start falling apart very rapidly. Here is more from Bill Gross on what might cause a “run on the shadow banks” in the near future;
Long used to the inevitability of capital gains, investors and markets have not been tested during a stretch of time when prices go down and policymakers’ hands are tied to perform their historical function of buyer of last resort. It’s then that liquidity will be tested.
And what might precipitate such a “run on the shadow banks”?
1) A central bank mistake leading to lower bond prices and a stronger dollar.
2) Greece, and if so, the inevitable aftermath of default/restructuring leading to additional concerns for Eurozone peripherals.
3) China – “a riddle wrapped in a mystery, inside an enigma." It is the “mystery meat” of economic sandwiches – you never know what’s in there. Credit has expanded more rapidly in recent years than any major economy in history, a sure warning sign.
4) Emerging market crisis – dollar denominated debt/overinvestment/commodity orientation – take your pick of potential culprits.
5) Geopolitical risks – too numerous to mention and too sensitive to print.
6) A butterfly’s wing – chaos theory suggests that a small change in “non-linear systems” could result in large changes elsewhere. Call this kooky, but in a levered financial system, small changes can upset the status quo. Keep that butterfly net handy.
Should that moment occur, a cold rather than a hot shower may be an investor’s reward and the view will be something less than “gorgeous." So what to do? Hold an appropriate amount of cash so that panic selling for you is off the table.
In order to avoid a shadow banking crisis, what we need is for global financial markets to stabilize and to resume their upward trends.
So let’s hope that the financial devastation that we have seen so far this week is not a preview of things to come. The global financial system has been transformed into a delicately balanced pyramid of glass that is not designed to handle turbulent times.
We should have never allowed the shadow banks to run wild like this, but we did, and now in just a short while we are going to get to witness a financial implosion unlike anything the world has ever seen before.
Three Alternative Health Doctors Found Dead In the Last Two Weeks After Run-Ins With The Feds + Merck Created Hit List To "Destroy," "Neutralize" Or "Discredit" Dissenting Doctors July 14 2015 | From: FreeThoughtProject / CBS
In the past several weeks, a number of controversial natural health doctors have died under mysterious circumstances. Some of them have even had recent encounters with federal agents and bureaucracies.
Two weeks ago, the string of mysterious deaths began when Dr. Jeff Bradstreet MD was found in a river with a gunshot wound to his chest. The police claim that the gunshot wound was self-inflicted and that the death was a suicide, however, Bradstreet’s family suspects foul play.
Last week, members of the family set up a donation page:
"To find the answers to the many questions leading up to the death of Dr Bradstreet, including an exhaustive investigation into the possibility of foul play.”
In just one week, the page has already managed to raise over $25,000, many of those donations coming from former patients who were helped by Dr. Bradstreet’s controversial treatments.
Another death came on Fathers Day, June 21, when Dr. Bruce Hedendal DC Ph.D., of the Miami area, was found dead in his car with no explanation as to how it happened. As of right now, there are even fewer details about the circumstances surrounding Hedenal’s death as there are about the death of Bradstreet.
To make matters even more suspicious, both doctors have had run-ins with the feds due to their unconventional treatments, which had been known to help people. In fact, just weeks before his death Bradstreet’s office was raided by the FDA.
If two dead doctors in the same field, and same region of the country in such a short time span was not suspicious enough, Dr. Teresa Sievers, another natural health doctor from Florida, also died under mysterious circumstances earlier this week.
According to Sievers’ website, she also specialized in holistic health treatments. She was allegedly murdered by an unknown attacker in an upscale neighborhood that experiences very little crime.
Each of these doctors were described as very healthy people with no major health problems, and no real reason for anyone to target them for murder, nor did they show any signs of depression.
Merck Created Hit List To "Destroy," "Neutralize" Or "Discredit" Dissenting Doctors
Merck made a "hit list" of doctors who criticized Vioxx, according to testimony in a Vioxx class action case in Australia. The list, emailed between Merck employees, contained doctors' names with the labels "neutralise," "neutralised" or "discredit" next to them.
According to The Australian, [2009 link no longer works] Merck emails from 1999 showed company execs complaining about doctors who disliked using Vioxx. One email said:
"We may need to seek them out and destroy them where they live ..."
The plaintiffs' lawyer gave this assessment:
"It gives you the dark side of the use of key opinion leaders and thought leaders ... if (they) say things you don't like to hear, you have to neutralise them ... It does suggest a certain culture within the organisation about how to deal with your opponents and those who disagree with you."
The Australian:
The court was told that James Fries, professor of medicine at Stanford University, wrote to the then Merck head Ray Gilmartin in October 2000 to complain about the treatment of some of his researchers who had criticised the drug.
"Even worse were allegations of Merck damage control by intimidation," he wrote, ... "This has happened to at least eight (clinical) investigators ... I suppose I was mildly threatened myself but I never have spoken or written on these issues."
The allegations come on the heels of revelations that Merck created a fake medical journal - the Australasian Journal of Bone and Joint Medicine - in which to publish studies about Vioxx; had pop songs commissioned about Vioxx to inspire its staff, and paid ghostwriters to draft articles about the drug.
Royal Household Will Not Be Exempt From Scrutiny In Child Sexual Abuse Inquiry July 13 2015 | From: RT
The Royal household will not be exempt from scrutiny over pedophile allegations and may be asked to provide evidence to a newly launched child sex abuse inquiry, it has emerged.
Justice Lowell Goddard, the New Zealand judge chairing the Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse, had initially not included the Royal household in a list of institutions to be investigated over historical crimes.
However, a statement from the inquiry, launched on Thursday, later confirmed the monarchy would also be "within the scope" of the investigation.
The child abuse inquiry could take up to five years and cost £100 million, it has been confirmed, as authorities will investigate every level of British society including local authorities, the police, the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), the NHS, the media and armed forces.
Justice Goddard told the Times:
“There is no limit on the types of institutions that fall within the terms of reference. The monarchy is an institution and it runs a number of other institutions, all of which are potentially within the scope of the inquiry."
In a statement, Goddard described the investigation as "the most ambitious public inquiry" ever undertaken in England and Wales".
The Royal household has come under scrutiny in recent years following several allegations of child sexual abuse.
He was named in court papers relating to an ongoing civil case by Virginia Roberts, 30, against convicted billionaire pedophile Jeffrey Epstein in the United States.
US judge Kenneth Marra ruled the sex allegations against Prince Andrew be struck from the public record in April, but made no ruling as to whether the claims were true or false.
In March, a former police officer claimed a member of the British royal family was part of a pedophile ring under investigation by police until the case was suddenly dropped.
The former Metropolitan Police officer said the investigation, which took place in the late 1980s, was halted for national security reasons.
Speaking to the Sunday Mirror, the former officer said:
“I was in a car with two other vice squad officers."
"They were discussing a madam who had provided a girl of about 15 to Oliver Reed ... the detective sergeant said he had just had a major child abuse investigation shut down by the CPS [Crown Prosecution Service] regarding a royal and an MP ... he did not mention names, but he said the CPS had said it was not in the public's interest because it 'could destabilize national security.'"
"What I was told has stayed with me to this day," he added.
Goddard's child abuse inquiry was set up last year following claims investigations into a pedophile ring that operated in Westminster in the 1980s were covered up.
Several government figures who were prominent in the 1980s have since faced allegations of sexual impropriety.
The late former home secretary Leon Brittan faced accusations of child sexual abuse shortly before to his death in January.
The CPS formally apologized for failing to investigate allegations of child sex abuse made against the late Liberal MP Cyril Smith, who was exposed as a pedophile following this death in 2010.
New Zealand Harmful Digital Communications Bill July 12 2015 | From: J / NewZealandParliament
This draconian bill, under the guise of “cracking down on cyber-bullying,” was passed into law here in New Zealand on Friday. It introduced wide-ranging police state powers that will criminalize any online communications deemed deliberately harmful.
Unfortunately, there is no clear definition in the bill of what actually constitutes what is harmful and is a criminal offence, yet it is punishable by up to two years in prison or a maximum fine of $50,000. It will now be a criminal offence to send any messages or post any material online that is intended to cause harm, but what exactly is considered “harmful” or “offensive speech” is not specifically mentioned and is so vague it could apply to almost anything.
The Bill will also give the Government agency responsible for enforcing it the dictatorial power to force all Internet providers, Facebook, Google and the like to remove any communication or posting that it considers is harmful and the person who has posted the information on the web and is alleged to have committed an offence, effectively is presumed guilty and has no defence.
In short, this Bill is even more evil and draconian than even Hitler’s Nazi laws against free speech or any criticism of the Third Reich.
So if you think the [intended] soon-coming New World Order and future for your children and grand children is fine – rest assured, it absolutely is not as they are going to be enslaved in a system of tyranny no less than the Germans were under Hitler!
These laws are being introduced now quietly, while the mindless sheep and members of the general public are largely mesmerized by sports and entertainment, and who all have no idea in the world what is soon coming.
If you are interested, go into this link and then read exactly what the NZ Law Society’s submission on the Bill says – simply mind boggling! – yet not a single mention about it by the New Zealand fascist media that have censored it completely. And paradoxically, all this introduced by a New Zealand Jewish Prime Minister, John Key, whose mother was a Holocaust survivor. What an utter disgrace. What a disgrace on all of us.
And by the way, the Bill passed into law in its Third Reading 116 votes in favour to 5 votes against, almost the entire Parliament, including most members of all political parties, effectively proving they’re all professional criminals irrespective of their party. As I’ve said before, this is why I don’t vote.
So now, effectively, if you criticize anyone, your neighbour, a company employee or boss, girlfriend or boyfriend, you open yourself up to potentially being charged.
And worse, for example, if you criticize Auckland Super City Mayor Brown for having steamy sexual relations with his young Hong Kong honey in his mayoral office all day as he has been doing, instead of praising him up for his 9 per cent annual rates rise on the rate-paying sheep, or if you question the Prime Minister about his secret Blind Trust and why he holds shares in the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any of his other business activities, you may be arrested forthwith, fined $50,000 and thrown into the slammer for 2 years for simply asking “why” in any brief online comment?
10 Very Strange Things That Have Happened In Just The Past Few Weeks July 11 2015 | From: EndOfTheAmericanDream
Have you noticed that events have begun to accelerate? Over the past few weeks, things have officially started to get very weird. Chinese stocks are crashing, the Greek debt crisis is spiraling out of control, the New York Stock Exchange was down for about four hours on Wednesday thanks to a “technical glitch”, and global politicians have been acting very strangely.
After several years of relative calm, could it be possible that the second half of 2015 will usher in a time of chaos and confusion on a worldwide scale? Personally, I have never been more concerned about a period of time as I am about the last six months of 2015.
And if I am right, what we have seen so far is just the tip of the iceberg. The following are 10 very strange things that have happened in just the past few weeks…
1 On Wednesday, the New York Stock Exchange, United Airlines and the Wall Street Journal were all taken down by unexpected “technical glitches". Authorities are assuring us that hackers were not responsible for any of this.
2 In China, a full-blown stock market crash is unfolding. The Shanghai Composite Index has plummeted more than 30 percent in less than a month, and the Chinese version of the NASDAQ has dropped by more than 40 percent. The amount of “paper wealth” that has been lost in China is 15 times greater than the GDP of Greece.
Well, this is absolutely terrifying. According to The Local, hackers attacked a German Patriot surface-to-air missile battery, like the one shown above, stationed along the Turkish-Syria border. The cyber attack caused the battery to carryout “unexplained” orders.
It’s believed that cyber attackers managed to exploit the Patriot battery in two different ways. The first exploit was through the Sensor-Shooter-Interoperability, which controls interactions between the actual, physical missile launcher and its control system, while the other was on the guidance chip. These weaknesses could have allowed the hackers to steal data or, more worryingly, actually take control of the battery.
5 Just a few days ago, the U.S. Mint announced that they were sold out of American Eagle silver coins on the exact same day that the price of silver hit a new low for 2015. How does that make any sense?
6 On June 30th, an unexpected blood moon was seen over a significant portion of the United States. The following is an excerpt from a recent article by Caiden Cowger ...
On June 30, 2015, a surprise blood moon appeared in the sky, that was only seen in the United States.
According to the National Weather Service, large wildfires in Canada have been burning. Due to extremely high winds, smoke from these fires have traveled into the United States.
According to NBC-Chattanooga, “the smoke should remain in the higher atmosphere and not affect air quality, it gives the moon and sun a rosy glow.
Here’s what causes the effect:
"As light from the moon or sun enters the atmosphere it gets scattered by particles like water, aerosols, and in this case smoke. Green, blue, and purple colors are sent in all directions but colors with longer wavelengths like red, orange and yellow continue through the atmosphere and remain visible to the human eye.”
8 A couple of weeks ago, we learned that Barack Obama has issued 19 “secret directives“. What is Obama planning, and why won’t he let the general public know about it?
9 This week, Pope Francis called for the creation of “a new economic and ecological world order” where the goods of the Earth are shared by everyone, not just exploited by the rich. So exactly what would such a “world order” look like?
10 The Greek people just overwhelmingly voted to reject austerity, so EU officials have responded by giving the Greek government a one week deadline to come to an agreement that will include even more austerity for the Greek people. If the Greek government does not submit, EU officials are threatening them with bankruptcy, the collapse of their banking system and expulsion from the euro.
Things promise to only get stranger from here. One week from today, on July 15th, a massive military exercise known as “Jade Helm” begins. More than 1,000 members of the U.S. military will be taking part in drills that will be conducted in the states of Texas, Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, Utah, California, Mississippi and Florida.
JPMorgan Tech Workers Have New Conspiracy Theories July 9 2015 | From: WallStreetOnParade
Since December 2013 there have been a rash of unusual deaths among workers at JPMorgan Chase, including alleged leaps from buildings and two separate alleged murder-suicides in New Jersey.
JPMorgan’s European Headquarters at 25 Bank Street, London Where Technology Executive Gabriel Magee Died on Jan 27 or Jan 28, 2014
A noteworthy number of the deaths have been among technology workers. With the exception of Julian Knott, who was a high level technology expert for JPMorgan in both London and later at the firm’s high tech Global Network Operations Center in Whippany, New Jersey, all of the individuals were under 40. (See names and incidents below.)
Last Thursday, 29-year old Thomas Hughes allegedly took his life by jumping from a luxury apartment building at 1 West Street in Manhattan. According to Hughes’ resume at the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), he had previously interned at JPMorgan Chase, as well as held jobs at Citigroup and UBS after graduation from Northwestern University.
Hughes was employed at investment bank, Moelis & Company LLC, at the time of his death. JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup and UBS pleaded guilty to criminal felony charges for conspiring to rig markets the week prior to Hughes’ alleged leap from the building.
The fact that JPMorgan Chase holds an estimated $179 billion in life insurance on its workers, and in some cases, prior workers, whose death benefit pays to the bank not the family of the employee, has raised concerns of more than just trading conspiracies at JPMorgan Chase.
Now, according to Sarah Butcher at EFinancialCareers, at least two executives at JPMorgan have forbidden their technology workersfrom explaining exactly what they do at the bank on their LinkedIn profiles. One tech worker imagines that it’s a plot to restrict their ability to market their skills to prospective competitors as JPMorgan moves tech workers from the glitter of London to cheaper corporate digs in Bournemouth, England or Glasgow, Scotland. Says one worker, according to Butcher,
“We’ve been joking that the plan is to make us technologists invisible in the market and then forcing us to move to Bournemouth or Glasgow.”
JPMorgan Chase could have other reasons for restricting information as to just what its tech workers are up to. There are ongoing lawsuits and investigations across Wall Street into the use of computerised trading to rig markets.
In his annual shareholders’ letter in 2014, Jamie Dimon, CEO of JPMorgan Chase, said the firm had;
“Nearly 30,000 programmers, application developers and information technology employees who keep our 7,200 applications, 32 data centers, 58,000 servers, 300,000 desk-tops and global network operating smoothly for all our clients.”
“More software developers than Google, and more technologists than Microsoft… we get to build things at scale that have never been done before.”
One thing that JPMorgan has never before done in its 200-year history is to plead guilty to a criminal felony.
That occurred on May 20 while the bank was still under a two-year probation and a deferred prosecution agreement for two felony counts in aiding and abetting the Bernie Madoff Ponzi scheme. It’s certainly a bank worth keeping an eye on – from many levels.
Following are the names of individuals who, at the time of their death or previously, were employed by JPMorgan Chase and experienced unusual deaths since December 2013. With the exception of the Knotts, all of the individuals were under 40 at their time of death – a striking statistic.
The following list is re-published with respect to those whom have passed on under such unfortunate circumstances; and may they rest in peace.
Joseph M. Ambrosio, age 34, of Sayreville, New Jersey, passed away on December 7, 2013 at Raritan Bay Medical Center, Perth Amboy, New Jersey. He was employed as a Financial Analyst for J.P. Morgan Chase in Menlo Park. On March 18, 2014, Wall Street On Parade learned from an immediate member of the family that Joseph M. Ambrosio died suddenly from Acute Respiratory Syndrome.
Jason Alan Salais, 34 years old, died December 15, 2013 outside a Walgreens in Pearland, Texas. A family member confirmed that the cause of death was a heart attack. According to the LinkedIn profile for Salais, he was engaged in Client Technology Service “L3 Operate Support” and previously “FXO Operate L2 Support” at JPMorgan. Prior to joining JPMorgan in 2008, Salais had worked as a Client Software Technician at SunGard and a UNIX Systems Analyst at Logix Communications.
Gabriel Magee, 39,died on the evening of January 27, 2014 or the morning of January 28, 2014. Magee was discovered at approximately 8:02 a.m. lying on a 9th level rooftop at the Canary Wharf European headquarters of JPMorgan Chase at 25 Bank Street, London. Hisspecific area of specialty at JPMorgan was “Technical architecture oversight for planning, development, and operation of systems for fixed income securities and interest rate derivatives.” A coroner’s inquest in London, which relied heavily on information provided by JPMorgan Chase, determined the cause of death to be suicide.
Ryan Crane, age 37, died February 3, 2014, at his home in Stamford, Connecticut. The Chief Medical Examiner’s eventually ruled that the cause of death was ethanol toxicity/accident. Crane was an Executive Director involved in trading at JPMorgan’s New York office. Crane’s death on February 3 was not reported by any major media until February 13, ten days later, when Bloomberg News ran a brief story.
Dennis Li (Junjie), 33 years old, died February 18, 2014 as a result of a purported fall from the 30-story Chater House office building in Hong Kong where JPMorgan occupied the upper floors. Li is reported to have been an accounting major who worked in the finance department of the bank.
Kenneth Bellando, age 28, was found outside his East Side Manhattan apartment building on March 12, 2014. The building from which Bellando allegedly jumped was only six stories – by no means ensuring that death would result. The young Bellando had previously worked for JPMorgan Chase as an analyst and was the brother of JPMorgan employee John Bellando, who was referenced in the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations’ report on how JPMorgan had hid losses and lied to regulators in the London Whale derivatives trading debacle that resulted in losses of at least $6.2 billion.
Andrew Jarzyk, age 27, went missing in the early hours of March 30, 2014 after leaving friends at a supper club in Hoboken, New Jersey. His body was recovered from the Hudson River in Hoboken on April 28, 2014. According to police, there were no signs of trauma to the body. Jarzyk was employed at PNC Financial at the time of his disappearance. He had worked previously as a technology intern at JPMorgan.
The bodies of Julian Knott and his wife, Alita, ages 45 and 47, respectively, were discovered by police on July 6, 2014 at approximately 1:12 a.m. in their home in the Lake Hopatcong section of Jefferson Township. After a two-day investigation, police announced that they believed Julian Knott shot his wife repeatedly and then took his own life with the same gun. Knott had worked on JPMorgan computer networks in London since 2001, initially as a subcontractor for Computer Science Corporation and, later, IBM.
Knott formally joined JPMorgan Chase at its London operations in January 2006 and remained there until 2010 when he transferred to JPMorgan’s large complex in Columbus, Ohio and rose to the rank of Technical Director of Global Tier 3 Network Operations. Knott was transferred again in 2012 and began work in JPMorgan’s high tech Global Network Operations Center in Whippany, New Jersey. Six months before his death he was promoted to Executive Director.
Michael A. Tabacchi, 27 years old, and his wife, Iran Pars Tabacchi (who also went by the name Denise) were discovered dead on Friday evening, February 7, 2015 in their home in Closter, New Jersey. Their infant son was in the home and unharmed. A text message from the home had been sent to the father of Michael Tabacchi asking him to come to the home, according to media reports.
The father found the couple. On the very evening the bodies were discovered, before any autopsy had been performed, Bergen County, New Jersey Prosecutor John Molinelli characterized the deaths in a tweet as a “probable murder suicide.” Michael Tabacchi’s LinkedIn profile lists him previously as an Operations Analyst at JPMorgan with the current JPMorgan title of Associate.
Thomas J. Hughes, age 29, was found dead on May 28, 2015 outside his residence at 1 West St., Manhattan. A spokeswoman for the NYPD said his injuries were “consistent with a fall from an elevated location.” Hughes’ death came the week after JPMorgan Chase, Citi, and UBS each pleaded guilty to criminal felony charges of engaging in a conspiracy to rig markets. Hughes had worked for all three firms previously. He was currently employed at the investment bank, Moelis & Company LLC.
Man Rebuked For Claiming To Be 'Fictional Entity' In Court July 9 2015 | From: NewZealandHerald
A man who fell off a moped and said his identity was a fiction created by the State has been rebuked for trying to be "funny" in an unusual court judgement. [For a start, the headline is misleading. He wasn't claiming to be a fictional entity rather that the so called 'State' has created one and assigned it to him which is perfectly true].
Malcolm France fell off his moped in Auckland and refused to give his name and address to police, who later found out he had no licence and was banned from driving.
[Comment:
While it has become clear to many that the admiralty / maritime law system that has been imposed upon us by the imperial corporations run by the "elite" are clearly an absolute legal farce; the precise measures by which these circumstances must be challenged and exposed are still unclear to some.
While some approaches have proven to be successful, such undertakings must be considered very carefully indeed as there are those within 'the system' who are very much aware of, and part of the current legal 'reality' and who have vested interests in maintaining the status quo. And many "freeman" efforts have had terribly unfortunate outcomes for some brave people with the best of intentions; operating with incorrect information and / or procedures.
There are also many clueless bureaucrats who will do what is prescribed to them no matter what. And then there are those 'at the top' - who know and understand what they are part of; whether
doing so willingly, under duress; as sellouts - or a combination thereof.]
A man who fell off a moped and said his identity was a fiction created by the State has been rebuked for trying to be "funny" in an unusual court judgement.
Malcolm France fell off his moped in Auckland and refused to give his name and address to police, who later found out he had no licence and was banned from driving.
Following a lengthy court battle, in which he appeared in court claiming to be someone else who was acting on his behalf, France was rebuked by judges who were unimpressed by his "frivolous behaviour", and described it as a "mischievous attempt to avoid or overturn a conviction", in a Court of Appeal decision released today.
France said he was angry about the decision and planned to appeal it again. He said he was quite serious about the argument he had put forward in court.
"I'm quite angry to be honest. It proves my point that when people want to oppose what the state is doing ... the state will use all its force and might to protect itself."
France said the decision was not about justice because he claimed he had no legal responsibility to hold a driver's licence, because he rejected any authority the state of New Zealand held over him.
"I no longer accept the Government as lawful and valid."
This issue was a symbolic stand against his larger crusade against the state, Mr France said.
"This is a starting point of opposing the Government because the Government is actually being malicious and trying to harm me," he said.
He said he had no intention to pay the fines.
"I'm going to find out my next avenue [to appeal], probably the Supreme Court."
France famously attacked Act Party candidate John Boscawen with a lamington in 2009, squashing the delicacy on the politician's head during a speech.
After the cake attack, some activists referred to him as Lamington Steele. Following the moped incident, France was charged with driving while forbidden and failing to provide information. He was convicted, fined and ordered to pay court costs in October 2013.
The Court of Appeal said France had filed an affidavit, apparently claiming he was Malcolm Freeman, possessing "a right of attorney, someone to represent Mr France".
According to the Court of Appeal, France began interrupting the district court and forced an adjournment as the Justices of the Peace and a security officer sought to establish his identity.
It's understood France supported the Freeman-on-the-Land movement. Such a 'Freeman' can be someone in a common law jurisdiction who refused to give consent to be governed and said no statutory obligations applied to them, according to one Freeman's website.
France was declined a re-hearing in the District Court and filed a notice of appeal in the High Court.
"Mr France appeared in support of both appeals, but claiming he was Malcolm-Daniel, the man acting for Mr France," the Court of Appeal said.
"He contended Mr France was a fictional entity, created by the state. He claimed Mr France was neither driving nor travelling on the moped (he called it the 'travelling apparatus') involved in the incident on 29 June 2013."
Justice Brendan Brown dismissed France's first appeal.
"He was unable to detect, in the nonsensical argument Mr France had put to him on appeal, any question of law of sufficient general or public importance to warrant a second appeal," the Court of Appeal said.
France then went to the Court of Appeal, but that court said there were procedural errors in France's application , which was filed seven months' late.
The Court of Appeal said France offered an incomprehensible explanation for the delay. It said France appeared to be drawing a distinction between himself and the affiant (affidavit-maker) who was referred to as "Malcolm Daniel AR".
"...This matter was appealed not by Mr France but by the Affiant, - the living man - in the form of leave of court/writ of error to be taken to a common law court," France told the Court of Appeal.
The Court of Appeal judges were unimpressed.
"The courts are vexed by the occasional person who pretends not to be who he - or she - is. Some of these people may have a genuine identity crisis, but more usually they are engaged in a mischievous attempt to avoid or overturn a conviction. These people may think they are funny or clever, but they are not," the court said in a newly-released judgement.
"Courts are busy and serious places, and judges are busy people. This sort of frivolous behaviour is not wanted in courts."
France could not immediately be reached for comment.
'It's Time To Hold Physical Cash,' Says One Of Britain's Most Senior Fund Managers July 8 2015 | From: TheTelegraph
It may be time to put money under the mattress. High profile fund managers explain how to prepare for a 'systemic event'
Ian Spreadbury, who invests more than £4bn of investors’ money across a handful of bond funds for Fidelity, including the flagship Moneybuilder Income fund, is concerned that a “systemic event” could rock markets, possibly similar in magnitude to the financial crisis of 2008, which began in Britain with a run on Northern Rock.
“Systemic risk is in the system and as an investor you have to be aware of that,” he told Telegraph Money.
The best strategy to deal with this, he said, was for investors to spread their money widely into different assets, including gold and silver, as well as cash in savings accounts. But he went further, suggesting it was wise to hold some “physical cash”, an unusual suggestion from a mainstream fund manager.
His concern is that global debt – particularly mortgage debt – has been pumped up to record levels, made possible by exceptionally low interest rates that could soon end, and he is unsure how well banks could cope with the shocks that may await.
He pointed out that a saver was covered only up to £85,000 per bank under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme – which is effectively unfunded – and that the Government has said it will not rescue banks in future, hence his suggestion that some money should be held in physical cash.
He declined to predict the exact trigger but said it was more likely to happen in the next five years rather than 10. The current woes of Greece, which may crash out of the euro, already has many market watchers concerned.
Mr Spreadbury's views are timely, aside from Greece. A growing number of professional investors (see comment, right) and commentators are expressing unease about what happens next. The prices of nearly all assets – property, shares, bonds – have been rising for years. House prices have risen by 26pc since the start of 2009, and by 68pc in London. The FTSE 100 is up by 75pc.
Although it feels counter-intuitive, this trend of rising prices should continue if economies remain weak, because it gives central banks licence to keep rates low and to carry on with their “quantitative easing” programmes.
Conversely, if the economy does pick up and interest rates need to rise, the act of doing so is likely to stall the economy and force them to be reduced again. Once more, demand for those mainstream assets would be rekindled and the asset boom continues.
How are fund managers preparing for this gloomy possibility?
Mr Spreadbury sticks to bonds because of the remit of his funds. Within that world, he said a shock to the system would cause a flight to safety and the price of British government bonds, or gilts, would rise sharply. He also holds bonds of companies that would be most protected in times of turmoil – water companies, power network operators – and those where the bonds are secured on a solid asset, such as land or buildings.
Examples include Center Parcs and Intu, which owns shopping centres.
Marcus Brookes, another well regarded fund manager who looks after billions of pounds worth of investments, is less constrained in where he invests, because of the different remit of his funds. Schroder Multi-Manager Diversity, for example, can pick and choose between assets.
Mr Brookes said the probability of a major shock event was small but even he holds 29pc of the Diversity portfolio in cash, a huge proportion compared with most funds. This decision is due to his concern that bonds are overvalued and may fall. He aims to deliver returns of 4pc above inflation so can’t afford to put too much in assets that he believes will lose money.
“The problem is that people are struggling to work out how to diversify if QE programmes stop,”he said.
Mr Spreadbury added:“We have rock-bottom rates and QE is still going on – this is all experimental policy and means we are in uncharted territory."
“The message is diversification. Think about holding other assets. That could mean precious metals, it could mean physical currencies.”
Leaked: How The Biggest Banks Are Conspiring To Rip Up Financial Regulations Around The World July 8 2015 | From: InvestmentWatch
It’s almost impossible to keep anything secret these days – not even the core text of a hyper-secret trade deal, the Trade in Services Agreement (TiSA), which has spent the last two years taking shape behind the hermetically sealed doors of highly secure locations around the world.
According to the agreement’s provisional text, the document is supposed to remain confidential and concealed from public view for at least five years after being signed! But now, thanks to WikiLeaks, it has seeped to the surface.
The Really, Really Good Friends of Services
TiSA is arguably the most important – yet least well-known – of the new generation of global trade agreements. According to WikiLeaks, it “is the largest component of the United States’ strategic ‘trade’ treaty triumvirate,” which also includes the Trans Pacific Partnership (TPP) and the TransAtlantic Trade and Investment Pact (TTIP).
“Together, the three treaties form not only a new legal order shaped for transnational corporations, but a new economic ‘grand enclosure,’ which excludes China and all other BRICS countries” declared WikiLeaks publisher Julian Assange in a press statement.
If allowed to take universal effect, this new enclosure system will impose on all our governments a rigid framework of international corporate law designed to exclusively protect the interests of corporations, relieving them of financial risk, and social and environmental responsibility.
Thanks to an innocuous-sounding provision called the Investor-State Dispute Settlement, every investment they make will effectively be backstopped by our governments (and by extension, you and me); it will be too-big-to-fail writ on an unimaginable scale.
Yet it is a system that is almost universally supported by our political leaders. In the case of TiSA, it involves more countries than TTIP and TPP combined: The United States and all 28 members of the European Union, Australia, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Hong Kong, Iceland, Israel, Japan, Liechtenstein, Mexico, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, South Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan and Turkey.
Together, these 52 nations form the charmingly named “Really Good Friends of Services” group, which represents almost 70% of all trade in services worldwide.
As WOLF STREET previously reported, one explicit goal of the TiSA negotiations is to overcome the exceptions in GATS that protect certain non-tariff trade barriers such as data protection. For example, the draft Financial Services Annex of TiSA, published by Wikileaks in June 2014, would allow financial institutions, such as banks, to transfer data freely, including personal data, from one country to another – in direct contravention of EU data protection laws.
But that is just the tip of the iceberg. According to the treaty’s Annex on Financial Services, we now know that TiSA would effectively strip signatory governments of all remaining ability to regulate the financial industry in the interest of depositors, small-time investors, or the public at large.
1.TiSA will restrict the ability of governments to limit systemic financial risks.
TiSA’s sweeping market access rules conflict with commonsense financial regulations that apply equally to foreign and domestic firms.
One of those rules means that any governments that seeks to place limits on the trading of derivative contracts - the largely unregulated weapons of mass financial destruction that helped trigger the 2007-08 Global Financial Crisis - could be dragged in front of corporate arbitration panels and forced to pay millions or billions in damages.
2.TiSA will force governments to “predict” all regulations that could at some point fall foul of TiSA.
The leaked TISA text even prohibits policies that are “formally identical” for domestic and foreign firms if they inadvertently “modif[y] the conditions of competition” in favor of domestic firms:
For example, many governments require all banks to maintain a minimum amount of capital to guard against bank collapse.
Even if the same minimum is required of domestic and foreign-owned banks alike, it could be construed as disproportionately impacting foreign-owned banks… This common financial protection could thus be challenged under TISA for “modifying the conditions of competition” in favor of domestic banks, despite governments’ prerogative to ensure the stability of foreign-owned banks operating in their territory.
3. TiSA will indefinitely bar new financial regulations that do not conform to deregulatory rules.
Signatory governments will essentially agree not to apply new financial policy measures which in any way contradict the agreement’s emphasis on deregulatory measures.
4. TiSA will prohibit national governments from using capital controls to prevent or mitigate financial crises.
As we are seeing in Greece right now, capital controls are terrible. But for a government facing the complete breakdown of the financial system, they serve as a last resort for restoring some semblance of order.
Even the IMF, which urged countries to abandon capital controls in the Washington Consensus years of the 1990s, recently endorsed capital controls as a means of maintaining the stability of the financial system. But if TiSA is signed, the signatory governments will be prohibited from using them:
The leaked texts prohibit restrictions on financial inflows – used to prevent rapid currency appreciation, asset bubbles and other macroeconomic problems – and financial outflows, used to prevent sudden capital flight in times of crisis.
5. TiSA will require acceptance of financial product not yet in invented.
Despite the pivotal role that new, complex financial products played in the Financial Crisis, TISA would require governments to allow all new financial products and services, including ones not yet invented, to be sold within their territories.
6. TiSA will provide opportunities for financial firms to delay financial regulations.
If signed, TISA will require governments to address financial firms’ criticism of a regulatory proposal when publishing a final version of the regulation. Even then, governments would be obliged to wait a “reasonable time” before allowing the new regulation to take effect.
In the United States, such requirements have produced delays sometimes lasting years in the enactment of urgently needed financial and other safeguards. If the same process is applied across the globe, it would make it almost impossible for government to constrain the activities of the world’s largest banks.
What that would likely mean is that when (not if) a new global financial crisis takes place in the not-too-distant future, the banks will once again be on hand to lead efforts to clean up and rebuild with taxpayer money the very sector that they themselves have destroyed. Lather, rinse, repeat. Only this time, on an even grander scale. By Don Quijones, Raging Bull-Shit.
CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World July 7 2015 | From: CAFR1
The Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) Swindle - The Biggest Game In Town
Taxes are no longer necessary. This video exposes a deliberate and massive swindle that is perpetrated by every government agency from your local school district all the way up to the State / Federal / National governments.
This brief video does an excellent job of exposing how the 'budget' scheme actually operates and how local and national government has been systematically screwing us all since - forever. Warning: this will make you furious!
Below the video is an earlier article re-posted with more information. It is so critical that the public are aware of this information - the governments and their sellout politicians know what they are doing and must be held accountable.
A key agenda behind the CAFR swindle is ensuring that communities and countries never make any real progress and in fact degrade over time. It's all part of the Agenda 21 / NWO grand plan.
Unmasking The CAFR Scam In Your Country / City / Town / Council August 11 2014 | From: Rense / RealityBlogger | See Update Below
It is perhaps not widely known that governments and councils use complicated accounting practices to hide their wealth from the people, providing 'justification' for rates hikes and other methods of wealth extraction.
In a world where council rates and infrastructure costs are conitinually on the increase, in most places the CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Accounting system is used, which hides wealth and provides the 'powers that be' with more reason to financially rape and pillage the people.
While much of the content below pertains to the US, the principles in play with CAFR Accounting are used in most countries.
First, what is a CAFR? A CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) is government's complete accounting of "Net Worth".
It has been reported that trillions of collective dollars not shown in government Budget reports are shown through Government CAFR reports and they are virtually never openly-discussed by the syndicated NEWS media, both the Democratic and Republican Party members, the House, Senate, and organized public education.
With, and being that the CAFR is "the" accounting document for every local government, and with it being effectively "BLACKED OUT" for open mention over the last 60 years, that this fact of intentional omission of coverage is the biggest conspiracy that has ever taken effect in the United States. Read more at: Rense
As more and more cities, counties, districts, and states across America falsely declare their near - insolubility, bankruptcy warnings, fiscal deficits, and budgetary quandaries, I am left with the sinking feeling that “the people” just can’t wrap their heads around how to point out these misleading and downright fallacious claims made by their councils, mayors, and professional con-men in places of public trust.
So today I want to share with you a simple way to factually stand before your local or state political “leaders” and give indisputable proof that, when stating the “facts” about their own budget shortfalls, limited choices, and necessary raising of your hard-earned monies as taxation (revenue) to “balance the budget”, your own little criminal syndicate of elected mayors and council men and women are lying bold-faced to the entire citizenry through the act of subterfuge and omission.
This little factoid is uniform throughout the entirety of the financial structure of government, as reported in the audited Comprehensive Annual Financial Report and required by Federal and State laws. It is always reported in the same fashion and under the same heading as all other governments (municipal corporations).
The figures are not disputable. The truth is unshakable. And yet the doublespeak will never end… For even as you present this one simple line item to the scoundrels themselves behind their raised and protective pedestals, they will still attempt to deny what is undeniable, be it in ignorance or in deceit; usually a mix of both.
Globally, The Biggest Financial Scandal In History / Annals Of Mankind
Playing in the derivitives market John Key was selected to become NZ PM / US Federal Reserve Bank / Israeli operative
Billions (Trillions) in profitable investments
Convincing you that the government is financially in trouble when the government has trillions of dollars in slush funds
Budget reports: Only need to show what is necessary to meet obligations
Transactions for local governments are missing
Total investment revenue is missing
Total income figures are missing
Total worth is missing
Surplus cream ($) is not mentioned [exposure of manufactured debt = loss of control]
United Nations (1946) created CAFR to take over and steal wealth
Only shows shortfall of budgetary revenue versus annual operating costs for the year, never shows 'cream'
45% of revenues invested internationally best rate of return
Free trade agreements (NAFTA / GATT / TPPA) ultimate purpose: Governments investing in foreign corporations extending their profits with slaves in China
Government agencies are lying to you when they say there is a need for taxation to pay for services already provided for
The New Zealand people NEVER profit from the investments - massive hidden surpluses
United States Statistics
Local and federal US Government owns approximately 70% of stock market listed companies
70% of Dow Jones (30) owned by composite government funds
Prison industry (Correctional Corporation of America) is the #1 industry in America. New Zealand Prime Minister John Key moves towards that end in New Zealand
US Federal $30 Trillion cream at top not reported
Total non-signatory to the 1740 Waitangi Treaty (with amusing numerous versions), this Tainui Kiingitanga warrior demands from the New Zealand government [the following]:
1. What Is The Total Cash Gross Receipts Income ?
2. What Are The Total Investments ?
3. What Is The Net Worth ?
4. What Is The Investment Growth ? 5, 10, 25 Years In The Future ?
5. What Are The Liquid Assets ? (Billions / Trillions)
We Know Know That The Constant Cries For More Taxation Are Entirely Bogus:
New Zealand CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) where literally hundreds of Billions of dollars are hidden or not listed / discussed by the same banker controlled media.
Not Readily Listed:
Taxation and selling of government assets is the massive conspiracy, when the hidden surplus of Trillions of dollars
is not discussed by the bankers and government controlled media.
If you have not read John Perkins’ book, Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man, you should. The book is easy to read and explains clearly from the inside how US corporations deceive foreign governments into debts that they cannot service or repay and then use the IMF and World Bank as looting mechanisms and reduce the indebted countries to penury.
Capitalism has become a socially dysfunctional system focused on pillage and not on the growth of consumer income that sustains and grows markets for goods and services. Once the last prospect is looted, there is nothing left to sustain capitalism. Related: Greeks Vote NO To EU-Imposed Austerity
In this interview John Perkins describes the looting process in Greece. Tomorrow the Greek people face the same decision that the people in Iceland and Ireland faced. In Iceland the people rejected the debts and refused to pay them. Now Iceland is recovering. Somehow the feisty Irish were brainwashed into accepting austerity programs so that the looting of Ireland could continue, and Ireland continues to suffer. Sunday will tell us if Greeks have learned from the examples.
How Greece [And The World] Has Fallen Victim To "Economic Hit Men"
"Greece is being 'hit', there's no doubt about it," exclaims John Perkins, author of Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, noting that "[Indebted countries] become servants to what I call the corporatocracy ... today we have a global empire, and it's not an American empire. It's not a national empire... It's a corporate empire, and the big corporations rule."
John Perkins, author of Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, discusses how Greece and other eurozone countries hve become the new victims of "economic hit men."
John Perkins is no stranger to making confessions. His well-known book, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, revealed how international organizations such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, while publicly professing to "save" suffering countries and economies, instead pull a bait-and-switch on their governments:
Promising startling growth, gleaming new infrastructure projects and a future of economic prosperity - all of which would occur if those countries borrow huge loans from those organizations.
Far from achieving runaway economic growth and success, however, these countries instead fall victim to a crippling and unsustainable debt burden.
That's where the "economic hit men" come in: seemingly ordinary men, with ordinary backgrounds, who travel to these countries and impose the harsh austerity policies prescribed by the IMF and World Bank as "solutions" to the economic hardship they are now experiencing.
Men like Perkins were trained to squeeze every last drop of wealth and resources from these sputtering economies, and continue to do so to this day. In this interview, which aired on Dialogos Radio, Perkins talks about how Greece and the eurozone have become the new victims of such "economic hit men."
Michael Nevradakis: In your book, you write about how you were, for many years, a so-called "economic hit man." Who are these economic hit men, and what do they do?
John Perkins: Essentially, my job was to identify countries that had resources that our corporations want, and that could be things like oil - or it could be markets - it could be transportation systems. There're so many different things.
Once we identified these countries, we arranged huge loans to them, but the money would never actually go to the countries; instead it would go to our own corporations to build infrastructure projects in those countries, things like power plants and highways that benefitted a few wealthy people as well as our own corporations, but not the majority of people who couldn't afford to buy into these things, and yet they were left holding a huge debt, very much like what Greece has today, a phenomenal debt.
“[Indebted countries] become servants to what I call the corporatocracy ... today we have a global empire, and it's not an American empire. It's not a national empire ... It's a corporate empire, and the big corporations rule."
And once [they were] bound by that debt, we would go back, usually in the form of the IMF - and in the case of Greece today, it's the IMF and the EU [European Union] - and make tremendous demands on the country:
Increase taxes, cut back on spending, sell public sector utilities to private companies, things like power companies and water systems, transportation systems, privatize those, and basically become a slave to us, to the corporations, to the IMF, in your case to the EU, and basically, organizations like the World Bank, the IMF, the EU, are tools of the big corporations, what I call the "corporatocracy."
And before turning specifically to the case of Greece, let's talk a little bit more about the manner in which these economic hit men and these organizations like the IMF operate. You mentioned, of course, how they go in and they work to get these countries into massive debt, that money goes in and then goes straight back out. You also mentioned in your book these overly optimistic growth forecasts that are sold to the politicians of these countries but which really have no resemblance to reality.
Exactly, we'd show that if these investments were made in things like electric energy systems that the economy would grow at phenomenally high rates. The fact of the matter is, when you invest in these big infrastructure projects, you do see economic growth, however, most of that growth reflects the wealthy getting wealthier and wealthier; it doesn't reflect the majority of the people, and we're seeing that in the United States today.
"In the case of Greece, my reaction was that 'Greece is being hit.' There's no question about it."
For example, where we can show economic growth, growth in the GDP, but at the same time unemployment may be going up or staying level, and foreclosures on houses may be going up or staying stable. These numbers tend to reflect the very wealthy, since they have a huge percentage of the economy, statistically speaking.
Nevertheless, we would show that when you invest in these infrastructure projects, your economy does grow, and yet, we would even show it growing much faster than it ever conceivably would, and that was only used to justify these horrendous, incredibly debilitating loans.
Is there a common theme with respect to the countries typically targeted? Are they, for instance, rich in resources or do they typically possess some other strategic importance to the powers that be?
Yes, all of those. Resources can take many different forms:
One is the material resources like minerals or oil; another resource is strategic location; another resource is a big marketplace or cheap labor.
So, different countries make different requirements. I think what we're seeing in Europe today isn't any different, and that includes Greece.
What happens once these countries that are targeted are indebted? How do these major powers, these economic hit men, these international organizations come back and get their "pound of flesh," if you will, from the countries that are heavily in debt?
By insisting that the countries adopt policies that will sell their publicly owned utility companies, water and sewage systems, maybe schools, transportation systems, even jails, to the big corporations.
Privatize, privatize. Allow us to build military bases on their soil. Many things can be done, but basically, they become servants to what I call the corporatocracy.
You have to remember that today we have a global empire, and it's not an American empire. It's not a national empire. It doesn't help the American people very much. It's a corporate empire, and the big corporations rule.
They control the politics of the United States, and to a large degree they control a great deal of the policies of countries like China, around the world.
John, looking specifically now at the case of Greece, of course you mentioned your belief that the country has become the victim of economic hit men and these international organizations . . . what was your reaction when you first heard about the crisis in Greece and the measures that were to be implemented in the country?
I've been following Greece for a long time. I was on Greek television. A Greek film company did a documentary called "Apology of an Economic Hit Man," and I also spent a lot of time in Iceland and in Ireland.
I was invited to Iceland to help encourage the people there to vote on a referendum not to repay their debts, and I did that and encouraged them not to, and they did vote no, and as a result, Iceland is doing quite well now economically compared to the rest of Europe. Ireland, on the other hand: I tried to do the same thing there, but the Irish people apparently voted against the referendum, though there's been many reports that there was a lot of corruption.
"That's part of the game: convince people that they're wrong, that they're inferior. The corporatocracy is incredibly good at that."
In the case of Greece, my reaction was that "Greece is being hit." There's no question about it. Sure, Greece made mistakes, your leaders made some mistakes, but the people didn't really make the mistakes, and now the people are being asked to pay for the mistakes made by their leaders, often in cahoots with the big banks.
So, people make tremendous amounts of money off of these so-called "mistakes," and now, the people who didn't make the mistakes are being asked to pay the price. That's consistent around the world: We've seen it in Latin America. We've seen it in Asia. We've seen it in so many places around the world.
This leads directly to the next question I had: From my observation, at least in Greece, the crisis has been accompanied by an increase in self-blame or self-loathing; there's this sentiment in Greece that many people have that the country failed, that the people failed . . . there's hardly even protest in Greece anymore, and of course there's a huge "brain drain" - there's a lot of people that are leaving the country. Does this all seem familiar to you when comparing to other countries in which you've had personal experience?
Sure, that's part of the game: Convince people that they're wrong, that they're inferior. The corporatocracy is incredibly good at that, whether it is back during the Vietnam War, convincing the world that the North Vietnamese were evil; today it's the Muslims.
It's a [deliberately devisive] policy of them versus us:
And in this case, all of this energy has been directed at the Greek people to say "you're lazy; you didn't do the right thing; you didn't follow the right policies," when in actuality, an awful lot of the blame needs to be laid on the financial community that encouraged Greece to go down this route.
And I would say that we have something very similar going on in the United States, where people here are being led to believe that because their house is being foreclosed that they were stupid, that they bought the wrong houses; they overspent themselves.
"We know that austerity does not work in these situations."
The fact of the matter is their bankers told them to do this, and around the world, we've come to trust bankers - or we used to. In the United States, we never believed that a banker would tell us to buy a $500,000 house if in fact we could really only afford a $300,000 house.
We thought it was in the bank's interest not to foreclose. But that changed a few years ago, and bankers told people who they knew could only afford a $300,000 house to buy a $500,000 house.
"Tighten your belt, in a few years that house will be worth a million dollars; you'll make a lot of money" . . . in fact, the value of the house went down; the market dropped out; the banks foreclosed on these houses, repackaged them, and sold them again.
Double whammy. The people were told, "you were stupid; you were greedy; why did you buy such an expensive house?"
But in actuality, the bankers told them to do this, and we've grown up to believe that we can trust our bankers. Something very similar on a larger scale happened in so many countries around the world, including Greece.
In Greece, the traditional major political parties are, of course, overwhelmingly in favor of the harsh austerity measures that have been imposed, but also we see that the major business and media interests are also overwhelmingly in support. Does this surprise you in the slightest?
No, it doesn't surprise me and yet it's ridiculous because austerity does not work. We've proven that time and time again, and perhaps the greatest proof was the opposite, in the United States during the Great Depression, when President Roosevelt initiated all these policies to put people back to work, to pump money into the economy. That's what works. We know that austerity does not work in these situations.
"What I didn't realize during any of this period was how much corporatocracy does not want a united Europe."
We also have to understand that, in the United States for example, over the past 40 years, the middle class has been on the decline on a real dollar basis, while the economy has been increasing. In fact, that's pretty much happened around the world [and by design].
Globally, the middle class has been in decline. Big business needs to recognize - it hasn't yet, but it needs to recognize - that that serves nobody's long-term interest, that the middle class is the market. And if the middle class continues to be in decline, whether it's in Greece or the United States or globally, ultimately businesses will pay the price; they won't have customers [which is great if your intention is to crash the system].
Henry Ford once said: "I want to pay all my workers enough money so they can go out and buy Ford cars." That's a very good policy. That's wise. This austerity program moves in the opposite direction and it's a foolish policy.
In your book, which was written in 2004, you expressed hope that the euro would serve as a counterweight to American global hegemony, to the hegemony of the US dollar. Did you ever expect that we would see in the European Union what we are seeing today, with austerity that is not just in Greece but also in Spain, Portugal, Ireland, Italy, and also several other countries as well?
What I didn't realize during any of this period was how much corporatocracy does not want a united Europe. We need to understand this. They may be happy enough with the euro, with one currency - they are happy to a certain degree by having it united enough that markets are open - but they do not want standardized rules and regulations.
Let's face it, big corporations, the corporatocracy, take advantage of the fact that some countries in Europe have much more lenient tax laws, some have much more lenient environmental and social laws, and they can pit them against each other.
"[Rafael Correa] ... has to be aware that if you stand up too strongly against the system, if the economic hit men are not happy, if they don't get their way, then the jackals will come in and assassinate you or overthrow you in a coup."
What would it be like for big corporations if they didn't have their tax havens in places like Malta or other places? I think we need to recognize that what the corporatocracy saw at first, the solid euro, a European union seemed like a very good thing, but as it moved forward, they could see that what was going to happen was that social and environmental laws and regulations were going to be standardized.
They didn't want that, so to a certain degree what's been going on in Europe has been because the corporatocracy wants Europe to fail, at least on a certain level.
You wrote about the examples of Ecuador and other countries, which after the collapse of oil prices in the late '80s found themselves with huge debts and this, of course, led to massive austerity measures . . . sounds all very similar to what we are now seeing in Greece. How did the people of Ecuador and other countries that found themselves in similar situations eventually resist?
Ecuador elected a pretty remarkable president, Rafael Correa, who has a PhD in economics from a United States university.
He understands the system, and he understood that Ecuador took on these debts back when I was an economic hit man and the country was ruled by a military junta that was under the control of the CIA and the US.
That junta took on these huge debts, put Ecuador in deep debt; the people didn't agree to that. When Rafael Correa was democratically elected, he immediately said;
"We're not paying these debts; the people did not take on these debts; maybe the IMF should pay the debts and maybe the junta, which of course was long gone - moved to Miami or someplace - should pay the debts, maybe John Perkins and the other economic hit men should pay the debts, but the people shouldn't."
And since then, he's been renegotiating and bringing the debts way down and saying, "We might be willing to pay some of them."
That was a very smart move; it reflected similar things that had been done at different times in places like Brazil and Argentina, and more recently, following that model, Iceland, with great success.
I have to say that Correa has had some real setbacks since then . . . he, like so many presidents, has to be aware that if you stand up too strongly against the system, if the economic hit men are not happy, if they don't get their way, then the jackals will come in and assassinate you or overthrow you in a coup.
There was an attempted coup against him; there was a successful coup in a country not too far away from him, Honduras, because these presidents stood up.
We have to realize that these presidents are in very, very vulnerable positions, and ultimately we the people have to stand up, because leaders can only do a certain amount. Today, in many places, leaders are not just vulnerable; it doesn't take a bullet to bring down a leader anymore.
A scandal - a sex scandal, a drug scandal - can bring down a leader. We saw that happen to Bill Clinton, to Strauss-Kahn of the IMF; we've seen it happen a number of times. These leaders are very aware that they are in very vulnerable positions:
If they stand up or go against the status quo too strongly, they're going to be taken out, one way or another.
They're aware of that, and it behooves we the people to really stand up for our own rights.
You mentioned the recent example of Iceland . . . other than the referendum that was held, what other measures did the country adopt to get out of this spiral of austerity and to return to growth and to a much more positive outlook for the country?
It's been investing money in programs that put people back to work and it's also been putting on trial some of the bankers that caused the problems, which has been a big uplift in terms of morale for the people.
So Iceland has launched some programs that say;
"No, we're not going to go into austerity; we're not going to pay back these loans; we're going to put the money into putting people back to work,"
- and ultimately that's what drives an economy, people working.
If you've got high unemployment, like you do in Greece today, extremely high unemployment, the country's always going to be in trouble. You've got to bring down that unemployment, you've got to hire people.
It's so important to put people back to work. Your unemployment is about 28 percent; it's staggering, and disposable income has dropped 40 percent and it's going to continue to drop if you have high unemployment.
So, the important thing for an economy is to get the employment up and get disposable income back up, so that people will invest in their country and in goods and services.
In closing, what message would you like to share with the people of Greece, as they continue to experience and to live through the very harsh results of the austerity policies that have been implemented in the country for the past three years?
I want to draw upon Greece's history. You're a proud, strong country, a country of warriors. The mythology of the warrior to some degree comes out of Greece, and so does democracy! And to realize that the marketplace is a democracy today, and how we spend our money is casting our ballot.
Most political democracies are corrupt, including that of the United States. Democracy is not really working on a governmental basis because the corporations are in charge. But it is working on a market basis. I would encourage the people of Greece to stand up: Don't pay off those debts; have your own referendums; refuse to pay them off; go to the streets and strike.
And so, I would encourage the Greek people to continue to do this.
Don't accept this criticism that it's your fault, you're to blame, you've got to suffer austerity, austerity, austerity. That only works for the rich people; it does not work for the average person or the middle class.
Build up that middle class; bring employment back; bring disposable income back to the average citizen of Greece. Fight for that; make it happen; stand up for your rights; respect your history as fighters and leaders in democracy, and show the world!
The Emergence Of Orwellian Newspeak And The Death Of Free Speech July 6 2015 | From: Rutherford
How do you change the way people think? You start by changing the words they use.
In totalitarian regimes - a.k.a. police states - where conformity and compliance are enforced at the end of a loaded gun, the government dictates what words can and cannot be used. In countries where the police state hides behind a benevolent mask and disguises itself as tolerance, the citizens censor themselves, policing their words and thoughts to conform to the dictates of the mass mind.
“If you don’t want a man unhappy politically, don’t give him two sides to a question to worry him; give him one. Better yet, give him none. Let him forget there is such a thing as war. If the government is inefficient, top-heavy, and tax-mad, better it be all those than that people worry over it….
Give the people contests they win by remembering the words to more popular songs or the names of state capitals or how much corn Iowa grew last year. Cram them full of noncombustible data, chock them so damned full of ‘facts’ they feel stuffed, but absolutely ‘brilliant’ with information.
Then they’ll feel they’re thinking, they’ll get a sense of motion without moving. And they’ll be happy, because facts of that sort don’t change.”
- Ray Bradbury, Fahrenheit 451
Even when the motives behind this rigidly calibrated reorientation of societal language appear well-intentioned - discouraging racism, condemning violence, denouncing discrimination and hatred - inevitably, the end result is the same: intolerance, indoctrination and infantilism.
It’s political correctness disguised as tolerance, civility and love, but what it really amounts to is the chilling of free speech and the demonizing of viewpoints that run counter to the cultural elite.
As a society, we’ve become fearfully polite, careful to avoid offense, and largely unwilling to be labeled intolerant, hateful, closed-minded or any of the other toxic labels that carry a badge of shame today.
The result is a world where no one says what they really think anymore, at least if it runs counter to the prevailing views. Intolerance is the new scarlet letter of our day, a badge to be worn in shame and humiliation, deserving of society’s fear, loathing and utter banishment from society.
For those “haters” who dare to voice a different opinion, retribution is swift: they will be shamed, shouted down, silenced, censored, fired, cast out and generally relegated to the dust heap of ignorant, mean-spirited bullies who are guilty of various “word crimes.”
We have entered a new age where, as commentator Mark Steyn notes;
“We have to tiptoe around on ever thinner eggshells” and “the forces of ‘tolerance’ are intolerant of anything less than full-blown celebratory approval.”
In such a climate of intolerance, there can be no freedom speech, expression or thought.
Yet what the forces of political correctness fail to realize is that they owe a debt to the so-called “haters” who have kept the First Amendment robust. From swastika-wearing Neo-Nazis marching through Skokie, Illinois, and underaged cross burners to “God hates fags” protesters assembled near military funerals, those who have inadvertently done the most to preserve the right to freedom of speech for all have espoused views that were downright unpopular, if not hateful.
Until recently, the U.S. Supreme Court has reiterated that the First Amendment prevents the government from proscribing speech, or even expressive conduct, because it disapproves of the ideas expressed.
These tactics are nothing new. This nation, birthed from puritanical roots, has always struggled to balance its love of liberty with its moralistic need to censor books, music, art, language, symbols etc. As author Ray Bradbury notes, “There is more than one way to burn a book. And the world is full of people running about with lit matches.”
Indeed, thanks to the rise of political correctness, the population of book burners, censors, and judges has greatly expanded over the years so that they run the gamut from left-leaning to right-leaning and everything in between.
By eliminating words, phrases and symbols from public discourse, the powers-that-be are sowing hate, distrust and paranoia. In this way, by bottling up dissent, they are creating a pressure cooker of stifled misery that will eventually blow.
For instance, the word “Christmas” is now taboo in the public schools, as is the word “gun.” Even childish drawings of soldiers result in detention or suspension under rigid zero tolerance policies.
On college campuses, trigger warnings are being used to alert students to any material they might read, see or hear that might upset them, while free speech zones restrict anyone wishing to communicate a particular viewpoint to a specially designated area on campus. Things have gotten so bad that comedians such as Chris Rock and Jerry Seinfeld refuse to perform stand-up routines to college crowds anymore.
Clearly, the world is undergoing a nervous breakdown, and the news media is helping to push us to the brink of insanity by bombarding us with wall-to-wall news coverage and news cycles that change every few days.
In this way, it’s difficult to think or debate, let alone stay focused on one thing - namely, holding the government accountable to abiding by the rule of law - and the powers-that-be understand this.
As I document in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, regularly scheduled trivia and/or distractions keep the citizenry tuned into the various breaking news headlines and entertainment spectacles and tuned out to the government’s steady encroachments on our freedoms. These sleight-of-hand distractions and diversions are how you control a population, either inadvertently or intentionally, advancing a political agenda agenda without much opposition from the citizenry.
Professor Jacques Ellul studied this phenomenon of overwhelming news, short memories and the use of propaganda to advance hidden agendas. “One thought drives away another; old facts are chased by new ones,” wrote Ellul.
“Under these conditions there can be no thought. And, in fact, modern man does not think about current problems; he feels them. He reacts, but he does not understand them any more than he takes responsibility for them.
He is even less capable of spotting any inconsistency between successive facts; man’s capacity to forget is unlimited. This is one of the most important and useful points for the propagandists, who can always be sure that a particular propaganda theme, statement, or event will be forgotten within a few weeks.
Already, the outrage over the Charleston shooting and racism are fading from the news headlines, yet the determination to censor the Confederate symbol remains. Before long, we will censor it from our thoughts, sanitize it from our history books, and eradicate it from our monuments without even recalling why. The question, of course, is what’s next on the list to be banned?
It was for the sake of preserving individuality and independence that James Madison, the author of the Bill of Rights, fought for a First Amendment that protected the “minority” against the majority, ensuring that even in the face of overwhelming pressure, a minority of one - even one who espouses distasteful viewpoints - would still have the right to speak freely, pray freely, assemble freely, challenge the government freely, and broadcast his views in the press freely.
This freedom for those in the unpopular minority constitutes the ultimate tolerance in a free society. Conversely, when we fail to abide by Madison’s dictates about greater tolerance for all viewpoints, no matter how distasteful, the end result is always the same: an indoctrinated, infantilized citizenry that marches in lockstep with the governmental regime.
Some of this past century’s greatest dystopian literature shows what happens when the populace is transformed into mindless automatons. In Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451, reading is banned and books are burned in order to suppress dissenting ideas, while televised entertainment is used to anesthetize the populace and render them easily pacified, distracted and controlled.
In Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, serious literature, scientific thinking and experimentation are banned as subversive, while critical thinking is discouraged through the use of conditioning, social taboos and inferior education. Likewise, expressions of individuality, independence and morality are viewed as vulgar and abnormal.
And in George Orwell’s 1984, Big Brother does away with all undesirable and unnecessary words and meanings, even going so far as to routinely rewrite history and punish “thoughtcrimes.” In this dystopian vision of the future, the Thought Police serve as the eyes and ears of Big Brother, while the Ministry of Peace deals with war and defense, the Ministry of Plenty deals with economic affairs (rationing and starvation), the Ministry of Love deals with law and order (torture and brainwashing), and the Ministry of Truth deals with news, entertainment, education and art (propaganda).
The mottos of Oceania: WAR IS PEACE, FREEDOM IS SLAVERY, and IGNORANCE IS STRENGTH.
All three - Bradbury, Huxley and Orwell - had an uncanny knack for realizing the future, yet it is Orwell who best understood the power of language to manipulate the masses. Orwell’s Big Brother relied on Newspeak to eliminate undesirable words, strip such words as remained of unorthodox meanings and make independent, non-government-approved thought altogether unnecessary. To give a single example, as psychologist Erich Fromm illustrates in his afterword to 1984:
“The word free still existed in Newspeak, but it could only be used in such statements as "This dog is free from lice" or "This field is free from weeds." It could not be used in its old sense of "politically free" or "intellectually free," since political and intellectual freedom no longer existed as concepts...."
Where we stand now is at the juncture of OldSpeak (where words have meanings, and ideas can be dangerous) and Newspeak (where only that which is “safe” and “accepted” by the majority is permitted). The power elite has made their intentions clear:
They will pursue and prosecute any and all words, thoughts and expressions that challenge their authority.
This is the final link in the police state chain.
Having been reduced to a cowering citizenry - mute in the face of elected officials who refuse to represent us, helpless in the face of police brutality, powerless in the face of militarized tactics and technology that treat us like enemy combatants on a battlefield, and naked in the face of government surveillance that sees and hears all - we have nowhere left to go.
Our backs are to the walls. From this point on, we have only two options: go down fighting, or capitulate and betray our loved ones, our friends and our selves by insisting that, as a brainwashed Winston Smith does at the end of Orwell’s 1984, yes, 2+2 does equal 5.
Dr. Andrew Moulden: Every Vaccine Produces Harm
&
An Open Letter To Legislators Currently Considering Vaccine Legislation From Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD In Immunology July 5 2015 | From: VaccineImpact / ThinkingMomsRevolution
Canadian physician Dr. Andrew Moulden provided clear scientific evidence to prove that every dose of vaccine given to a child or an adult produces harm. The truth that he uncovered was rejected by the conventional medical system and the pharmaceutical industry.
Nevertheless, his warning and his message to America remains as a solid legacy of the man who stood up against big pharma and their program to vaccinate every person on the Earth.
Dr Moulden died unexpectedly in November of 2013 at age 49.
Because of the strong opposition from big pharma concerning Dr. Moulden’s research, I became concerned that the name of this brilliant researcher and his life’s work had nearly been deleted from the internet. His reputation was being disparaged, and his message of warning and hope was being distorted and buried without a tombstone.
I prepared a series of articles as a tribute to a great physician and as a memorial to a courageous individual who was not afraid to speak the truth about medical corruption and a flawed healthcare system that does more to harm health than it does to cure disease.
This is the first in a series of four articles about Dr. Moulden — the man, the physician, and the powerful advocate for ending all vaccine use. In future articles, I will summarize his detailed scientific evidence, which shows how vaccine damage occurs. I will explain the common mechanisms behind vaccine damage and how vaccines harm the health of everyone who receives them regardless of whether or not they notice any adverse reactions at the time they take the shots.
Dr. Moulden stated:
"
What we have done to each other [with vaccines] has produced the most profound damage to humankind by humankind in the history of humanity. And the reason why we got here is partly because of:
1. Our arrogance in thinking that we know everything. In physiology and medicine we do not know everything!
2. [Our greed] to advance our own self-interest to make money, to sell products and to advance corporate alliances. Commercialization has overtaken the fundamental human value of “do unto others as you would have others do unto you.”
When society turns toward this human value, then we would all be working together for the greater good of each other. [However, other values have become more important] I don’t care whose feet I step on or how I get there as long as my American dream is realized. I don’t care who has to pay for it on the way of getting there."
Dr. Moulden’s Credibility
Was Dr. Moulden a crackpot as some sources claim, or was he a brilliant physician and researcher? This series of articles will set the record straight, and summarize the contribution that his work has made to medical knowledge.
When I evaluate the credibility of people who are unknown to me, I begin by seeking answers to a few basic questions. For example: Is this person offering opinion, or can he or she back up the claims with valid science? Does he have educational credentials? Are there other physicians and scientists who support his or her beliefs and recommendations? Is this person controlled by the pharmaceutical industry, allopathic medical associations, or the US FDA (US Food and Drug Administration)? And finally, what do Quackwatch and their friends have to say about the person?
Dr. Moulden had a PhD in Clinical Psychology and Neuropsychology. He had a master’s degree in child development, and was also a medical doctor. His work was respected by other researchers who don’t march to the drumbeat of the pharmaceutical companies. Dr. Moulden was a threat to the pharmaceutical industry, and their Quackwatch family of 21 related websites treated him as an enemy.
Resigning from Medical Practice to Testify on Vaccine Safety
Dr. Moulden resigned from his medical practice in 2007 to travel throughout North America delivering the message that every dose of any and all vaccine types causes harm to those who receive it. He stated:
“As many know, I officially quit my medical career in 2007. I did this in order to travel around North America to do research into vaccine safety and to present my research on vaccine safety across Canada and the United States. I only spoke the truth. I was not well received."
During those years, he showed that many cases of Shaken Baby Syndrome were actually vaccine-related damage. His testimony freed many parents from false accusations that they had abused their infants.
Retreat from Public View: Attacks and Death Threats
In 2010 Dr. Moulden disappeared from public view. He stated:
“In 2010-11 I returned to my PhD training to complete a full year accredited Clinical Neuropsychology internship at the Baycrest Center for Geriatric Care in Toronto. During this time I also taught a University course on Health Medicine at York University in Toronto. I stopped talking about my research and vaccines.
The Public Health Department advocated that I NOT be allowed to return to clinical medicine as they were incensed by the message (truth) of my lectures and teaching prior to ‘disappearing.’ The only way I was allowed to return to organized medicine to work with medical patients was if I signed a contract drawn up by the public health department which states:
1) I am mentally ill and therefore my research and teachings on vaccine safety were delusional.
2) I am not allowed, whatsoever, to speak or present my research or views on vaccine safety, in public, at all, as a condition of being allowed to return to clinical medicine, receiving a medical license, and for maintaining that license."
Even before Dr. Moulden retreated from public view, a group of professional character assassins went to work to destroy his reputation in any way possible. They published lies and deceptions on the internet and did everything possible to bring him down. After he retreated, his websites were hacked and access to his teachings was largely destroyed. Yes, there were even death threats.
The Mysterious Death of Dr. Andrew Moulden
The death of Andrew Moulden is shrouded in mystery. Some sources say he had a heart attack and others say he committed suicide.
A colleague of Dr. Moulden who wishes to remain anonymous reported to Health Impact News that he/she had contact with him two weeks before he died in 2013.
Dr. Moulden told our source and a small number of trusted colleagues in October of 2013 that he was about to break his silence and would be releasing new information that would be a major challenge to the vaccine business of big pharma.
He was ready to come back. Even though he had been silent, he had never stopped his research.
Then, two weeks later, Dr. Moulden suddenly died.
Dr. Moulden was about to release a body of research and treatments, which could have destroyed the vaccine model of disease management, destroyed a major source of funding for the pharmaceutical industry, and at the same time seriously damaged the foundation of the germ theory of disease.
Death Threats Against Vaccine Critics are not Unusual
In another case of vaccine damage cover-up, Dr. Garth Nicolson received death threats. He was part of a research team that became aware of biological warfare testing that was done on prisoners in Texas. The biological warfare agents later showed up in vaccines that were given to US service personnel during the Persian Gulf Wars. The result was thousands of cases of Gulf War Syndrome and vaccine-related deaths.
Professor Emeritus Garth L. Nicolson, PhD, is the President, Chief Scientific Officer and Research Professor of Molecular Pathology at the Institute for Molecular Medicine in Huntington Beach, California, and has taught in medical schools in the US and Australia. He is one of the most often cited scientists in America today.
Dr. Nicolson explained what happened to him when he and others learned about the Texas prison experiments and the vaccine damage that occurred among US troops in the Gulf War. He stated:
“We were actually forced to leave Texas. I was an endowed full professor and department chair at the University of Texas and I literally had to leave Texas because it became too dangerous. Several of my colleagues died.
My boss was shot in the back of the head in his office, because he was going to blow the whistle on the prison testing experiments. So, it became very dangerous."
Preserving Dr. Moulden’s Legacy
The powers who wish to suppress the work of Dr. Moulden have done a very good job of erasing most all of the information that was once available on the internet. Before it all disappears, I would like to take the time to summarize some of his teachings.
In this article, and in those that follow, I will condense the key points from the 6 hour video series called “Tolerance Lost.” At the moment, this is still available on YouTube.com. The information was given in three videos, which are presented on YouTube in 51 segments.
If you want to hear Dr. Moulden explain his findings, then I highly recommend spending the time watching his videos. The images of vascular and brain physiology are very instructive as are the numerous photos of children, Gulf War veterans, and other adults who display visible signs of vaccine damage.
Listen to Dr. Moulden in his own words give evidence to the mechanisms that cause vaccine damage in “Tolerance Lost.” See the evidence of vaccine damage in the faces of children.
Listen to a presentation from Dr. Moulden that summarizes key principles of his Research.
I have also used various other resources for preparing this summary. There are a few transcripts of interviews given by Dr. Moulden and three chapters from an unfinished book [8] that are still available on the internet. Text was collected and summarized from all of these sources.
In some cases I needed to do additional research to fill in the details that were not fully explained by Dr. Moulden in these resources. My independent research also confirmed the facts of blood physiology and neurological functioning that Dr. Moulden described.
How the Germ Theory of Disease Produced the Vaccine Era
Most people, myself included, were taught that every disease has a single cause. Thus, if we want to prevent that disease, then all we need to do is eradicate the cause of the disease. Once we do this, then the disease will disappear from the face of the Earth.
According to this theory, if there is a disease, then there must be a single cause, which could be a bacteria, virus, parasite, or some type of environmental exposure. We might not understand the process of how a microbe, for example might cause illness or death, we only need to be reasonably confident that the microbe is associated with the disease.
In other words, germs cause disease and we can stop the spread of infectious diseases through the use of vaccines, which are supposed to give the body immunity against experiencing disease. In theory, vaccines create a situation in the human body where exposure to a disease causing pathogen no longer triggers the disease.
The vaccine era that started in earnest in the middle of the 1800s was a direct outgrowth of the belief in the germ theory of disease. The vaccine movement took a giant leap forward in the late 1950s after the so-called polio epidemic supposedly threatened the lives of thousands. The high visibility of the epidemic in the media produced great fear, which made Americans eager to take the polio shot and eat the vaccine-laced sugar cubes as soon as they became available.
We were told that we should be proud of the dedicated researchers and their American ingenuity which led to the creation of the first polio vaccine in the 1950s. Whether or not the polio vaccine was effective and whether it actually caused more deaths than would have been caused by the wild polio virus is still hotly argued. But one thing is clear, the marketing of that vaccine caused Americans to become believers in the health preserving power of vaccines.
Dr. Moulden Rejected the Theory that Modern Diseases are Caused by a Single Agent
Dr. Moulden challenged the single cause germ theory of disease. He, along with a select group of other physicians and scientists, recognize that we can no longer think in terms of a single germ causing a single disease.
The modern epidemic of syndromes and diseases that began to afflict us in the last half of the twentieth century, and continues to afflict us today, are the product of multiple causes that work together to bring about disability, disease, and death. The multiple causes produce multiple illnesses and syndromes.
Many, in fact most all, physicians and scientists still cling to the single cause single disease way of thinking. The pharmaceutical industry develops its drugs in the same way. Every problem, every illness, every disease can be treated by a specific substance of their creation. Of course their treatments rarely cure disease, they just treat symptoms. When the symptoms disappear, then the problem is resolved as far as they are concerned.
Dr. Moulden rejected this way of thinking, because he knew that it was failing to cure people from what ailed them. It was based on flawed and ineffective medical science. He chose not to stay within the confines of mainstream medical thinking, but insisted on getting out of the box and looking deeper than most anyone else was willing to look.
People who get out of the box are always criticized, attacked, and threatened by the established order, especially when a person clearly has more training and expertise than those who are doing the criticizing.
Dr. Moulden had a PhD and a medical degree. His education focused on brain functioning and psychological/behavioral responses to brain dysfunction. He could see what other people didn’t see, because few people had his background or his tenacity to look beyond conventional medical diagnosis and treatment. He pulled together different aspects of science to create a comprehensive model of disease, which could explain numerous modern diseases.
Dr. Moulden Could not Ignore the Fact that Vaccines were the Greatest Threat to Human Health
Based on his training and clinical experience, Dr. Moulden could not ignore the fact that vaccines were the greatest threat to human health in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. He could not ignore it, because it was literally staring him in the eyes as he looked at the faces of his patients. He could see the evidence of cranial nerve damage caused by vaccines when he observed the abnormal facial expressions and movements of the eyes of those who had been exposed to vaccines.
Dr. Moulden was convinced that the widespread use of large numbers of vaccines did not mark the beginning of a new age of disease-free living, rather they introduced a new era of universal sickness.
Vaccine Damage does not Produce just a Single Symptom
Vaccine damage does not produce just a single symptom; rather the reactions are many and varied. Additionally vaccine reactions can occur shortly after receiving the injection or they can occur years later. Often, the reactions only become noticeable after many doses of different vaccines have been given.
The variability in reactions and the unpredictable time frame for reaction gives the pharmaceutical industry and the medical establishment that they control, the statistical confidence to assert that vaccines do not produce harm. If they don’t see a large number of adverse reactions of a single type within a specific short time period, then they conclude that harm was not produced.
The US is the #1 in number of vaccines injected into babies prior to age 1 year
We are told that vaccines are so safe, that a child could receive 10,000 vaccines and not have an adverse reaction, yet the pharmaceutical industry has never done twenty-year longitudinal studies to even measure what happens to children who receive 69 or more doses of vaccine during the first 18 years of life.
They have not done it and they will not do it, because they know that vaccine damage would be revealed. They also will never compare the health history of vaccinated children with unvaccinated children. It is estimated that one million children in the US have not received any vaccinations.
So, it would be easy to compare vaccinated and unvaccinated children. But if this was done, the results would prove that vaccines do in fact cause illness, disability, and death.
Dr. Moulden was convinced beyond a shadow of a doubt that vaccines do cause harm. He saw the evidence of disability, lifelong suffering, and premature death. Those of us who are willing to think outside of the box that has been created by the pharmaceutical industry accept the fact that vaccine damage represents a broad spectrum of conditions and syndromes, which can be traced back to vaccine use and exposure to various environmental toxins.
Damage from Vaccines and from Environmental Exposures
Dr. Moulden understood that vaccines were a serious problem, but he also recognized that numerous environmental factors could also cause modern diseases.
The combination of vaccine use, pesticide exposure, chemicals in food, toxic chemicals in the water and air, to name a few, are all working together to destroy our health, damage our fertility, and decrease the world population. He also understood that poor nutrition increased the severity of vaccine reactions.
Primary Mechanisms in Vaccines that Cause Harm
Dr. Moulden identified two primary mechanisms that explain how vaccines and environmental toxins cause the numerous neurodevelopmental diseases that have spread through the United States, Canada, and other so-called developed countries. The two components are M.A.S.S. and zeta potential. These will be discussed in detail in the next articles. At this time I just want to introduce you to M.A.S.S. (Moulden Anoxia Spectrum Syndromes).
The damage to human health that occurs from vaccines and environmental toxins interferes with normal blood flow and triggers extreme immune system reactions. The result is oxygen deprivation at the microvascular (capillary) level. The capillaries are the smallest blood vessels in the body. It is estimated that the human body has 600,000 miles of capillaries.
When blood flow is stopped and oxygen is no longer available to cells in certain highly sensitive areas, then cellular damage and normal body functioning will be damaged. When this happens in the brain and the digestive system, autism and other neurodevelopmental conditions can develop. Essentially, vaccines, certain environmental toxins, and poor nutrition can create conditions in which tiny strokes occur in microvascular regions of the body.
An Open Letter to Legislators Currently Considering Vaccine Legislation from Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD in Immunology
Re: VACCINE LEGISLATION
Dear Legislator:
My name is Tetyana Obukhanych. I hold a PhD in Immunology. I am writing this letter in the hope that it will correct several common misperceptions about vaccines in order to help you formulate a fair and balanced understanding that is supported by accepted vaccine theory and new scientific findings.
Do unvaccinated children pose a higher threat to the public than the vaccinated?
It is often stated that those who choose not to vaccinate their children for reasons of conscience endanger the rest of the public, and this is the rationale behind most of the legislation to end vaccine exemptions currently being considered by federal and state legislators country-wide. You should be aware that the nature of protection afforded by many modern vaccines – and that includes most of the vaccines recommended by the CDC for children – is not consistent with such a statement.
I have outlined below the recommended vaccines that cannot prevent transmission of disease either because they are not designed to prevent the transmission of infection (rather, they are intended to prevent disease symptoms), or because they are for non-communicable diseases. People who have not received the vaccines mentioned below pose no higher threat to the general public than those who have, implying that discrimination against non-immunized children in a public school setting may not be warranted.
1. IPV (inactivated poliovirus vaccine) cannot prevent transmission of poliovirus (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #1). Wild poliovirus has been non-existent in the USA for at least two decades. Even if wild poliovirus were to be re-imported by travel, vaccinating for polio with IPV cannot affect the safety of public spaces. Please note that wild poliovirus eradication is attributed to the use of a different vaccine, OPV or oral poliovirus vaccine. Despite being capable of preventing wild poliovirus transmission, use of OPV was phased out long ago in the USA and replaced with IPV due to safety concerns.
2. Tetanus is not a contagious disease, but rather acquired from deep-puncture wounds contaminated with C. tetani spores. Vaccinating for tetanus (via the DTaP combination vaccine) cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is intended to render personal protection only.
3. While intended to prevent the disease-causing effects of the diphtheria toxin, the diphtheria toxoid vaccine (also contained in the DTaP vaccine) is not designed to prevent colonization and transmission of C. diphtheriae. Vaccinating for diphtheria cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is likewise intended for personal protection only.
4.
The acellular pertussis (aP) vaccine (the final element of the DTaP combined vaccine), now in use in the USA, replaced the whole cell pertussis vaccine in the late 1990s, which was followed by an unprecedented resurgence of whooping cough. An experiment with deliberate pertussis infection in primates revealed that the aP vaccine is not capable of preventing colonization and transmission of B. pertussis (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #2). The FDA has issued a warning regarding this crucial finding.
Furthermore, the 2013 meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors at the CDC revealed additional alarming data that pertussis variants (PRN-negative strains) currently circulating in the USA acquired a selective advantage to infect those who are up-to-date for their DTaP boosters (see appendix for the CDC document, Item #3), meaning that people who are up-to-date are more likely to be infected, and thus contagious, than people who are not vaccinated.
5.
Among numerous types of H. influenzae, the Hib vaccine covers only type b. Despite its sole intention to reduce symptomatic and asymptomatic (disease-less) Hib carriage, the introduction of the Hib vaccine has inadvertently shifted strain dominance towards other types of H. influenzae (types a through f). These types have been causing invasive disease of high severity and increasing incidence in adults in the era of Hib vaccination of children (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #4). The general population is more vulnerable to the invasive disease now than it was prior to the start of the Hib vaccination campaign. Discriminating against children who are not vaccinated for Hib does not make any scientific sense in the era of non-type b H. influenzae disease.
6.
Hepatitis B is a blood-borne virus. It does not spread in a community setting, especially among children who are unlikely to engage in high-risk behaviors, such as needle sharing or sex. Vaccinating children for hepatitis B cannot significantly alter the safety of public spaces. Further, school admission is not prohibited for children who are chronic hepatitis B carriers. To prohibit school admission for those who are simply unvaccinated – and do not even carry hepatitis B – would constitute unreasonable and illogical discrimination.
In summary, a person who is not vaccinated with IPV, DTaP, HepB, and Hib vaccines due to reasons of conscience poses no extra danger to the public than a person who is. No discrimination is warranted.
How often do serious vaccine adverse events happen?
It is often stated that vaccination rarely leads to serious adverse events. Unfortunately, this statement is not supported by science. A recent study done in Ontario, Canada, established that vaccination actually leads to an emergency room visit for 1 in 168 children following their 12-month vaccination appointment and for 1 in 730 children following their 18-month vaccination appointment (see appendix for a scientific study, Item #5).
When the risk of an adverse event requiring an ER visit after well-baby vaccinations is demonstrably so high, vaccination must remain a choice for parents, who may understandably be unwilling to assume this immediate risk in order to protect their children from diseases that are generally considered mild or that their children may never be exposed to.
Can discrimination against families who oppose vaccines for reasons of conscience prevent future disease outbreaks of communicable viral diseases, such as measles?
Measles research scientists have for a long time been aware of the “measles paradox.” I quote from the article by Poland & Jacobson (1994) “Failure to Reach the Goal of Measles Elimination: Apparent Paradox of Measles Infections in Immunized Persons.” Arch Intern Med 154:1815-1820:
“The apparent paradox is that as measles immunization rates rise to high levels in a population, measles becomes a disease of immunized persons.”
Further research determined that behind the “measles paradox” is a fraction of the population called LOW VACCINE RESPONDERS. Low-responders are those who respond poorly to the first dose of the measles vaccine. These individuals then mount a weak immune response to subsequent RE-vaccination and quickly return to the pool of “susceptibles’’ within 2-5 years, despite being fully vaccinated.
Re-vaccination cannot correct low-responsiveness: it appears to be an immuno-genetic trait. The proportion of low-responders among children was estimated to be 4.7% in the USA.
Studies of measles outbreaks in Quebec, Canada, and China attest that outbreaks of measles still happen, even when vaccination compliance is in the highest bracket (95-97% or even 99%, see appendix for scientific studies, Items #6&7). This is because even in high vaccine responders, vaccine-induced antibodies wane over time. Vaccine immunity does not equal life-long immunity acquired after natural exposure.
It has been documented that vaccinated persons who develop breakthrough measles are contagious. In fact, two major measles outbreaks in 2011 (in Quebec, Canada, and in New York, NY) were re-imported by previously vaccinated individuals.
Taken together, these data make it apparent that elimination of vaccine exemptions, currently only utilized by a small percentage of families anyway, will neither solve the problem of disease resurgence nor prevent re-importation and outbreaks of previously eliminated diseases.
Is discrimination against conscientious vaccine objectors the only practical solution?
The majority of measles cases in recent US outbreaks (including the recent Disneyland outbreak) are adults and very young babies, whereas in the pre-vaccination era, measles occurred mainly between the ages 1 and 15. Natural exposure to measles was followed by lifelong immunity from re-infection, whereas vaccine immunity wanes over time, leaving adults unprotected by their childhood shots. Measles is more dangerous for infants and for adults than for school-aged children.
Despite high chances of exposure in the pre-vaccination era, measles practically never happened in babies much younger than one year of age due to the robust maternal immunity transfer mechanism.
The vulnerability of very young babies to measles today is the direct outcome of the prolonged mass vaccination campaign of the past, during which their mothers, themselves vaccinated in their childhood, were not able to experience measles naturally at a safe school age and establish the lifelong immunity that would also be transferred to their babies and protect them from measles for the first year of life.
Luckily, a therapeutic backup exists to mimic now-eroded maternal immunity. Infants as well as other vulnerable or immunocompromised individuals, are eligible to receive immunoglobulin, a potentially life-saving measure that supplies antibodies directed against the virus to prevent or ameliorate disease upon exposure (see appendix, Item #8).
In summary:
1) due to the properties of modern vaccines, non-vaccinated individuals pose no greater risk of transmission of polio, diphtheria, pertussis, and numerous non-type b H. influenzae strains than vaccinated individuals do, non-vaccinated individuals pose virtually no danger of transmission of hepatitis B in a school setting, and tetanus is not transmissible at all;
2) there is a significantly elevated risk of emergency room visits after childhood vaccination appointments attesting that vaccination is not risk-free; 3) outbreaks of measles cannot be entirely prevented even if we had nearly perfect vaccination compliance; and 4) an effective method of preventing measles and other viral diseases in vaccine-ineligible infants and the immunocompromised, immunoglobulin, is available for those who may be exposed to these diseases.
Taken together, these four facts make it clear that discrimination in a public school setting against children who are not vaccinated for reasons of conscience is completely unwarranted as the vaccine status of conscientious objectors poses no undue public health risk.
Sincerely Yours,
~ Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD
Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD, is the author of the book Vaccine Illusion. She has studied immunology in some of the world’s most prestigious medical institutions. She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA and Stanford University in California.
Dr. Obukhanych offers online classes for those who want to gain deeper understanding of how the immune system works and whether the immunologic benefits of vaccines are worth the risks: Natural Immunity Fundamentals.
To read the Appendix for this article at the source, click here.
Proposal To Temporarily Sterilise All New Zealand Teenage Females Should Raise Serious Red Flags June 24 2015 | From: LeadingEdge / NewZealandHerald
Yesterday the NZ media featured coverage of a new proposal that has been put forward by two “senior” academics from the University of Otago, who would like to see all young New Zealand females temporarily sterilised with long-acting chemical contraceptive implants.
In their ideal vision for the future of New Zealand young people, these academics would like temporary sterilisation to be the default policy that young girls would have to deliberately be opted out of if they didn’t want their new and still-developing fertility to be chemically shut down for months or years at a time.
No, this is not the plot of some dystopian novel or film, this really is a policy that a couple of NZ academics apparently now seriously consider to be a good idea.
To put things mildly: there is a lot to be concerned about with this proposal.
Firstly, these academics don’t seemed to have considered the possible impacts that temporarily sterilising an entire population of females from a very young age could have.
As far as I am aware, no attempt at the population-wide temporary sterilisation of very young females, whose physiology is still new and still developing, has ever been attempted – meaning that the outcome of such an experimental scheme is totally unknown.
We are talking here about synthetic hormonal interference with the female fertility system while that system is still very young and developing, and there is no reliable way of knowing how such interference could turn out (for all of us) in the long-run.
We already know that chemical contraceptives are an environmental pollutant that end up in waterways, and from there cause harms to wildlife populations. Imagine how devastating this environmental impact could become if every female in NZ was temporarily sterilised with these agents at a young age?
I think people are right to be extremely wary of any attempt to introduce any sort of mass sterilisation programmes – even temporary chemical sterilisations – because these can very easily morph into state-mandated sterilisation programmes for economic or social reasons (the old saying: ‘absolute power corrupts absolutely’ is still as true today as it was the day when it was first uttered.)
And none of this even touches on the negative impact that synthetic hormonal contraceptives can have on female health and wellbeing, or the fact that such a scheme would not actually do anything to alleviate the far more serious problem of sexually transmitted diseases.
(By the way, I hoped everyone took notice of the fact that these academics have rightly pointed out that condoms have a failure rate of 18% per annum (that’s 18 pregnancies per year, for every 100 couples using condoms) – which makes condoms only 4% more effective than the woefully unreliable withdrawal method! This is important, because pregnancy can only occur for a very limited window each month (due to the way that female fertility works). Sexually transmitted diseases, on the other hand, can be transmitted 24/7 – meaning that condoms are a far less reliable form of protection against sexual disease than some people wrongly believe and tout them to be.)
I think that most people are rightly very concerned by this proposal for the automatic temporary sterilisation of all young New Zealand females – and for lots of very good reasons.
For me, one of the most troubling aspects of this proposal is the way in which it so flippantly treats normal healthy female fertility as if it were something that needs to be shut down or medicated against – like we would a disease, or some other physiological problem.
At the end of the day, this proposal would actually create far more social problems, and expose us to far more risks and unknown factors than we are currently experiencing in this country – which is precisely why I think that it is one of the worst health policy proposals that has been mooted in this country in quite some time.
The Lies And Deception Known As The European Union + We Are All Greeks:
Understanding The Economic Collapse Of Greece And The Subsequent Impacts On The Global Economy July 3 2015 | From: Geopolitics / PaulCraigRoberts / Various
We’ve long known that trade pacts and organized economic blocks are not really instituted for our benefit but for facilitating totalitarian control in its grandest scale, and the recent leaking of the IMF document, emphasizing the futility for Greece to have accepted the Troika’s terms, only proves that sinister objective even more.
How about BRICS? Is it not just another NWO sleight of hand?
We would like to believe that it is not. For one thing, every member in the AIIB and NDB banks of the BRICS have equal voting rights irrespective of GDP size. Otherwise, China would dominate everyone which should defeat the very purpose of establishing an alternative world bank and is obviously not the reason why governments are jumping into the bandwagon, as one might find below.
In contrast, the European Union is, as events unfolded for the last five months, a patently undemocratic institution that is shove right into the throats of the Europeans solely for the purpose of making them incapable of derailing the advancement of vested interests of the political and banking elite.
The IMF was just lying and playing dice on the fate of the Greeks all along…
Austerity not enough to save Greece – Leaked IMF documents
Even if Greece accepted all of the austerity measures demanded by its main creditors, the Troika, it still would not be able to make ends meet by 2030, according to IMF estimates revealed in a set of documents obtained by a German newspaper.
The most optimistic scenario shows that Greece would face an unsustainable debt in 2030 even if it agreed to the package of tax increases and spending cuts proposed by the European commission, the European Central Bank and the IMF in exchange for a five-month €15.5bn loan from its creditors.
These prospects were outlined in six documents that were part of the “final” proposal offered to Greece by the three main creditors on Friday. The papers were obtained by the German newspaper Süddeutsche Zeitung and seen by The Guardian.
The estimates provide support for Greece’s decision not to accept the bailout deal. They prove that for Greece to survive economically, it needs real debt relief measures, not austerity reforms.
According to the IMF, Greece would be unable to sustain a debt level of 118% of GDP. In 2012, the organization said that 110% of GDP is the highest debt threshold the country could take on. Currently the country’s debt level amounts to 175% of GDP, and that percentage could easily rise if the country were to slip into recession.
The documents stressed that even if Greece posted stellar economic growth for 15 years, the debt level would still be higher than 110% of GDP, adding that Greece had no chance of meeting that target.n Even if the economy managed to maintain a growth rate of 4% a year for the next five years, the national debt level would only decline to 124%.
“It is clear that the policy slippages and uncertainties of the last months have made the achievement of the 2012 targets impossible under any scenario,”one of six secret documents, titled the Preliminary Debt Sustainability Analysis for Greece, stated.
There are also mentions of much needed “significant concessions,” but no specifics are revealed.
The files were reportedly sent to all German MPs for review and approval, but were never voted on since Greek Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras rejected the proposal and called for a referendum.
Other documents reveal further details about the proposed deal. For example, there is a description of how Greece would eventually gain access to €15 billion. The plan was to consist of five separate tranches beginning as soon as June. They were said to cover Greece’s immediate financing needs, with 93% of the money going towards paying the cost of maturing debt.
Other details were about reforms Greece should be forced to implement if it were to accept the proposal. The debate over pension reforms was particularly heated. The documents show that the three creditors wanted substantial reform, including changes to early retirement penalties and the phasing out the solidarity grant (EKAS).
Late on Tuesday evening, Greece became the first developed country to default on its international obligations, after the IMF confirmed that it had failed to receive the €1.5 billion debt payment from Athens that was due by the end of June 30.
IMF spokesman Gerry Rice said in a statement that Greece had asked for a payment extension earlier on Tuesday and that the Fund’s board would consider it “in due course.” This was largely expected by the markets. Greek Finance Minister Yanis Varoufakis had warned earlier that Greece would not be able to make its IMF debt payment on time.
It is still unclear how the Greek debt saga will play out, as the Europgroup, made up of eurozone finance ministers, prepares to meet on Wednesday to discuss new proposals from the Greek government.
Understanding the Economic Collapse of Greece (8 Minute Video)
This video might be helpful to those who are only now becoming aware of the implications the Greek default will have on the global economy. Share with your friends and family.
Greece Again Can Save The West - Paul Craig Roberts
Like Marathon, Thermopylae, Plateau and Mycale roughly 2,500 years ago, Western freedom again depends on Greece. Today Washington and its empire of European vassal states are playing the part of the Persian Empire, and belatedly the Greeks have formed a government, Syriza, that refuses to submit to the Washington Empire.
Few people understand that the fate of Western liberty, what remains of it, is at stake in the conflict, and, indeed, the fate of life on earth. Certainly the German government does not understand. Sigmar Gabriel, a German vice-chancellor, has declared the Greek government to be a threat to the European order. What he means by the “European order” is the right of the stronger countries to loot the weaker ones.
The “Greek crisis” is not about debt. Debt is the propaganda that the Empire is using to subdue sovereignty throughout the Western world.
The Greek government asked the collection of nations that comprise the “democratic” European Union for one week’s extension on the debt in order for the Greek people to give their approval or disapproval of the harsh terms being imposed on Greece by the EU commission, the EU Central Bank, and the IMF with Washington’s insistence.
The answer from Europe and the IMF and Washington was “NO.”
The Greek government was told that democracy doesn’t apply when creditors are determined to make Greek citizens pay for the creditors’ mistakes with reduced pensions, reduced health care, reduced education, reduced employment, and reduced social services.
The position of the Empire is that the Greek people are responsible for the mistakes of their foreign creditors, and the Greek people must pay for their creditors’ mistakes, especially those mistakes enabled by Goldman Sachs.
As has been proven conclusively, the Empire’s claim is false. The austerity measures that have been imposed on Greece have driven down the economy by 27%, thus increasing the ratio of debt to GDP and worsening the financial situation of Greece. All austerity has accomplished is to drive the Greek people further into the ground, thus making debt repayment impossible.
The Empire rejected Greece’s democratic referendum next Sunday, because the Empire doesn’t believe in democracy.
The Empire, like all empires, believes in subservience. Greece is not being subservient. Therefore, Greece must be punished. The Persians Darius and Xerxes had the same view as Washington and the EU. The Greek government is supposed to do what previous Greek governments have done, accept a pay-off and allow Greece to be looted.
Looting is the only way left for the Western financial system to make money. In pursuit of short-term profits, western corporations, encouraged and coerced by the financial sector, have moved offshore western industry, manufacturing, and professional skills such as information technology and software engineering. All that remains for the West are highly leveraged derivative bets and looting. Apple is an American corporation, but not a single Apple computer is made in the US.
The German, French, and Dutch governments together with Washington and the western financial system have come down in favor of looting. For a country to be looted, its people’s voice must be silenced. This is why the Germans and the EU object to the Greek government handing the ability to decide the future of Greece to the Greek people.
In other words, in the West today, the sovereignty of peoples and accountability of governments are inconsistent with the financial interests of the One Percent who control the financial and political order.
To conclude: If democracy can be destroyed in Greece, it can be destroyed throughout Europe.
The Greek people not only hold in their hands the fate of democracy in the West, but also the fate of life on earth. Washington’s mechanism for creating conflict with Russia is the EU and NATO. By violating agreements made by previous US governments, Washington has brought NATO to Russia’s borders and is currently deploying more troops, armaments, and missiles on Russia’s borders, all the while speaking aggressively toward Russia.
Russia has no alternative but to target these insensible military deployments. As military deployments rise and the irresponsible and totally inaccurate Western propaganda against Russia and Russia’s government escalate, war can launch itself.
Clearly Washington and its vassal states have eschewed diplomacy and instead use demonization and attempted coercion to force Russia to accede to the Empire’s will.
This reckless policy continues despite the many warnings from the Russian government to the West not to deliver ultimatums to Russia. As empires are characterized by arrogance and hubris, the Empire doesn’t hear the warnings.
Recently we have had from Washington’s stooge prime minister in London British threats against Russia, despite the fact that the UK can deliver no force against Russia and can be destroyed in a few minutes by Russia. This kind of insanity is what leads to war.
The crazed British prime minister thinks he can call out Russia.
Washington is brewing armageddon. But Greece can save us. All the Greek people need to do is to support their government and insist that their government, the first in awhile to represent the interests of the Greek people, give the finger to the corrupt EU, default on the debt, and turn to Russia.
This would begin the unravelling of the EU and NATO and save the world from armageddon. Most likely, Italy and Spain would follow Greece out of the EU and NATO, as these countries also are targeted for merciless looting. The EU and NATO, Washington’s mechanism for creating conflict with Russia, would unravel. The world would be saved and would owe its salvation to the ability of the Greeks to realize what really is at stake. Just as they did at Marathon, Thermopylae, Plateau and Mycale
It is difficult to imagine another scenario that would save us from World War III. Pray that the Greeks understand the responsibility that is in their hands not merely for liberty but also for life on earth.
We Are All Greeks
Here’s a good rundown which we can all relate to what’s happening over there in Greece. After all, both sides of the Atlantic and thereabouts are being choked and bled upon by the same group of financial Corporatocracy leeches.
What the Greeks need to understand that while they are being pushed towards the corner, these kleptocrats really are just bluffing all these time. In fact, they are already preparing for the inevitable, i.e. the possible rise of the people’s armed resistance and their own dishonorable exit.
June 22 - Stepping above the furious confrontation with banking powers over “Greek debt,” Greek Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras observed on June 15:
“I’m certain future historians will recognise that little Greece, with its little power, is today fighting a battle beyond its capacity, not just on its own behalf but on behalf of the people of Europe.”
Touching the same idea two centuries ago, the great English poet Percy Shelley wrote lines quoted many times since, though never by the current German Chancellor, French President, or the IMF Managing Director.
"Civilization owes its very existence to the accomplishments of ancient Greece", wrote poet Percy Bysshe Shelley in 1821. Here, the Parthenon, which graces Athens’ Acropolis.
“The apathy of the rulers of the civilized world,” Shelley wrote in 1821, when Greece was a captive nation in revolt against the Ottoman Empire, “to the astonishing circumstances of the descendants of that nation to which they owe their civilization, is something perfectly inexplicable to a mere spectator of the shows of this mortal scene. We are all Greeks. Our laws, our literature, our religion, our arts have their root in Greece."
“The human form and the human mind attained a perfection in Greece,” Shelley continued, “which has impressed its image on those faultless productions, whose very fragments are the despair of modern art, and has propagated impulses which cannot cease, through a thousand channels of manifest or imperceptible operation, to enoble and delight mankind….”
In the drama, Hellas, to which these lines were prologue, Shelley had a Greek chorus look on this scene:
Let there be light! said Liberty,
And like a sunrise from the sea
Athens arose! - Around her born,
Shone like the mountains in the morn
Glorious states; - and are they now
Ashes, wrecks, oblivion?
Today, for the sake of imposed debts, Greek cities and islands, in a mere five years’ of dictated and savage “austerity,” have been forced back toward the condition Shelley referred to, and Greeks back toward their living standards of a century ago.
But in the Greek government’s attempt to break out of the “austerity trap,” it is the wrecked economy of Europe as a whole which is at stake - standing before either a new financial collapse, or a revival in collaboration with the growth and the development institutions of the BRICS-allied nations.
Deadly Debt
The core of the fight over Greece and “its debt,” is that the new Greek government, with a popular mandate, has been asking the European Union to shut down a tremendous Wall Street-London bank swindle and make economic growth possible again in Europe.
If that doesn’t happen, the worsening bankruptcy of the whole trans-Atlantic banking system will continue to generate desperate confrontations with major powers Russia and China, with the threat of world war.
The rest of Europe, so far, has refused to shut down that Wall Street swindle, and on Feb. 18, Obama’s Treasury Secretary Jack Lew backed up that refusal, including by a threatening phone call to the Greek finance minister.
The refusal to write down unpayable debt, by Europe’s bankrupt giant banks and governments, is the fundamental reason the economies of the whole European Union have been dead in the water for seven years. Since the 2008 financial crash, these banks have sat with @eu2 trillion of toxic real estate debt on their books, tangled in tens of trillions in derivatives contracts - unable and unwilling to lend into the European economies, through year after year of economic recession and depression.
Anything suggesting bank reorganization to deal with these dead debt securities under Glass-Steagall principles, has been refused, and Europe’s bankrupt megabanks lie, like undead monsters, blocking the road to productive credit, investment, and recovery.
Now, the battle over whether Greece can adopt an economic recovery strategy has exposed the fact that large amounts of government debt, accumulated by various European governments bailing out their big banks, is also unpayable and must be written down - starting with that of Greece.
A Bankers’ Coup Attempt
Speaking at the Paris Schiller Institute conference on June 14, Stélios Kouloglou, a European MP from the Greek Syriza party, exposed the plot by the IMF, European Central Bank (ECB) and European Commission - the so-called “European institutions” or Troika - to use the debt issue to overthrow the current Greek government.
Comparing the situation to the overthrow of Chile’s President Salvador Allende in 1973, Kouloglou said, “Before Pinochet came in with the tanks in 1972, President Nixon told the CIA: Make the economy scream. And the banks cut off all credit to Chile.”
Today, the coup is not by “tanks, but by the banks.” As soon as Syriza came to power, explained Kouloglu, Mario Draghi of the ECB cut off, without the slightest justification, the main source of financing of Greek banks. He replaced it with the so-called Emergency Liquidity Assistance (ELA), a facility which must be renewed every week. This, he used as a sword of Damocles hanging over the head of the Greek government.
Kouloglou used the occasion to address bitter remarks to France: “Abandoned by those forces whose support it was counting on - the French government - Greece cannot solve the major problem of the country: an intolerable debt, which was used essentially to bail out French and German banks’ assets in Greece.”
The proposal for an international debt conference like that of 1953, which freed Germany from the greater part of debt reparations, opening the road to the economic miracle, has been drowned in a sea of threats and ultimatums, he charged. In that loaded climate, Russia’s positive answer to Greece’s request to participate in the new BRICS bank, came as a sigh of relief and optimism for Greek public opinion.
“We will resist,’ Kouloglou concluded, underscoring that time is of the essence, best wishes for the Greek government are no longer enough, and the solidarity it deserves must be expressed by action.
Greece Under Siege
After returning from a high-pressure week of meetings in Athens, co-author Dean Andromidas can testify to the brutal evidence of the charges by Kouloglou of a bankers’ plot to overthrow the fighting Greek government. The siege of Greece is everywhere to be seen, from beggars on the streets, to shuttered storefronts in Athens’ main business district, and more.
The blackmail of cutting off liquidity, something that would not be possible if Greece had its own currency, is destroying the Greek economy as much as the austerity itself. Banks are unable to extend credit lines to viable companies; even hotel operators are unable to get simple medium-term credit lines to refurbish their hotels.
Large Greek multinational companies have moved their headquarters to places like Luxembourg, because Greek-registered companies are unable to access credit inside or outside of the country. Such moves mean not only loss of jobs but tax revenue as well.
One Greek financial expert told EIR, “There is absolutely no liquidity. The economy is collapsing every day because of this.”
He added that small and medium businesses, one of the major sources of employment for Greece, are being hit the hardest; companies are closing down every day. Over three hundred thousand have closed. He added that no foreign investors can even consider investing in Greece because of the uncertainty being created by the siege being laid against the country.
The liquidity siege does not allow Greece to borrow short-term, up to three months, to cover temporary revenue shortfalls, making it impossible for the government to implement emergency measures to deal with the humanitarian catastrophe created by five years of the brutal regime under the jackboot of the Troika “enforcers.”
Nowhere is the situation more dramatic than in the health sector, where the previous Quisling government reduced the budget by no less than 50 percent. The new Minister of Health, Panagiotis Kouroumplis, who is blind, and one of the most respected political figures in the country, has taken on the “mission impossible” of finding the resources to rebuild the system.
Not only have the country’s hospitals been stripped of doctors and essential medical personnel, but 40 percent of the population does not have health insurance, which means they are denied healthcare. The minister is attempting to create a community healthcare system to answer this need, which is a matter of life or death for thousands of Greeks who are now unable to access health care. The cutting-off of liquidity makes his mission virtually impossible: a recipe for more death and suffering.
Every aspect of the Troika’s policy, which the government is trying to reverse, has been, and continues to be, genocidal in its intent. Greece’s creditors demand cuts in pensions, which have already been cut by 25 to 40 percent. Hundreds of thousands of Greeks live on the reduced 400 Euro pension of their grandparents.
In many cases we are talking about as many as eight or ten people relying on one pension. The creditors demand an end to early retirement. In reality, early retirement means government employees retiring in order to reduce the number of public workers. Ending early retirement means laying off workers and simply throwing them onto the street with no income.
The “creditors” are demanding even more taxes. In Greece the poor, the unemployed, children, and the unborn all pay taxes. The tax regime created by the Troika demands that the first euro earned is taxed, thus eliminating a minimum income not subject to tax, which has been the norm in every civilized society. All pensions are taxed, even the 400 euro pension that is supporting ten people. If you have children, you pay extra tax for each child, which is also unheard of in civilized countries. The divorce rate has dramatically increased since married couples pay more tax, thus in effect taxing the unborn.
Thousands of self-employed professionals, such as engineers, lawyers, and doctors, pay taxes whether they have worked or not. One IT engineer reported that tens of thousands of engineers have fallen into tax debt, despite the fact that they have been unemployed and have no earned income; this leaves them open to the seizure of their homes and property because of tax debt. In 2014, 65 to 70 percent of the engineers did not earn any income, yet owe thousands in taxes.
The result is that thousands of Greece’s professionals are forced to leave the country. Greece’s main source of wealth is not its beautiful islands, but its well educated population. This is another case of genocide, since Greece has a relatively high number of engineers and medical doctors who could play a central role if the economy were expanding.
Resistance and the BRICS
The very fact that Syriza, which prior to the crisis would receive only three to four percent of the vote, and the Independent Greeks, a new party organized to oppose the memorandum, are now in power, is testament to the spirit of resistance that has taken hold among a large percentage of the population. Those of all ages have mobilized themselves.
The young take to the streets and join the ruling parties, or are ready to re-elect the ruling parties if elections have to be held. One finds pensioned former government workers, including diplomats and economists, back in government doing the jobs of younger men because they are “fighting the fight of their lives,” as one party leader told EIR.
Crucial to the success of this resistance is its ability to gain allies, and here the government has clearly chosen the BRICS option. In his speech before the St. Petersburg Economic Forum June 19, Prime Minister Tsipras made clear he was in Russia, and not in Brussels negotiating, because Greece wants to pursue a “multidimensional policy and engage with countries that are currently playing a key role in global economic developments.”
He explicitly mentioned the BRICs and the Eurasian Economic Union. He declared that “Greece seeks to be a bridge of cooperation” linking three continents. (See below)
Greece has already strengthened ties to China through its port of Piraeus, whose container terminal, under lease to China, has become the latter’s main port of entry for its ship-bound exports to Central and Eastern Europe. Greece is linked to Russia not only through energy imports, but through sharing the same Orthodox Christian religion and a history of centuries of cultural and political interaction.
The June 18-20 St. Petersburg Economic Forum saw this cooperation between Greece and the BRICS go to a new level. On the sidelines of that event, Tsipras and Greek Productive Reconstruction, Environment and Energy Minister Panagiotis Lafazanis met with the directors of the new BRICS development bank; the latter stressed their strong interest in the cooperation between Greece and the New Development Bank.
Greek Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras speaks at the St. Petersburg International Economic Forum on June 19, 2015.
Tsipras and Lafazanis also met with Gazprom’s head Alexey Miller to discuss the extension into Greece of the Turkish Stream Gas pipeline. This was followed by a meeting between Lafazanis and the head of Russia’s “Bank for Development and Foreign Economic Affairs (Vnesheconombank),” Vladimir Dimitriev, where it was decided to form a new company called “Energy Investments Public Enterprise SA.” It will be owned by the Greek state, and with financing from Vnesheconombank, will build the Greek pipeline, to be named the “South European Pipeline.”
Fraudulent, Unpayable Debt
On June 17, the Debt Truth Commission of the Greek Parliament issued a preliminary, but extremely important report on the more than 240 billion-euro debts which the “European institutions” - the European Financial Stability Fund, European Central Bank, and IMF - claim against Greece.
After extensive hearings and examination of evidence, the Commission found all of this claimed debt to be illegitimate, and that it should not be paid.
The findings strengthen the Greek government’s position against these same institutions’ demands for new, and suicidal, economic austerity measures against the Greek population. Furthermore they confirm the analysis published by EIR on behalf of Editor-in-chief Lyndon LaRouche in late February of this year, which found that the so-called “bailout debt” of Greece was a huge swindle, transferring European taxpayers’ funds, via Greek government accounts, to bankrupt megabanks in London and Europe.
The Debt Truth Commission’s report says:
"All the evidence we present in this report shows that Greece not only does not have the ability to pay this debt, but also should not pay this debt, first and foremost because the debt emerging from the Troika’s arrangements is a direct infringement on the fundamental human rights of the residents of Greece. Hence, we came to the conclusion that Greece should not pay this debt because it is illegal, illegitimate, and odious.
It has also come to the understanding of the Committee that the unsustainability of the Greek public debt was evident from the outset to the international creditors, the Greek authorities, and the corporate media. Yet, the Greek authorities, together with some other governments in the EU, conspired against the restructuring of public debt in 2010 in order to protect financial institutions.
The corporate media hid the truth from the public by depicting a situation in which the bailout was argued to benefit Greece, whilst spinning a narrative intended to portray the population as deserving punishment for their own wrongdoings."
Political forces in other superindebted countries in the Eurozone will also be affected by these findings.
LaRouche’s February analysis had likewise found:
"In the case of Greece, much of that debt was fraudulently piled on the country in the course of huge bank bailouts, in 2010 and 2012, totalling about EU245 billion. These rocketed the country’s debt, as a ratio of its GDP, from 126% at the end of 2009 to 175% at the end of 2014. The impact on other national debts was equally dramatic: Ireland’s, for example, rose from 25% of GDP before it bailed out London’s banks headquartered in its territory in 2009, to 125% afterwards.
The debt piled on Greece in the past 12 years (since it joined the euro currency) is significantly illegitimate in regard to its causes and relationship to the real economy of the country. It cannot be paid in the next half-century, and it cannot be paid by continued cuts in employment, pensions, wages, health-care services, or by selling off national income and infrastructure."
‘The Debt Should Be Cancelled’
The casino lending of the biggest London, Frankfurt, and Paris banks, the deliberate rule-breaking by the IMF and ECB regarding Greece, and the irrational intransigence of German and French officials have made Greece’s debt both illegitimate and odious - a giant swindle.
The country went on a borrowing binge after joining the Eurozone in 2002, making its imports cheaper, and pricing its exports off the market. There are no irrational borrowers without irrational lenders, and the banks threw money wildly at Greece to finance German, French, and U.S. exports, especially military.
When Greece reached clear insolvency by 2010, the banks refused to allow any debt writeoff. Instead, the “European institutions” started giving bailout loans with taxpayers’ funds - committing the unbelievable “mistake” of lending new funds to a bankrupt which had no protection from its creditors (the London-centered banks).
The IMF and ECB compounded the mess by jumping in to buy up Greek debt from private financial institutions at 100% face value, violating their own charters and piling new, shorter-term debt on Greece. In 2012 the bank bailout process was repeated on an even larger scale, and 240 billion euros of new debt piled on, again with taxpayers’ funds.
Ninety percent of all 350 billion euros of the bailout loans passed through Greek federal accounts at the speed of light, and landed at the very same German, French, and British megabanks, allowing them not to write off their casino-wild Greek “debt assets.”
On June 19, days after the June 13-14 Schiller Institute event in Paris and LaRouche’s new statements, the influential senior former Social Democratic Chancellor of Germany, Helmut Schmidt, spoke to the Greek semi-official press agency, ANA-MPA.
While saying an “unorganized” Greek exit from the euro could lead to disaster, Schmidt said that Greece should never have joined the Eurozone, and that its problems could more easily be solved if it still had its national currency, the drachma.
When asked about a cancellation of Greek debt, as modeled on the London Debt Agreement of 1953 on German debt, Schmidt was clear: “I want to tell you that I think that it is completely excluded that Greece will be able to repay its debt. The majority of it should be cancelled.”
Schmidt made his own proposal for a solution to the crisis, calling for a European investment program for the benefit of Greece, which can be financed not only from Germany, but also via an agreement to write off a large part of the accumulated debt of Greece. He also made clear that it is nonsense to say that the German people have been bled by Greece, which is what Germans read every day in their media.
A Way to the Future
LaRouche had called in February for full international backing for the Greek government’s position, stating:
“Looting does not constitute legitimate debt. The debt is illegal, it is unpayable, and it is the fruit of a London-led criminal enterprise that must be shut down altogether, if the world is to survive the coming months without an eruption of general war in the center of Europe. This [issue] has to be put loud and clear on every doorstep in the United States. If you want to avoid World War III, that’s what you’ll do.”
He called for creating a “buffer of credit” for the real economy - a credit institution on Alexander Hamilton’s principles. Such a new development bank in Greece will be linked to the European Investment Bank - and to China and the BRICS-allied nations.
One week ago on June 18, LaRouche said;
“You cannot sustain the euro system, it is intrinsically bankrupt. If you base a ‘debt deal’ on that system - any ‘debt deal,’ - that deal will fail. The fraud of what Wall Street and London banks are calling ‘their debt assets’, has to be eliminated, because populations - not only the Greeks - are being beaten down by worthless claims.
Cancel those claims. Relieve the nations of the claims of this speculation, these ‘investments’ in gambling bets, and an opening is created for internal economic development of European nations and the United States.
“The solution,” he said, “is an international policy of Glass-Steagall banking; agreements among these nations to implement Glass-Steagall principles. Most important by far:” LaRouche said, “Restore the Glass-Steagall Act to force in the United States. That is the driver for this whole effort. That opens up the issuance of national credit for productivity and development.”
LaRouche also addressed the campaign by forces behind German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schäuble, to force Greece out of the euro system.
“If Greece goes out, goes back to the drachma, the negotiated value of the drachma can be increased significantly, and problems solved,” he said.
"It is not correct to say that the drachma must collapse in value against the euro. The pressure on Greece is coming from the London-Wall Street banking system, and the claims of that system are worthless. Its speculation on unpayable debt has to be cancelled.
The euro will be falling because of its bankruptcy; the value of the drachma against the euro can be maintained, and may go up.
Again, the critical action is Glass-Steagall in the United States, and force it in European countries.
With that, the United States and Europe can generate national credit institutions, linked to the BRICS’ new international development banks, and issue a surge of credit for productive employment.
The Greek Parliament has thus done a service to the future, if we take the right actions now,” LaRouche concluded.
This article appears in the June 26, 2015 issue of Executive Intelligence Review.
Big Money: Pump And Dump As A Way Of Life July 2 2015 | From: JonRappoport
Big money: pump and dump as a way of life. Bubble, bubble, toil and trouble. Vampires on Wall Street and Main Street. Capitalism vs. meta-capitalism
“Imagine this: you want to buy and own Product X, which is valued at $10,000. You’re in a rare position. You can make that product sell for $1. You can do that. Then you can buy it and own it. In fact, you can do that with lots of products.
Now, instead of products, imagine you can do that with whole companies, with industrial sectors, and even with large chunks of nations. You can spend $1 instead of $10,000. But wait, there’s more. You can re-inflate what you just reduced to $1. You can make it worth $10,000 again and you still own it.
You can go up and you can go down. You control both sides of the mountain, the upside and the downside. This is money-management, Globalism-style. This is day-in, day-out manipulation. It’s done with the same routine configurations as making and having breakfast. A few of these configurations are called trade treaties.”
-
'The Underground', Jon Rappoport
Let’s start with the analogy of the stock market. To boil it down, here is how the game is played by insiders:
They acquire many, many shares of a stock and then they push the price up, up, up, and then they create a top, crash it, sending the stock price off a cliff to a dismal bottom.
They profit greatly on the way up (pump), and then, selling short (dump), they pile up more profits on the way down.
Getting away with it is like having a license to print money.
But this single pump and dump doesn’t have to be the end of the game. As the crashed stock creeps along a new discouraging bottom, the insiders quietly buy it again, preparing for a repeat cycle - up, up, up, top, top, top, crash, crash, crash, down, down, down.
Now imagine this pump and dump strategy applied to companies. Better yet, imagine it applied to a number of companies within a given industry all at once.
This is euphemistically called a bubble.
For instance, the dot-com bubble of the 1990s. The conventional wisdom was, overenthusiastic investors jumped on the new Internet dot-com bandwagon, put money into every crazy company they could find in this sector, all the companies were vastly overvalued, and then came the crash.
Of course, this was a false picture. Insiders propagandized the (false) worth of the dot-com sector, pumped the stocks, lured mad investors and speculators to the table, created a top, and then busted it, causing a collapse.
Then, the insiders bought up these companies (the outfits that had useful technology) for pennies on the dollar…and began a second trip up the ladder…this time with a seriousness of purpose and the intent to create a viable dot-com sector. Which they did.
The same thing has happened to the “genetic sector.” Many companies promising breakthroughs possessed no real science; what they had was a group of shills who drew in investors hoping to make a killing. When those companies failed, insiders bought the ones that did have some technological promise.
The genetic biotech sector has experienced several such bubbles, and there will be more - because in most cases the promise of results far outdistances what the science can produce.
The current trade treaties (e.g., the TPP) coming to a vote purposely embody a pump and dump for the near future: look to the pharmaceutical and robotics-automation sectors for boiling bubbles.
Smaller drug companies will be edged out of the new trade advantages Big Pharma enjoys. Those smaller outfits will crash, and the big boys will buy some of them up, for pennies on the dollar.
In robotics-automation (for factories), something similar will happen. Certain companies, sensing “the revolution is at hand,” will overextend themselves with huge loans, only to discover their profits don’t justify the expenditures for reconfiguring their assembly lines. They, too, will drown in red ink, and their mega-competitors will buy them up and initiate a far more successful robotics revolution.
The bigger swallow the smaller.
It’s all about pump and dump, bubble, bubble, rise and fall, and absorption into the “greater body.”
The Globalist plan to a T. Put more and more assets, human talent, and money into fewer and fewer hands. Top-down economic rule.
What I’m describing in this article could be called meta-capitalism. That’s my name for it. Capitalism is merely the voluntary exchange of money for non-harmful goods and services. But at the meta-level, you have predators, on their perches, looking down at the marketplace and devising concealed ways to manipulate the global flows of money and assets.
Consider the 2007-8 financial crash. Many people had bought houses with what they thought were fixed-rate mortgages. But they didn’t realize that only the monthly payments were fixed. That was the come-on, the con. Lurking below the surface, in the small print, was another part of the loan they’d taken: it was for the down payment, and that piece was variable.
So when banks closed in on home owners and told them their down payments were suddenly far higher now…the roof fell in. The home owners couldn’t make their payments. They were foreclosed on.
At the same time, all these mortgages were being traded like stocks - packaged and rolled up into bundles.
The insiders, of course, knew this trading operation was a bubble; they’d created the bubble and they knew the bundles were “faulty,” to say the least. They’d pushed the trading prices higher; and they sold and got out with their profits before the crash.
Some of the insiders were the banks who had been both offering the “faulty” mortgages and trading the bundles.
These banks knew they were too big to fail. They knew the federal government would bail them out.
A highly successful variation of pump and dump.
In turn, the federal government knew it could rely on the Federal Reserve to keep inventing money out of thin air.
So rescuing the banks was no problem.
Very, very cozy. Yes, there was a bit of stare-down, high-stakes, poker-bluffing along the way, but the ultimate outcome was assured.
Part of that outcome was: banks now held many properties on which they’d foreclosed. This is was made to appear as a negative factor for the banks - but if you know you’re going to be bailed out, it’s really not.
In fact, you could say the entire crash of 2007-8 was a massive distraction, engineered in order to cover up a much larger, ongoing, long-term Globalist crime: the overwhelming leakage of jobs from industrial countries to underdeveloped countries where slave labor, land, and resources were available.
That job transfer is the meat and potatoes of Globalism. This is what all the trade treaties guarantee. This is how free-floating international mega-corporations continue their plundering operations.
And of course, the result is disastrous unemployment in the industrial nations. Anyone with a few active brain cells can see that.
Therefore, a cover story needed to be adopted and promoted. A story that would shift blame away from the mega-corporations and the Globalist trade treaties (e.g., NAFTA, CAFTA, GATT).
And that cover story was the 2007-8 crash.
It pointed the accusing finger for the horrendous and ongoing job losses at the “home-lending crisis.”
Big banks took press attacks on the chin, with a bland smile. They absorbed the name-calling in high style, as the federal government handed them trillions of dollars.
This is the game. No-limit holdem, where the banks and the Fed Reserve and the federal government and the mega-corporations are the house casino and decide, at any given moment, how much money they want to invent, show, hide, collect, transfer, and pay out.
Nice work if they can get it, and they can.
That is why governments can’t truthfully assure their citizens a “better job picture” in the future. They can certainly mouth “share and care” sentiments while laughing up their sleeves. They can crow about the rise of a more tolerant progressive culture and correcting past inequalities. But that is just window dressing meant, again, to distract from the ongoing plunder.
Race-Based Plan In Hawke's Bay Council Merger July 2 2015 | From: BreakingViews
A race-based Regional Planning Committee imposed upon the Hawke's Bay Regional Council by Treaty Negotiations Minister Chris Finlayson has been included in the proposed five-council Hawke's Bay amalgamation without scrutiny or debate.
Residents of Hawke’s Bay have a postal vote starting August 24, 2015, to decide whether or not the Hastings, Napier, Wairoa, Central Hawke’s Bay councils, and the Hawke’s Bay Regional Council, should merge as a single council with a regional planning committee, a Maori Board, and a natural resources board.
Inclusion of the regional planning committee and a Maori board in the final proposal for amalgamation in Hawke’s Bay would bring race-based representation to local government in the region by stealth, when this style of representation is heavily opposed elsewhere in New Zealand.
The regional planning committee, which is supposed to be made up of 10 iwi appointees and 10 councillors, is up and running despite the regional council having only nine councillors and despite the fact that the bill legalising this committee has not been passed. The iwi appointees are full voting committee members.
The biggest settlements in Hawke's Bay are Napier, Hastings and Havelock North
The Hawke's Bay Regional Planning Committee Bill, to create co-governance stipulated in local tribal group Ngati Pahauwera's Deed of Settlement, is a radical bill which delivers, under the guise of "cultural redress", permanent co-management over natural resources in Hawke's Bay to nine local treaty settlement groups.
Ngati Pahauwera's treaty settlement also suggests that co-governance may also be extended to land zoning and use.
This happened in Auckland, with building consents, with applicants required to pay 19 tribal groups as part of the process.
Regional councillor Christine Scott said:
"This is no sub-committee. It is a full committee of council with decision-making powers. It is the only decision maker on all matters pertaining to resource management plans. While its decisions are in the form of recommendations to council, council cannot amend them".
Councillor Scott is able to talk with authority over the powers of the committee, because the committee was established in 2012 ahead of the legislation.
Legislation would entrench the committee so that ratepayers have no democratic mechanism for controlling iwi/hapu appointees and no mechanism to discharge the committee except by unanimous agreement of those iwi/hapu.
Tribal appointees do not have to stand for office, nor can ratepayers vote them out of office. This is not only profoundly undemocratic but threatens to disrupt the management of the region's natural resources as iwi/hapu unite in collective self-interest.
These groups represent just nine small treaty settlement groups and not the 34,662 people with some Maori ancestry who live in Hawke's Bay. However there is nothing preventing the committee being stacked through the democratically elected seats, as iwi/hapu members also vote on the general ratepayer roll.
Alarming are the conflict of interest provisions in the bill's schedule which states:
"A member of the planning committee is not precluded from … voting on a matter merely because - the economic, social , cultural and spiritual value of an iwi or hapu.. are advanced by … participation by the member".
Yet members of the post-settlement governance entities who put their people on the committee are solely concerned with the interests of their beneficiaries with no mandate to consider the broader interests of Hawke's Bay residents.
For instance, Ngati Kahungunu, represented by claimant group He Toa Takitini, wants "tangata whenua" interests in water incorporated into the regional plan while saying Ngati Kahungunu have never relinquished their rights and interests in water.
The UN's Agenda 21 cycle trails are already well established in Hawke's Bay and continue to grow. Most residents just see them as a great convenience and are completely oblivious to the real reasons for them as detailed in Agenda 21.
Unbelievably, the regional council made a submission on behalf of local ratepayers in favour of the bill. Why weren't we notified or consulted?
This bill that establishes special legal entitlements based on race drives an artificial wedge between citizens with Maori ancestry and those without.
Furthermore, New Zealand is a founding member of the United Nations whose charter forbids discrimination on the grounds of race. Did our elected representatives, our councillors and MPs, consider that when voting in favour of this profoundly undemocratic bill.
Opposition to this race-based committee is a good reason to vote “no” to amalgamation. This would give the Treaty Negotiations Minister a message that he should drop this pernicious bill.
EPA Knew Electro-Magnetic Fields (EMFs) Were A “Probable Human Carcinogen” Decades Ago And Covered It Up July 1 2015 | From: ActivistPost
Did you know that back in 1990, the Environmental Protection Agency was all set to release a report that admitted electromagnetic fields (EMFs) are dangerous to our health, including that EMFs have been linked with “the development of various cancers” but stopped short of straight up admitting they are “probable carcinogens”?
Isn’t it ironic the newspaper thought to tack a Radio Shack add onto the end of this article?
The clipping, published in the October 4, 1990 edition of The Indiana Gazette, reported:
“Now the Environmental Protection Agency is on the verge of publishing a report suggesting that EMF is linked with the development of various cancers. And at one point, someone within the agency had considered an even more drastic step - classifying low-frequency electromagnetic fields as probable cancer-causing agents in the same rank as dioxin or PCBs.
Wow. They were all set to classify low frequency EMFs in the same rank as dioxin, a highly dangerous chemical thought by some even today to be among the most toxic substances out there. Continuing:
“But the EPA has stopped short of the probable carcinogen conclusion, which could have drastic implications for regulation of the American utility industry and in the workplace. Louis Slesin, power-industry watchdog and the editor of Microwave News, published in his journal’s most recent issue a paragraph from a rough draft of the EPA study recommending that low-frequency electromagnetic fields be classified as probable human carcinogens.
The paragraph, Slesin said in a recent interview with The Morning Call, has since been deleted from the report, which won’t be issued in official, final form until this month, according to the July 20 issue of TIME magazine.
According to Microwave News, the paragraph was deleted after the EPA presented its initial draft of report to the White House Office of Policy and Development."
Isn’t that nice? Guess the megacorporations who run the government were none too pleased that the truth might come out about the harmful effects of EMFs and what that information might do to bottom lines and what was about grow into a booming business that would essentially take over our entire world in the next thirty years.
Keep in mind this is from 1990, well before every single one of us was bathing in EMFs all day long from Wi-Fi hotspots, cell phones, computers, iPads, and a thousand other “smart” devices… Well before there were millions of antennas popping up all over the country on school buildings and playgrounds, in church steeples, on our water towers, all along our roadways…
The Internet of Things isn’t even fully implemented yet, but now we already live in a world that has “smart pajamas” for small children which are encoded so they can be scanned with smart devices that will then read bedtime stories to them over Wi-Fi.
The reason Slesin ended up with the original draft of the report, by the way, is that the EPA staffer in the office of research and development for the report who was “overruled” on the probable carcinogen finding turned whistleblower after they took the paragraph out and leaked the original draft to Microwave News.
At the time the Gazette article was printed, the report did, however, retain information regarding the fact that epidemiological studies of brain tumors, lymphomas, and leukemias showed a causal link with EMFs, though no concrete link was admitted obviously.
In addition, the article goes on to note that extremely low EMFs inhibit the production of the tumor-suppressing hormone melatonin and that these fields have also been known to inhibit the immune system.
The point is, even back then, they knew. They knew how dangerous this was to our health, and they failed to fully inform the public.
Cabal Markets Plunge As Greeks Scream “We Don’t Owe, We Won’t Sell, We Won’t Pay.” June 30 2015 | From: Geopolitics
Stock markets worldwide are plunging just by the virtue of the Greeks’ unwillingness to bite the austerity bullet once more as imposed upon them by the Troika Vulture Funds.
Born and raised in animal farms, fed with artificial food, kept barely alive by toxic antibiotics, herded like cattle from feeding grounds to places of tillage, harvesting the fruits of our own labor, we are all being cooked and fried literally with the same oil that comes from own body.
Imagine how the global markets, that they control, would react if all people around the globe just declare themselves debt-free as a matter of right against all illusory and odious schemes.
Imagine if we seize this opportunity to unite ourselves and just act right now in the spirit of our global desire to be free.
Imagine the look in their faces as the peasants raise their fists in collective anger and rise in condemnation of the lies and deceptions inflicted upon them for generations.
Picture the people in jubilation having conquered themselves and all their fears that the matrix of power have created and induced. This is the day the rulers of the world hoped may never come. Carpè diem!
Greece crisis: markets begin to tumble as investors flee
Share prices began to plummet across Asia on Monday as hopes dwindled for a resolution to the Greek debt crisis. Japan’s Nikkei stock average briefly fell by more than 500 points in early trading, while the euro dropped more than 3% to 133.80 yen, its lowest level for five weeks. The common currency fell as much as 1.9% to $1.0955, its lowest level in almost a month.
All banks closed for at least a week, cash withdrawals capped at €60 a day and foreign money transfers banned ahead of referendum on bailout terms
The Nikkei fell 2.1%, while MSCI’s broader index of Asia-Pacific shares outside Japan dropped 0.8%. US stock futures dived 1.8%, hitting a three-month low, while US Treasuries futures price gained almost two points.
Turmoil in Asia had been widely expected after the failure of 11th-hour talks in Europe over the weekend raised the possibility of a Greek exit from the eurozone.
The embattled country looks set to default on its debt repayment this week, forcing Athens to impose capital controls to halt bank runs. On Monday morning Greeks will find their savings blocked and their banks closed for a week following a weekend that has shaken Europe’s single currency. The Athens Stock Exchange will not open on Monday either.
Despite the Chinese central bank’s monetary easing on Saturday, investors were seen flocking to safer assets on the spectre of an unprecedented debt default.
In Tokyo, manufacturers that rely on European sales were among the hardest-hit by early losses, along with banks and insurance companies. The broader Topix index of all First Section issues on the Tokyo Stock Exchange was down 37.67 points, or 2.26%, to 1,629.36.
The US Treasury secretary, Jack Lew, stressed the need for Greece “to take necessary steps to maintain financial stability” ahead of the referendum. He told the Greek prime minister, Alexis Tsipras, on Sunday that Athens and its creditors needed to continue working toward a resolution ahead of a Greek referendum on 5 July on the creditors’ demands for austerity.
Fear of an imminent default by Greece hit Greek banks, a major buyer of Greek government bills, triggering bank runs at weekend and forcing Tsipras to announce a bank holiday on Monday and capital controls.
In a brief televised address to the nation, Tsipras threw the blame onto the leaders of the eurozone. But he did not say how long the banks would remain shut, nor did he give details of how much individuals and companies would be allowed to withdraw once they reopened.
All over Athens people queued at cash machines, particularly outside National Bank branches because the National Bank supplies the banknotes, and lots of other Greek banks, by midnight on Sunday, had no more of those.
Apple Mind-Control News Is On The Way June 29 2015 | From: JonRappoport
Apple mind-control News App is on the way: The globalisation of media: a strike force - “Decentralised Centralisation”
“There is a media metaphysics. Its basic principle states that nothing exists until it becomes information. Now we have a new twist: information only becomes real when it reaches a mind already attuned to it. In other words, the tree falling in the forest makes a sound only if a user/consumer who wants a tree to fall receives video and audio of the event…”
“Tech blather has already begun, since Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, bought the Washington Post at a fire sale. Jeff Genius will invent new ways to transmit the news to ‘people on the go’ and make the Post a smashing success. Mobile devices. Multiple platforms. Digital, taking over from print. Ads customized to fit readers’ interests (profiling). News stories customized to fit readers’ interests (more profiling).”
In other words, non-news. If you thought media were irrelevant and deceptive before, you haven’t seen anything. The “new news” will create millions of virtual bubbles in which profiled users can float contentedly, under the cozy cottage roofs of their favorite little separate paradigms.
“Apple News, part of the upcoming iOS 9 operating system, aims to be the primary news source for users of the iPhone and iPad… Apple says its news app ‘follows over a million topics and pulls relevant stories based on your specific interests’… Joshua Benton of the Nieman Journalism Lab said the app will be important because ‘through the awesome power of default, Apple distribution puts it in an entirely other league. This [news] app will be on hundreds of millions of devices within 24 hours of its debut’.”
Translation: Profiling their users down to their toenails, Apple will present them with virtual bubbles of news they want to see and read. Not just one overall presentation for all; no, millions of different “news outlets” for Apple’s audiences.
This introduces a whole new layer of mind control.
“You’re an Obama fan? Here are stories confirming your belief in the Prophet.”
“You want neo-con on the rocks with a conservative Republican twist? Here’s some war footage that’ll warm your heart.”
“Do you believe ‘government gridlock’ is our biggest concern? Congress can’t get anything done? We’ve got headlines for that from here to the moon.”
“Tuned into celeb gossip? Here’s your world in three minutes.”
The idea: convince users, one day at a time, that what they already believe is important IS the news of the day.
It’s Decentralized Centralization. One media giant carving its global audience up into little pieces and delivering them a whole host of different algorithmically appropriate lies and fluff and no-context psyops.
And for “fringe users?”
“You’re doubtful about GMOs? Well, look at what Whole Foods is planning for their healthier produce section. Cheer up.”
“You’re anti-vaccine? Sorry, you don’t count. You’re not a recognized demographic. But here’s a piece about a little unvaccinated boy who was involved in car crash on the I5.”
Does this sound like science fiction? It isn’t. It’s the mainstream look of the near-future. Search engines are already “personalizing” your inquiries.
US ABC national news is climbing in the ratings because it’s giving viewers “lighter stories,” and spending less time on thorny issues like the Middle East.
“Mr. X, we’ve studied the little virtual bubble you live in, and now we can sell you your own special brand of truth.”
There is a next step, and it’s already well underway. In fact, it’s a prior step that’s been underway for more than a hundred years.
“Hello, audience.
A) We’re going to pitch you on what we think you should know about and what you shouldn’t want to know about. It’s called PR. We’re going to flood you with ads and other nonsense to make you over into a full-fledged obsessed consumers—and then
B) we’re going to profile you from top to bottom, to find out exactly what kind of obsessed consumer you are, so we can hit you and trigger you with information that uniquely stimulates your adrenal glands…”
The one-two punch.
Any actual event occurring in the world will be pre-digested by media editors and profilers, and then split up into variously programmed bits of information for different audiences.
Who cares what really happened? In the new world, there is no ‘what really happened’. That’s a gross misnomer. A faulty idea. A metaphysical error. No, there is only a multi-forked media tongue that simultaneously spits out a dozen or a hundred variations of the same event…because different viewers want and expect different realities.
In 1984, Orwell’s Big Brother was issuing a single voice into the homes of the population. That was old-school. That was primitive technology. That was achieving unity by hammering unity into people’s skulls. This, now, is the frontier of unity through diversity.
“We want to make all of you into androids, through basic PR and propaganda and a pathetic excuse for education. However, we recognize you’ll become different varieties of androids, and we’ll serve that outcome with technological sophistication. Trust us. We care about what you prefer.”
User A: “Wow, did you see the coverage of the border war in Chula Vista?”
User B: “War? They had a fantastic exhibit of drones down there. At least a hundred different types. And then I watched an old WW2 movie about aerial combat.”
User C: “Chula Vista? They had a great food show. This woman made a lemon pie. I could practically taste it.”
User D: “That wasn’t a border war. It was a drill. And then afterwards, these cops gave a demonstration of all their gear. Vests, shields, communication devices, flash-bangs, auto rifles with silencers, batons. I watch drills all over the country. Love them.”
Australia’s Double Game On 'Terrorism' June 28 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
The Australian Government is wrestling with a double game it has created by backing sectarian terrorists in Syria, encouraging the export of young Australians to these groups, then entering into a fake war against terrorism and ringing alarm bells over the threat of them returning home.
In the name of anti-terrorism Canberra has cancelled dozens of passports and, more recently, passed a law to strip citizenship from dual citizens believed to be involved with some of the armed groups plaguing Syria and Iraq. Since 2012 about 200 Australian citizens are thought to have joined these groups and several dozen have been killed.
Australian Prime Minister Tony Abbott recently attacked the state-owned Australian Broadcasting Corporation (ABC) for allowing Zaky Mallah, a notorious supporter of anti-Syrian Islamists, to speak on national television. Yet Mallah, who boasts of his close relations Australia’s domestic intelligence, has enjoyed substantial media attention in recent years.
His media status is part of a wider pattern. The western media has carried many stories about the ‘family man turned suicide bomber’ or the Islamist ‘humanitarian workers’ who travelled to Syria, supposedly to help children and refugees. If the humanitarian story did not fit they were said to have been backing ‘moderate’ armed groups.
It is the Australians of Syrian origin who have been frozen out of the national media. The great majority of them backed the Syrian Government against western backed terrorism. Their impassioned demonstrations in Australian cities, over 2011-2013, were mostly ignored. In face of a propaganda war, with a string of stories falsely implicating the Syrian Army in massacres and chemical weapons attacks, very few pro-Syrian voices have been permitted.
This effective media blockade has banished voices who might challenge the latest ‘chemical weapons’ or ‘barrel bombing’ story, churned out against ‘the regime’ year after year. Considerable evidence has accumulated on these fabrications. Much of it has to do with sectarian Islamists either blaming the Syrian Army for their own atrocities or rebadging their own casualties as ‘civilians’. Yet vigorous self-censorship has meant that very few exposés appear in the Australian media.
Reme Sakr
Dissidents have faced ferocious attacks. Reme Sakr, a young Syrian-Australian who visited her father in Syria in late 2013, was vilified by the ABC program Media Watch in early 2014. The ABC condemned the Good Weekend magazine for running a sympathetic profile of someone who was clearly pro-Syrian. They falsely accused her of supporting war crimes. She is now suing the ABC.
Throughout 2012-2013 Australia’s Labor Government was an active collaborator with Washington over the ill-fated ‘regime change’ plan for Syria. Canberra backed a series of absurd exile groups set up by the US and the Gulf monarchies as the ‘legitimate representatives of the Syrian people’. Along with a number of European states, Australia also expelled the Syrian Ambassador, after it was falsely claimed the Syrian Army had murdered pro-Government villagers at Houla.
Some ‘government massacre’ claims were even debunked in the western media. The Aqrab massacre, very close to Houla and also of pro-government villagers, was blamed on the Army but exposed by Alex Thompson. The Daraya massacre of civilians, kidnapped as part of a failed prisoner exchange, was also blamed on the Army but debunked by Robert Fisk. Both were carried out by groups of the western backed ‘Free Syrian Army’.
Such exposures were exceptions to the rule. The western propaganda offensive encouraged extremists to join in a virtual holy war against Syria. No Australian was detained or deterred from travelling to Syria in the first two years of the crisis. The first few killed were often praised as ‘humanitarian workers’ or victims of the regime’s ‘indiscriminate bombing’.
Yet in August 2012 a US intelligence report (DIA) noted two things, at odds with Washington’s public position.
First, the ‘Syrian Revolution’ had been dominated by sectarian Islamists from the beginning: ‘the Salafists, the Muslim Brotherhood and AQI (al Qaeda in Iraq, later ISIS) are the major forces driving the insurgency in Syria’.
Second, the idea of a sectarian Islamic State was anticipated and thought to suit western purposes. AQI wanted a sectarian war in Syria, which could lead to ‘a Salafist principality in Eastern Syria … exactly what the supporting powers to the opposition ['the West, Gulf Countries and Turkey'] want, in order to isolate the Syrian regime … ISI could also declare an Islamic State through its union with other terrorist organisations’.
US intelligence did not waste time with the political ‘for public consumption’ statements. They knew were working with terrorist groups in yet another Middle Eastern ‘regime change’ operation.
Australia’s home-grown terrorists must have been further emboldened in their belief that Canberra shared their aims when, in October 2012, Foreign Minister Bob Carr told national television that resolution of the Syrian crisis needed ‘an assassination’ and ‘major defections’ from the Syrian Army. This very un-diplomatic (and probably criminal) statement signalled to the fanatics that they could travel to Syria to attack and kill, imagining they had Canberra’s blessing.
But it was not so simple. In late 2013 events forced a change in US strategy. First, a Russian initiative on chemical weapons (the Syrian Government maintains it had never used them) defused a planned US missile strike on Syria. Second, the Syrian Government began to gain the upper hand in the populated areas of western Syria, securing a number of towns along the Lebanese border with the help of the Lebanese resistance movement, led by Hezbollah.
Third, the open sectarianism and well publicised atrocities of ‘rebel’ groups, particularly the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS), attracted worldwide attention. The previous talk of ‘humanitarian intervention’ was displaced by western ‘anti-terrorist’ intervention, aimed at ISIS.
Yet the ‘moderate rebel’ myth persists and the western attacks on ISIS have been ‘cosmetic’. (The Syrian and Iraqi Armies, backed by Hezbollah and Iran, remain the main forces combating ISIS.) There are obvious reasons for this.
US leaders including Vice President Joe Biden and Armed Forces Chief Martin Dempsey have admitted that their ‘major allies’ back ISIS.
The evidence is quite clear that US regards ISIS and other al Qaeda factions as strategic assets.
Nevertheless, designation of significant sections of the Syrian and Iraqi insurgency as ‘terrorists’ has unsettled US collaborators, including Australia. Reinforcing this is the recognition that the ‘Syrian regime’ is not going away, and that many foreign terrorists are trying to return home. What this might mean is well illustrated by the videos of terrorist head-chopping and throat cutting.
Those who were happy to foment terrorism against others have become worried that the proverbial ‘chickens’ are coming home to roost. Caught in their own double game they are blaming everyone but themselves.
New Snowden Docs Reveal NSA, British Government Attacked Antivirus Companies June 26 2015 | From: ExtremeTech
Ever since the Snowden leaks of two years ago, it’s been clear that a certain amount of tension existed between some commercial security companies and government security agencies.
Kaspersky Labs is one company that’s likely been a thorn in the NSA’s side, given that it exposed and reported on a sophisticated malware, dubbed EquationDrug. New information, however, has made it clear that Kaspersky and government organizations in both Britain (the GCHQ) and the NSA have been playing a long game against each other.
The two organizations appear to have pursued somewhat different aims. The GCHQ (Government Communication Headquarters) apparently focused on aggressively reverse-engineering Kaspersky’s anti-virus . In a filing from mid-2008, the GCHQ requested renewal of warrants that would allow it to continue its research into Kaspersky Labs’ software, with the long-term goal of creating malware that Kaspersky couldn’t track.
The NSA did its own software investigation too, and found that the Kaspersky user-agent string that was transmitting data back to Kaspersky’s could also be used to uniquely identify Kaspersky customers. The Intercept confirmed that, despite Kaspersky’s denials, elements of its software continue to transmit personal information without encryption (Kaspersky Small Business Security 4 was found to transmit a detailed report of hardware and installed software entirely in the clear).
We’ve chastised Samsung and other companies repeatedly for transmitting plaintext information and the offense is even worse coming from an anti-virus company. The fact that this flaw existed, however, also illustrates how the role of security agencies has changed in the years since 9/11. There’s always been tension between finding ways to secure information relevant to American interests and protecting American data security, but these are the kinds of product flaws that the NSA and GCHQ ought to have informed Kaspersky of, in the name of better overall cybersecurity. Instead, both agencies appear to have quietly buried the information, reserving it for potential use at a later date.
Emailing malware can get you on the NSA’s list
Of particular interest is an NSA briefing from several years ago, in which the agency revealed that it actively tracks the files submitted to anti-virus companies.
The Intercept spoke to the original author of the email, who confirmed that he never sent it to the NSA or any government agency.
According to the NSA, however, the act of sending such emails is both an opportunity - it offers a chance to analyze the malware and determine whether or not it can be used to slip target packages through existing defenses - but also can mark the sender as a person of interest.
Lest you think the issue is somehow unique to Kaspersky, the NSA also enthusiastically published a list of additional AV companies it wanted to target:
Over the past few years, antivirus companies have stepped up their identification of government created malware, from Flame and Stuxnet to Regin and the aforementioned EquationDrug. These revelations seem to indicate it was the government that kicked off the party with aggressive attempts to breach corporate security and identify security breaches that could be exploited. US sources have hinted at inappropriate relations between Kaspersky and the FSB (the successor to the KGB), but Kaspersky has shot back by noting the wide range of US companies that work directly with the US intelligence community — as well as refuting claims that it failed to identify Russian-backed malware or groups in an extensive blog post.
Former US Attorney General Ramsey Clark Joins Lawsuit against Bush, Cheney, Et Al For Illegal War In Iraq June 26 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
A lawsuit against members of the Bush administration for their role in the invasion of Iraq recently received noteworthy support from an internationally prominent group of lawyers - including a former U.S. attorney general.
The group is asking the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals to review the class action suit on grounds that the U.S.-led war was an illegal act of aggression in violation of international guidelines as defined by the Nuremberg Tribunal after World War II.
Iraqi mother Sundus Saleh filed the lawsuit on May 27 against former President George W. Bush, former Vice President Richard Cheney, former Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, former National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice, former Secretary of State Colin Powell, and former Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, stating they “broke the law in conspiring and committing the crime of aggression against the people of Iraq.” Her complaint filed to the court reads:
Defendants planned the war against Iraq as early as 1998; manipulated the United States public to support the war by scaring them with images of ‘mushroom clouds’ and conflating the Hussein regime with al-Qaeda; and broke international law by commencing the invasion without proper legal authorization.
More than sixty years ago, American prosecutors in Nuremberg, Germany convicted Nazi leaders of the crimes of conspiring and waging wars of aggression. They found the Nazis guilty of planning and waging wars that had no basis in law and which killed millions of innocents.[emphasis added]
It should be noted as well that the Nuremberg Tribunal’s findings were specifically quoted in the suit, which has been undertaken as a pro bonocase by Comar Law, based in San Francisco:
[These] are charges of the utmost gravity. War is essentially an evil thing. Its consequences […] affect the whole world. To initiate a war of aggression, therefore, is not only an international crime; it is the supreme international crime differing only from other war crimes in that it contains within itself the accumulated evil of the whole.”[emphasis added in the lawsuit]
Saleh’s previous attempt to sue the Bush administration in the California court system was met with resistance from the government—including Obama administration lawyers—and was ultimately dismissed using the terms of the Westfall Act, which grants immunity to federal employees who act “within the scope of their employment.”
But the amicus brief submitted on Saleh’s behalf by the group of attorneys—including former U.S. Attorney General Ramsey Clark, the president of the International Association of Democratic Lawyers, the former president of the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee, the former president of the National Lawyers Guild, a founding board member of the International Commission for Labor Rights, and the co-chair of the International Committee of the National Lawyers Guild, among others—states that the previous court was “forbidden” to use Westfall protections to dismiss the charges because the Nuremberg Tribunal established “norms” that prohibit “the use of domestic laws as shields to allegations of aggression […] National leaders, even American leaders, do not have the authority to commit aggression and cannot be immune from allegations they have done so.” [emphasis added]
A second amicus brief was also filed by the nonprofit Planethood Foundation—a compelling action in itself, considering the organization was established in 1996 by the sole surviving Nuremberg chief prosecutor, Benjamin Ferencz. This brief cautions that “those in positions of power” should not be allowed to subvert their influence to escape responsibility for their crimes. This brief cites the U.N. statement given after Nuremberg proceedings that, “planning, initiating, or waging a war of aggression is a crime against humanity for which individuals as well as states shall be tried before the bar of international justice.” [emphasis added]
The significance of these briefs cannot be overstated amidst increasing international attention on the case. Calls to charge the Bush administration for war crimes have grown intense as recent reports estimate well over one million people have died as a result of the Iraq war.
Hopefully, there will be an appropriate answer from the federal appeals court for Saleh’s lawsuit; because, as Inder ComartoldTruthout,
“This is a horror that continues to play itself out, daily, in Iraq; the architects of such chaos have yet to be meaningfully questioned as to their role in this unmitigated tragedy.”
Inder Comar is the Attorney of Sundus Saleh.
Gripping New Adventure As Space Program Insider Tours Mars Colony June 24 2015 | From: DivineCosmos
On June 20th, space program insider Corey Goode was brought to Mars for a tour of a colony that is not supposed to exist. Fascinating new intel has come to light as a result of this trip - and it is a very entertaining read!
A Remarkable Window into an Alternate Reality
Some people wonder if we are "alone in the universe." Others are open-minded about paranormal phenomena, believe that ETs do exist and are visiting us, and wonder where "they" come from.
You may take it for granted that the Roswell crash did occur, that the US government reverse-engineered the technology and developed space travel.
Roswell was seventy years ago.
Do you think maybe, just maybe the military-industrial complex would have gone out into space, taken a look around and built some colonies since then?
If The "Government" Built Off-Planet Colonies, What Might They do in these Inaccessible Locations?
What if these colonies built even more of the reverse-engineered "weird stuff" - all completely off-planet? Would the security of an off-planet location ensure that these exotic gadgets could never appear on Earth, no matter how valiant anyone's effort might be? Might there be millions of people already working out in space in these colonies - doing extremely advanced high-tech jobs?
And if so, could they have been lied to about what happened on Earth since they left - after some 60 million took off in the "Brain Drain" of the 50s and 60s?
Could brilliantly complex lies have been designed to make them never want to return to their homeland - for generations now? Might they have been told that they never could return?
Could a single, innocent word - 'Texas' - ultimately be the "shot heard round the solar system," triggering a revolutionary awakening within the colonies?
It Will Come as a Great Shock
The true scope of what there is to know about our development of space will come as a great shock to the vast majority of everyone here.
Over a hundred different off-planet colonies, each with at least tens of thousands of staff - if not hundreds of thousands - now exist throughout our solar system. All of these facilities, and the technology that goes along with them, will be handed over to humanity on earth - far sooner than we think. This is only fair, in the grander scheme of things.
We Paid for it
Our collective financial and industrial base - the value we built as a human race - provided the seed-money investment to build this vast infrastructure. Investors are entitled to a return - at least within a fair and equitable system.
Yet, we are still driving hundred-year-old gasoline-burning technology on a crumbling infrastructure of paved gravel roads -- choking out nature wherever they roam. "Electric Vehicle Charging Stations" can still be seen scattered throughout Southern California. I just passed one of them yesterday while walking in to LAX airport.
They are a pathetic reminder of another positive, planet-healing initiative that was crushed by Big Industry.
Once you understand "vertical integration," you realize that the same cabal owns Big Industry, Big Agriculture, Big Finance, Big Media and Big Government. This is not a "conspiracy theory." The proof is absolutely irrefutable -- and is so widely available that everyone is talking about it now.
Even Mainstream Media Like "The Telegraph"is Figuring it out
Last week, The Independent published an article that reluctantly admitted how many "conspiracy theories" are already becoming irrefutable facts.
It should be very clear that if this much has already come to light, it is still only the tip of the iceberg:
Perhaps The Conspiracy Theorists Have Been Right All Along June 15 2015 | TheTelegraph
Conspiracy theories used to be so easy.
You’d have your mate who, after a few beers, would tell you that the moon landings were faked or that the Illuminati controlled everything or that the US government was holding alien autopsies in Area 51.
And you’d be able to dismiss this because it was all rubbish.
Look, you’d say, we have moon rock samples and pictures and we left laser reflectors on the surface and... basically you still don’t believe me but that’s because you’re mad and no proof on earth (or the moon) would satisfy you.
...
It’s true that there was always the big one which wasn’t quite so easily dismissed.
This was the Kennedy assassination -- but here you could be fairly sure that the whole thing was a terrible, impenetrable murky morass.
You knew that some things never would be known (or would be released, partially redacted by the CIA, 200 years in the future).
And you knew that whatever the truth was, it was probably a bit dull compared to your mate’s flights of fantasy involving the KGB, the Mafia and the military-industrial complex.
Besides, it all made for a lot of very entertaining films and books.
This nice, cozy state of affairs lasted until the early 2000s. But then something changed.
...
These days conspiracy theories don’t look so crazy and conspiracy theorists don’t look like crackpots.
In fact, today’s conspiracy theory is tomorrow’s news headlines.
It’s tempting, I suppose, to say we live in a golden age of conspiracy theories, although it’s only really golden for the architects of the conspiracies.
From the Iraq war to Fifa to the banking crisis, the truth is not only out there, but it’s more outlandish than anything we could have made up.
...
Of course, our real-life conspiracies aren’t much like The X-Files – they’re disappointingly short on aliens and the supernatural. [DW: So far.]
Rather, they’re more like John Le Carre books. Shady dealings by powerful people who want nothing more than to line their profits at the expense of others.
The abuse of power. Crazy ideologues who try and create their own facts for fun and profit.
Corporations supplanting governments via regulatory capture.
The US Dollar has Decreased in Value by 96%
Since the creation of the Federal Reserve System in 1913, just over 100 years ago now, the value of the dollar has decreased by 96 percent. The Federal Reserve is a private corporation of multi-billionaires that the United States government out-sourced the issuance of its currency to in 1913.
If you have done your homework, you know these billionaires are part of a multi-generational organized crime syndicate that effectively seized power over much of the world. People are conditioned to laugh at labels like "The Illuminati" - but the underlying fact that "secret earth governments" are running things cannot be denied.
All over the world right now, regardless of which country you live in, you are hearing "There is no money left. All the money is gone."
Everyone is hurting - badly. It is amazing that the controlled media can still get away with calling this Greater Depression a "recovery." Or the equally silly "Great Recession."
Where did all that Value go?
Money is just an indication of value. It moves from one place to another. The value of money is not destroyed once it has been moved. If you have ten dollars in your savings account and you transfer it into your checking, you still have ten dollars. Yes, you could say that your savings account is now bankrupt - but you still have ten dollars.
If you then spend it on something, someone else now has your ten dollars - but it's still there. Now imagine this on a much grander scale.
All of the money earned by our parents, grandparents and great-grandparents - all the value they generated - had to go somewhere. And wherever our money went, it's still there.
Our Money was Invested Very Wisely
If you give someone ten thousand dollars, and they go and invest it and turn it into a million dollars, you deserve some share of the profits. That's why we invest. Providing "seed money" comes at a risk, but if the investment pays off, fair business practices stipulate that the dividends must be shared.
This is the whole basis of why we put our money in stocks, bonds, commodities and other products. A wide variety of fraudulent practices have siphoned off our wealth and used it as investment capital -- to develop industrial colonies out in space.
The business that was built by the military-industrial complex has boomed to epic proportions. Not one bit of its dividends have been shared with humanity on earth.
The Ancient Builder Race
Furthermore, an "Ancient Builder Race" left extensive, highly-advanced ruins on Earth and all throughout our solar system.
Those advanced artifacts, abandoned cities and re-occupied ancient facilities are the rightful property of those now living here on Earth. Thankfully, it now appears the walls of secrecy are tumbling down, and we will soon be able to claim our cosmic inheritance.
All of us will be able to live like millionaires - with technology beyond our wildest dreams - once the truth is revealed.
Why Would the "Powers that were" Ever Hand Over their Secret Technology?
A vastly superior race of benevolent ETs have made themselves formally known to the Secret Space Program since 2012.
They demonstrated quite a show of force, arriving in 100-plus spheres ranging in size from the Moon to Jupiter. The "Sphere Alliance" contacted a breakaway faction of the Secret Space Program known as Solar Warden. Together, they are now pushing to peacefully, gradually and effectively relinquish the lies and secrecy.
The Cabal would never have handed over this technology and revealed any of these secrets unless they were forced to - by a bigger kid on the playground.
We did not Know the Full Scope until this Morning
Though Earth humans are far from the most spiritually advanced race out there, we have become excellent builders of hyper-exotic technology. The hard-earned cash from our blood, sweat and tears has directly helped finance an off-planet industrial operation that is staggering in scope.
The true size of this industrial operation was not available to anyone in the public domain until Corey Goode published his latest update this morning.
As impossible as this may sound, the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate, or ICC, just revealed they are in intense, ongoing trade relations with.....
Nearly nine hundred different civilizations.
And there are many, many more who they are in contact with on a less-frequent basis.
Go Read it for Yourself
The Secret Space Program insider Corey Goode sent me a preliminary copy of what you are about to read, by email, last night. It wasn't finished yet. He was on one side of the kitchen table and I was on the other. I read it, gave a few suggestions and went to sleep.
While I was peacefully sacked out in my room, sleeping until 10AM, he went ahead and finished the whole thing. In my view this is definitely the best, most engaging thing he has ever written.
And, as impossible as it may sound, it is all based on what really happened to him three nights ago.
Restoring Order and Exposing the Truth
The hyper-evolved beings within the Sphere Alliance are here to peacefully restore order to our solar system, and usher us into the promised Golden Age. They do not want to show up in blazing chariots in the sky and rescue us. We have to do this ourselves. And they are helping us create this new reality.
Corey and his commanding officer Gonzales just performed the Alliance equivalent of a UN weapons inspection on an ICC colony from Mars. The goal was to gauge whether the people there were living in slavery-type conditions - and to gain critical intelligence about a facility revealed by a recent new defector.
The adventure he went through - just prior to flying out for this trip - is truly worthy of a filmic treatment in and of itself.
Corey has felt like these journeys are often the equivalent of trips into hell. I have done my part to try to help him feel better about what he is doing. I have told him how lucky he is to be brought into this world. If I ever get the chance to go myself, it will be the fulfillment of a lifetime of unceasing effort. Countless dreams have indicated that this will indeed be happening. And it won't be long before this is a reality that all of us will have access to.
We are finally here at Gaiam Studios to "do it right" - on a professional level - capturing and releasing this vast, epic narrative in a series of episodes. This will be in addition to whatever I do with our original footage that we shot in my home back in April - and which I am in the final stages of learning enough to be able to self-produce.
We are discussing how to make this content as readily accessible to everyone as possible. It will probably be featured in a show we will call Disclosure: Special Edition.
Corey Goode has now met with the CEO, the president, the director, the head of production and several other key staff in the Gaiam production crew. This is an important point. Corey just went through an entire day of being (excitedly) interrogated by the highest-level staff in the company.
Every time we asked him a question, the answers tumbled out like a waterfall. No matter how specific and idiosyncratic the question might be, his answers are remarkably detailed. Best of all, they all thread beautifully with what I have heard from so many others. Corey and I were both very impressed with the degree of preparation that Gaiam had going in.
This included a centimeter-thick book of printouts of pictures of different types of ETs - to see which ones look the most like what he saw, and how we can illustrate them correctly. Every word of Corey's online testimony - on his website and Facebook page -- was thoroughly studied, analyzed and outlined, as well as the contents of our six-hour video interview.
Tomorrow we are going to attempt to create an overview that encompasses the main details and compresses it into a half-hour. We had meetings all day on how to accomplish that. This overview will be just the icebreaker that opens up the doors to a much larger series of discussions -- that could turn into many more episodes.
We are hoping to have a rapid turnaround speed on the release of the overview. The estimates may be overly exuberant, but we are hoping for the best. Everyone was completely captivated by the story of Corey's meeting at the Mars colony -- and it is well worth your time to read it for yourself.
The more Corey writes, the better he gets. This article has already gone viral like nothing else he has ever written, for good reason - so check it out!
Click here to read Corey's epic account of his trip to the Mars colony.
JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention June 20 2015 | From: FromTheTrenches / TheDarkLegacy / Various
I suppose most people think that from the day he saluted his father’s casket at just three years old, til the evening his plane went down, he just went about his business, playing the game of life like everyone else.
After all, he did live, for the most part, a relatively ordinary life, in spite of being the Prince of America’s Camelot.
So, what do you suppose was going on in the mind of the sexiest man alive? He could have written his own political ticket, yet he went into publishing. Many expected him to land in politics and most likely were a bit perplexed when he decided to publish a magazine instead.
Some thought he was afraid to go into politics because of the “Kennedy Curse.” However, nothing could be further from the truth. What he did proved to be more dangerous than any political arena, and he knew that from the start. But…John-John had a mission…and that mission was to expose the villain who orchestrated that “dastardly act” upon his father.
Unbeknownst to the public, John-John was digging deep for proof. And, how else could he expose the truth when all the media outlets were controlled by the very cabal he planned to expose? Enter…”George.”
When he presented his magazine, “George,” to the world, he was, for all practical purposes, signing his own death warrant.
“George” was a veiled threat…in a symbolic sort of way. Do you see? How many men named “George” comes to mind at just the thought of President John F. Kennedy’s so called assassination? The cabal wanted his father dead, that is a fact, but the namesake of John F. Kennedy, Jr.’s magazine…their minion, arranged it. And…once he had the proof, the truth would come out in his very own magazine. Do you see?
"As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.
Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the Bretton-Woods agreement at the end of WWII.
The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system - which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life."
There was a rumor that John-John had obtained the proof he needed and an expose’ was in the works, until his untimely, and mostly “suspicious,” death. Of course, the media campaigned that he was an irresponsible thrill seeker; but then they would, wouldn’t they? Although many people knew JFK, Jr. was murdered; and they were right about who was responsible…they were just wrong about the reason.
John Jr. was warned by family members about the risks involved in his pursuit. But, he was determined to get justice for his father and bring truth to light, exposing the darkness that shrouds our planet. So ask yourself…what would you do, if you were a mere babe when your father, who just happened to be the most important man in the country, was murdered in such a gruesome manner, and you never had the opportunity to know him…would you just let it go?
Although he was from one of the main Illuminati family bloodlines, JFK was in fact trying to undo some of the mess - and to bring an end to the Reserve Banking System. For his efforts he was assasinated on November 22, 1963.
The Bush Connections
Many researchers and historians have come to the conclusion that it was the elite power structure running the US Government that were responsible for the assassination of JFK, and that there was more than one reason for them doing so.
There are photographs claiming to show that George Bush was at Dealey Plaza on the day of the killing, and while they might be inconclusive there are multiple other sources that George Bush was one of those responsbile for the assassination of JFK and that he was indeed there that day. The Dark Legacy takes an in depth look into the evidence supporting this.
It Never Ends - MORE Startling Evidence of Bush in Dallas - by John Hankey - TheDarkLegacy.com
I don't think we are much encouraged to see History as science. Quite the opposite, actually. And of course, that's all politics. The winners write history, and the truth be damned. Even science can have trouble trying to act like science when political issues are involved, as we see with evolution, tobacco-and-cancer, and global warming.
But I think History does have a lot in common with physical science. For example, I can remember when "Continental Drift", the idea that Africa and America were once stuck together, was very much considered "just a theory"; ridiculed by some, and regarded with amusement by many, and promulgated as likely by a tiny minority.
"Fifty men have run America, and that's a high figure."
- Joseph Kennedy, Father of JFK, in the July 26th, 1936 issue of The New York Times
But as time goes by, the evidence accumulates; and the meaning of old evidence begins to settle in; and ideas that were once considered outrageous gradually get worn in and start to be regarded as obvious common sense. Part of this process is the continual accumulation of new evidence.
New pieces are added to the puzzle and the picture becomes more clear. And sometimes the hidden meaning of old evidence, that has been lying around for years, suddenly jumps out.
Evidence of the fossils and minerals that can be found on the east coast of Africa, and on the west coast of Brazil, may have been lying around for years, before someone decided to look and see if they matched, and found that they did; and proved conclusively that west Africa and Brazil were once attached.
Trailer:
With regard to George HW Bush and the murder of John Kennedy, Joseph McBride found this memo in 1988.
FBI director J. Edgar Hoover wrote this memo 5 days after the assassination, naming George Bush as a CIA officer.
The last, and most crucial paragraph, is very hard to read. The following is a transcription:
"The substance of the forgoing information was orally furnished toMr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency and Captain William Edwards of the Defense Intelligence Agency on November 23, 1963, by Mr. V.T. Forsyth of this Bureau."
When it was first released in 1978, George Bush was an obscure bureaucrat, a virtual unknown. So when the best researchers on the planet saw this memo in 1978, they didn't pay much attention to it. When Bush became vice president two years later, no one was able to connect his now well-known name to this obscure memo.
But when Joseph McBride was messing around in 1988, Bush was running for president; and when McBride saw the memo, he jumped up and shouted:
"Hey, this memo is about Bush! It says he was in the CIA, way back in 1963!"
And for the longest time, the focus was on this simple isolated fact: that Hoover said Bush was in the CIA in '63.
Bush said the memo must be referring to another "George Bush," because he wasn't in the CIA at that time. But over the years, people were able to assemble the facts from Bush's personal life, showing his deep involvement with the CIA at that time, and with the CIA's anti-Castro Cubans (in the memo, Hoover calls them “misguided anti-Castro Cubans”).
And over time, it has become undeniable; that Hoover was referring, in his memo, to none other than George Herbert Walker Bush. And for a while, that was it. End of story.
But the title of this Hoover memo is, "Assassination of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy". Isn't that important?
Well, you'd think so. But for the longest time, no one made much out it. Besides, Hoover scarcely mentions the assassination in the memo, instead focusing on these "misguided anti-Castro Cubans." The body of the memo does not appear, at first, to be in any way related to the title of the memo “the assassination of President John F Kennedy”.
But then Mark Lane, in his book Rush to Judgment, did the fabulous work of demonstrating, and in fact persuading a jury, that E. Howard Hunt, a major lieutenant in the CIA's "misguided anti-Castro Cuban" program, was in Dallas and involved in the assassination.
With this background, with this framework to guide the researcher, it was then possible to assemble the considerable evidence linking Bush to Hunt.
People might have taken some notice before that Bush made the unusual request, as Nixon's ambassador to the UN, to be given an office in the White House. They may have noticed that Hunt, although he was not being paid by anyone in the White House, or answering to anyone that we know of in the White House, also had a White House office.
“The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings…
Our way of life is under attack. Those who make themselves our enemy are advancing around the globe…no war ever posed a greater threat to our security.
If you are awaiting a finding of “clear and present danger,” then I can only saythat the danger has never been more clear and its presence has never been more imminent… For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day.I
t is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised.
No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”
But with the Hoover memo in hand, establishing Bush as a supervisor of the CIA's "misguided anti-Castro Cuban" operation, it is possible to connect Bush to Hunt at the Bay of Pigs. With this memo in hand, it is possible to connect Bush and Hunt as two CIA operatives with offices inside the White House.
With this memo in hand, it is possible to answer who it was that Hunt answered to inside the White House; and how he got the office in the first place. And with all that, it is possible to connect Bush to Hunt, and therefore to Dallas, to Hunt in Dallas, and to the "misguided anti-Castro Cuban" assassins of John Kennedy.
J. Edgar hoover
Which is what Hoover did for us when he wrote the title of the memo. Little by little, the pieces start to fall into place. And pieces that in isolation meant nothing, become key parts of a whole picture.
But even so, this is not a rock-solid connection: Hunt was directly involved in the murder of JFK. And Bush supervised Hunt.
But Bush probably supervised a lot of CIA people, not all of whom were directly involved in the assassination. A high-ranking officer may be connected to all of the acts of all of his troops, by reason of his being their commander. But it's not a direct connection. It doesn't establish that the officer knew about, or approved of, or was involved in, all the actions of those troops.
Enter FBI memo # 2:
It will come up again in a minute, so please read the first line carefully. Bush identifies himself to the FBI as an independent oil man from Houston.
This memo establishes that sort of direct connection between Bush and Hunt, in Dallas, on the day of the assassination.
This memo records Bush's phone call to the FBI, precisely an hour and fifteen minutes after the assassination. When I first encountered this memo, and when I first put it into my movie, JFK II, I simply called it "weird".
I saw it only in isolation, a weird, isolated connection between Bush and the assassination. It took me years to see it in context. That is, to see that this phone call demonstrates, clearly, that George Bush, was on duty that day.
He was staying at the Dallas Sheraton because his duty assignment was in Dallas. His phone call to the FBI cannot have been random. This James Parrott worked for Bush as a sign-painter; he was not an assassin; this phone call is not what it purports to be; Bush was fulfilling some obscure under-cover function in making this call.
So the phone call has to be seen as part of his CIA assignment; which was clearly connected to the assassination. This memo then establishes that Bush was in the Dallas area, and on duty; and that his duty assignment was connected to the assassination. And if his men were in Dallas shooting the President, as they were, he was certainly on duty supervising them.
"The Society [Society of Jesus aka the Jesuits] employs a variety of ruthless tactics to accomplish its long-term goal (of a New World Order which pays homage to their Black Pope). One is carrying out political assassinations of world leaders who refuse to comply with its demands.
These assassinations in the U.S. have included presidents (Abraham Lincoln, JFK), cabinet members, congressmen, senators, diplomats, journalists, scientists and religious and business leaders. "
"Assassinations are carried out by the aforementioned intelligence agencies and their Mafia partners in the drug and gambling trades, often with collateral assistance from the Knights of Malta, the Freemasons, the Knights of Columbus, and Propaganda Due (P2). Such was the case in the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and some former Popes."
If he were not supposed to be supervising them, his bosses would have assigned him to be at his home office in Houston, Texas; or on his oil rigs in the Caribbean.
But, even in context, this memo and the phone call it describes is still weird, no? I mean, how could Bush have been so stupid as to make this insanely incriminating phone call? Without this FBI memo, recording this phone call, we don't know, or even have a good clue as to where Bush was, or what he was doing the day of the assassination. Do we?
Bush has, until recently, simply said that he did not remember what he was doing the day of the assassination. But with this memo, Bush tells us where he was and what he was doing - he hands us his head on a silver platter.
What could possibly have motivated him to make such a stupid error as making this phone call to the FBI? It's a valid question. It's not an essential question. We can still value this memo, and extract a great deal of important content from it without answering the question of why, but the question remains.
And we can make a stab at answering it. Russ Baker in his fine book, Family of Secrets suggests that Bush was attempting to establish an alibi. Now, by making this phone call, he, in fact, establishes that he was in the Dallas area, and that he was on duty, related to the assassination.
So if he's trying to establish an alibi to cover-up where he actually was and what he was actually doing, what he is trying to cover up must be some pretty bad stuff, some pretty incriminating stuff, if it's worse than what he gives us with this alibi.
And what could be worse than what he gives us? Well, obviously, he must have actually been in Dallas. In fact, I think, this situation suggests he must have actually been in Dealey Plaza. I mean seriously. Think about it. He's so panicked about the truth coming out, that he puts his head in a noose and hands it to us.
It makes me think he must have been in Dealey Plaza, he must have been in the company of the shooters, and he must have felt that there would be evidence to prove that.
We're just speculating at the moment. We'll get to the evidence right now, but I’m trying to set the scene. If a guilty party is in a panic, trying to cover evidence connecting them to a crime, they may invent an explanation, or an alibi, that seems like a good idea at the time; but that in fact constitutes a very damaging admission. Anyway, stew on that while you consider this photo:
You see this tall thin man in a suit, with a receding hair line. Many people claim this is Bush, standing in front of the Texas School Book Depository. And it might be. It might be a lot of people. And perhaps, when he called the FBI and incriminated himself, Bush was concerned that he might show up in a better picture than this, where he was positively recognizable, looking towards the camera.
Personally, I don't think this photo looks much like Bush; and in fact, I didn't think he'd be stupid enough to just be hanging around the murder scene. I thought he was sufficiently high ranking that he'd leave such on-scene stuff to his underlings. Right?
At least in my mind, if you're an officer like Bush, you're the coach. You plan, you train and prepare your people, and then you stand back and watch it happen. Or so I thought. Fletcher Prouty was certain that he saw pictures of Ed Lansdale, a military operative of the highest rank, signaling to the "tramps" arrested behind the grassy knoll to "be cool," that everything was alright.
Hunt was a high-ranking CIA officer, chief of the CIA's Mexico station; and his son says he is one of the "tramps" who show up in several photos of men who were arrested behind the grassy knoll. So, some of the highest ranking members of the killers' operation were apparently there, on the front line, to make sure that when things went wrong, as they inevitably do, these high ranking officers could be there to fix whatever the problem was.
So, given that high- and low- ranking CIA officers were present, this photo of this thin man in a suit might, indeed, be Bush. It's possible.
And now, look at this picture of the Dal-Tex building. The Dal-Tex building is across the street from the Book Depository, and many leading researchers into the assassination, including Jim Garrison, say there was certainly a team of shooters in this building:
And as you can see, some imaginative individual has added some colour to indicate three men in this window. Very creative, very imaginative; and at least plausible. Still, it takes way too much imagination and effort, to see Bush's face. But now observe this link.
Actually, You don't have to stop and read it, because I'll quote the relevant part. It's a statement from Roger Craig, winner of the deputy of the year award for Dallas in 1960, and one of the most honest men working that day in Dallas. He's an amazing and heroic fellow, worthy of all the time you could take looking into his background and character. And here, in the following passage, he is describing a conversation he had with Jim Garrison, and he says,
"Jim also asked me about the arrests made in Dealey Plaza that day. I told him I knew of twelve arrests, one in particular made by R. E. Vaughn of the Dallas Police Department. The man Vaughn arrested was coming from the Dal-Tex Building across from the Texas School Book Depository.
The only thing which Vaughn knew about him was that he was an independent oil operator from Houston, Texas. The prisoner was taken from Vaughn by Dallas Police detectives and that was the last that he saw or heard of the suspect."
Holy Moe Lee! Please notice that, in speaking to Jim Garrison, Craig says "in particular". Apparently he and Vaughn thought this was the most significant arrest made that day; pretty amazing given that E.Howard Hunt was arrested in the rail yard behind the grassy knoll. And the only thing Craig knew about this “particular” arrestee was that he had exactly the same singular CIA-cover, "an independent oil operator from Houston, Texas", that George Bush had used that same day in his contact with the FBI.
Now. There are a very limited number of possible explanations for who this "independent oil operator" was. Let's look at them.
It is conceivable that the CIA had two men in Dallas area that day, supervising the shooters, who both had the designated cover of being an "independent oil operator from Houston." Bush was one, as the evidence above clearly shows; and perhaps there was another who was with the shooters in the Dal-Tex building, supervising them directly.
But unless the CIA overlords were trying to set Bush up, they would not have told anyone else to use Bush's CIA cover to identify themselves to the police. If another man was involved in the crime, and was arrested for it, and he told the cops he was an "independent oil operator from Houston," this would tend to throw suspicion in Bush's direction.
"The Khazarian Mafia’s intense hatred of anyone who professed faith in any God but their god Baal has motivated them to murder kings and royalty, and make sure they can never rule. They have done the same with American presidents - running sophisticated covert operations to disempower them.
If that doesn’t work the KM assassinates them, like they did to McKinley, Lincoln and JFK. The KM wants to eliminate any strong rulers or elected officials who dare to resist their Babylonian money-magick power or their covert power gained from their deployment of their human compromise network."
Bush's association with the CIA's Cubans was already widely known. Fletcher Prouty knew and wrote of it. Fabian Escalante, the head of Cuban counter intelligence, knew and has written about it. James Files, who claims very credibly, to have been a driver for the Mafia shooters in Dallas, has spoken on-camera about it.
And FBI director J. Edgar Hoover, knew about it and wrote about it in his memo. So Bush was already a suspect in Hoover’s eyes. The CIA planners, then, would not have told anyone else, "in case you get arrested, tell the cops you're an independent oil man from Houston". Right? They would not have done this, since it would tend to incriminate Bush, who was already in a highly visible, highly suspicious position.
Another unlikely possibility is that this "independent oil operator from Houston" was just some innocent oil operator, who somehow managed to attract suspicion, and was arrested. Do you think it's possible that another oil man from Houston just happened to be in that corner of Dealey Plaza?
Dealey Plaza today
I hope you think it's possible. Because, as unlikely as it seems, if you think it was possible, then certainly Bush would have been reasonable in thinking that, as he was being arrested, there were other independent oil operators in the crowd who witnessed his arrest.
You see, Bush spoke to a group of oil men in Dallas the night before the assassination. If it were possible that some of them were in Dealey Plaza, he would need to be terrified of the possibility that some of them might actually have seen the arrest, and would have been able to identify him as the object of that arrest.
No wonder, then, that Bush freaked out, and made this stupid incriminating phone call to the FBI. Even if it showed that he was not in Houston, or in the Caribbean, but in Dallas, at least it suggested that he was not in police custody for the murder of the President, in Dealey Plaza.
But now stop and think a minute: Why was he arrested? What was he doing that drew this cop's attention at all? What could he possibly have been doing to make this cop think that he needed to arrest Bush?
Perhaps walking out of a building without attracting attention is harder than it sounds; and it reasonable to suppose that the crowd outside the Dal-Tex building had heard the shots, had heard that the President had been wounded, and they were carefully scrutinizing anyone who came out of the building.
But this story shows clearly that Bush was not the sort of cold-blooded killer who could take part in the murder of a man, and then act and look like nothing was going on as he tried to leave the scene of the crime. And it turns out that as an old man, Bush continues to suffer from this character trait, of being unable to hide feelings that need to be kept secret.
As you can see below, at Gerry Ford's funeral, Bush suddenly breaks into a wide grin while speaking of the Kennedy assassination. This is not a Mona Lisa smile. This is face-wrenching spasm of glee.
In a minute we'll take up the question of why Bush would grin at his recollection of watching John Kennedy's brains splatter; the point for us now is that he apparently had a similarly inappropriate, show-stopping expression on his face as he attempted to exit the Dal-Tex building; he had the look of a murderer in his eye, so clearly that it could not be missed; as this funereal-grin could not be missed.
And the guilt plastered all over Bush's face drew people's attention. And this cop, Vaughn, arrested him.
Now remember, Roger Craig tells this story in the context of his discussions with New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison about the suspects who were arrested that day and who then evaporated without leaving a mugshot, interview, fingerprint, or name. Garrison spoke not only to Roger Craig, but he no-doubt spoke to Vaughn, who made the arrest. And Garrison adds the following:
“At least one man arrested immediately after the shooting had come running out of the Dal-Tex Building and offered no explanation for his presence there. Local authorities hardly could avoid arresting him because of the clamor of the onlookers.
He was taken to the Sheriff's office, where he was held for questioning. However, the Sheriff's office made no record of the questions asked this suspect, if any were asked; nor did it have a record of his name. Later two uniformed police officers escorted him out of the building to the jeers of the waiting crowd.
They put him in a police car, and he was driven away. Apparently this was his farewell to Dallas, for he simply disappeared forever.”
- On the Trail of the Assassins, p. 238
This vision of the panicked Bush being arrested, no-doubt terrified as he was taken to the police station, and possibly even booked (though the record of any such booking has been destroyed) provides a context that explains a number of Bush's otherwise-mysterious actions. Certainly Bush was freaked out and panic-stricken! An angry crowd clamored for his arrest, and jeered his release.
Being a newbie in these dark affairs, Bush didn't have confidence in the ability of the old devils at CIA to make water run uphill, to make time run backwards, to silence the witnesses, to destroy the records, and make it all go away. And so he panicked; he acted on his own, stupidly; he called the FBI, thinking that he was "cleverly" providing evidence that it wasn't him who was arrested in front of the Dal-Tex building that day.
In his panic-stricken state, this seemed like a good idea. He was unable to see that he was actually creating a permanent absolutely-positive record of his involvement.
We can now also explain the grin. He grins ridiculously at Gerry Ford's funeral, at the mention of John Kennedy's murder, not because he is such a ghoul that he thinks splattering the contents of Kenney's head all over Jackie Kennedy was funny; but because mentioning the assassination causes him to recall the comedy of errors that produced his own ridiculous panic, arrest, more panic, and so on.
Garrison wrote his paragraph about Bush's arrest in 1988. Deputy Craig's article was written in 1971 and posted in 1992. But the significance of these paragraphs was discovered last week. There hardly was an internet in 1992 when Craig's article was posted. And for 19 years, no one noticed that this phrase, "independent oil man from Houston", is a very unique description of Bush.
No one noticed until last month, when one of the moderators of JFKMurderSolved showed it to me. And I wrote about it to some friends, and one of them suggested I read what Jim Garrison had to say.
So the pieces continue to fall into place. Little by little, the picture is filled in, the questions get answered. And the conclusions become more incontrovertible. This is just the sort thing that happened with the theory of Evolution and the Big Bang theory; and the theory of continental drift [all three of which are actually bunkum].
And someday they may start to teach history, as a science, based on evidence, in the universities. Really! It could happen!
At which point, Bush's involvement in JFK's murder will be taught, like evolution, as the only plausible explanation of the available reliable evidence.
Final note: Until recently, Bush had nothing more to say about his whereabouts the day of the assassination than that he doesn't remember where he was. That in itself is extraordinarily incriminating.
Everyone who was alive at the time remembers where they were on 9-11, and on the day Kennedy was murdered. But, saying that he doesn't remember, however improbable, is at least consistent with Bush's autobiography, which mentions nothing.
Lately, however, perhaps at least partly in response to my work, Bush and Co. have concocted a story that he was speaking in Tyler, Texas to the Rotary Club. The vice-president of the Rotary Club, Aubrey Irby, says that Bush was speaking when the bellhop came over and told him, that Kennedy was dead [Kitty Kelley, The Family: the Real Story of the Bush Dynasty, p.213; cited by Russ Baker in Family of Secrets, p.54].
Mr. Irby passed the information on to Mr. Wendell Cherry, who passed it on to Bush; who stopped his speech. Irby says that Bush explained that he thought a political speech, under the circumstances, was inappropriate; and then he sat down. As a would-be alibi proving Bush's innocence, there are at least three huge problems with this story.
The first is that it is inconceivable that Bush would not have remembered such an event; or that he would have left it out of his autobiography, since it shows what a fine and respectful fellow he is. If he didn't remember it sooner, or include it in his autobiography, it's clearly because it never happened.
The second huge problem with this story is that it couldn’t possibly have happened; that is, it is made impossible by Bush’s original alibi, his phone call to the FBI, as you’ll see:
The witness who tells this story, Aubrey Irby, says that Bush excused himself and sat down. It doesn't say that he rushed out of the room in a frantic search for a phone.
The problem is that Walter Cronkite's announcement to the world that Kennedy was dead came at 1:38 PM.
Certainly, no one was listening to Walter Cronkite in the same room in which Bush was speaking. Therefore we can be sure that this bellhop, who told Irby that Kennedy was dead, was in another room. The bellhop had to make the decision that he had heard enough of the news to leave off listening to the news.
This is no small point. Texas governor Connally was severely wounded. Lyndon Johnson was reportedly wounded. There was much other news to be confirmed. At some point, then, the bellhop decided to stop listening and go make an announcement. There's no reason to think Irby would be the first person he would tell.
But at some point he went to the room where Bush was speaking and informed Mr. Irby that the president was dead. This walk to find Irby took time, of course. Mr. Irby had to receive the information, and then he had to decide to inform Mr. Wendell Cherry, the president of the Kiwanis.
Mr. Cherry had to decide that he should interrupt Bush's speech; Mr. Cherry had to then walk over to Bush and tell him the news.
Bush had to decide what to say; and he had to say it. And, according to the only witness, Mr. Irby, Bush "then sat down". Somehow, when he was finished sitting, without attracting Mr. Irby's attention, Bush had to seek and find a phone. This would have been a hotel phone, so he would likely have had to go through the hotel switchboard to get an outside line.
Do you suppose the switchboard was busy after the announcement of the President's death? It's a good guess. In Washington D.C. so many people rushed to make a phone call that the phone system went down. In any case, once he got through to the hotel operator and got an outside line, Bush then had to call information and get the number of the FBI.
After getting through to information, and getting the number, he then had to call the FBI; and penetrate their switchboard, which was, no doubt, very busy; and he had to locate an agent, on what must have been the busiest day in the history of the Dallas bureau.
How many minutes do you suppose that would take? Twenty seems a fair guess, though it seems implausible that a civilian could even get through, given all the official police business going on at the time.
We know that the Dallas FBI was all over the murder scene, confiscating camera film and intimidating witnesses; so it's hard to imagine how Bush, an hour after the shooting, was able to reach an agent at all. Given the "sitting" that Mr. Irby observed Bush doing, for all this to have transpired in 45 minutes would be tidy work.
But Bush had to do all of this, as the FBI memo states, by 1:45, seven minutes after the news of Kennedy's death first went out; which is blatantly impossible.
The third problem is this question of why Bush would feel that it was necessary to concoct such a story at all? Why does he have to tell us this lie? Why does he have to get others, like Irby, to lie for him? The irony is that the harder he tries to make himself appear innocent, by lying, the more evidence he gives us of his guilt.
There are some people who manage to point to this and say "ahah! That's why Bush was in Dallas! Not to kill the President, but to speak to the other oilmen!" But as the Hoover memo shows, being an oilman was just a cover for Bush's real occupation as a CIA supervisor of trained killers. He needed an excuse for being in Dallas. This speaking engagement provided him with one.
From the Director of Dark Legaqcy:
John Hankey
George Bush killed Kennedy. Or was it the Mafia? Maybe Castro did it. Who cares? It was 40 years ago. What difference does it make?
It matters.
The day he died we lost an invaluable treasure. This video documents that we lost a man of peace, who tried to cool off the cold war, and to get the American people to see their Russian enemies, not as despicable inhuman monsters, but as people like us.
On November 22, 1963, you lost the man who saved your life on October 17, 1962. At the height of the missile crisis, Kennedy’s generals and advisors were urging him to launch a first strike attack against Cuba.
They assured Kennedy that the Russian missiles in Cuba were not nuclear and were not ready; but that he and they should quietly slip away to the safety of bomb shelters anyway, just to be safe; and then launch an attack, leaving the rest of us out to die. Kennedy thought about it. And then he told them that nobody was going anywhere.
If anyone died, they would be the first to go, sitting as they were in the Whitehouse, the prime target of those Russian missiles. Together they then figured out a safer plan. Robert McNamara, Secretary of Defense at the time, recently learned from the Russians that the missiles were armed, were ready, were nuclear, and that their commanders were authorized to use them in case of an attack.
If you live in the northern hemisphere, the lives of your parents, and your future, were certainly saved by John Kennedy on that day. It matters that his killers be exposed.
In his farewell address, President Eisenhower had warned Kennedy, and the rest of us, of the threat posed to democracy by what Eisenhower called “the military industrial complex.”
And while Kennedy famously went after the CIA, and refused to commit troops to Vietnam, I always wondered why he didn’t more openly attack this military industrial complex. And then I stumbled upon a speech he gave at the United Nations.
As you will see in the video, he called upon the Russians, and United Nations, to help him to take on this military industrial complex, in order to “abolish all armies and all weapons.” But he was swept away.
And in the years since, millions have died in needless wars, trillions of dollars have been wasted on “defense”, and millions more people have lived and died needlessly in poverty. It matters that we lost him.
In 2007, Bruce Willis told Vanity Fair magazine;
"They still haven’t caught the guy that killed Kennedy. I'll get killed for saying this, but I'm pretty sure those guys are still in power, in some form. The entire government of the United States was co-opted.”
Now Willis probably would not mind my suggesting that he’s no genius. At best, his observation is common sense. 80% of the American people agree with him. Indeed, this video, proving that Kennedy was brought down by the most powerful men in the world and their hired thugs, is not based on secret documents.
It is all information that has merely been suppressed. Oswald allegedly shot Kennedy from behind. But the day he died, the NY Times carried the story, told by the doctors in Dallas, that Kennedy had an entrance wound in his throat, another in his right temple, and a large gaping exit wound in the back of his head.
After talking to the emergency room doctors, Kennedy’s press secretary described, to the assembled press, a shot to the right temple from the right front that went “right through the head.”
All of the witnesses near the right front, the grassy knoll, described hearing shots from that direction, and dozens of witnesses raced up the knoll in pursuit of the shooters. These witnesses talked to the press. But all of this information has been suppressed for the last 50 years. By whom? Who could?
You will also see in this video the overwhelming best evidence, from the best witnesses, proving beyond a reasonable dispute, that Kennedy's body was stolen from Air Force One, and the wound to his right temple was mutilated, before the autopsy.
Jackie Kennedy kept watch over an empty casket on the flight from Dallas to Bethesda Naval Hospital. Then the body was quietly taken to Bethesda for the autopsy, arriving 20 minutes before Jackie and the empty casket. Who had the power to arrange this?
Who HAS the power today to suppress all this evidence?, and to continue to bombard us with ridiculous lies about a lone gunman? It's a short list, isn't it? It doesn't include the mafia, or the Russians, or Castro. It does include the Bush family - or rather their masters in Big Oil; the banking elite; the backbone of the military industrial complex. These men, and their successors, carried out the attacks of 9-11. It matters.
In the covert war against the communist regime in Cuba under the CIA’s Operation Mongoose, the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff unanimously proposed state-sponsored acts of terrorism in side the United States.
The plan included shooting down hijacked American airplanes, the sinking of U.S. ships, and the shooting of Americans on the streets of Washington, D.C. The outrageous plan even included a staged NASA disaster that would claim the life of astronaut John Glenn.
Reeling under the embarrassing failure of the CIA’s botched Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, president Kennedy rejected the plan in March of 1962. A few months later, Kennedy denied the plan’s author, General Lyman Lemnitzer, a second term as the nation’s highest ranking military officer.
In November of 1963, Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas, Texas.
Relying exclusively on government documents, statements from the best witnesses available, and the words from the mouths of the killers themselves, Dark Legacy produces a thoroughly substantiated criminal indictment of George Herbert Walker Bush, establishing beyond a reasonable doubt his guilt as a CIA supervisor in the conspiracy to assassinate John F. Kennedy. If we could present this evidence to a jury in Texas, he would pay with his life.
***********
Part one presents the overwhelming mountain of evidence that President Kennedy was hit by bullets from the front and rear. Every witness in the Dallas emergency room attests, on camera, to the fact that a bullet from the right front blew a fist-sized whole in the back of the President's head. The New York Times carried these statements on the day of the murder; and has covered them up ever since.
*************
Part two presents the on-camera testimony of the witnesses who actually handled the President's body, the FBI report, and the photographic evidence all proving unequivocally that the President's body was stolen from the Secret Service and the wounds altered, before the body was delivered to Bethesda Naval hospital for the autopsy. Jackie Kennedy accompanied an empty casket on the plane flight home. Who had the power to do all this without attracting public attention? It's a short list.
************
Part three presents the Nazi-connections of the Bush family, which prompted the FBI to seize their assets during WW II, as Nazi assets. It presents the suppressed fact that Watergate burglar and CIA operative E. Howard Hunt was found by a jury to have been in Dallas and involved in the conspiracy to kill Kennedy.
Hunt was a supervisor of the misguided CIA-led anti-Castro Cubans who broke into the Watergate. He is not only connected to Bush through Watergate; and through Bush's father, Prescott; but five days after the assassination, the head of the FBI, J. Edgar Hoover, wrote a memo, titled "Assassination of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy" in which he named "George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency" as the supervisor of what Hoover himself called the "misguided anti-Castro Cuban" killers of the President. Bush has said he doesn't remember the events of that day, but FBI documents place him in Dallas.
It is difficult to assess the stature and significance of someone who has been dead as long as John Kennedy. His killers have also been his detractors, actively desecrating his memory, as they did his body. The movie begins with a short presentation of some of his most powerful and important speeches; including a stunning speech to the UN in which Kennedy calls for the complete abolition of the military industrial complex. These same men the military industrial complex, ripped him from us, and the darkest features of our history since that time are all directly the result of his murder.
What will happen when the American people, and those of other Western nations, emerge from their cocoon of denial and face the reality that their rulers are among the worst criminals in human history?
Will the people follow their leaders’ example and lapse into lawless, psychopathic behavior? Will Western leaders “flee forward” by launching wars designed to conceal the bloody tracks linking them to past misdeeds? Or will the pathocracy be overthrown and replaced by something more humane?
On such questions hinges the future of humanity. Given the high stakes, you would have to be crazy not to help spread the truth, change the system, and save the planet.
Evidence of Revision is a 9 hour long documentary series whose purpose is to present the publicly unavailable and even suppressed historical audio, video, and film recordings largely unseen by the American public relating to the assassination of the Kennedy brothers.
It also details t
he little known classified Black Ops actually used to intentionally create the massive war in Viet Nam, the CIA "mind control" programs and their involvement in the RFK assassination and the Jonestown massacre and other important truths of our post-modern time.
Investigation Needed Into Claims New Zealand Scientists Are Being Gagged June 23 2015 | From: Scoop
Steven Joyce must launch an independent investigation into claims that scientists are being gagged, says Labour’s Science and Innovation spokesperson David Cunliffe.
Regarding: David Cunliffe - Science and Innovation Spokesperson
“When 40 percent of scientists say they are being gagged and can’t speak out on issues of public importance, it’s clear evidence something is wrong.
“It’s not good enough for the Minister just to shrug his shoulders, look the other way, and say he doesn’t know if there is really a problem.
“He should immediately launch an independent investigation into what is happening at our universities and CRIs to ensure there is no inappropriate pressure being placed on scientists to stifle public debate.
“New Zealand spends less than half the OECD average on research and innovation. That leaves scientists increasingly reliant on the private sector for funding.
“The Minister has a responsibility to ensure that scientists can contribute to public debate in New Zealand without fair of reprisal.
"Science is a public good. It is an essential part of building a high income, sustainable future economy and society.
“When scientists feel gagged it threatens the public good. New Zealand needs free and open inquiry and debate,” says David Cunliffe.
Got Chrome? Google Just Silently Downloaded This Onto Your Computer June 23 2015 | From: WeAreChange
“Don’t Be Evil” – Google. On June 17th, Google did not announce (the news broke) that the DARPA affiliated corporation has been silently downloading audio listeners onto every computer that has Chrome.
This effectively means that Google sees your privacy as piddly-squat, which does not necessarily come off as a surprise, when one considers Google’s censorship of We Are Change – this very organization as nothing.
The website Private Internet Access‘s Rick Falkvinge reported how he came to understand this new policy:
“It looked like just another bug report. “When I start Chromium, it downloads something.” Followed by strange status information that notably included the lines “Microphone: Yes” and “Audio Capture Allowed: Yes”.
Without consent, Google’s code had downloaded a black box of code that – according to itself – had turned on the microphone and was actively listening to your room.”
Without going into detail, Falkvinge describes the nature of open-sourced/free-software and how it relies on transparency and the innovation of many software programmers before being finished as a final product. The transparency allows the user to know that the open-sourced software truly does what it claims to do.
Chromium, the open-source version of Google Chrome is supposed to operate the same way. Only Google abused the nature of open-sourced transparency, and by-passed the process that would have prevented this from happening.
Google rationalized that enabling the ability to be eavesdropped via your personal computer was well worth it, because now “Ok, Google” works! Now when you say certain words, Chrome begins searching preliminaries – is it truly worth losing the stability of your privacy though?
Obviously, it is Google’s servers that respond to what is being said along with your computer. So a computer black-box was installed, hooked onto a private corporation’s server and now has the ability to eavesdrop on you and Google had no intention to let anyone know about it!
Eventually Google did respond to the accusation, in which Falkvinge “paraphrased”:
“1) Yes, we’re downloading and installing a wiretapping black-box to your computer. But we’re not actually activating it. We did take advantage of our position as trusted upstream to stealth-insert code into open-source software that installed this black box onto millions of computers, but we would never abuse the same trust in the same way to insert code that activates the eavesdropping-blackbox we already downloaded and installed onto your computer without your consent or knowledge. You can look at the code as it looks right now to see that the code doesn’t do this right now.
2) Yes, Chromium is bypassing the entire source code auditing process by downloading a pre-built black box onto people’s computers. But that’s not something we care about, really. We’re concerned with building Google Chrome, the product from Google. As part of that, we provide the source code for others to package if they like. Anybody who uses our code for their own purpose takes responsibility for it. When this happens in a Debian installation, it is not Google Chrome’s behavior, this is Debian Chromium’s behavior. It’s Debian’s responsibility entirely.
3) Yes, we deliberately hid this listening module from the users, but that’s because we consider this behavior to be part of the basic Google Chrome experience. We don’t want to show all modules that we install ourselves.”
The writer describes that “software switches” are no longer enough to protect against this type of eavesdropping, software switches are programs that turn off your webcam/mic etc,. Really, the author feels a physical switch that cuts electrical connection to the device is required to prevent this.
It is an odd thing to observe for me, because many people were furious when news of the NSA’s technological trawler of private information became common knowledge. When Google silently attempts to install even more passage ways for your intimate information to be siphoned, not much is said about it.
In fact many have begun the repetitive nature of apathetic perception, one example being:
“It only eavesdrops when you say, “OK, Google”
(Wouldn’t it need to listen to everything to know when you say, “OK, Google”?) and it goes on and on.
Ultimately, there will always be a large portion of users who simply do not care whether or not a shadowy corporation is listening to them, or a maniacal government for that matter.
Yet in principle, the fact Google did this with the intention of users having no clue that they have had their privacy sliced even deeper; simply demonstrates the corporation’s lack of compassion and boundaries.
However you choose to handle this story, deleting Chrome in exchange for more private-oriented software programs, not doing anything or learning more about it; one thing is clear:
We also have a responsibility to ensure this type of usurpation is not treated with an accepting embrace.
More learn what is happening by the day, it is only a matter of time before there is a tipping point – I hope to see you there. Thanks for reading.
And for any rabbit-hole divers out there, you'll just love this treat:
These Workers Have A New Demand: Stop Watching Us June 22 2015 | From: TheNation
How workplace surveillance has become a menace to 'health and safety'.
Four years ago, I was out jogging with an old friend when she told me a puzzling story: Her longtime UPS driver had just reappeared after more than a monthlong absence. He’d been hospitalized for stress, she told me.
Stress? How stressful could that job be? So I asked to meet him.
Over coffee, the deliveryman, whom I’ll call Bill (he asked to remain anonymous for fear of retaliation from the company), explained that United Parcel Service had been upgrading its systems for tracking employees. Now the truck he drove was full of sensors.
They reported when he opened the bulkhead door. When he backed up. When his foot was on the brake. When he was idling. When he buckled his safety belt. A high-resolution stream of data, including all that information and his GPS coordinates, flowed back to the UPS offices. The system is called “telematics.”
With more than 15 years on the job, Bill already knew how to follow classic UPS protocols, with names that sounded like dogma from a productivity-worshipping cult: “The Five Seeing Habits,” “The Ten-Point Commentary,” “The 340 Methods.”
Guidelines derived from time-and-motion studies told him the most efficient way to do everything: how to handle his ignition key, which shirt pocket to use for his pen (right-handed people should use the left pocket, and vice versa), how to pick a “walk path” from the truck, and how to occupy time while riding in an elevator.
But telematics ratcheted up that pressure. Now drivers were called to account for a litany of small sins. They were asked to justify bathroom breaks and any other deviations - “stealing time” in corporate-speak - that could chip away at their SPORH (pronounced “spoor”) count, or Stops Per On-Road Hour.
“I have no problem doing a heavy, hard job,” Bill told me. “But now, after you do the job, you have to look back every day and say, ‘Did I do this? Did I do that?’ They have a report that tells them everything that you did wrong.
For instance, if you turned the truck on before you put on your seat belt, that’s wasting gas.”
For UPS, whose revenues topped $58 billion in 2014, tracking worker productivity goes straight to the bottom line. Time is money, and management knows exactly how much:
“Just one minute per driver per day over the course of a year adds up to $14.5 million,” the company’s senior director of process management, Jack Levis, told NPR last year.
He appeared on a boosterish episode of the Planet Money podcast titled:
“The Future of Work Looks Like a UPS Truck.”
Levis and other UPS executives have a favorite quip:
“We’ve moved from a trucking company that has technology to basically a technology company that just happens to have trucks.”
But UPS trucks aren’t driven by robots - at least not yet - and of the 10 current and former drivers I’ve interviewed, all felt like they were handling packages in the Panopticon.
“Data is just a proxy for control,” said Sam Dwyer, 26, a former screenwriter and marketing-industry analyst who spent eight months as a driver last year.
A current driver, who also asked to remain anonymous for fear of getting fired, said:
“It’s like you’re fighting for your job every day. They harass you: ‘Why did it take you 10 minutes here? Why did it take you this long there?’… They want you to hate your job and quit so they can hire somebody at half the pay.”
The metrics-based harassment of workers is common, said Tim Sylvester, the president of Teamsters Local 804, when I visited his Long Island City union hall in March. He told the tale of one UPS driver, Domenick DeDomenico, who spent 10 days in a coma after getting hit by a car while delivering packages.
A year later, after surgery and extensive physical therapy, DeDomenico was back on the job. When the tracking data indicated that he’d dipped below his pre-accident delivery rate of 13.23 packages per hour, managers threatened to fire him, DeDomenico said at a union rally.
Some UPS supervisors post printouts of drivers’ data every day to keep up the pressure. “Guys get scared,” said Josh Pomeranz, Local 804’s in-house counsel. “They start cutting corners.” According to Pomeranz, knee and back surgeries are very common among UPS workers. One driver lodged a protest by posting a telematics-inspired parody of “Santa Claus Is Coming to Town” on YouTube. (Sample lyrics: “He sees you when you’re driving. He knows when you’re on break!”)
Job stress is a popular topic on BrownCafe, an independent chat board for UPS workers. In two separate forum threads, when some members referred to apparent driver suicides in Atlanta, Georgia, and Paris, Tennessee, others began talking about management pressures. In September, when a recently fired UPS deliveryman in Birmingham shot two supervisors to death before killing himself, forum members speculated about the role played by a pressure-driven corporate culture.
“It was just a matter of time before somebody went ballistic,” wrote one.
Another added: “We are people, damn it, not some stupid metric.”
How did we get here? A mere 48 years ago, on his weekly program The Twenty-First Century, Walter Cronkite proclaimed:
“Technology is opening a new world of leisure time. One government report projects that by the year 2000, the United States will have a 30-hour workweek and monthlong vacations as the rule.”
Machines, many people thought, would lift the yoke of labor from humanity’s shoulders. A Time magazine essay predicted that:
“by 2000, the machines will be producing so much that everyone in the U.S. will, in effect, be independently wealthy.”
The pundits had one thing right: Advances in technology did increase national productivity. In the three decades following World War II, productivity and hourly wages grew roughly in tandem, by 97 percent and 91 percent, respectively.
Then they were decoupled: Workers produced steadily more and earned proportionally less. From 1973 to 2013, while output rose 74 percent, the average worker’s pay rose just 9 percent, according to a January report from the Economic Policy Institute (EPI);
“All the productivity gains have been harvested and turned into corporate profits,” explained Michael Childers, the director of the School for Workers at the University of Wisconsin.
CEOs now make 296 times as much as the typical worker, according to the EPI; a half-century ago, they made only 20 times as much.
Likewise, after-tax corporate profits hit their highest level on record as a share of the GDP in 2013, even as workers’ salaries and wages hit their lowest level.
UPS demonstrates perfectly how technology now governs the US workplace. Metrics enable“management by stress,” said Childers. Two years ago, he met workers who were processing insurance claims at a Pennsylvania call center, where managers monitored every conversation and keystroke.
They used that data to discipline employees, he said, constantly urging more speed;
“If you get a few calls where people speak slowly in a row, you know you’re going to hear about it next week,”Childers recounted.
“Always in the back of your mind as a worker is, ‘Oh my God, I wish this person would talk faster.’”
The workers’ anxiety and exhaustion were palpable:“You had 20-year employees quitting, people throwing up in the parking lot.”
In the winter of 2013, Reynalda Cruz, 42, took a job as a FedEx warehouse temp in Edison, New Jersey. She was issued a computerized package scanner and told to strap it to her right forearm. But the weight of the device became unbearable, she said.
As she reached repeatedly for boxes that were above her chest level, stacking them on pallets and then wrapping them in plastic, her arm grew inflamed. Coworkers told her this was normal. They counseled her to take a Tylenol or Motrin.
Meanwhile, her data-gathering wrist scanner had registered a troubling trend: Her pace was dropping. When supervisors confronted Cruz, she told them she was in constant pain. The same device that was tracking her speed was inhibiting it, too. They urged her to “pick it up,” she said.
“At the beginning, when they put it on my arm…I said, ‘Oh, wow!’ But after the hours went by, I saw this really wasn’t good for me at all,” she recalled, speaking in Spanish through an interpreter.
“How is it human beings can end up working like this? They were measuring our time, our production, as if we were robots.” Today, Cruz is an organizer for New Labor, a nonprofit advocacy group representing immigrant workers in New Jersey.
Laura Graham was a seasonal worker last year in Coffeyville, Kansas, at one of the infamous Amazon warehouses. She was born in 1965, when the techno-utopian dream was ascendant, but the workplace she describes, like Cruz’s warehouse, is the inverse of those earlier predictions.
Every time she scanned a piece of merchandise, another countdown began on her screen, indicating how many seconds she had to reach the next item, as if she’d graduated to the next level in a video game. Her progress toward hourly goals was also tracked.
When an accidental trip down a wrong aisle left her more than five minutes behind, a supervisor arrived to scold her. Graham’s body rebelled against the demands of the device, which directed how she walked from 10 to 20 miles a day on concrete in the 915,000-square-foot complex for $11.25 an hour.
“There’s nothing to describe the misery, physically,” she said. “I started getting these really sharp pains through my arches…it ended up being plantar fasciitis.”
Putting new insoles in her shoes didn’t help. To cope, she took two ibuprofen tablets halfway through the graveyard shift, which ran from 5:30 pm to 3:30 am, and another two at the end. On days off, she tried to keep from using her feet, lying in bed except for visits to the bathroom or shower.
Amazon and UPS, two of the most successful companies in the United States, both use technology to drive their workers hard. But there’s a big difference: UPS has a union. Amazon does not. As a result, UPS drivers make a decent wage - $18.75 an hour to start, rising to $32 after four years on the job - and can negotiate for protections.
In May 2011, Teamsters across the country began wearing stickers on which UPS stood for “Unfair Production Standards.” This was four months before Bill broke into a cold sweat on the job, couldn’t breathe, and was rushed to the hospital in the throes of his first panic attack.
While the Teamsters’ contract with UPS has a clause stipulating that workers can’t be disciplined based on telematics data alone, a gaping loophole in that agreement - it’s invalid in cases of worker “dishonesty,” although the contract doesn’t specify what such cases may include - renders such protections toothless.
Local 804 representatives said they’d hoped to see more robust language added in the last round of contract negotiations between UPS and the Teamsters, but it didn’t happen.
Meanwhile, the pressure to produce more and faster keeps intensifying. Some UPS employees and union reps told me about the tricks workers use to keep up. Drivers have been known to sit on top of already-fastened seat belts to save time. (Recently, they’ve been getting busted for that, however, since sensors can tell if a seat belt hasn’t been unbuckled at a delivery stop.)
In one warehouse in Queens, they said, a safety shut-off mechanism had been disabled - someone taped a reflector against the electric eye tracking the conveyor belt - because it meant fewer false alarms stopping production.
And workers are not looking forward to the arrival of a new routing system for drivers - called On-Road Integrated Optimization and Navigation, or ORION - that UPS is rolling out across the country. The company claims it will cut mileage and save $300 million annually. Teamsters elsewhere in the country have called it “telematics on steroids.” They worry that it’s a new way to erode workers’ earning power by dumbing down - or “deskilling” - the job to make them expendable.
If workers are to prevent companies from turning their workplaces into Panopticons, and firing them based on increasingly inflexible metrics, they will have to organize around new types of demands. That means bargaining for very narrow language about what kind of data may be gathered - from e-mail to phone recordings and GPS movements - and setting clear boundaries on how employers can use such information. It also means setting times and places that are off-limits.
This will be a challenge, because unions themselves are under attack. In March, Wisconsin became the 25th “right-to-work” state, enacting anti-union legislation that critics have aptly nicknamed “right-to-work-for-less.” Legislators in Missouri and New Mexico may follow suit. In November, a settlement with the National Labor Relations Board required Amazon to post notices in its warehouses stating that employees are free to unionize.
When I asked Laura Graham if she planned to work another holiday season there, she said yes. She’s applying to one of the company’s warehouses in Texas - a right-to-work state since 1993 - and expects her experience as a seasonal worker to be pretty much the same as last time.
“A big part of it for me, and the reason I can go back, is psychological: I know I’m only going to be there for two months,” she said. “I’ll be miserable for two months, and then just call it a day.”
Secret War On Cash: “Discussions At Bilderberg Centered Around Capital Controls, Abolition of Cash” June 17 2015 | From: SHTFplan
According to some, a very quiet stealth war on cash has begun. May your bank account, debit card and gold reserves be on guard…
The world’s elite met in secret this week at the Bilderberg meeting, set at a luxury resort in Telfs-Buchen, Austria.
Investigative journalists have confirmed that the private discussions among top power brokers across the globe include arrangements to restrict currency and penalize – or ultimately even ban – cash.
Read the attendees list… real power and wealth are running with the movers and shakers. With bankers, equity giants and financiers all present, the agenda is quite in line with recent reports, aslong reported.
The powerful Bilderberg Group will discuss imposing more capital controls on average citizens while HSBC, whose Group Chairman will attend the conference, is set to pay more than $40 million dollars for illegal money laundering involving arms dealers and helping the wealthy avoid taxes.
It’s very much a case of do as we say, not as we do.
[…]
Ironic therefore it is that HSBC representatives will be party to discussions at Bilderberg centered around moving towards the abolition of cash and the imposition of capital controls on ordinary citizens in the name of stopping tax fraud and allowing more state control over people’s finances.
During the conference, Bilderberg will set the consensus for green lighting economic restrictions under the justification of stopping financing for terror groups like ISIS. Bilderberg will also discuss new controls on the sale of precious metals throughout Europe.
Numerous influential voices have recently called for eliminating physical currency altogether, giving central banks and governments the power to directly control your finances under the justification of preventing an economic collapse and bank runs.
If it involves “too big to jail” bankers and secrecy, it can’t be good for ordinary people.
If cash is criminalized, then everyone will be forced to be on the grid, and using what is essentially a digital currency inside a system controlled and watched from beginning to end by the banking industry.
The insiders will then have total power, information on and profit from every transaction.
That, surely, is the mark of the beast… a world in which free men are outlawed, and compliance is the only acceptable form of payment.
Protesters Slam Bilderberg Big Boss Elitist Summit For Lack Of Transparency June 16 2015 | From: RT
The Bilderberg conference, which bills itself as a “forum for informal discussions” held by the world's top brass, has drawn fire from protesters gathered near the Interalpen-Hotel Tyrol in Austria, accusing the attendees of corruption and elitism.
Good question. Any study of the history of that time informs us that it was primarily a struggle between whether a King could impose his sovereign will, especially in the field of taxation and law, without any justification or consultation of the people. The Barons, feudal landlords objected strongly, and in essence forced King John to accept the provisions they demanded.
After a rally on Friday, anti-Bilderberg activists re-emerged on Saturday afternoon to protest what many of them refer to as a gathering of criminals. Thousands of protesters are expected to assemble outside the hotel where the Bilderberg group meeting is taking place.
Some like it hot, but those gathered for the Bilderberg meeting in Austria seem to prefer it “top secret.” According to the published agenda, a total of around 140 participants from 22 countries have confirmed their attendance this year, including German Defense Minister Ursula van der Leyen, NATO Secretary-General Jens Stoltenberg, UK Chancellor George Osborne and former President of the European Commission José Manuel Barroso, just to name a few.
One of its past participants is the former managing director of the International Monetary Fund, Dominique Strauss Kahn, accused of sexual assault by a New York hotel maid in 2011.
The key rule of participation is the so-called “Chatham House Rule”, which states that while attendees are free to use the information received, “neither the identity nor the affiliation of the speaker(s) nor of any other participant may be revealed.”
A protester sits on the ground next to a police check point prior to the Bilderberg meetings at Interalpen Hotel in the Austrian village of Buchen, June 11, 2015.
American journalist Rob Dew, news director at Infowars, told RT his crew suffered from what he called “police brutality.”
“At the beginning they were very brutal and rude to us. They saw we're from Texas, pulled us out of the car and searched us. So the next time we go to the checkpoint we start video taping because that's what we do in America – when we're feeling tyranny, we start video taping.
And we actually went to the police station live on Skype during the Alex Jones show and confronted them because they were calling our hotel manager asking where we were, when we're going to be back. We were fed up with it because we'd already shown them our papers and we have nothing to hide, but we're not going to take humiliation.”
According to the published agenda, the Bilderberg conference will discuss a range of issues – from artificial intelligence and chemical weapons threats to the US elections and European strategy regarding Iran, Russia and NATO.
Investigative journalist Tony Gosling told RT the Bilderberg conference tries to “make sure it's as difficult as possible to cover the meetings.” He says the mainstream media are actually part of the group.
“We're given the minimum information and it's very high security. There are thousands of police and security services in Austria keeping journalists away. The reason journalists don't often go is because their bosses are there and want the secrecy.
You're not going to upset your boss by trying to break their vow of silence,” Gosling said. “We've got around about 20-22 media barrens in there. These are generally controlled private media corporations, senior editors, managers or owners of the big media corporations and they are actually the fourth-largest contingent at Bilderbergs.
They are not far behind the bankers and the politicians and the owners of big industry. Essentially, media has become something so you can buy and sell,” he added.
The Rise Of Scientific Fundamentalism June 14 2015 | From: GreenMedInfo
Contrary to the beliefs of some, science is not an impenetrable body of settled fact that must be defended at all costs in the name of truth.
When science becomes a worldview - a philosophy of life, a metaphysical framework that explains existence - it is no longer science; it is scientism.
Anti-Holistic Conspiracy or Reality?
Contrary to the beliefs of some, science is not an impenetrable body of settled fact that must be defended at all costs in the name of truth. It is not a means by which to determine truth or to achieve absolute certainty. Neither is science a worldview. When science becomes a worldview - a philosophy of life, a metaphysical framework that explains existence - it is no longer science; it is scientism.
A series of recent events have something peculiar in common. There was a call for Dr Oz to be removed from his academic post at Columbia University. Measles hype triggered a spate of legislative efforts across the country designed to restrict freedom of vaccine choice.
The common thread is that these events were fueled by extremist elements within the scientific world whose intent is to control the narrative of what is and what is not considered to be acceptable or "real" science.
These fundamentalist and corporate agitators, who act ostensibly in the name of science, can be likened to religious zealots who seek to impose their version of sacred scientific dogma upon the general public while at the same time prohibiting what they believe to be new heretical ideas from receiving a fair hearing.
Culture Wars
It is instructive to reflect upon the complex and long standing historical tension between science and religion, a phenomenon that lies at the heart of what has come to be known as our modern culture wars. Caught in the crossfire of this unholy war is a wide array of holistic therapies, many of which are backed by a great deal of both experimental and experiential evidence. Nevertheless, they tend to be regular targets for defamatory rhetoric from extremist detractors on both sides of the polarized divide.
The example most commonly cited by historians of science is that of Galileo's contention that the earth revolves around the sun, a fact that directly contradicted Church dogma of the time. Fast forward to the contemporary debate over the origins of the universe and the evolution of life on our planet.
With equal fervor both sides dispute opposing views with absolute certainty as to their convictions, whether scientific or religious. It is believed by many that there is room for only one position, as if it is not possible for elements of both to co-exist. Apparently it is not believed possible that a higher power could have set the evolution of the universe into motion.
Galileo
"To assert that the Earth revolves around the Sun is as erroneous as to claim that Jesus was not born of a virgin."
- St. Bellarmine at the trial of Galileo, 1615.
On the surface, the culture wars appear to break down along partisan political lines, however, the field of holistic health can make for some strange bedfellows. Holistic therapies are generally embraced by more educated, liberal leaning persons who distrust Big Medicine on the grounds that medical treatment can be accompanied by a lot of side effects that place one's health at risk.
On the other hand, some on the right have also defended holistic medicine as a symbol of self-determination, especially libertarians who distrust Big Medicine as a threat to theirpersonal freedoms.
Reflecting a similarly unusual mix, some vaccine critics are holistically oriented liberals, some are right-wingers who mistrust government interference, and not a small number represent those who have seen first-hand the dangers of vaccines.
It is also true that vaccine critics are often lambasted by liberal elites who place their faith in what they perceive to be the science that supposedly supports vaccines, a position that runs contrary to their general suspicion regarding the motives of PhRMA and Big Medicine. In other words, there is no bright line that divides holistic supporters and detractors.
In contrast to Galileo's era when Church authority had the final say on matters of "fact," the modern culture wars often break down into shouting matches over who is on the side of science and who is not - as if to say that science is always on the side of truth while all others base their views on unreliable and/or superstitious sources of information.
Galileo was sentenced to house arrest for the last years of his life on the grounds of religious heresy. One gets the distinct feeling that some in the scientific establishment would like to charge vaccine critics and holistic medicine supporters with scientific heresy.
Public internet forums are often dominated by partisan extremists who have little tolerance for opposing views. Self-appointed defenders of science, for example, paint GMO critics as anti-science, regardless of the fact that there is growing evidence that GMOs are creating a number of problems for the environment, the food chain, and the health of the populace.
Defenders of science tend to get away with their partisan rhetoric largely because we live in a highly scientific age. Most people who haven't stopped to give serious consideration to these issues tend to passively assimilate the general cultural zeitgeist, which is the belief that science is correct simply by virtue of the fact that it is science.
All one has to do is make a statement, then claim that it is supported by science, and most people will tend to believe it. It's a perk that comes with acquiescence to conventional cultural consensus.
Faith-Based Scientific Skepticism
Public opinion regarding controversial scientific topics is heavily influenced by an increasingly superficial media that fails to dig deeply and instead chooses to amplify views held by corporate stakeholders. The media also tends to parrot opinions espoused by those who make the most noise. Such noisemakers often represent small but very vocal minorities.
One such minority is a growing community of scientific skeptics who see themselves as the guardians of science, ready to protect it from imaginary forms of scientific blasphemy or, as skeptics call it, pseudoscience. Organized skepticism is fast becoming a malignant force that masquerades as science but functions as a very deceptive and effective form of scientific thought police.
Its purpose is to undermine all perceived threats to what it believes to be the one and only true form of legitimate science. In the process of attacking, among other things, holistic therapies like homeopathy, acupuncture, herbalism, and even nutrition, skeptics inadvertently besmirch the reputation and credibility of genuine science itself.
It is important to understand how and why we have come to this impasse. Most people are not aware of the differences between science, pseudoscience, and scientism. Even the most well educated, including many scientists themselves, are not familiar with the issues involved.
The culture war between science and religion, also known as the science wars, is largely a function of misinformation. At bottom, it is a function of a blurring of the lines between scientific fact and scientific faith.
As a society that has forsaken its spiritual roots, American culture instead tends to increasingly place its faith in science, technology, medicine, and what has been referred to by many as the myth of scientific progress. Bolstered by our collective faith, science and technology march on, usually to the benefit of corporate interests, but often without critical review, without ethical restraints, and at the expense of our environmental and personal well-being.
Those who dare to question science are likely to be the recipients of a great deal of scorn.
So, how can we extricate ourselves from this blind allegiance to science that isn't really science? It will require self-education and discernment, starting with an examination of the very nature of science itself. The definition of science, that discipline that we all think we understand, is not as clear-cut as it seems.
Even philosophers of science disagree over the definition of science. It turns out that science isn't as scientific as one would think, primarily because it is based upon a number of very important foundational beliefs that, paradoxically, are not capable of being scientifically verified.
Dueling Paradigms
Few would deny that conventional medical science operates from a materialist paradigm. It assumes the physical body to be the foundation of all health. All illnesses of body and mind are presumed to have their origins in the physical body. Medicine focuses its resources on learning how to manipulate the material body as a means of curing illness.
Holistic healing operates from a very different paradigm. It assumes body, mind, and spirit to be integrated facets of the whole person. Holism recognizes, therefore, that material interventions alone are not sufficient to heal all illness. Additional routes to healing include techniques that involve an understanding of human consciousness, bioenergetics, and other factors that play a role in the development and treatment of disease.
Both paradigms utilize a variety of scientific methodologies. No one disputes that conventional medicine is a science. It is also true that acupuncture, homeopathy, Ayurveda, and Traditional Chinese Medicine, for example, are sciences in their own rights. They are, however, very different sciences in the sense that, just like conventional medical science, they begin with different scientifically unverifiable foundational assumptions.
It can be said that conventional medicine is not a pure science because it must begin with metaphysical propositions. Conventional medicine assumes the physical body to be the foundation of its metaphysical worldview (even as it gives lip service to the power of mind), while holistic medicine views illness as a more complex phenomenon involving material and immaterial factors.
It is not possible to prove that one philosophy is any truer than the other. One can only judge them by the results that they produce. It is clear to me that each has its strengths and weaknesses and that, together, they form a more complete system of healing.
Differentiating Science From Scientism
Why is it, then, that conventional medicine is the one faction that consistently puts forth the view that it is the only viable scientific approach to illness and healing?
The answer to this question is to be found in our definition of science. Science is a methodology by which we attempt to understand the natural world. Scientific method is a means of investigating natural phenomena. Science is a very practical tool for acquiring knowledge. It is not rigid and inflexible. Science changes over the course of history. And I believe that science will continue to change along with the evolution of human consciousness.
Scientism, on the other hand, is an ideology that has many similarities to fundamentalist forms of belief. The common denominator to all fundamentalist positions is the absolute certainty of the rightness of their claims. They leave no room for dissent or differences of opinion.
The fascist impulses of scientific fundamentalism serve first and foremost to restrict freedom of thought. Scientism is an abuse of scientific authority that justifies just about any claim that one wishes to make, all in the name of science.
Scientism is, in actual fact, anti-science. Mainstream medicine would do itself a big favor by separating itself from all scientistic influences.
Problems naturally arise when one is unable to discern the differences between science and scientism. This is precisely the loophole that skeptics seek to exploit. It is not enough to simply engage in scientific activities; skeptics believe they must go out of their way to invalidate or, as they like to say, "debunk" all competing sources of information and knowledge.
The hallmark of scientism is its need to discredit perceived threats to its worldview. This is accomplished by sowing confusion about the nature of science, what it is, and what it is not. Scientism makes claims that sound scientific but that have no actual basis in science. Skeptics understand the power of real science and they co-opt that authority to advance their unscientific agenda.
That agenda is aimed primarily at maligning three main targets:
Religious belief All forms of holistic medicine and healing, and Fields of knowledge seeking to understand human consciousness e.g. parapsychology, psychic studies, spirituality.
For example, scientistic propaganda is used to silence critics of vaccines and GMOs as if their concerns have no basis in science, an idea that is patently absurd. Scientism also seeks to counter religious beliefs regarding the origins of the universe as if to say that the Big Bang is a proven scientific fact.
Of course, the Big Bang is a theory, a theory perhaps as speculative as any higher intelligence-mediated theory of creation. Neither position is provable via any scientific methodology. Scientism even attempts to refute religious belief itself on the grounds that there is no scientific proof for any god.
Skeptics seem to have forgotten that there is no way to disprove the existence of a god either. It should be noted that a large percentage of skeptics are atheists who find solace in the illusion of certainty that their worship of science provides.
Given the rising tide of scientistic fervor in technologically advanced cultures, it is easy to see why the culture wars have intensified. Spiritually inclined persons are rightly concerned about scientific imperialism and its general disrespect for religious freedom of thought. Some religious leaders who are unable to differentiate science from scientism understandably direct their criticisms at what they perceive to be the lack of appropriate boundaries of science in general.
Genuine science acknowledges that its domain is limited to things of the natural world. Serious scientists understand that religion lies outside the bounds of scientific knowledge. The real culprits, therefore, are skeptical promulgators of scientism. Skeptics fail to respect these bounds and make it their business to violate them - in the name of science.
As a consequence, issues of real scientific concern such as climate change get muddled in the minds of the general public and mixed up with fabricated scientistic concerns like the supposed lack of safety of homeopathic medicines or the so-called irrational beliefs of citizens who demand that foods with GMO ingredients be labeled.
Holistically minded patients have similar concerns regarding scientistic imperialism. So do holistic medical practitioners, perhaps even more so, because their activities pose a direct threat in the minds of those who place their faith in the authority of materialist medicine.
Dishonourable Strategy and Tactics
Skeptics are known to resort to a variety of deceptive, unethical, and malicious tactics in order to achieve their goals. One such tactic is to claim that the idea they wish to discredit is simply not scientific. If it is not scientific, the argument goes, then it must be discounted.
Taking the logic a step further, if it is not scientific, then it must be pseudoscientific. "Pseudoscience" is nothing more than a medical swear word used to silence heretical ideas. It is a bogus, fabricated term that conveys the message:
"Your science doesn't play by the rules of our science."
The real pseudoscientists are skeptics who promote unscientific ideas in the name of science.
I will use my own profession of homeopathic medicine as an example here. Skeptics have been known to repeat ad nauseum the mantra that homeopathy is not a science because there is no scientific evidence to support it. Any reasonable person with an open mind will fast discover that this is simply untrue.
Homeopathic methodology is quite rigorous and there is a growing mountain of research that confirms its biological activity and efficacy. To state otherwise is an outright unscientific falsehood. Similar claims as to the lack of evidence in support of many nutritional and herbal treatments are also baseless.
But this doesn't stop skeptics from intentionally making such claims.
When skeptics are reminded of the existence of numerous homeopathic studies, their next tactic is to find fault with the quality of those studies. They scour the research looking for the tiniest of flaws, which are then magnified beyond all reason. If the same critical eye were turned toward conventional medical research, there would be nothing left standing. The entire foundation of scientific medicine would burn to the ground.
When unsuspecting persons challenge skeptics by sharing their personal success stories involving homeopathic treatment, they are excoriated for being naïve, unscientific amateurs whose experiences constitute invalid evidence in the court of scientific opinion.
This, to me, is perhaps the most insidious consequence of scientistic fundamentalism. It has programmed many, professionals and laypersons alike, to believe that their personal experiences are "merely" anecdotal and count for nothing.
But "anecdotal" is really just another one of those disparaging medical swear words. It is used to denigrate first-hand experience as unredeemably biased, as if to say that nothing can compete with pristine research studies conducted by objective-minded scientists. How else would it be possible for doctors to ignore first-hand accounts by parents who report the regression of their previously normal children into autistic states with hours or days of being vaccinated?
The irony is that those purportedly unbiased research studies turn out to be the same ones funded by vested corporate interests, the findings of which are routinely overturned by the latest studies also sponsored by Big Medicine. The not so secret secret is that randomized controlled trails (RCTs) have been elevated to their undeserved superior status largely to serve the pharmaceutical industry.
Such studies allow tiny increments of statistical difference to justify the value of drugs that are oftentimes quite dangerous. The goal is FDA approval. Once side effects are acknowledged and the damage has been done, the monetary returns have been maximized. The cost of liability constitutes only a small percentage of drug company profit margins.
When skeptics are desperate they resort to the final tactic, which is to claim that homeopathy is not scientific because it cannot be explained in conventional medical terms. The blatant silliness of such a proposition should be clearly evident. By this standard, all scientific investigation of poorly understood phenomena would come to a halt. And a drug like aspirin would have to be taken off the market on the grounds that scientists don't really understand how it works.
Advantage Holism
What really bugs the medical thought police is that holistic medical theory is actually onto something very important. And that poses a threat to medical sovereignty in the sense that holism has developed effective methods of dealing with mind-body problems in ways that conventional medicine is unable to emulate.
By virtue of its materialist philosophy, conventional medicine has no ability to understand the mind-body connection and its role in the development of illness. And its dogmatic nature ensures that an ever-growing array of holistic methods for influencing the psyche, consciousness, and the bioenergetic life force remain off limits to mainstream medicine.
Short of changing its metaphysical framework, the only thing left for medicine to do is to downplay the role of mind in illness while simultaneously imposing its outdated views on the scientific world by a variety of unsavory means. That translates into a growing tendency to embrace fundamentalist scientistic tactics in order to maintain its grip on power.
To recap, modern technological medicine plays a distinct role in health care that it has legitimately earned. It deserves that status so long as it acknowledges its own limitations and respects the roles that other forms of medicine and healing can play.
The minute medicine seeks to impose its views, it loses its status as a science and becomes an ideology.
The mainstream media and general public are often confused by misinformation spread in the form of scientistic propaganda. That propaganda can be spread by unwitting mainstream practitioners, by corporate interests, by avowed skeptics, and by confused laypersons. Organized skeptics exploit this confusion in order to advance their anti-holistic medicine agenda.
As a consequence, most people's opinions regarding holistic medicine are based upon a spectrum of information ranging from deliberate lies to trustworthy information.
A great deal of discernment is required to sort fact from fiction but, for those who make the effort, it can translate into potential rewards in terms of personal health and well-being.
Behind Bilderberg 2015, Trilateral Commission: The Globalists Have A Major Problem +
Bilderberg 2015: Full Attendee List & Agenda June 13 2015 | From: JonRappoport / Infowars / The Economist
The problem is a gaping hole in the economic matrix. You’ll see what the powers-that-be are really worried about. It is interesting to see that there is an agenda item on banning cash - which is something that was pointed out as being a hot topic lately.
You can roll up Bilderberg, the Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, the World Trade Organization, NAFTA, and the several current trade treaties nearing completion… you can insert all these Rockefeller Globalist forces into one great corporate agenda, and…
There is a problem. A problem for Globalism. This is, behind the scenes, what the titans of control are whispering about.
It starts here: understand that mega-corporations are the instruments of world domination. They move into countries where cheap labor, land, and resources are abundant, and they take over. This is what they’re meant to do. This is the plan.
The top three or four hundred corporations are responsible for at least 25% of all world trade.
However - here is the rub. As Globalist policies allow corporations to shut down domestic factories in industrialized countries and open up those same factories in places where slave wages are the order of the day; as tariffs on imported goods are canceled, killing off businesses that try to compete with mega-corporations; as leading economies decline…
The consumer base for these mega-corporations shrinks. To put it simply, the corporations sell products. They need buyers. All over the world.
The top manufacturing corporations are running their assembly lines at about half-capacity. They could produce much, much more of what they sell.
But only a tenth of the world population has the means to buy these products.
There are partial fixes for the problem: profit-making wars; sales of corporate products to governments; governments basically paying citizens so they can buy certain products. But, in the long run, that solution doesn’t cut it. The mega-corporations are still lacking consumers. You can create only so many artificial buyers. Beyond that, the market system irretrievably heads downward.
Mega-corporations have the potential to produce and sell more and more; the consumer base is shrinking.
Globalism, the very system that is determined to elevate the power of mega-corporations, is diminishing the number of people who can consume what the corporations make.
The snake has been eating its tail for some time now. Mega-corporate CEOs and their advisors aren’t completely stupid. Some of them see the handwriting on the wall. World Bank and IMF fixes aren’t going to make this problem go away.
Neither is some drastic depopulation program. That would be heading in the wrong direction. Fewer consumers.
What about a radical re-set involving a new global currency? Suppose, for example, every inhabitant of the planet were outfitted with a free credit card carrying substantial buying power? Theoretically, that might work, if you discount what people who actually earn a living are going to do when they see billions of their fellow humans who don’t work outfitted with comparable consuming power. And that rumbling class warfare would be just the stormy beginning of the trouble.
Creating money out of thin air to satisfy the avarice of banks, to pay off governments’ soaring debt, to boost corporate bottom lines is one thing. Creating money out of nothing to make six or seven billion brand new consumers is quite another thing. In that case, the corporate-welfare gifting would lead to pollution and destruction of the environment on a scale that makes current levels look like a few leaking picnic baskets on a Sunday park outing.
And over the course of several generations, populations would descend into a nightmare of side-by-side buying power and increased unemployment. If you think, psychologically speaking, that’s a marvelous idea, and would bring peace and contentment, you need a brain transplant.
There is another factor to consider: technological innovation. For mega-corporations, that means robots/machines replacing humans as employees. More unemployment—unless the corporations hold back and refrain from implementing the “automation revolution.”
The corporate thrust, however, is always about moving forward. More robots in the workplace. Bigger assembly lines. Higher production.
It turns out that the Globalist agenda has an expiration date. Beyond it, the system comes apart at the seams.
The normal solution to a problem of this magnitude is: think short-term; avoid the inevitable; pretend all is well; leave the answers to the next generation.
Consider how hard-charging greed-head mega-corporate masters would react to the following proposition: “Look boys, we know you have the ability to produce goods for two or three planets the size of Earth. But we want you to service only a tenth of one planet, and that base will shrink further. Okay? Don’t worry, be happy. Everything is fine.”
Behind every Bilderberg, CFR, Trilateral conference, this is the specter that lurks in the shadows.
They’re not worried about escalating the level of their political control over populations.
It’s the economics that don’t add up, no matter how many holes in the dam are temporarily plugged. There is one extremely radical solution I haven’t mentioned.
You could call it depopulation-repopulation.
Via some vast plan, the numbers of people on Earth would be enormously reduced - and then over, say, the next hundred years or so, those numbers would be built up again with humans who, in some Brave New World fashion, are conditioned / programmed to be avid workers and consumers, who would be paid far more than a subsistence wage. These living androids / robots would satisfy the hunger of mega-corporations to produce and produce and sell and sell…
The multiple risks of trying a plan like that would amount to an open confession of an agenda so heinous it would create open-ended global revolution, from Tierra del Fuego to the North Pole.
Every present Globalist agenda-item does two things: a) it aims at tighter control of populations, and b) it enforces and progressively lowers a ceiling on mega-corporations.
It reveals a future in which the number of those corporations will be drastically reduced. And that’s the rub. That’s the hidden factor.
Yes, the rich get richer and the poor get poorer. But everyone who thinks that analysis is the core of the current crisis is looking no farther than the end of his nose. Because the rich, up the road, will get poorer, too. They’ll sink in the Globalist swamp.
The mega-corporate leaders are ultimately on both the sending and the receiving end of a long con. It’s a con perpetrated by their own system, a system built to make them kings forever.
How little they know.
It turns out that decentralization of power, on every level, is more than just the hope and dream of a relative few. It’s a planet-wide imperative; and survival is at stake.
The greatest economic matrix ever devised is blowing its engine.
The official Bilderberg Group website has released the full attendee list and agenda for this year’s conference. As ever, the list of topics to be discussed is so vague as to almost be meaningless. Infowars will have full coverage of Bilderberg’s detailed agenda later today and for the rest of the week.
63rd Bilderberg conference to take place from 11 – 14 June 2015 in Telfs-Buchen, Austria
Telfs-Buchen, 8 June 2015 – The 63rd Bilderberg conference is set to take place from 11 – 14 June 2015 in Telfs-Buchen, Austria. A total of around 140 participants from 22 countries have confirmed their attendance. As ever, a diverse group of political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media have been invited. The list of participants is available on www.bilderbergmeetings.org
Keep in mind there is more on the agenda but they only share a piece of what they’ll be discussing….at least what they admit to be discussing.
Founded in 1954, the Bilderberg conference is an annual meeting designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America. Every year, between 120-150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference. About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; approximately one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.
The conference is a forum for informal discussions about major issues facing the world. The meetings are held under the Chatham House Rule, which states that participants are free to use the information received, but neither the identity nor the affiliation of the speaker(s) nor of any other participant may be revealed.
Thanks to the private nature of the conference, the participants are not bound by the conventions of their office or by pre-agreed positions. As such, they can take time to listen, reflect and gather insights. There is no desired outcome, no minutes are taken and no report is written. Furthermore, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.
Telfs-Buchen, Austria 11 – 14 June 2015 - Final list of Participants
Chairman: Castries, Henri de Chairman and CEO, AXA Group FRA
Achleitner, Paul M. Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG DEU
Agius, Marcus Non-Executive Chairman, PA Consulting Group GBR
Ahrenkiel, Thomas Director, Danish Intelligence Service (DDIS) DNK
Allen, John R. Special Presidential Envoy for the Global Coalition to Counter ISIL, US Department of State USA
Altman, Roger C. Executive Chairman, Evercore USA
Applebaum, Anne Director of Transitions Forum, Legatum Institute POL
Apunen, Matti Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA FIN
Baird, Zoë CEO and President, Markle Foundation USA
Balls, Edward M. Former Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer GBR
Balsemão, Francisco Pinto Chairman, Impresa SGPS PRT
Barroso, José M. Durão Former President of the European Commission PRT
Baverez, Nicolas Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP FRA
Benko, René Founder, SIGNA Holding GmbH AUT
Bernabè, Franco Chairman, FB Group SRL ITA
Beurden, Ben van CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc NLD
Bigorgne, Laurent Director, Institut Montaigne FRA
Boone, Laurence Special Adviser on Financial and Economic Affairs to the President FRA
Botín, Ana P. Chairman, Banco Santander ESP
Brandtzæg, Svein Richard President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA NOR
Bronner, Oscar Publisher, Standard Verlagsgesellschaft AUT
Burns, William President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace USA
Calvar, Patrick Director General, DGSI FRA
Castries, Henri de Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings; Chairman and CEO, AXA Group FRA
Cebrián, Juan Luis Executive Chairman, Grupo PRISA ESP
Clark, W. Edmund Retired Executive, TD Bank Group CAN
Coeuré, Benoît Member of the Executive Board, European Central Bank INT
Coyne, Andrew Editor, Editorials and Comment, National Post CAN
Damberg, Mikael L. Minister for Enterprise and Innovation SWE
De Gucht, Karel Former EU Trade Commissioner, State Minister BEL
Dijsselbloem, Jeroen Minister of Finance NLD
Donilon, Thomas E. Former U.S. National Security Advisor; Partner and Vice Chair, O’Melveny & Myers LLP USA
Döpfner, Mathias CEO, Axel Springer SE DEU
Dowling, Ann President, Royal Academy of Engineering GBR
Dugan, Regina Vice President for Engineering, Advanced Technology and Projects, Google USA
Eilertsen, Trine Political Editor, Aftenposten NOR
Eldrup, Merete CEO, TV 2 Danmark A/S DNK
Elkann, John Chairman and CEO, EXOR; Chairman, Fiat Chrysler Automobiles ITA
Feldstein, Martin S. President Emeritus, NBER; Professor of Economics, Harvard University USA
Ferguson, Niall Professor of History, Harvard University, Gunzberg Center for European Studies USA
Fischer, Heinz Federal President AUT
Flint, Douglas J. Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc GBR
Franz, Christoph Chairman of the Board, F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd CHE
Fresco, Louise O. President and Chairman Executive Board, Wageningen University and Research Centre NLD
Griffin, Kenneth Founder and CEO, Citadel Investment Group, LLC USA
Gruber, Lilli Executive Editor and Anchor “Otto e mezzo”, La7 TV ITA
Guriev, Sergei Professor of Economics, Sciences Po RUS
Gürkaynak, Gönenç Managing Partner, ELIG Law Firm TUR
Gusenbauer, Alfred Former Chancellor of the Republic of Austria AUT
Halberstadt, Victor Professor of Economics, Leiden University NLD
Hampel, Erich Chairman, UniCredit Bank Austria AG AUT
Hassabis, Demis Vice President of Engineering, Google DeepMind GBR
Hesoun, Wolfgang CEO, Siemens Austria AUT
Hildebrand, Philipp Vice Chairman, BlackRock Inc. CHE
Hoffman, Reid Co-Founder and Executive Chairman, LinkedIn USA
Ischinger, Wolfgang Chairman, Munich Security Conference INT
Jacobs, Kenneth M. Chairman and CEO, Lazard USA
Jäkel, Julia CEO, Gruner + Jahr DEU
Johnson, James A. Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners USA
Juppé, Alain Mayor of Bordeaux, Former Prime Minister FRA
Kaeser, Joe President and CEO, Siemens AG DEU
Karp, Alex CEO, Palantir Technologies USA
Kepel, Gilles University Professor, Sciences Po FRA
Kerr, John Deputy Chairman, Scottish Power GBR
Kesici, Ilhan MP, Turkish Parliament TUR
Kissinger, Henry A. Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc. USA
Kleinfeld, Klaus Chairman and CEO, Alcoa USA
Knot, Klaas H.W. President, De Nederlandsche Bank NLD
Koç, Mustafa V. Chairman, Koç Holding A.S. TUR
Kogler, Konrad Director General, Directorate General for Public Security AUT
Kravis, Henry R. Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. USA
Kravis, Marie-Josée Senior Fellow and Vice Chair, Hudson Institute USA
Kudelski, André Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group CHE
Lauk, Kurt President, Globe Capital Partners DEU
Lemne, Carola CEO, The Confederation of Swedish Enterprise SWE
Levey, Stuart Chief Legal Officer, HSBC Holdings plc USA
Leyen, Ursula von der Minister of Defence DEU
Leysen, Thomas Chairman of the Board of Directors, KBC Group BEL
Maher, Shiraz Senior Research Fellow, ICSR, King’s College London GBR
Markus Lassen, Christina Head of Department, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Security Policy and Stabilisation DNK
Mathews, Jessica T. Distinguished Fellow, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace USA
Mattis, James Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Hoover Institution, Stanford University USA
Maudet, Pierre Vice-President of the State Council, Department of Security, Police and the Economy of Geneva CHE
McKay, David I. President and CEO, Royal Bank of Canada CAN
Mert, Nuray Columnist, Professor of Political Science, Istanbul University TUR
Messina, Jim CEO, The Messina Group USA
Michel, Charles Prime Minister BEL
Micklethwait, John Editor-in-Chief, Bloomberg LP USA
Minton Beddoes, Zanny Editor-in-Chief, The Economist GBR
Monti, Mario Senator-for-life; President, Bocconi University ITA
Mörttinen, Leena Executive Director, The Finnish Family Firms Association FIN
Mundie, Craig J. Principal, Mundie & Associates USA
Munroe-Blum, Heather Chairperson, Canada Pension Plan Investment Board CAN
Netherlands, H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of the NLD
O’Leary, Michael CEO, Ryanair Plc IRL
Osborne, George First Secretary of State and Chancellor of the Exchequer GBR
Özel, Soli Columnist, Haberturk Newspaper; Senior Lecturer, Kadir Has University TUR
Papalexopoulos, Dimitri Group CEO, Titan Cement Co. GRC
Pégard, Catherine President, Public Establishment of the Palace, Museum and National Estate of Versailles FRA
Perle, Richard N. Resident Fellow, American Enterprise Institute USA
Petraeus, David H. Chairman, KKR Global Institute USA
Pikrammenos, Panagiotis Honorary President of The Hellenic Council of State GRC
Reisman, Heather M. Chair and CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc. CAN
Rocca, Gianfelice Chairman, Techint Group ITA
Roiss, Gerhard CEO, OMV Austria AUT
Rubin, Robert E. Co Chair, Council on Foreign Relations; Former Secretary of the Treasury USA
Rutte, Mark Prime Minister NLD
Sadjadpour, Karim Senior Associate, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace USA
Sánchez Pérez-Castejón, Pedro Leader, Partido Socialista Obrero Español PSOE ESP
Sawers, John Chairman and Partner, Macro Advisory Partners GBR
Sayek Böke, Selin Vice President, Republican People’s Party TUR
Schmidt, Eric E. Executive Chairman, Google Inc. USA
Scholten, Rudolf CEO, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG AUT
Senard, Jean-Dominique CEO, Michelin Group FRA
Sevelda, Karl CEO, Raiffeisen Bank International AG AUT
Stoltenberg, Jens Secretary General, NATO INT
Stubb, Alexander Prime Minister FIN
Suder, Katrin Deputy Minister of Defense DEU
Sutherland, Peter D. UN Special Representative; Chairman, Goldman Sachs International IRL
Svanberg, Carl-Henric Chairman, BP plc; Chairman, AB Volvo SWE
Svarva, Olaug CEO, The Government Pension Fund Norway NOR
Thiel, Peter A. President, Thiel Capital USA
Tsoukalis, Loukas President, Hellenic Foundation for European and Foreign Policy GRC
Üzümcü, Ahmet Director-General, Organisation for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons INT
Vitorino, António M. Partner, Cuetrecasas, Concalves Pereira, RL PRT
Wallenberg, Jacob Chairman, Investor AB SWE
Weber, Vin Partner, Mercury LLC USA
Wolf, Martin H. Chief Economics Commentator, The Financial Times GBR
Wolfensohn, James D. Chairman and CEO, Wolfensohn and Company USA
Zoellick, Robert B. Chairman, Board of International Advisors, The Goldman Sachs Group USA
Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age June 10 2015 | From: JonRappoport
The best film ever made about television’s war on the population is Paddy Chayefsky’s scorching masterpiece, Network (1976). Yet it stages only a few minutes of on-air television.
The rest of the film is dialogue and monologue about television. Thus you could say that, in this case, word defeats image.
"The media have substituted themselves for the older world… The new media are not bridges between man and nature - they are nature…
The new media are not ways of relating us to the old world; they are the real world and they reshape what remains of the old world at will… In television, images are projected at you. You are the screen. The images wrap around you. You are the vanishing point…
The whole tendency of modern communication… is towards participation in a process, rather than apprehension of concepts.” (Marshall McLuhan)
Even when showing what happens on the TV screen, Network bursts forth with lines like these, from newsman Howard Beale, at the end of his rope, on-camera, speaking to his in-studio audience and millions of people in their homes:
"So, you listen to me. Listen to me! Television is not the truth. Television’s a god-damned amusement park. Television is a circus, a carnival, a traveling troupe of acrobats, storytellers, dancers, singers, jugglers, sideshow freaks, lion tamers, and football players. We’re in the boredom-killing business…
We deal in illusions, man.None of it is true! But you people sit there day after day, night after night, all ages, colors, creeds. We’re all you know. You’re beginning to believe the illusions we’re spinning here.
You’re beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. You do whatever the tube tells you. You dress like the tube, you eat like the tube, you raise your children like the tube. You even think like the tube.
This is mass madness. You maniacs. In God’s name, you people are the real thing. We are the illusion.”
Beale, coming apart at the seams, is a mad prophet. And because he shines with brilliance and poetry, he can affect minds. Therefore, the television network can make use of him. It can turn him into a cartoon for the masses.
It is Beale’s language and the passion with which he delivers it that constitutes his dangerous weapon. Therefore, the Network transforms him into a cheap religious figure, whose audience slathers him with absurd adoration.
Television’s enemy is the word. Its currency is image.
Image from a scene in "Network"
Beale breaks through the image and defiles it. He cracks the egg. He stops the picture-flow. He brings back the sound and rhythm of spoken poetry. That is his true transgression against the medium that employs him.
The modern matrix has everything to do with how knowledge is acquired.
Television, in the main, does not attempt to impart knowledge. It strives to give the viewer the impression that he knows something. There is a difference.
Knowledge, once established, is external to, and independent of, the viewer. Whereas the impression of knowing is a feeling, a conviction, a belief the viewer holds, after he has watched moving images on a screen.
A basic premise of New Age thinking is: “everything is (connected to) everything.” This fits quite well with the experience of watching film or video flow.
Example: we see angry crowds on the street of a foreign city. Then young people on their cell phones sitting in an outdoor café. Then the marble lobby of a government building where men in suits are walking, standing in groups talking to each other. Then at night, rockets exploding in the sky. Then armored vehicles moving through a gate into the city. Then clouds of smoke on another street and people running, chased by police.
A flow of consecutive images. The sequence, obviously, has been assembled by a news editor, but most of the viewing audience isn’t aware of that. They’re watching the “interconnected” images and listening to a news anchor tell a story that colors (infects) every image.
Viewers thus believe they know something. Television has imparted that sensation to them. That’s what news is all about: delivering a sensation of knowing to the audience.
There is no convenient place where the ordinary viewing audience can stop the flow of images or the story being told. They are inside it. They don’t have the leverage of a crystalized idea or the power of reasoning to get out.
They are inside the story. Knowledge thus becomes story.
The viewer is transfixed by the sensation that he is “inside” watching story.
This fixation produces a short circuit in his reasoning mind (if he has one). No time to stop, no time to think; just watch the flow.
When you take this pattern out to a whole society, you are talking about a dominant method through which “knowledge” is gained.
"Did you see that fantastic video about the Iraq War? It showed that Saddam actually had bioweapons.”
“Really? How did they show that?”
“Well, I don’t exactly remember. But watch it. You’ll see.”
And that’s another feature of the modern acquisition of knowledge: amnesia about details.
The viewer can’t recall key features of what he saw. Or if he can, he can’t describe them, because he was in the flow. He was inside, busy building up his impression of knowing something.
Narrative-visual-television story strips out and discards conceptual references. And lines of reasoning? To the extent they exist, they’re wrapped around and inside the image-flow and the narration.
Ideas aren’t as interesting as images. That’s the premise.
To grasp the diminishment of language, consider the current use of the word “text.” Suddenly it’s become a verb; it means a process of sending words. It also refers to paragraphs or pages of writing, as opposed to pictures. “Text” makes “writing” seem like nothing more than one functional (and machine-like) method of delivering information.
And since bone-dry information (e.g., “genetic sequences”) these days is practically considered a synonym for life, when a writer infuses his words with passion, they automatically become a “rant.” “Rant” was formerly applied to describe what a person did when he was totally unhinged to the point of making no coherent sense.
Image, not the word, is the now preferred means of acquiring what passes for knowledge.
McLuhan: “Media are means of extending and enlarging our organic sense lives into our environment… My main theme is the extension of the nervous system in the electric age.”
All our electronic devices operate as extensions of our senses. In the process, image predominates, and through feedback, the majority of those pictures are produced by media. As if knowledge were being transferred.
Retired propaganda master, Ellis Medavoy (pseudonym), once told me in an interview:
“If you wanted to try a real revolution, you would produce thousands of videos consisting of written words on screens, with someone speaking those words.
You would try to reinstate language as a medium. Poetry, formal arguments and debates, great speeches, dramatic readings. You would go up against image and try to relegate it to its proper place…”
The degree of outrage, so far, is on the order of a bonfire in a park.
If this were happening in the American colonies of the 18th century, where several hundred thousand copies of Tom Paine’s pamphlet, Common Sense, were distributed among a total population of only 2.5 million people, the earth would shake.
The word meant something then; thousands of pages of words, held in secret, determining the shape of the future, would have instigated a revolution.
Today, that secrecy of words causes minor flames, because generations of Americans have been suckled on images.
Howard Beale:“…we know that democracy is a dying giant, a sick, sick dying, decaying political concept, writhing in its final pain…
What is finished is the idea that this great country is dedicated to the freedom and flourishing of every individual in it.
It’s the individual that’s finished. It’s the single, solitary human being that’s finished. It’s every single one of you out there that’s finished. Because this is no longer a nation of independent individuals.
It’s a nation of some two hundred odd million transistorized, deodorized, whiter-than-white, steel-belted bodies, totally unnecessary as human beings and as replaceable as piston rods.”
Paddy Chayefsky’s words. He made his pen a sword, because he was writing a movie about television, against television. He was going up against image as the primary form of knowledge. He was the man for the job.
When a technology (television) turns into a method of perception, reality is turned inside out. People watch TV through TV eyes. They observe their blessings the way crowds suck in the tautologies of a tinpot dictator.
Mind control is no longer something merely imposed from the outside. It is a matrix of a self-feeding, self-demanding loop. Willing devotees of the image want images, food stamps of the programmed society.
Are We All Terrorists Now? Russell Brand The Trews June 10 2015 | From: TheTrews
Russell Brand takes a look at the new powers brought in by David Cameron to supposedly aid in counter terrorism, but instead, turns us all into suspects. [Some people consider Brand to be a hypocrite and / or controlled opposition; but whatever the case the points he makes here are 100% valid].
This video also looks at how the mainstream media is completely ignoring the new legislation being put into place in all western countries that further erodes our rights
on an invcrementalist path towards government / corporate tyranny.
Basically the upshot is that the governments of the west are now saying: "You are a terrorist as soo as you don't do what you are told."
Reserve Bank Funding Agreement Ratified - But Who / What The Hell Is "The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand"? June 6 2015 | From: WakeUpKiwi / ReserveBankOfNewZealand
A new five-year Funding Agreement for the Reserve Bank was ratified by Parliament yesterday. But what is the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, who owns it - and why are they selling us our own currency?
What Do Central Banks Actually Do? Central banks all make convoluted cover statements in order to justify their existence. That is not to say that all of the staff are in on it, but those who are at the top of each reserve bank know exactly what they are doing.
They are either part of the cabal, or minions of it under bribery and or threat.
What Central Banks Say They Do:
“Ensure that, throughout the economy, money works as well as possible as a mechanism for making transactions, storing value, and keeping account.
The Bank also promotes a sound and efficient financial system. To fulfil these functions, the Bank carries out a wide range of tasks, from operating monetary policy to monitoring and supervising the health of the financial system, maintaining foreign reserves, operating in the financial markets if necessary, and issuing currency as required.”
– Quote excerpt from The Reserve Bank of New Zealand
The first and most important question that arises with regards to central banks is:
“Why is a privately owned and run banking institution issuing and controlling the currency of my country?”
It is interesting to note that within the very large Reserve Bank of New Zealand coat of arms, located on the wall to the rear of the reception area of said central bank, you will see a red shield. As we know, in old German, red shield translates to Roth-schild (red-shield).
What Central Banks Actually Do:
Central banks do more harm than good. From obscuring the true cost of credit to causing confusion about good investments, central bankers end up papering over economic problems. And when they send the wrong messages to savers and consumers trying to coordinate their plans, boom and bust cycles lengthen and worsen.
In effect, the central banks have almost complete control of a country’s economy, and can create and control boom and bust cycles.
“There are a number of ways the Reserve Bank helps to maintain financial stability, including through the regulation and supervision of banks, non-bank deposit takers and insurers, promoting the smooth operation of financial markets, and building sound financial market infrastructure.
It is also important to understand developments that could make the financial system vulnerable to instability, and respond appropriately. The Reserve Bank conducts regular surveillance of financial risks and reports on its assessments in the six-monthly Financial Stability Report.”
– Quote excerpt from The Reserve Bank of New Zealand
This is an important point, because it ties us back into our shareholder investigation:
All of the financial institutions of virtually every country are registered with, regulated by and supervised by their local central bank.
Central banks and central bankers are the reason why the world is in economic and martial turmoil and why many millions of people languish in the pits of poverty and financial ruin.
They operate for the exclusive profit of a small group of powerful families whose death grip on global finance can be traced back generations. They control governments, monarchies, and multinational organisations like the UN, the WHO, the World Bank, and a host of other influential bodies.
Using massive wealth accumulated fraudulently over generations they’ve managed to co-opt or illicitly influence political parties, trade unions, the law courts, medical associations, religious hierarchies, universities & academies, mass media, and the like, to promote their policies and to eradicate all opposition.
They wield their inordinate global control by indoctrinating chosen “leaders” into powerful secret societies and insider groups like the Freemasons, Bilderberg, Council on Foreign Relations, just to name a few.
Three essential pillars of their domination of the world economy and global finance are the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, and the Bank for International Settlements. The first two were set up at Bretton Woods in 1944 to plunder and loot and enrich a handful of bankster dynasties.
The latter is known as the central bank to the world’s central banks. It was set up by British and American banksters in conjunction with the Nazis in 1930 and was guilty of appalling war crimes for which it was never ever punished.
We were fortuitously alerted to the plot of Rothschild-controlled central banks ruling the world by Professor Caroll Quigley in his 1966 book, Tragedy And Hope, a scholarly tome of almost 1,400 pages. Quigley was an insider in the exclusive world of the corporatists and the international bankers and had access to private research material. For some unknown reason, the original publisher Macmillan only printed 9,000 copies.
Professor Quigley wrote:
“The powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences.”
- Tragedy And Hope, (see Chapter 20).
Read more on dentral banking and how far it goes here.
And so the Reserve Bank of "New Zealand" press release continues;
“The Funding Agreement ensures that the Bank has sufficient resources to meet its expanded role and obligations while maintaining tight control of costs,” Governor Graeme Wheeler said.
The Funding Agreement is an important instrument for maintaining the Bank’s operational independence in that it provides multi-year funding and specifies how much of the Bank’s income may be used to fund the Bank’s operating expenses. The new Funding Agreement is valid from 1 July 2015 to 30 June 2020.
The new agreement sees the Bank’s core operating expenditure increase marginally from $49.0 million in 2014-15 to $49.6 million in 2015-16, and then increase to $52.1 million by the final year, 2019-20. Funding for the direct costs of issuing banknotes and coins is separate within the agreement, and amounts to $14.4 million in 2015-16 and $20.2 million in 2016-17 before reducing to $11.1 million in 2019-20.
“The increase in core operating expenditure over the five years is modest, averaging 1.3 percent per year,”said Mr Wheeler.
The Bank has a number of important projects underway, including those related to issuance of new banknotes, development of the Bank’s treasury systems, and an upgrade of its payment and settlement systems.
Mr Wheeler said the new Funding Agreement has been made in an environment of fiscal constraint. Productivity improvements, which include some reductions in staffing levels that began in February 2015, will restrain the growth in costs.
“The Reserve Bank’s responsibilities have expanded considerably since 2008, including prudential supervision of insurers and anti-money laundering supervision, and it has developed its macro-prudential policy capabilities and toolkit.”
And if you are stupid enough to still not see the smokescreen then shame on you.
Flying Sheep & Dodgy Deals: The NZ Government Paid $11 Million In Taxpayer Funded Hush Money To An Influential Saudi Businessman To Prevent A ‘Possible’ Lawsuit June 5 2015 | From: Actionstation
The Government paid $11 million in taxpayer funded hush money to an influential Saudi businessman to prevent a ‘possible’ lawsuit over a false promise the National Party made to the businessman before they were in Government.
Minister of Foreign Affairs, Murray McCully, has been caught paying what looks very much like a bribe to a Saudi businessman called Hamood Al-Ali Al-Khalaf whose live sheep exporting business was damaged by this country’s ban on such exports back in 2003.
This demands a serious investigation by the Auditor-General to get to the bottom of what looks very much like a bribe.
When the Labour-led government first banned the live exports of sheep, Al Khalaf allegedly contacted the National Party to express his opposition to the change. The National Party then made a promise to Al Khalaf that once they were in Government they would reverse the ban on live exports.
When National won the election in 2008, Al Khalaf is said to have invested tens of millions of dollars in New Zealand farmland and a ship that could transport sheep to Saudi Arabia.
But National didn’t change the law.
Using Cabinet papers obtained under the Official Information Act, NBR’s Jamie Ball raised a number of questions about whether proper processes had been followed. He has also uncovered evidence that appears to confirm that the deal making has been carried out in order to advance negotiations for a trade deal with the Gulf states. [2]
As part of the deal the Minister even flouted NZ law and had 1000 live sheep flown over to the Middle East.
Only the Auditor-General can get to the bottom of this deal with a full investigation to work out how the Minister can justify this highly unorthodox use of taxpayer money.
The Minister seems to be taking taxpayer money, giving it wholesale to private business in Saudi Arabia in order to smooth the way for a trade deal. If this is completely true it sets a dangerous precedent for international business.
Ironically, Parliament has just passed the second reading of the Organised Crime and Anti-Corruption Legislation Bill [4]. The legislation includes new measures “Making both fines and imprisonment available as sanctions for the offence of foreign bribery”.
Denmark The First Country To Ban Cash June 5 2015 | From: Pravda
In the last few weeks there has emerged a great deal of chatter in both the alternative and mainstream media about efforts to reduce the use of cash or ban it altogether - from many different sources and countries. Denmark looks to be the first to ban cash.
The government has already declared it as part of cost-saving measures. It is directed at taxes securing and preventing banks from complete collapse that is possible due to bank runs.
People should be ready that they won't be able to pay in cash in stores, restaurants and petrol stations within the territory of the country in the near future. There will be also considered some measures in order to prevent the capital flight from other countries. Otherwise, there may be a major capital disturbance unless all nations abolish cash simultaneously.
This appears to be the big issue that is likely to unfold with the ECM turning point at the end of September 2015.
Pravda.Ru has already reported on the economic totalitarian regime that will lead to the total control of money by the state. No ability to buy or sell anything without government approval will be provided.
Freedom of movement and travel will be restricted in Rome, if you owe money to the state.
The USA has already introduced passport revocation practice in case you owe the government more than $50,000.
Rule By The Corporations - Paul Craig Roberts June 5 2015 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
"Free Trade" Agreements = The Corporate Empowerment Act. The Transatlantic and Transpacific Trade and Investment Partnerships have nothing to do with free trade. “Free trade” is used as a disguise to hide the power these agreements give to corporations to use law suits to overturn sovereign laws of nations that regulate pollution, food safety, GMOs, and minimum wages.
The first thing to understand is that these so-called “partnerships” are not laws written by Congress. The US Constitution gives Congress the authority to legislate, but these laws are being written without the participation of Congress. The laws are being written by corporations solely in the interest of their power and profit. The office of US Trade Representative was created in order to permit corporations to write law that serves only their interests. This fraud on the Constitution and the people is covered up by calling trade laws “treaties.”
Indeed, Congress is not even permitted to know what is in the laws and is limited to the ability to accept or refuse what is handed to Congress for a vote. Normally, Congress accepts, because “so much work has been done” and “free trade will benefit us all.”
The presstitutes have diverted attention from the content of the laws to “fast track.” When Congress votes “fast track,” it means Congress accepts that corporations can write the trade laws without the participation of Congress. Even criticisms of the “partnerships” are a smoke screen.
Countries accused of slave labor could be excluded but won’t be. Super patriots complain that US sovereignty is violated by “foreign interests,” but US sovereignty is violated by US corporations. Others claim yet more US jobs will be offshored. In actual fact, the “partnerships” are unnecessary to advance the loss of American jobs as there is nothing that inhibits jobs offshoring now.
What the “partnerships” do is to make private corporations immune to the laws of sovereign countries on the grounds that laws of countries adversely impact corporate profits and constitute “restraint of trade.”
For example, under the Transatlantic Partnership, French laws against GMOs would be overturned as “restraints on trade” by law suits filed by Monsanto.
Countries that require testing of imported food, such as pork for trichnosis, and fumigation would be subject to lawsuits from corporations, because these regulations increase the cost of imports.
Countries that do not provide monopoly protection for brand name pharmaceuticals and chemical products, and allow generics in their place, can be sued for damages by corporations.
Obama himself has no input into the process. Here is what is going on: The Trade Representative is a corporate stooge. He serves the private corporations and will go on to a million dollar annual salary. The corporations have bribed the political leaders in every country to sign away their sovereignty and the general welfare of their people to private corporations.
Corporations have paid US senators large sums for transferring Congress’ law-making powers to corporations.When these “partnerships” pass, no country that signed will have any legislative authority to legislate or enforce any law that any corporation regards as inimical to its bottom line.
Yes, the great promiser of change is bringing change. He is turning Asia, Europe, and the US over to rule by the corporations.
According to news reports, both of France’s main political parties have sold out to the corporations, but not Marine Le Pen’s National Front Party. In the last EU elections, the dissident parties, such as Le Pen and Farage’s, prevailed over the traditional parties, but the dissidents are yet to prevail in their own countries.
Marine Le Pen objects to the secrecy of the agreements that establishes corporate rule. As Europe’s only leader, she speaks:
“It is vital that the French people know about TTIP’s content and its motivations in order to be able to fight it.
Because our fellow countrymen must have the choice of their future, because they should impose a model for society that suits them, and not one forced by multinational companies eager for profits, Brussels technocrats bought by the lobbies, and politicians from the UMP [party of former president Nicolas Sarkozy] who are subservient to these technocrats.”
It is vital that the American public also know, but not even Congress is permitted to know.
How does it work, this “freedom and democracy” that we Americans allegedly have, when neither the people nor their elected representatives are permitted to participate in the making of laws that enable private corporations to negate the law-making functions of governments and place corporate profit above the general welfare?
Introducing Social Bonds Or How National Is Privatising Health Care June 3 2015 | From: AotearoaAWiderPerspective
This week, only a week after they closed relationship Aotearoa, the government announced that they were introducing social bonds to private investors. They are doing so to allow private investors the chance to invest in mental healthcare.
The idea is that people invest in these bonds and only if the results are measurably positive will the investors get their money back!
Mental healthcare patients are among the most vulnerable of patients and here in “man up” New Zealand are also the ones most likely to avoid seeking treatment and if they do often end up between wall and ship because it is so hard to diagnose and treat. It is not for nothing this sector was chosen as the pilot for this new government initiative. Nobody likes a whinger and nobody ever expects to end up needing help for psychological problems.
Make no mistake however. This is a pilot. What that means is, they are testing the water. Expect bonds to be issued for other healthcare “products”. And if you borrow you have to pay it back. The argument that we only have to pay it back if the results are positive is a misleading one because no investor is going to invest in bonds unless there result is a return.
One of the ways in which the private organisations have to prove themselves is by earning money. The only way to earn money is by declaring people fit for work or no longer needing assistance. “Independent” but equally privately owned Assessment organisations do the assessment of people receiving treatment or funding for treatment.
These organisations depend on for their work on the results they deliver too. What that means for sick people is that not their health but their ability to go back to work at the most early convenience judged by privately owned company who wants to make money is the most important decision factor.
In England one such private assessors is Atos. Atos has been known to judge people lying on their deathbeds fit for work and cutting them off from much needed disability income. Atos forces people undergoing Cancer treatment to go back to work. They have also been known to cut off people with disabilities such as paralysed legs because they were able to push their wheel chairs with their hands.
As someone watching my husband, who had to go back to work way to soon after a serious operation because we didn’t have the funds for him to recover properly, suffer and who is now on ACC (He is one of the lucky ones) because he hit a psychological wall as well as having to deal with the physical consequences of what happened to him, I can assure you that this is not option for long term solutions in healthcare.
It will not help people get back to a normal healthy life. It will only make more and more damaged people trying to get on and deteriorating to a point were there are no solutions left. Expect higher rates of suicide, domestic violence, violent deaths and less social cohesion and community.
According to the Ministry of health web page these bonds are currently used or starting to be used in: The United Kingdom, United States, South America, Holland, South Africa, Belgium and Australia, and are being actively explored in Canada, Ireland and Israel.
The purpose for the pilot is:
Test the conceptwithin the New Zealand context to see whether this is an effective and efficient way for government to reduce social problems
Develop the conditions to use social bonds more widely in the future: including growing the social-investor market and building capabilities of service providers, government agencies and Intermediaries
Learn lessons that could be applied to other forms of payments-for-results and/or outcomes-based contracting
Enable Government to make more informed decisions on whether to use payments-for-results and outcomes based contracting more widely.
Kennedy Drops Bombshell: 70% News Ad Revenue From Pharma June 2 2015 | From: NaturalBlaze
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. is at it again. After speaking in Sacramento, California against SB-277, pummeling the Centers for Disease Control during public testimony in Vermontand appearing on Bill Maher’s HBO show to do the same, he has now broke major news during a recent interview.
Speaking with former Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura regarding the vaccine industry and big pharma, Kennedy confirmed what many have assumed by stating:
“I ate breakfast last week with the president of a network news division and he told me that during non-election years, 70% of the advertising revenues for his news division come from pharmaceutical ads.
And if you go on TV any night and watch the network news, you’ll see they become just a vehicle for selling pharmaceuticals. He also told me that he would fire a host who brought onto his station a guest who lost him a pharmaceutical account.”
These powerful admissions by Kennedy are made with the supporting backdrop of five-time Emmy Award winning investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson recently stated:
“If people were simply covering in terms of news value, facts, and fairness we’d be giving way more coverage to vaccine side effects, autism, ADD, and all the immune disorders that have emerged in the past and been made untouchable by this environment that I’ve discussed with you (referring to astroturfing.)"
Indeed it appears that we are seeing a major push by highly unethical, fraudulent pharmaceutical companies attempting to legally corral the entire American public into unwilling consumers of their vaccine products. This current move has revealed major conflicts-of-interest among many senators, news organizations and regulatory agencies.
In addition, there appears to be a near mutiny among good senators and congressmen who are rapidly introducing bills to counter the drug company-sponsored vaccine exemption removal push being witnessed in state houses across the U.S.
United States, New Zealand, Canadian, United Kingdom & Australian Governments Hacked Smartphones, Planted Spyware In Google Phone Apps June 2 2015 | From: TruthInMedia
A new document from whistleblower Edward Snowden reveals that the United States, Canada, and other so-called “Five Eyes” nations hacked weaknesses in one of the world’s most popular mobile browsers to access smartphone traffic. The hacking involved using apps in the Google and Samsung app stores.
Consistent with much of the Snowden revelations, the “mainstream” media has largely ignored the story.
According to the “Top Secret” document, the spying agnecies of Canada, the U.S., Britain, Australia and New Zealand started targeting the UC Browser in 2011 after it was discovered that a leak released details of millions of users. UC Browser is the most popular app in China and India.
The agencies stated goal was to exploit the weakness to collect data on suspected terrorists or intelligence targets. Some cases apparently involved implanting spyware on targeted smartphones.
The Five Eyes nations were looking to exploit similar leaks in other mobile apps. CBC reports that the document shows the surveillance agencies did not alert the companies or the public about weaknesses.
The latest document release from Snowden was reported by The intercept and Canada’s CBC.
Canada’s Communications Security Establishment surveillance agency refused to comment on the CBC report, while the British GCHQ stated that all surveillance programs are “carried out in accordance with a strict legal and policy framework.”
The U.S. National Security Agency and New Zealand surveillance agency did not respond to CBC News. Australia’s signals intelligence agency refused to comment.
Not everyone believes the government’s claims of accountability and promises that the program was only used in search of terrorists. Michael Geist, a professor at University of Ottawa and an expert on internet law, told the CBC:
“All of this is being done in the name of providing safety and yet … Canadians or people around the world are put at risk.”
The documents also reveal that the Five Eyes agreed not to spy on each others’ citizens and instead focused their attention on apps stores in France, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Cuba, Morocco, the Bahamas and Russia.
Bankers Plan Secret London Meeting To ‘End Cash’ June 1 2015 | From: TheEventChronicle
Economist Martin Armstrong claims there is a “secret meeting to end cash” set to take place in London before the end of the month involving representatives from the ECB and the Federal Reserve.
Armstrong, who is known for successfully predicting the 1987 Black Monday crash as well as the 1998 Russian financial collapse, expressed his shock that no news outlet has reported on this upcoming conference.
“I find it extremely perplexing that I have been the only one to report of the secret meeting in London. Kenneth Rogoff of Harvard University, and Willem Buiter, the Chief Economist at Citigroup, will address the central banks to advocate the elimination of all cash to bring to fruition the day when you cannot buy or sell anything without government approval,” writes Armstrong.
“When I googled the issue to see who else has picked it up, to my surprise, Armstrong Economics comes up first. Others are quoting me, and I even find it spreading as far as the Central Bank of Nigeria, but I have yet to find any reports on the meeting taking place in London, when my sources are direct.”
Armstrong first brought attention to the alleged meeting earlier this month when he revealed that representatives from the Federal Reserve, the ECB as well as participants from the Swiss and Danish central banks would all be attending a “major conference in London” at which Kenneth Rogoff of Harvard University, and Willem Buiter, the Chief Economist at Citigroup, would give presentations.
Kenneth Rogoff, Professor of Economics at Harvard University.
“We better keep one eye open at night for this birth of a cashless society that is coming in much faster than expected. Why the secret meeting? Something does not smell right here,” concludes Armstrong.
Discussions and moves towards banning cash have repeatedly cropped up in recent weeks.
Willem Buiter, who Armstrong claims is speaking at the secret meeting, recently advocated abolishing cash altogether in order to “solve the world’s central banks’ problem with negative interest rates.”
Last year, Kenneth Rogoff also called for “abolishing physical currency” in order to stop “tax evasion and illegal activity” as well as preventing people from withdrawing money when interest rates are close to zero.
Striking a similar tone, former Bank of England economist Jim Leaviss penned an article for the London Telegraph earlier this month in which he said a cashless society would only be achieved by:
“forcing everyone to spend only by electronic means from an account held at a government-run bank,” which would be, “monitored, or even directly controlled by the government.”
Big banks in both the United Kingdom and the U.S. are already treating the withdrawal or depositing of moderately large amounts of cash as a suspicious activity.
Reports emerged in March of how the Justice Department is ordering bank employees to consider calling the cops on customers who withdraw $5,000 dollars or more.
Willem Buiter, the Chief Economist at Citigroup.
Meanwhile in France, new measures are set to come into force in September which will restrict French citizens from making cash payments over €1,000 euros. Armstrong suggests that “financial police” could enforce this new law by, “searching people on trains just passing through France to see if they are transporting cash, which they will now seize.”
As Armstrong notes, banning cash in order to eviscerate what little economic freedoms people have left to avoid disastrous Keynesian central bank policy is nothing short of economic totalitarianism.
“In the mind of an economic tyrant, banning cash represents the holy grail,” writes Michael Krieger. “Forcing the plebs onto a system of digital fiat currency transactions offers total control via a seamless tracking of all transactions in the economy, and the ability to block payments if an uppity citizen dares get out of line.”
What Is The Real Agenda Behind John Key's Drive To Change The New Zealand Flag: Due Authority - A Very Silent Coup? May 30 2015 | From: PostmanProductions
TPPA - Flags & The Assassination of the New Zealand Democracy. Fly the Red Blue White and Say No to Prince John and the TPPA!
“God of Nations at Thy feet, In the bonds of love we meet, God defend our free land. Hear our voices, we entreat, Guard Pacific’s triple star From the shafts of strife and war, Make her praises heard afar, God defend New Zealand”
The current NZ Prime Minister has been asked (as have previous Prime Ministers) to remove the New Zealand flag and replace it with their [the cabal's] own made up constitution. This would also take out the treaty as it would not be recognised at all; and place corrupt Maori in the driver's seat with the cabal to prevent another land war.
What is not understood, because of the amount of infighting and mixed agendas within Maoridom is that they have the tools in their hands to unpick the control of the British Empire / Cabal / Illuminati / Khazarian Zionists in New Zealand.
The Cabal are very well aware of this and have killed people in New Zealand to try to stop it - because they know that if their control is destroyed in New Zealand, the same process can be repeated WORLDWIDE.
The nature of heraldry dates back to feudal times when the flags where not just things you waved but a coat of arms stated to whom you pledged allegiance to.
It showed what your rank was, entrenched your legal status from what power or Due authority your knight exercised his rights and privileges, the Crown or the State. One of the frustrating things about the change being made to the NZ flag is that no one has considered that change of heraldry and how it impacts on the very notion of DUE AUTHORITY.
As a graduate of both political science and history the flag issue has been gnawing away in my head for months. I knew that the change had major legislation consequences but I could not put my finger on what the con being waged was exactly.
It was only when I went back and began to research what exactly was the aim of heraldry and of what it importance was to the legislative nature of the states authority, that I came across the term DUE AUTHORITY which I recognised immediately.
It was at this point the penny clicked on just how dangerous any change to our flag is DUE AUTHORITY in a nation like NZ is represented on the NZ flag by the Union Jack and signifies that we are a constitutional monarchy.
Links and institutions inherited from the United Kingdom remain; some are “core" to our current system of government: 10.1 The Queen as head of state of New Zealand;
10.2 New Zealand’s status as a Realm, including the Cook Islands, Niue, Tokelau and the Ross Dependency;
10.3 Appointment of the Governor-General by the Queen;
12.3 THE UNION JACK ON THE NEW ZEALAND FLAG;
12.4 The appearance of the Queen on New Zealand notes and coins; and
12.5 “God save the Queen” as one of New Zealand’s anthems.
13 These links could be reformed without changing New Zealand’s constitution in any fundamental way.
They are, however, important in reinforcing New Zealand’s national identity as a constitutional monarchy. For this reason, any change to these links may evoke strong feelings in the community.
It is important to note that a constitution is not at end in itself – it is simply the means by which a nation state is structured and ordered.
Constitutional arrangements reflect a nation’s sense of identity.
For that reason, a change to any of the elements listed in paragraphs 10 and 12 above – whether the change is large or small – is likely to require a lot of time, public involvement, education and discussion.
DUE AUTHORITY: Take off the Union Jack we remove the protection of monarch constitutional system and the bill of rights and open our selves wide to the slavery of the TPPA.
A change of flag means not only that we have taken a major step to removing the DUE AUTHORITY of the crown. It also means we take away the very power which enforces both the 1981 Bill of Rights Act (the closest thing NZ has to an entrenched Constitution) and the founding plank upon which the Treaty of Waitangi has meaning.
It does not matter if your pro or anti monarchy but if you take away the DUE AUTHORITY of law (which includes our flag) you then open the gates of hell, or to be precise the means in which John Key can legally sign the TPPA (Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement). Currently if the matter was taken to court it would undoubtedly end up at the Supreme Court.
The Privy Council is our former chief court and unlike the new US-styled NZ supreme Court, has its legal interpretation interpreted by Judges that are picked by the Law Lords of the Common Wealth.
In the new system those Judges are picked by parliament – uh oh.
At the moment it is likely that a legal challenge could be mounted against the TPPA, even if John does sign it, even with the Supreme Court Change, in that it breaches the 1981 Bill of Rights and the Crowns' obligation to Iwi as set out in the Treaty of Waitangi.
However if the DUE AUTHORITY of the State can be removed then the TPPA can not only be signed but it then means that once signed the DUE AUTHORITY of the TPPA would superseded the power of any NZ laws already in place. Such as the 1981 Bill of Rights etc.
This and the specific appoint of the 12 New Zealanders appointed as members of the Flag Consideration Panel who will “engage” the public about a possible new New Zealand flag, all indicate that the flag change has a very sinister element behind it.
John Key is effectively saying;
"Changing the flag is a constitutional matter that needs to be taken to the people".
"Whereas signing the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement has nothing to do with the people..."
The Flag Consideration Panel will be chaired by former deputy vice-chancellor of the University of Canterbury Emeritus Professor John Burrows, ONZM, QC of Christchurch who was co-chair of the constitutional Advisory Panel along with – Sir Tipene O’Regan, former Chairman of Nga Tahu and controversial ex mayor Peter Chin.
Emeritus Professor John Burrows, ONZM, QC
Former deputy vice-chancellor of the University of Canterbury Emeritus Professor John Burrows, ONZM, QC of Christchurch
In a decidedly right wing leading body. The other 10 members are:
Lt Gen (Rtd) Rhys Jones, CNZM
Former Chief of NZ Defence Force.
Chris Trotter note how Jones also sit on the panel of John Key’s “Free thinkers” which Key has drawn around him to act as his personal advisers. Jones dedication to democracy is also underscored by his mishandling of Jon Stephenson who was spied on for daring report the truth of NZ involvement in Afghanistan - a job which had NZDF writing manuals classifying Investigative Journalists as “subversives”.
Director of Julie Christie Inc. and board member, Auckland.
Christie also known as ‘The Bitch of Broadcasting’ is famed as the creator of reality TV (and if that does not inspire you with confidence) and is another professional spin doctor.
Her other close associates include entertainer legal Karen Soich famed of the Mr. Asia Heroin drug ring and the late Neil Roberts, the CEO of TVNZ - who avoided jail despite being busted on the Auckland Harbour Bridge with a kilogram of cocaine.
Peter Chin, CNZM
Former Mayor of Dunedin, director and trustee, Dunedin
Chin whose nick name in Dunedin is “corruptchin” pushed through the $400 million Dunedin Stadium as wanted by investors (who sold the land for the Stadium to the council at 600% above government valuation) the Farry Family and Casino Magnate Earl Hagerman.
At the time Chin was the Commissioner of Gambling. So he was in breach of his charter to never put himself in a position where he could be accused of a conflict of interest. He was also a paid employee of Webb & Farry during his entire tenure as Mayor of Dunedin.
At the 43rd Otago University School of Foreign Policy, on people power, China gave the key note speech in which he declared:
‘I think public participation in the political process is sometime undesirable as it allows the silent majority to be drowned out by the disgruntled and those with an grudge to bear”.
So he is a communist?
Chin, who is known to have ambitions of making NZ’s top judges, maybe even the first of Key desired supreme court, has also being appointed to ensure public participation on constitutional amendment[?!] - to make as the government clearly wish; to become a republic which gives the TPPA more power than a constitutional monarchy built upon the Magna Carta.
Academic, Maori Flag Consideration Panel members announced studies and te reo Maori, Christchurch.
Her father Tipine O’Regan sits on the same Constitutional amendment chair as Chin, is a senior Nga Tahu chief and can be pretty much be anticipated to direct any ideas towards the interest of Ngai Tahu - an iwi which seems quite happy to run rough shod over the interest of its lesser hapu to insure the new aristocracy get their silk boxer shirts.
Rod Drury
CEO of Xero and technology entrepreneur, Havelock North
Drury is of Ngai Tahu, he is vehemently anti-Greens and anti-Mana (he is also a violent opponent of Kimdotcom) and a pure National zealot all the way. His position regarding National is recorded in the Northland paper the Standard where he is quoted as saying of National:
“What I’d like to see is the Government have another term because they’ve had two terms where they got the debt sorted”
Also of Ngai Tahu – that the panel is distinctly absent of any other major iwi, asides from Ngai Tahu, is proof of the dirty deal unfolding between the tribe who made it way up the food chain massacring smaller tribes with European muskets and European boats. Today they have swapped musket for pen but the principal remains the same.
The board also includes light weight sport heroes Beatrice Faumuina, ONZM – Olympian, Commonwealth gold medalist an All Black Sir Brian Lochore and people with no real political nouse such as youth Stephen Jones – an Invercargill Youth Councillor and Kate de Goldi a children’s author.
These are the people who will shape the DUE AUTHORITY of the new flag -
shape it so it serves those who gain to benefit from NZ signing the TPPA.
A treaty which will allow multinational’s to poison our waters, risk our workers safety, rip up our race relations, in a treaty which once singed will supersede all NZ laws and our rights. A treaty which will be entrenched whose due authority will never be able to be removed by any legal means or public protest once signed.
Say good bye Magna Carta say hello to Neo feudalism as it heralds under, the DUE AUTHORITY of Prince John and his hand picked henchmen, an age of corporate slavery which the blue background, four stars, an union jack, has never being associated with.
Stevia Hailed By Overpopulation Propagandists As An Anti-Fertility Agent? May 29 2015 | From: YouTube
Maybe it's not so sweet now... If you've thought stevia, the natural alternative to sugar and artificial sweetners with aspartame, et al., is too good to be true, there may be a catch.
Check out this textbook written in 1970 by Paul and Anne Ehrlich, the precursor to the textbook Ecoscience they wrote with Obama Science Czar John P. Holdren seven years later.
The book advocates all manner of horrors to depopulate what they consider an overpopulated world, including everything from adding sterilants to the water and food to producing a sterilizing virus that requires a vaccine antidote one could apply for... it's a nightmare.
As such, it was pretty shocking to find a passage where the authors excitedly discuss using stevia rebaudiana — the same sweet leaf hailed everywhere today as a wonderful, healthy sugar alternative — as an anti-fertility agent. What's more, it had apparently been used traditionally by indigenous Indian populations in Paraguay for a long time, and rats in studies had shown a large drop in fertility after being administered stevia...
EcoScience: Authored in 1977 advocates for extreme totalitarianmeasures to control the population
p796: One way to carry out this disapproval might be to insist that all illegitimate babies be put up for adoption - especially those born to minors, who generally are not capable of caring properly for a child alone. If a single mother really wished to keep her baby, she might be obliged to go through adoption proceedings and demonstrate her ability to support and care for it.
Adoption proceedings probably should remain more difficult for single people than for married couples, in recognition of the relative difficulty of raising children alone. It would even be possible to require pregnant single women to marry or have abortions, perhaps as an alternative to placement for adoption, depending on the society.
p787-8: Adding a sterilant to drinking water or staple foods is a suggestion that seems to horrify people more than most proposals for involuntary fertility control. Indeed, this would pose some very difficultpolitical, legal, and social questions, to say nothing of the technical problems. No such sterilant exists today, nor does one appear to be under development.
To be acceptable, such a substance would have to meet some rather stiff requirements: it must be uniformly effective, despite widely varying doses received by individuals, and despite varying degrees of fertility and sensitivity among individuals; it must befree of dangerous or unpleasant side effects; and it must have no effect on members of the opposite sex, children, old people, pets, or livestock.
p838: In today’s world, however, the number of children in a family is a matter of profound public concern. The law regulates other highly personal matters. For example, no one may lawfully have more than one spouse at a time. Why should the law not be able to prevent a person from having more than two children?
P942-3: Perhaps those agencies, combined with UNEP and the United Nations population agencies, might eventually be developed into a Planetary Regime—sort of an international superagency for population, resources, and environment. Such a comprehensive Planetary Regime could control the development, administration, conservation, and distribution of all natural resources, renewable or nonrenewable, at least insofar as international implications exist.
Thus the Regime could have the power to control pollution not only in the atmosphere and oceans, but also in such freshwater bodies as rivers and lakes that cross international boundaries or that discharge into the oceans.The Regime might also be a logical central agency for regulating all international trade, perhaps including assistance from DCs to LDCs, and including all food on the international market.
The Planetary Regime might be given responsibility for determining the optimum population for the world and for each region and for arbitrating various countries’ shares within their regional limits. Control of population size might remain the responsibility of each government, but the Regime would have some power to enforce the agreed limits.
More examples and specific page numbers to checkout can be found here.
Greece Is At Breaking Point; Grexit Will Trigger ECB Demise May 29 2015 | From: GeoPolitics / DavidStockman
“Graccident” Will Trigger The Demise Of The ECB And The World’s Toxic Regime Of Keynesian Central Banking
Three days ago, Greece interior ministry admitted it won’t have money to pay its June obligations to the IMF. A sizable $1.8 billion needed to be raised and from the looks of it, nobody in the EU is willing to kick the can one more time.
During the G7 Summit later this week, the United States is anticipated to put pressure on the Eurozone to provide the Greeks some leeway or else it will turn to Russia.
Whatever the case, the entire EU economy is already freezing and the imminent Grexit will only makes matter worse for the single currency.
“Graccident” Will Trigger The Demise Of The ECB And The World’s Toxic Regime Of Keynesian Central Banking
It is not surprising that in a few short months Yanis Varoufakis has proven himself to be a thoroughgoing Keynesian statist. After all, what would you expect from an economics PhD who co-authored books with Jamie Galbraith? The latter never saw an economic malady that could not be cured with bigger deficits, prodigious printing press “stimulus” and ever more intrusive state intervention and redistribution.
In what is apparently a last desperate game theory ploy, however, Varoufakis has done his countrymen, Europe and the world a favor. By informing his Brussels paymasters that they must continue to subsidize his bankrupt Greek state because it is the only way to preserve the European Project and vouchsafe the Euro, the Greek Finance minister blurted out the truth of the matter, albeit perhaps not intentionally:
“It would be a disaster for everyone involved, it would be a disaster primarily for the Greek social economy, but it would also be the beginning of the end for the common currency project in Europe,” he said.
“Whatever some analysts are saying about firewalls, these firewalls won’t last long once you put and infuse into people’s minds, into investors’ minds, that the eurozone is not indivisible,”he added.
He sure got that right. People who believe in democracy and economic liberty anywhere in the world should pray for a Graccident. During the next several weeks, when $1.8 billion in IMF loans come due that Greece cannot possibly pay, there will occur a glorious moment of irony for Syriza.
If it holds firm to its leftwing statist agenda and takes Greek democracy back from the clutches of the EU / IMF apparatchiks, Syriza will strike a blow for democracy and capitalism in one great historic volte-face.
That is to say, defiance of the Germans and the troika would amount to a modern monetary Marathon; it would trigger a thundering collapse of the ECB and the cancerous superstate regime built upon it in Frankfurt and Brussels - and, along with it, cast a mortal blow upon the worldwide Keynesian central banking regime, too.
The hour comes none to soon. In a few short years under Draghi and in the context of Europe’s fiscal and economic enfeeblement, the ECB has been transformed into a hideous reverse Robin Hood machine. So doing, it has gifted financial gamblers and front-runners with hundreds of billions of ill-gotten gains in the euro debt markets.
In the days shortly before Draghi issued his “whatever it takes” ukase, for example, the Italian 10-year bond was trading at 7.1%. So speculators who bought it then have made a cool 350% gain if they were old-fashioned enough to actually buy the bonds with cash.
And they are laughing all the way to their estates in the South of France if their friendly prime broker had arranged to hock these deadbeat Italian bonds in the repo market even before payment was due. In that case, Mario’s front-runners are in the 1000% club and just plain giddy.
Every Man, Woman And Child:
Why NSA Surveillance Is Worse Than You've Ever Imagined May 26 2015 | From: Sott
Last summer, after months of encrypted emails, I spent three days in Moscow hanging out with Edward Snowden for a Wired cover story. Over pepperoni pizza, he told me that what finally drove him to leave his country and become a whistleblower was his conviction that the National Security Agency was conducting illegal surveillance on every American [and everyone in every other country covered by the Five Eyes network]. Thursday, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals in New York agreed with him.
In a long-awaited opinion, the three-judge panel ruled that the NSA program that secretly intercepts the telephone metadata of every American — who calls whom and when — was illegal. As a plaintiff with Christopher Hitchens and several others in the original ACLU lawsuit against the NSA, dismissed by another appeals court on a technicality, I had a great deal of personal satisfaction.
Comment: Interesting to note that Establishment-media outlet Reuters published this article.
It's now up to Congress to vote on whether or not to modify the law and continue the program, or let it die once and for all. Lawmakers must vote on this matter by June 1, when they need to reauthorize the Patriot Act.
Comment:Even if lawmakers actually vote to modify what the NSA is doing - which they most likely won't because they are likely already blackmailed or want to appear "strong" on issues of "national security" - the NSA is, with few exceptions, super-secretive and practically an entity unto itself; it would never allow its goals of profit and totalitarian awareness be curtailed.
It is a behemoth bureaucracy of malevolent intent that serves no one but the few within the 1% who are the real movers and shakers on the planet. And few of those interested parties have anything in common with normal and healthy-minded humans.
A key factor in that decision is the American public's attitude toward surveillance. Snowden's revelations have clearly made a change in that attitude. In a PEW 2006 survey, for example, after the New York Times' James Risen and Eric Lichtblau revealed the agency's warrantless eavesdropping activities, 51 percent of the public still viewed the NSA's surveillance programs as acceptable, while 47 percent found them unacceptable.
After Snowden's revelations, those numbers reversed. A PEW survey in March revealed that 52 percent of the public is now concerned about government surveillance, while 46 percent is not.
Given the vast amount of revelations about NSA abuses, it is somewhat surprising that just slightly more than a majority of Americans seem concerned about government surveillance. Which leads to the question of why? Is there any kind of revelation that might push the poll numbers heavily against the NSA's spying programs? Has security fully trumped privacy as far as the American public is concerned? Or is there some program that would spark genuine public outrage?
Few people, for example, are aware that a NSA program known as TREASUREMAP is being developed to continuously map every Internet connection — cellphones, laptops, tablets — of everyone on the planet.
"Map the entire Internet," says the top secret NSA slide. "Any device, anywhere, all the time." It adds that the program will allow "Computer Attack/Exploit Planning" as well as "Network Reconnaissance."
One reason for the public's lukewarm concern is what might be called NSA fatigue. There is now a sort of acceptance of highly intrusive surveillance as the new normal, the result of a bombardment of news stories on the topic.
I asked Snowden about this;
“It does become the problem of one death is a tragedy and a million is a statistic," he replied,
"where today we have the violation of one person's rights is a tragedy and the violation of a million is a statistic.
The NSA is violating the rights of every American citizen every day on a comprehensive and ongoing basis. And that can numb us. That can leave us feeling disempowered, disenfranchised."
In the same way, at the start of a war, the numbers of Americans killed are front-page stories, no matter how small. But two years into the conflict, the numbers, even if far greater, are usually buried deep inside a paper or far down a news site's home page.
In addition, stories about NSA surveillance face the added burden of being technically complex, involving eye-glazing descriptions of sophisticated interception techniques and analytical capabilities. Though they may affect virtually every American, such as the telephone metadata program, because of the enormous secrecy involved, it is difficult to identify specific victims.
The way the surveillance story appeared also decreased its potential impact. Those given custody of the documents decided to spread the wealth for a more democratic assessment of the revelations. They distributed them through a wide variety of media — from start-up Web publications to leading foreign newspapers.
One document from the NSA director, for example, indicates that the agency was spying on visits to porn sites by people, making no distinction between foreigners and "U.S. persons," U.S. citizens or permanent residents. He then recommended using that information to secretly discredit them, whom he labeled as "radicalizers."
But because this was revealed by The Huffington Post, an online publication viewed as progressive, and was never reported by mainstream papers such as the New York Times or the Washington Post, the revelation never received the attention it deserved.
Comment: Nazis used the word "undesirables".
Another major revelation, a top-secret NSA map showing that the agency had planted malware — computer viruses — in more than 50,000 locations around the world, including many friendly countries such as Brazil, was reported in a relatively small Dutch newspaper, NRC Handelsblad, and likely never seen by much of the American public.
Comment:That's a new oneon this reader, but somehow not surprising. The question is why, however. Why view so many others - even friends - as "the enemy". And what other bag of dirty tricks is the NSA up to that we have no clue of?
Thus, despite the volume of revelations, much of the public remains largely unaware of the true extent of the NSA's vast, highly aggressive and legally questionable surveillance activities. With only a slim majority of Americans expressing concern, the chances of truly reforming the system become greatly decreased.
While the metadata program has become widely known because of the numerous court cases and litigation surrounding it, there are other NSA surveillance programs that may have far greater impact on Americans, but have attracted far less public attention.
In my interview with Snowden, for example, he said one of his most shocking discoveries was the NSA's policy of secretly and routinely passing to Israel's Unit 8200 — that country's NSA — and possibly other countries not just metadata but the actual contents of emails involving Americans.
This even included the names of U.S. citizens, some of whom were likely Palestinian-Americans communicating with relatives in Israel and Palestine.
An illustration of the dangers posed by such an operation comes from the sudden resignation last year of 43 veterans of Unit 8200, many of whom are still serving in the military reserves. The veterans accused the organization of using intercepted communication against innocent Palestinians for "political persecution."
This included information gathered from the emails about Palestinians' sexual orientations, infidelities, money problems, family medical conditions and other private matters to coerce people into becoming collaborators or to create divisions in their society.
Another issue few Americans are aware of is the NSA's secret email metadata collection program that took place for a decade or so until it ended several years ago. Every time an American sent or received an email, a record was secretly kept by the NSA, just as the agency continues to do with the telephone metadata program.
Though the email program ended, all that private information is still stored at the NSA, with no end in sight.
With NSA fatigue setting in, and the American public unaware of many of the agency's long list of abuses, it is little wonder that only slightly more than half the public is concerned about losing their privacy.
For that reason, I agree with Frederick A. O. Schwartz Jr., the former chief counsel of the Church Committee, which conducted a yearlong probe into intelligence abuses in the mid-1970s, that we need a similarly thorough, hard-hitting investigation today.
“Now it is time for a new committee to examine our secret government closely again," he wrote in a recent Nation magazine article, "particularly for its actions in the post-9/11 period."
Until the public fully grasps and understands how far over the line the NSA has gone in the past — legally, morally and ethically — there should be no renewal or continuation of NSA's telephone metadata program in the future.
James Bamford writes frequently on intelligence and is the author of three books about the National Security Agency, most recently, "The Shadow Factory: The Ultra-Secret NSA from 9/11 to the Eavesdropping on America."
Chief Constable Simon Bailey, chair of Operation Hydrant, said that referrals to new suspects “are increasing on an almost daily basis.”“The numbers I refer to today are a snapshot in time,” he added.
So far Operation Hydrant, which was created by National Police Chief’s Council (NPCC), is investigating a number of alleged abuse inquiries, but is not specifically leading a particular investigation.
Comment: The NSA is a technocratic beast; a runaway train with a gaping maw that would seek to label every man, woman and child on the planet as either a threat or a sheep to the very apparatus it seeks to serve. Its power and intent are largely unknown and unimaginable to most because information about it, until only the last few years, has been scarce. It also didn't have the name recognition of the CIA though it is several times larger! And is the stuff of dystopian science fiction novels.
Though presented with a decidedly fundamentalist Christian point of view, the book Project L. U. C. I. D.: The Beast 666 Universal Human Control System by Texe Marrs is well researched and points to what the NSA has been doing for quite a while now. It is all the more interesting since the book was written nearly twenty years ago, and well marks the NSA's development and the growing fruition of its true purpose.
Secret Pentagon Report Reveals US "Created" ISIS As A "Tool" To Overthrow Syria's President Assad
& War is Peace: US Needs External Enemy to Ensure Internal Unity May 26 2015 | From: ZeroHedge / Geopolitics
Pentagon Report Predicted West’s Support for Islamist Rebels Would Create ISIS
Anti-ISIS coalition knowingly sponsored violent extremists to ‘isolate’ Assad, rollback ‘Shia expansion’: A declassified secret US government document obtained by the conservative public interest law firm, Judicial Watch, shows that Western governments deliberately allied with al-Qaeda and other Islamist extremist groups to topple Syrian dictator Bashir al-Assad.
The document reveals that in coordination with the Gulf states and Turkey, the West intentionally sponsored violent Islamist groups to destabilize Assad, and that these “supporting powers” desired the emergence of a “Salafist Principality” in Syria to “isolate the Syrian regime.”
According to the newly declassified US document, the Pentagon foresaw the likely rise of the ‘Islamic State’ as a direct consequence of this strategy, and warned that it could destabilize Iraq.
Despite anticipating that Western, Gulf state and Turkish support for the “Syrian opposition” - which included al-Qaeda in Iraq - could lead to the emergence of an ‘Islamic State’ in Iraq and Syria (ISIS), the document provides no indication of any decision to reverse the policy of support to the Syrian rebels. On the contrary, the emergence of an al-Qaeda affiliated “Salafist Principality” as a result is described as a strategic opportunity to isolate Assad.
Hypocrisy
The revelations contradict the official line of Western governments on their policies in Syria, and raise disturbing questions about secret Western support for violent extremists abroad, while using the burgeoning threat of terror to justify excessive mass surveillance and crackdowns on civil liberties at home.
Among the batch of documents obtained by Judicial Watch through a federal lawsuit, released earlier this week, is a US Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) document then classified as “secret,” dated 12th August 2012.
The DIA provides military intelligence in support of planners, policymakers and operations for the US Department of Defense and intelligence community.
So far, media reporting has focused on the evidence that the Obama administration knew of arms supplies from a Libyan terrorist stronghold to rebels in Syria.
Some outlets have reported the US intelligence community’s internal prediction of the rise of ISIS. Yet none have accurately acknowledged the disturbing details exposing how the West knowingly fostered a sectarian, al-Qaeda-driven rebellion in Syria.
Charles Shoebridge, a former British Army and Metropolitan Police counter-terrorism intelligence officer, said:
“Given the political leanings of the organisation that obtained these documents, it’s unsurprising that the main emphasis given to them thus far has been an attempt to embarrass Hilary Clinton regarding what was known about the attack on the US consulate in Benghazi in 2012.
However, the documents also contain far less publicized revelations that raise vitally important questions of the West’s governments and media in their support of Syria’s rebellion.”
The West’s Islamists
The newly declassified DIA document from 2012 confirms that the main component of the anti-Assad rebel forces by this time comprised Islamist insurgents affiliated to groups that would lead to the emergence of ISIS. Despite this, these groups were to continue receiving support from Western militaries and their regional allies.
Noting that “the Salafist [sic], the Muslim Brotherhood, and AQI [al-Qaeda in Iraq] are the major forces driving the insurgency in Syria,” the document states that “the West, Gulf countries, and Turkey support the opposition,” while Russia, China and Iran “support the [Assad] regime.”
The 7-page DIA document states that al-Qaeda in Iraq (AQI), the precursor to the ‘Islamic State in Iraq,’ (ISI) which became the ‘Islamic State in Iraq and Syria,’ “supported the Syrian opposition from the beginning, both ideologically and through the media.”
The formerly secret Pentagon report notes that the “rise of the insurgency in Syria” has increasingly taken a “sectarian direction,” attracting diverse support from Sunni “religious and tribal powers” across the region.
In a section titled ‘The Future Assumptions of the Crisis,’ the DIA report predicts that while Assad’s regime will survive, retaining control over Syrian territory, the crisis will continue to escalate “into proxy war".
The document also recommends the creation of “safe havens under international sheltering, similar to what transpired in Libya when Benghazi was chosen as the command centre for the temporary government.”
In Libya, anti-Gaddafi rebels, most of whom were al-Qaeda affiliated militias, were protected by NATO ‘safe havens’ (aka ‘no fly zones’).
‘Supporting powers want’ ISIS entity
In a strikingly prescient prediction, the Pentagon document explicitly forecasts the probable declaration of “an Islamic State through its union with other terrorist organizations in Iraq and Syria.”
Nevertheless, “Western countries, the Gulf states and Turkey are supporting these efforts” by Syrian “opposition forces” fighting to “control the eastern areas (Hasaka and Der Zor), adjacent to Western Iraqi provinces (Mosul and Anbar)”:
“… there is the possibility of establishing a declared or undeclared Salafist Principality in eastern Syria (Hasaka and Der Zor), and this is exactly what the supporting powers to the opposition want, in order to isolate the Syrian regime, which is considered the strategic depth of the Shia expansion (Iraq and Iran).”
The secret Pentagon document thus provides extraordinary confirmation that the US-led coalition currently fighting ISIS, had three years ago welcomed the emergence of an extremist “Salafist Principality” in the region as a way to undermine Assad, and block off the strategic expansion of Iran. Crucially, Iraq is labeled as an integral part of this “Shia expansion”.
The establishment of such a “Salafist Principality” in eastern Syria, the DIA document asserts, is “exactly” what the “supporting powers to the [Syrian] opposition want.” Earlier on, the document repeatedly describes those “supporting powers” as “the West, Gulf countries, and Turkey.”
Further on, the document reveals that Pentagon analysts were acutely aware of the dire risks of this strategy, yet ploughed ahead anyway.
The establishment of such a “Salafist Principality” in eastern Syria, it says, would create “the ideal atmosphere for AQI to return to its old pockets in Mosul and Ramadi.” Last summer, ISIS conquered Mosul in Iraq, and just this month has also taken control of Ramadi.
Such a quasi-state entity will provide:
“… a renewed momentum under the presumption of unifying the jihad among Sunni Iraq and Syria, and the rest of the Sunnis in the Arab world against what it considers one enemy.
ISI could also declare an Islamic State through its union with other terrorist organizations in Iraq and Syria, which will create grave danger in regards to unifying Iraq and the protection of territory.”
The 2012 DIA document is an Intelligence Information Report (IIR), not a “finally evaluated intelligence” assessment, but its contents are vetted before distribution. The report was circulated throughout the US intelligence community, including to the State Department, Central Command, the Department of Homeland Security, the CIA, FBI, among other agencies.
In response to my questions about the strategy, the British government simply denied the Pentagon report’s startling revelations of deliberate Western sponsorship of violent extremists in Syria. A British Foreign Office spokesperson said:
“AQ and ISIL are proscribed terrorist organisations. The UK opposes all forms of terrorism. AQ, ISIL, and their affiliates pose a direct threat to the UK’s national security.
We are part of a military and political coalition to defeat ISIL in Iraq and Syria, and are working with international partners to counter the threat from AQ and other terrorist groups in that region. In Syria we have always supported those moderate opposition groups who oppose the tyranny of Assad and the brutality of the extremists.”
The DIA did not respond to request for comment.
Strategic asset for regime-change
Security analyst Shoebridge, however, who has tracked Western support for Islamist terrorists in Syria since the beginning of the war, pointed out that the secret Pentagon intelligence report exposes fatal contradictions at the heart of official pronunciations:
“Throughout the early years of the Syria crisis, the US and UK governments, and almost universally the West’s mainstream media, promoted Syria’s rebels as moderate, liberal, secular, democratic, and therefore deserving of the West’s support.
Given that these documents wholly undermine this assessment, it’s significant that the West’s media has now, despite their immense significance, almost entirely ignored them.”
According to Brad Hoff, a former US Marine who served during the early years of the Iraq War and as a 9/11 first responder at the Marine Corps Headquarters Battalion in Quantico from 2000 to 2004, the just released Pentagon report for the first time provides stunning affirmation that:
“US intelligence predicted the rise of the Islamic State in Iraq and the Levant (ISIL or ISIS), but instead of clearly delineating the group as an enemy, the report envisions the terror group as a US strategic asset.”
Hoff, who is managing editor of Levant Report - an online publication run by Texas-based educators who have direct experience of the Middle East - points out that the DIA document “matter-of-factly” states that the rise of such an extremist Salafist political entity in the region offers a “tool for regime change in Syria.”
The DIA intelligence report shows, he said, that the rise of ISIS only became possible in the context of the Syrian insurgency -
“there is no mention of US troop withdrawal from Iraq as a catalyst for Islamic State’s rise, which is the contention of innumerable politicians and pundits.”
The report demonstrates that:
“The establishment of a ‘Salafist Principality’ in Eastern Syria is ‘exactly’ what the external powers supporting the opposition want (identified as ‘the West, Gulf Countries, and Turkey’) in order to weaken the Assad government.”
The rise of a Salafist quasi-state entity that might expand into Iraq, and fracture that country, was therefore clearly foreseen by US intelligence as likely - but nevertheless strategically useful - blowback from the West’s commitment to “isolating Syria.”
Complicity
Critics of the US-led strategy in the region have repeatedly raised questions about the role of coalition allies in intentionally providing extensive support to Islamist terrorist groups in the drive to destabilize the Assad regime in Syria.
The conventional wisdom is that the US government did not retain sufficient oversight on the funding to anti-Assad rebel groups, which was supposed to be monitored and vetted to ensure that only ‘moderate’ groups were supported.
However, the newly declassified Pentagon report proves unambiguously that years before ISIS launched its concerted offensive against Iraq, the US intelligence community was fully aware that Islamist militants constituted the core of Syria’s sectarian insurgency.
Despite that, the Pentagon continued to support the Islamist insurgency, even while anticipating the probability that doing so would establish an extremist Salafi stronghold in Syria and Iraq.
As Shoebridge told me;
“The documents show that not only did the US government at the latest by August 2012 know the true extremist nature and likely outcome of Syria’s rebellion” - namely, the emergence of ISIS - “but that this was considered an advantage for US foreign policy. This also suggests a decision to spend years in an effort to deliberately mislead the West’s public, via a compliant media, into believing that Syria’s rebellion was overwhelmingly ‘moderate.’”
Annie Machon
Annie Machon, a former MI5 intelligence officer who blew the whistle in the 1990s on MI6 funding of al-Qaeda to assassinate Libya’s former leader Colonel Gaddafi, similarly said of the revelations:
“This is no surprise to me. Within individual countries there are always multiple intelligence agencies with competing agendas.”
She explained that MI6’s Libya operation in 1996, which resulted in the deaths of innocent people, “happened at precisely the time when MI5 was setting up a new section to investigate al-Qaeda.”
This strategy was repeated on a grand scale in the 2011 NATO intervention in Libya, said Machon, where the CIA and MI6 were:
“… supporting the very same Libyan groups, resulting in a failed state, mass murder, displacement and anarchy. So the idea that elements of the American military-security complex have enabled the development of ISIS after their failed attempt to get NATO to once again ‘intervene’ is part of an established pattern.
And they remain indifferent to the sheer scale of human suffering that is unleashed as a result of such game-playing.”
Divide and rule
Several US government officials have conceded that their closest allies in the anti-ISIS coalition were funding violent extremist Islamist groups that became integral to ISIS.
US Vice President Joe Biden, for instance, admitted last year that Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Qatar and Turkey had funneled hundreds of millions of dollars to Islamist rebels in Syria that metamorphosed into ISIS.
But he did not admit what this internal Pentagon document demonstrates - that the entire covert strategy was sanctioned and supervised by the US, Britain, France, Israel and other Western powers.
The strategy appears to fit a policy scenario identified by a recent US Army-commissioned RAND Corpreport.
The report, published four years before the DIA document, called for the US “to capitalise on the Shia-Sunni conflict by taking the side of the conservative Sunni regimes in a decisive fashion and working with them against all Shiite empowerment movements in the Muslim world.”
The US would need to contain “Iranian power and influence” in the Gulf by “shoring up the traditional Sunni regimes in Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and Pakistan.” Simultaneously, the US must maintain “a strong strategic relationship with the Iraqi Shiite government” despite its Iran alliance.
The RAND report confirmedthat the “divide and rule” strategy was already being deployed “to create divisions in the jihadist camp. Today in Iraq such a strategy is being used at the tactical level.”
The report observed that the US was forming “temporary alliances” with al-Qaeda affiliated “nationalist insurgent groups” that have fought the US for four years in the form of “weapons and cash.” Although these nationalists “have cooperated with al-Qaeda against US forces,” they are now being supported to exploit “the common threat that al-Qaeda now poses to both parties.”
The 2012 DIA document, however, further shows that while sponsoring purportedly former al-Qaeda insurgents in Iraq to counter al-Qaeda, Western governments were simultaneously arming al-Qaeda insurgents in Syria.
The revelation from an internal US intelligence document that the very US-led coalition supposedly fighting ‘Islamic State’ today, knowingly created ISIS in the first place, raises troubling questions about recent government efforts to justify the expansion of state anti-terror powers.
In the wake of the rise of ISIS, intrusive new measures to combat extremism including mass surveillance, the Orwellian ‘prevent duty’ and even plans to enable government censorship of broadcasters, are being pursued on both sides of the Atlantic, much of which disproportionately targets activists, journalists and ethnic minorities, especially Muslims.
Yet the new Pentagon report reveals that, contrary to Western government claims, the primary cause of the threat comes from their own deeply misguided policies of secretly sponsoring Islamist terrorism for dubious geopolitical purposes.
War is Peace: US Needs External Enemy to Ensure Internal Unity
The object is not only about national unity, but the underlying principle has always been to keep the mind occupied and distracted while they empty the national treasury of each nation involved including America itself.
The US Cabal keeps fabricating pseudo-enemies to sustain the need for their services, i.e. governance and security.
When everybody is prosperous and secured, who needs government?
War is Peace: US Needs External Enemy to Ensure Internal Unity
Since the end of the Cold War the US has fabricated two enemies for itself – Radical Islam and Russia – but now it has to choose only one, and the best candidate is Radical Islam, according to French historian, diplomat and novelist Jean-Christophe Rufin.
The totalitarian party principles from George Orwell's "1984"
The US needs an external enemy to ensure community cohesion, Jean-Christophe Rufin said in an interview with the French Le Figaro newspaper.
“American society, similar to the Roman Empire is in need of an external uniting enemy. Since 1991, in its striving not to miss out on one, the US has made up two,” he said.
On the one hand, he says, by overthrowing Arabic-Muslim secular regimes, “rightfully labelled as dictatorships destined for public reproof,” the US and its European allies have contributed to the emergence of a considerable number of Islamist enemies (starting with Bin Laden and continuing up to the Islamic State) financed by some oil monarchies of the Persian Gulf region.
On the other – the US has pursued its systematic policy of besieging post-Soviet Russia. From Georgia to Mongolia and through the Baltic States (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania) the US has laid the ground for a new cold war.
Now, the historian says, the US faces a choice of keeping only one enemy. The best candidate is Radical Islam, he says.
“However we should not forget the prophecy of Alexis de Tocqueville, who saw Russia as the only continental power capable of competing with the US,” Rufin stated.
Alexis de Tocqueville (1805 – 1859) was a French political thinker and historian, who was famous for his analysis of the American democratic system; best known for his works ‘Democracy in America’ and ‘The Old Regime and the Revolution.’
Over 1,400 suspects investigated in UK historical sex abuse inquiry. Back in the day, Asia-Pacific natives were branded as uncivilised, unsophiscated and outright cannibals. Coloured races were all considered inferior.
Yet, even within these most “advanced societies”, monsters of the worst kind walk the streets freely and some even gracing the halls of power. Over 1400 individuals are under investigation by British police as part of an inquiry into a historic VIP sex abuse network believed to include celebrities and politicians.
Information released by Operation Hydrant, the group of police officers tackling the alleged ring, said that the 1,433 suspected offenders included 76 politicians, 43 musicians, and 135 from film, television and radio.
A further 216 were revealed to have died.
Chief Constable Simon Bailey, chair of Operation Hydrant, said that referrals to new suspects “are increasing on an almost daily basis.”“The numbers I refer to today are a snapshot in time,” he added.
So far Operation Hydrant, which was created by National Police Chief’s Council (NPCC), is investigating a number of alleged abuse inquiries, but is not specifically leading a particular investigation.
The alleged abuse is primarily thought to have happened in institutions, Bailey said, with 666 of the suspects believed to have targeted victims in establishment places. A total of 154 schools, 75 children’s homes and 40 places of religious worship were among the institutions identified.
Bailey stressed UK authorities are seeing “an unprecedented increase” in the number of allegations surfacing.
“There is no doubt (Jimmy) Savile has had an effect on us.We are dealing with more and more allegations,” he said.
In March, it also emerged that Britain’s police watchdog was expanding its operation to investigate police cover-ups of historic sex abuse in the UK.
Allegations being investigated by the IPCC span from the 1970s to the 2000s, and include cases where inquiries into MPs, actors and the clergy were dropped due to pressure from senior officers.
One claim asserts detectives in central London gathered evidence against a high-profile pedophile ring operating in Britain, and that a file has been submitted to begin proceedings against those identified.
Royal Sex-Scandal Accuser Spills More Salacious Details
From: RT
A day before Prince Andrew is expected to address his sex-scandal woes in a speech at Davos, his accuser is spilling more salacious details in court and demanding to “interview” him under oath.
The Duke of York, second son of Queen Elizabeth II, is due to host his annual British trade reception at the World Economic Forum in Switzerland on Thursday.
Buckingham Palace announced arrangements for a media pool to cover his speech, as The Telegraph and other British media reported Wednesday that he is expected to start off his remarks with an emphatic denial that he ever had sex with an underage American girl hired by his friend, financier and convicted sex offender Jeffrey Epstein.
Telegraph
Prince Andrew ‘will open Davos speech by addressing sex abuse allegations’
The palace has already issued three such strong denials but now Andrew, in a royal first, is preparing to personally address the allegations against him.
His accuser is Virginia Roberts, a 31-year-old mother of three, who has joined a civil lawsuit in Florida over the Epstein case. In it, she accused Andrew, as well as super-lawyer Alan Dershowitz, of having sex with her in 2001 when she was a teen and working as a “sex slave” to Epstein.
USA Today
Key questions answered in Prince Andrew ‘sex slave’ case
On Wednesday, her lawyers filed more documents in which she spills more details about her three alleged sexual encounters with the prince, 54. Among other things, she says she told Epstein that Andrew’s sexual interests include feet, which Epstein found amusing.
“Epstein appeared to be collecting private information about Andy,” as she called the fifth-in-line to the throne, a long time pal of Epstein.
She also declares herself miffed by the palace denials of her accusations.
“That denial is false and hurtful to me,” she says in an affidavit. “I did have sexual contact with him as I have described here - under oath".
“I was hoping that he would simply voluntarily tell the truth about everything. I hope my attorneys can interview Prince Andrew under oath about the contacts and that he will tell the truth.”
But a chat with Andrew looks unlikely. Roberts’ lawyers, former federal judge Paul Cassell and Bradley Edwards, tried to have a letter delivered to Buckingham Palace earlier this week seeking such an interview but the letter was turned away, according to The Guardian.
The Guardian
Prince Andrew asked to respond under oath about claims of sex with 17-year-old girl.
“This letter is a formal request on behalf of Mr. Edwards and Professor Cassell to interview you, under oath, regarding interactions that you had with (Roberts) beginning in approximately early 2001,” the letter reads.
“(Roberts) was then 17 years old.”
The letter included a picture, now familiar to British news consumers, of Andrew with Roberts, his arm wrapped around her waist, her midriff bare.
In her court filing, Roberts says she is seeking to have criminal charges filed against Andrew and other unnamed “powerful people” she says she was forced to have sex with.
She complains that her credibility has been attacked. “I am telling the truth and I will not let these attacks prevent me from exposing the truth about how I was trafficked for sex to many powerful people,” she concludes. “These powerful people seem to think they don’t have to follow the same rules as everyone else. That is wrong.”
Dershowitz has vociferously, repeatedly, publicly denied Roberts’ allegations against him, calling her a liar and her lawyers sleazy. He and her lawyers have filed dueling defamation lawsuits against each other.
Dershowitz says that if she’s lying about him, then she’s lying about Andrew, too, and that the prince should fight back.
But generally royals don’t do that sort of thing. The last time a senior royal went on TV to talk about something in their personal life was Princess Diana’s famously disastrous 1995 interview on the BBC about her failed marriage to Prince Charles. But she had not been accused of criminal behavior.
Meanwhile, flight logs of Epstein’s private jet, which appeared in the Daily Mail and then disappeared online, compared with records of Andrew’s public engagements, show that Roberts and Andrew were both in London, New York and the U.S. Virgin Islands when she claims they had the sexual encounters.
Elites Panic As Information Control Flounders:
Google Devising Method To Rank Websites By 'Truthfulness' May 24 2015 | From: TheInternationalForecaster
Alright, here’s the bad news: Google is about to start ranking sites according to their conformity with mainstream opinion. Or at least that’s what the headlines would have you believe.
The usual sources in the controlled corporate media are telling you that this is a good thing and that only “Anti-science advocates are freaking out about Google truth rankings,” but if that seems like a remarkably blase attitude to take when facing the prospect of a 1984-like reality where the modern-age Ministry of Truth (Google) is going to determine the “truth” of controversial subjects and rank search results accordingly, then keep in mind that such articles are written by the likes of Joanna Rothkopf, daughter of mini-Kissinger and author of “Superclass,” David Rothkopf. New Scientist–the website that broke the story with their article “Google wants to rank websites based on facts not links“–also framed the story, predictably enough, as “science” versus “anti-science,” starting their article by lamenting the fact that “Anti-vaccination websites make the front page of Google, and fact-free ‘news’ stories spread like wildfire.” The article rejoices in the fact that the good chaps at Google have come up with a bulletproof answer to this mess: “rank websites according to their truthfulness.”
The slightly good news is that, ironically enough, the New Scientist article seems to be a perfect example of a fact-free story spreading around the internet like wildfire.
While the story does link to a research paper from a Google research team that outlines a “novel multi-layer probabilistic model” for assigning a “trustworthiness score” to web pages, it neglects to mention that the idea is still very much a theoretical work-in-progress at the moment and is nowhere near ready to be launched.
If you have a fetish for multivariate equations, dynamically selected granularity, and line graphs comparing calibration curves for various data analysis methods, have at it! For the rest of us who are not fluent in boffin-speak, the gist of it is this:
First, a page is harvested for its “knowledge triples.”
These are connected triplets of information consisting of a subject, predicate and object. The paper itself helpfully provides the example:
Obama – Nationality – USA. A “false value” (again according to the paper itself) would be Obama – Nationality – Kenya.
These knowledge triples are assessed for their (Google-determined) accuracy and the page is assigned a KBT (Knowledge-Based Trust) score, which Google could use in place of (or perhaps in some combination with) the traditional PageRank score to determine how high in the search results the web page should place.
The paper uses a list of 15 gossip websites to demonstrate that using this method, sites with disputed and often incorrect information (gossip sites) might rank high in traditional search results, which are weighted toward popularity, but low in the KBT results. But even the paper itself admits there’s a long way to go before this KBT method would be usable by Google to rank billions of web pages.
This is good news for those alt media websites (and their readers) who realize that they are the ones directly in the crosshairs of this technology.
Given that Google is nothing other than an American intelligence adjunct (and has been since its inception), would we expect anything resembling a fair assessment of the “truthfulness” surrounding the most politically controversial subjects of our time?
The Federal Reserve is a private cartel created by the banksters for the express purpose of manipulating the money supply and controlling the economy? CONSPIRACY THEORY! No Google for you!
Governments always and throughout history use false flag terrorism in order to justify their wars of aggression? SLANDER! Do not pass go, do not collect $200, go directly to the bottom of the search results!
Google and every other major Silicon Valley firmis in bed with the DOD and/or the CIA and/or the NSA? BLASPHEMY! You have been excommunicated from the church of Google.
You get the idea.
But here’s the really good news:
“...even if Google does launch such a system, it is doomed to failure. The internet is one of the last, best bastions of the free market in action that we have in our stultified, regulated, controlled, manipulated economy."
Google’s popularity did not come about because government goons pointed a gun at everyone’s head and forced them to use it. They didn’t even create a licensing system for operating search engines, a favorite government trick for keeping genuine competition out of the market.
It became popular because it was a million times more useful than AskJeeves or Yahoo! or any of the other outdated, clunky, dysfunctional search “portals” that dominated the web in the late 1990s.
Granted, the power of Google’s PageRank may have come directly from the NSA’s own engineers, as some have speculated, but the fact remains:people use it because they can find what they want quickly and easily with minimal fuss.
At that point at which Google stops being useful for its intended purpose (helping people to look for information), people will start to look for alternatives. And alternatives do exist.
DuckDuckGo is another popular alternative search engine focusing on privacy protection that uses a number of innovative tools to make searching quicker and easier.
SigTruth is an “Alternative Media Search Engine for Liberty Minded People” that uses Google’s own custom search abilities against itself by returning only alt media website results on various topics.
And even the news that Google might at some point start using its “truthiness” score to downgrade the alt media has spurred others in the alt media (like Mike Adams) to announce the creation of their own search engines.
This is how the free market of ideas is meant to work, and if and when Google starts returning sanitized propaganda, those who are uninterested in sanitized propaganda will vote with their feet (fingertips?).
But here’s the best news of all:
What this urge to categorize sites by “truthfulness” (and all of the back-slapping, high-fiving articles about this news from the dying establishment mouthpiece media) really shows is just how desperate the would-be gatekeepers are becoming in their fight to put the alt media genie back in the bottle.
And even better yet, this is by no means the first sign that the gatekeepers are losing their war to keep the people in the dark on the topics that matter.
Zbigniew Brzezinski
In 2008, arch-globalist Zbigniew Brzezinski started lamenting how, for the first time in human history “all of humanity is politically activated, politically conscious and politically interactive.” This, as he stressed in speeches and articles at the time, means that it is no longer possible to dominate people in the same ways that they have been dominated for centuries.
In 2011, Hillary Clinton admitted that the US was losing the information war to alternative media outlets of all stripes.
In 2013, PopularScience.com had to turn off comments on all of their articles because, they said, a “decades-long war on expertise has eroded the popular consensus on a wide variety of scientifically validated topics” like catastrophic man-made climate change.
And poll after poll after poll in year after year after year continues to chart the decline of the dinosaur print/radio/tv media and the rise of the internet as a source of daily news and information for the majority of the public.
Yes, there are dark skies and reasons to be concerned about what’s coming in the inevitable digital clampdown. But there are bright spots as well, and these deserve to be noted, highlighted and celebrated. After all, the people have had a taste for real information and now more people than ever before see through the increasingly clumsy propaganda of the establishment. And that makes the propaganda increasingly useless for setting the political agenda.
The internet revolution toothpaste is out of the tube, and it’s going to be one heck of a job getting it back in. And that’s good news.
BBC: UK Public Funding Worldwide Propaganda May 23 2015 | From: PressTV
The UK public funds the BBC and yet the BBC is provably failing to deliver independent, impartial news reporting that truly serves the public interest.
The BBC was founded by Royal Charter; the structure of the charter is such that the Queen is at the top of the pyramid and the trustees of the BBC Trust (completely appointed by the Queen) are responsible for maintaining the purposes of the BBC. In this program, we point to the growing numbers of license fee payers who refuse to pay the BBC due to scandals like the Jimmy Savile affair or the BBC simply breaching all of its major obligations to the paying public, especially independence and impartiality.
Our conclusion is that the license fee payers have valid reasons to refuse to pay the license fee and we also lay the foundation for the second part of this program with the charge that worse than breaching its own charter, the BBC is protecting the terrorists responsible for the destruction of WTC 7 on 9/11 by withholding critical information that is of vitalpublic interest.
10 More Conspiracy Theories That Turned Out To Be True May 23 2015 | From: AntiMedia
In an interesting non-affiliated follow up to 10 "Conspiracy Theories" That Came True we now have this: In recent years, the mere notion of the conspiracy theory has increasingly been stigmatized and ridiculed by mainstream news outlets, internet trolls, and “rational” thinkers.
Yet, with powerful revelations by Edward Snowden, Chelsea Manning, WikiLeaks, and generations of intrepid journalists, we now know that many outlandish geopolitical and domestic “conspiracy theories” were and are cold-blooded truths of the modern world. Here are 10 that are well-documented and profoundly disturbing.
1. The Gulf of Tonkin Incident
The Gulf of Tonkin incident, a major escalator of US involvement in the Vietnam War, never actually occurred.
It’s true. The original incident – also sometimes referred to as the USS Maddox Incident(s) - involved the destroyer USS Maddox supposedly engaging three North Vietnamese Navy torpedo boats as part of an intelligence patrol. The Maddox fired almost 300 shells.
President Lyndon B. Johnson promptly drafted the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, which became his administration’s legal justification for military involvement in Vietnam. The problem is the event never happened.
In 2005, a declassified internal National Security Agency study revealed that there were NO North Vietnamese naval vessels present during the incident. So, what was the Maddox firing at? In 1965, President Johnson commented: “For all I know, our Navy was shooting at whales out there.”
Worth pointing out: The NSA’s own historian, Robert J. Hanyok, wrote a report stating that the agency had deliberately distorted intelligence reports in 1964. He concluded:
“The parallels between the faulty intelligence on Tonkin Gulf and the manipulated intelligence used to justify the Iraq War make it all the more worthwhile to re-examine the events of August 1964.”
2. Tuskegee Syphilis Experiment
Between 1932 and 1972, the US Public Health Service conducted a clinical study on rural African American men who had contracted syphilis. The Public Health Service never informed these men they had a sexually transmitted disease, nor did they offer treatment, even after penicillin became available as a cure in the 1940s.
Tragically, it’s true. Rather than receiving treatment, the subjects of these studies were told they had “bad blood.”
When World War II began, 250 of the men registered for the draft and were only then, for the first time, informed they had syphilis. Even then, the PHS denied them treatment.
By the early 1970s, 128 of the original 399 men had died of syphilis and syphilis-related complications, 40 of their wives had the disease and 19 of their children were born with congenital syphilis.
Worth pointing out: A similar experiment conducted on prisoners, soldiers, and patients of a mental hospital in Guatemala actually involved the PHS deliberately infecting the patients and then treating them with antibiotics.
It’s so true that in 1995 President Clinton actually issued a formal apology on behalf of the US government.
Essentially, the CIA used drugs, electronics, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, verbal and sexual abuse, and torture to conduct experimental behavioral engineering experiments on subjects. The program subcontracted hundreds of these projects to over 80 different institutions, including universities, hospitals, prisons, and pharmaceutical companies.
Most of this was uncovered in 1977 when a Freedom of Information Act exposed 20,000 previously classified documents and triggered a series of Senate hearings. Because CIA Director Richard Helms had most of the more damning MKULTRA files destroyed in 1973, much of what actually occurred during these experiments is still unknown and, of course, not a single person was brought to justice.
Worth pointing out: There is growing evidence that Theodore Kaczynski, otherwise known as the Unabomber, was a subject of the Project MKULTRA while he was at Harvard in the late 1950s.
4. Operation Northwoods
The Joint Chiefs of Staff of the US military drew up and approved plans to create acts of terrorism on US soil in order to sway the American public into supporting a war against Cuba.
It’s true and the documents are out there.
Fortunately, President Kennedy rejected the plan, which included: innocent Americans being shot dead on the streets; boats carrying refugees fleeing Cuba to be sunk on the high seas; a wave of violent terrorism to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere; people being framed for bombings they did not commit; and planes being hijacked.
Additionally, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, led by Chairman Lyman Lemnitzer, planned to fabricate evidence that would implicate Fidel Castro and Cuban refugees as the perpetrators of the attacks.
Perhaps most horrifyingly, Lemnitzer planned for an elaborately staged incident whereby a Cuban aircraft would attack and shoot down a plane full of college students.
5. CIA Drug Trafficking
During the 1980s, the CIA facilitated the sale of cocaine to the Crips and Bloods street gangs of Los Angeles and funneled millions in drug profits to a Latin American guerrilla army. [It should be noted that this practice onstinues to this day and has been used to fund a myriad of Black Projects including the Secret Space Program].
It’s convoluted and complex, but it’s true.
Gary Webb’s book Dark Alliance: The CIA, the Contras, and the Crack Cocaine Explosion outlines how CIA-backed Contras smuggled cocaine into the U.S. and then distributed crack to Los Angeles gangs, pocketing the profits. The CIA directly aided the drug dealers to raise money for the Contras.
“This drug network,” Webb wrote in a 1996 San Jose MercuryNews article, “opened the first pipeline between Colombia’s cocaine cartels and the black neighborhoods of Los Angeles, a city now known as the ‘crack’ capital of the world. The cocaine that flooded in helped spark a crack explosion in urban America . . . and provided the cash and connections needed for L.A.’s gangs to buy automatic weapons.”
Worth pointing out: On December 10, 2004, Webb committed suicide under suspicious circumstances, namely the fact that he used two bullets to shoot himself in the head.
6. Operation Mockingbird
In the late 1940s, as the Cold War was just getting underway, the CIA launched a top secret project called Operation Mockingbird. Their goal was to buy influence and control among the major media outlets. They also planned to put journalists and reporters directly on the CIA payroll, which some claim is ongoing to this day.
The architects of this plan were Frank Wisner, Allen Dulles, Richard Helms, and Philip Graham (publisher of The Washington Post), who planned to enlist American news organizations and journalists to basically become spies and propagandists.
Their list of entrenched agents eventually included journalists from ABC, NBC, CBS, Time, Newsweek, Associated Press, United Press International (UPI), Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps-Howard, and Copley News Service. By the 1950s, the CIA had infiltrated the nation’s businesses, media, and universities with tens of thousands of on-call operatives.
Fortunately, our media is no longer lured in by corporations and governments to disseminate propaganda and disinformation….hmmm, never mind–strike that last statement.
7. COINTELPRO
COINTELPRO was a series of clandestine, illegal FBI projects that infiltrated domestic political organizations to discredit and smear them. This included critics of the Vietnam War, civil rights leaders like Dr. Martin Luther King and a wide variety of activists and journalists.
The acts committed against them included psychological warfare, slander using forged documents and false reports in the media, harassment, wrongful imprisonment and, according to some, intimidation and possibly violence and assassination.
Similar and possibly more sophisticated tactics are still used today, including NSA monitoring (see #10).
8. Operation Snow White
Operation Snow White was the Church of Scientology's plot during the 1970's to purge unfavourable records about Scientology and it's founder L. Ron Hubbard
Operation Snow White is the name given to an unprecedented infiltration of the US government by the Church of Scientology during the 1970s. They stole classified government files regarding Scientology from dozens of government agencies.
In 1977, the FBI finally cracked Snow White open which led to the arrest and imprisonment of a senior Church official.
The core mission of the program was to expose and legally expunge “all false and secret files of the nations of operating areas” and to enable Church seniors and L. Ron Hubbard himself to “frequent all Western nations without threat.” By the end, of course, there was nothing legal about their endeavors.
9. Secret Global Economic Policies
For years, activists who feared a sinister globalist corporatocracy were told they were being paranoid. Whether you want to call it the New World Order or not: they were right.
In 2013, WikiLeaks released the secretly negotiated draft text for the entire TPP (Trans-Pacific Partnership) Intellectual Property Rights Chapter. It revealed a closed-door regional free trade agreement being negotiated by countries in the Asia-Pacific region, including Australia, Brunei Darussalam, Canada, Chile, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore, the United States, and Vietnam.
The Electronic Frontier Foundation says TPP has:
“extensive negative ramifications for users’ freedom of speech, right to privacy and due process, and [will] hinder peoples’ abilities to innovate.”
Worth pointing out: In June 2014, WikiLeaks revealed the even more far-reaching Trade in Services Agreement (TiSA), a 50-country agreement that will promote unprecedented levels of privatization across the world.
The agreement will essentially prevent governments from returning public services into public hands.
This could dramatically affect our ability to enact environmental regulations and keep workers safe.
10. World Governments Illegally Spy On Their Own Citizens
This used to be laughed at as a dystopian fantasy derived from an overactive imagination, Orwell’s 1984, and a juvenile distrust of the government. When you claimed “they” were spying on you, people labeled you a paranoid conspiracy theorist, a tinfoil hat-wearing loon.
Even after it was revealed that the NSA has been illegally eavesdropping on us and collecting our cell phone metadata for over a decade, people still hedged on the meaning of it. Yes, they are analyzing our transmissions, but it’s under the auspices of national security. “In a post 9/11 world” certain liberties must be sacrificed for the sake of security, right?
It turns out that is patently untrue. Not only is there no evidence that the NSA has protected us from terrorism, there is growing evidence that it makes us more vulnerable. Thanks to revelations about the NSA and their Prism project, we know that the scope of the NSA’s eavesdropping is even beyond what we originally believed.
In early June of 2014, the Washington Post reported that almost 90% of the data being collected by NSA surveillance programs is from Internet users with no connection to terrorist activities. According to the American Civil Liberties Union, this is in clear violation of the constitution.
The ACLU is pursuing a lawsuit against the NSA, claiming that the dragnet-style mass collection of data violates the Fourth Amendment right of privacy as well as the First Amendment rights of free speech and association.
Former Governor Of The Bank Of England Says Banking Fraud Is Threat To Civilisation May 21 2015 | From: PublicCreditOrBust
This document contains perhaps no greater insight of the international private banking pyramid scam crime ring from perhaps no higher authority.
Former Governor of the Bank of England - Vincent C Vickers - ran the loan book for a global elite for a decade before coming out against it until the day he died. The document titled - Economic Tribulation - he wrote in 1939 outlines how the senior elements of private banking had made record profits from the finance, military, industrial complex of World War 1 and the dangers to humanity if it were to continue. I am puzzled at the lack of interest when compared to similar articles of evidence I have posted?
I am wondering if it is because the first 4 chapters are a bit heavy for all but the serious students of the history of money and suggest that others might find it more palatable by reading first the note + forward then start reading from:
This document was published in 1941 - How many lives could have been saved if the warnings and solutions of this man had got the attention they deserved?
Vincent Cartwright Vickers
"He was a Deputy Lieutenant of the City of London, a director of Vickers, Limited, for twenty-two years, and a director of the London Assurance from which he resigned in January 1939. In 1910 he was made a governor of the Bank of England, and resigned this appointment in 1919. Later, he became President of the Economic Reform Club and Institute.
I therefore decided to take the unprecedented course of offering to my readers my own qualifications for putting down before the British people the very precarious condition of our monetary system as it exists in this country to-day; that this our money system forms the most important part of our, economic system, and that the nation’s economic system forms part of our social system.
Let us acknowledge the truth. Humanity is not suffering from unavoidable circumstances over which it has no control, but from the results of deliberate and dishonest actions of its own creation and invention.
Fundamental laws, originally designed for the common welfare of the individuals of a community, have been broken – community laws which were never intended to permit the individual to grow fat upon the poverty of others; nor to permit him, in pursuit of his own personal profit, to base his standard of honesty upon his own flexible conscience, consoling himself with gratitude that he is within the law.
Nevertheless, just as man has brought, upon himself, or has permitted, this world tribulation, so can he play his part in undoing the harm that has been done.But how is this possible? How can the ordinary individual change the world?
Shall the man in the street become an expert economist, or a banker, or a cabinet minister and control the press and public opinion?
How otherwise can he assist in the regulation of mankind?
What is meant by ‘lack of economic equilibrium’, ‘sound finance’, ‘stability of foreign exchanges’, ‘currency restrictions’, ‘the creation of credit’, ‘the inverted pyramid of credit’, and a host of other such phrases?
They smell of long study, special technical ability, and great learning. Surely, then, it is commonly felt, it is better that ordinary individuals should leave economics to the economists, finance to the bankers, and national policy to the politicians?
But, alas, that is exactly what we have for too long been doing. Look at the result! The experts have hopelessly failed. What is needed is a little less economics and a little more common sense.
Although it is the money system which is to be accused of dishonesty, those who use and depend upon a dishonest system, knowing that system to be dishonest, cannot themselves be regarded as honest men.
Moreover, it may be that the present system, which international finance has forced our democratic government to adopt, uphold, and protect by every possible means, has undermined the character of the people and forced them to alter their definition of the word honesty so that it may be made to comply more nearly with modern practice.
No greater threat to humanity and the progress of civilisation can be conceived than the general spread of the Hitler regime of brute force. To crush out that regime for all time even if it stood alone as our sole war aim, would seem enough in itself without the necessity of searching for other objectives.
Although we recognise how serious and how immense is the task that we have undertaken, the vast majority of us gain added strength from the knowledge that righteousness and justice are on our side. The nation has reached a state of preparedness, both mentally and physically, both for offence and defence, which will render the sacrifices and hardships and swift calamities that we must inevitably endure powerless to divert it from the set course which it has determined to pursue to the end.
Yet even then, even when this first great objective shall have been gained, our labours will by no means be over. There is still a long way to go before we can begin to contemplate that promised land of peace and justice for mankind which no destructive war can ever of itself attain, and there remains vital work of preparation and reconstruction at home which cannot be neglected or delayed.
Unless we can contrive to design and establish an improved and reformed financial system, which is the first essential towards a new and better economy in our own country, no satisfactory outcome of the war is possible; for where there is still widespread injustice and discontent there can be no ending to that war, unless it be a tangle of internal revolts and revolutions.
How can we presume to hold up our own social System as a pattern for other nations to follow, whilst it breeds selfishness, unrest, and dishonest competition amongst our own people, and whilst it is dominated by a decadent financial system in which we possess an ever-diminishing confidence and which is not even under the unbiased control or management of Government chosen by the will of the people?
How can we hold out to the German people or to the world, the promise of justice under a new and better economic system that will eliminate poverty, malnutrition, and unemployment, whilst no such system exists, and whilst our own system is still permeated with these same evils?
On the other hand it is unthinkable that we should pretend to ourselves that we can, first of all, and by the successes of our arms, create in Germany an economic vacuum and, having done so, compel her to adopt a money lending system of international finance, designed for the benefit of international financiers who will become more and more anxious to preserve their monopoly and their immunity from governmental control.
Are we now fighting to uphold freedom and democracy, or are we fighting to uphold and strengthen the dictatorship of international finance?
The Direction of Future Policy
State control and State issue of currency and credit through a central organisation managed and controlled by the State - Stabilisation of the wholesale price level of commodities.
That is to say, a fixed and constant internal purchasing power of money; so that a pound will buy tomorrow what it bought yesterday; an honest pound, not a fluctuating pound.
And this can be done by so issuing and regulating the volume of available credit and currency that it shall at all times be adequate to permit of the purchasing power of the consumer being equated with the volume of production; not by limiting the purchasing power, but by firstly increasing purchasing power more in proportion to the productive capacity of industry.
Any additional supply of money should be issued as a clear asset to the State; so that money will be spent into existence, and not lent into existence.
The abolition of the Debt System where all credit is created by the banks and hired out at interest to the country."
Watchdog Starts Second Spy Probe / Spy Review Hobbled Before It Begins May 21 2015 | From: NewZealandHerald / DominionPost
Herald story triggers look at agency’s role in minister’s bid for top world trade job +
Is it a whitewash from the outset?
A new inquiry into NZ's electronic surveillance service is being started as the country's intelligence watchdog tries to find out if it makes good decisions about who to spy on, and how it stays politically neutral. The Inspector-General of Intelligence and Security, Cheryl Gwyn, linked the inquiry to claims the Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) spied on foreign diplomats competing against Trade Minister Tim Groser to lead the World Trade Organisation.
Inspector-General of Intelligence and Security Cheryl Gwyn
But she said it was unlikely she would be able to probe the allegations. Instead, she said, the inquiry would study the way the GCSB chose its targets, what its decision-making process was and how it stuck to its duty to be neutral in cases where there might be political advantage.
The Groser claims were among a string of stories broken by the Herald in a collaborative reporting project with investigative journalist Nicky Hager and The Intercept, the US news site with access to the trove of secret documents obtained by intelligence whistleblower Edward Snowden.
Tim Groser
It is the second inquiry to be started after the Herald published stories based on top-secret GCSB and National Security Agency documents. The first inquiry was into New Zealand spying in the Pacific.
Ms Gwyn said the new inquiry was instigated by her office;
"I consider the issues raised about the process followed when the GCSB considers undertaking particular intelligence activity are of sufficient public importance to warrant an own-motion inquiry.
"While it is unlikely I will be able to publicly confirm or deny the specific allegations relating to this process, I can inquire more generally into how the GCSB determines, within its statutory constraints, what intelligence activity to undertake and what policies and procedures are in place to regulate its activities."
Ms Gwyn said the inquiry would study how the GCSB established whether a proposed spying job fitted its legal role and New Zealand's needs.
It would also look at the GCSB analysis of benefits and risks, and how it handled situations in which there could be perceptions of political advantage.
It would also consider how the GCSB kept its minister informed in situations where there was a "potentially contested assessment" of the justification for the spying.
The Herald reported that the GCSB set up search filters to extract online references to those competing from other countries for the WTO job.
Criticism was voiced after the story appeared over how this served New Zealand's interests as the WTO job is meant to be administrative and neutral.
Editorial: Spy Review Hobbled Before It Begins?
The new committee carrying out a wide-ranging review of intelligence oversight is not equipped for the task.
Sir Michael Cullen is part of the committee carrying out a review of intelligence oversight
Sir Michael Cullen served while an MP on the Intelligence and Security committee, a toothless watchdog which meets for only a few hours a year and has no power to hold the spies or their political masters to account.
This committee is a constitutional monstrosity: it meets at the pleasure of the prime minister and he controls it. It is not a select committee that can test the executive.
Cullen showed no inclination to question the role of the committee. He was, it seems, perfectly happy to serve on a hollow and useless institution.
The Labour Party, in fact, [also] has in general been uninterested in reform of the spy services and their oversight.
The appointment of Dame Patsy Reddy as the other inquirer is even stranger. Reddy is a lawyer and businesswoman who serves on many boards. She has no experience in the field of intelligence. She might, perhaps, have been a useful lay member of a larger inquiry.
She certainly does not have the firepower to be one of only two investigators.
Dame Patsy Reddy, DNZM with the Governor-General of New Zealand, Lt Gen The Rt Hon Sir Jerry Mateparae
Intelligence pundit Paul Buchanan says the committee needs truly independent members, preferably from overseas, and far more than two.
He is right. This matters a great deal, because there have been successive scandals in the spy services and the public is in desperate need of reassurance about the democratic accountability of those services. They won't get it from this committee.
It is true that the Inspector-General of Security, Cheryl Gwyn, has shown a genuine independence in her inquiries. Her investigation of the spies' role in the Phil Goff affair was truly damning.
Phil Goff
She has also rightly launched an inquiry into the scandalous revelation that the GCSB spied on the overseas rivals of Trade Minister Tim Groser in his failed bid to head the World Trade Organisation.
But the inspector can't do an independent investigation of the role of the politicians who appointed her and whom she serves. For that, another agency is needed.
The best approach, as former prime minister Geoffrey Palmer has argued, is to set up a parliamentary select committee, similar to the congressional oversight committees in the United States.
Former New Zealand Prime Minister Geoffrey Palmer
For too long the spies have used the mystery of their profession to avoid proper democratic oversight. The various abuses uncovered by Edward Snowden should have shattered this mystique forever. The spies have enormous powers and their oversight has been lamentable.
Edward Snowden
Prime Minister John Key has dismissed Snowden's revelations as "just wrong".
All the evidence suggests that Snowden is right.
But Key's response in these matters is typically mere bluster, and so is Chris Finlayson's.
Chris Finlayson
The Minister in charge of the SIS and the GCSB responded to questions on radio in his usual waspish and unpleasant way.
Clearly Key and Finlayson won't hold the spies to account.
So somebody else needs to do it.
Five Major Banks To Plead Guilty To Rigging Currency Markets May 20 2015 | From: BlacklistedNews
Five major international banks are expected to plead guilty as soon as next week to criminal charges in the US related to their deliberate manipulation of global foreign exchange markets, which allowed them to rake in billions of dollars at the expense of retirees, university endowments and municipalities.
The Union Bank of Switzerland (UBS) is one of the oldest, dirtiest banks
in existence. In cahoots with the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) they have illegally mirrored, raped and pillaged the Global Collateral Accounts for over 75 years. These assets were the primary sources of stolen funding used by the 'elite' Illuminati / Khazarian / Zionist / Cabal / criminals in attempting to bankroll their 'new world order' into existence.
Citigroup, JPMorgan Chase, Royal Bank of Scotland Group, Barclays and UBS are expected to plead guilty to felony fraud and antitrust charges. They will pay fines totaling several billions of dollars, according to bank and regulatory officials who spoke anonymously with the New York Times, Bloomberg and Reuters.
The effect of the guilty pleas will be essentially zero, beyond the immediate costs of the fines levied on the institutions. As the Times put it;
“life will go on, probably without much of a hiccup.”
But we will see.
In the years since the financial crisis, federal regulators avoided bringing criminal charges against banks and their executives, opting instead for either cash settlements and so-called deferred-prosecution agreements, in which charges are delayed on the basis of the banks’ compliance with certain conditions.
In 2012, it became clear that major global banks, including UBS and Barclays, were systematically engaged in manipulating LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate), the benchmark global interest rate on the basis of which hundreds of trillions of dollars of financial contracts are valued.
In June of that year, Barclays was fined $200 million by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and $160 million by the United States Department of Justice.
This was followed by UBS’s agreement in December 2012 to pay regulators $1.5 billion in connection with the scandal and an agreement by Deutsche Bank in 2015 to pay $2.5 billion to regulators. Numerous other banks, including Citigroup and JPMorgan, were fined by European authorities.
UBS was offered a deferred-prosecution agreement in connection with the LIBOR scandal, but broke the terms of the agreement by manipulating the $5.3 trillion-a-day foreign exchange markets in the subsequent periods.
In late 2014, six banks - JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, Bank of America, UBS, Royal Bank of Scotland and HSBC - agreed to pay $4.3 billion to federal regulators to settle civil charges.
[In effect these minuscule pay-offs amount to a 'license to defraud', paid in arrears, because word got out]
The investigation charges also had a criminal component, which the Justice Department is now seeking to settle with guilty pleas from the banks. Unlike some previous cases, however, these guilty pleas are expected to come not merely from the subsidiaries of the banks, but from bank holding companies themselves.
Financial regulators have released voluminous records in connection with the foreign exchange scandal, showing how brazenly and openly bank traders discussed rigging currency rates, even as they knew their employers were being investigated for similar activities with regard to LIBOR.
Despite the unprecedented character of the pleas, the actual impact of the admissions of criminal wrongdoing by the banks is expected to be next to nothing.
As the Times reports;
“Behind the scenes in Washington, the banks’ lawyers are also seeking assurances from federal regulators - including the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Labor Department - that the banks will not be barred from certain business practices after the guilty pleas.”
In particular the banks are seeking waivers to retain their status as “well-known seasoned issuers,” allowing them to raise credit more easily, as well as the ability to operate mutual funds. The Times reports that “a majority of commissioners” of the SEC are in favor of granting such such waivers.
In fact, for the biggest corporations, being convicted of a felony is increasingly becoming legally irrelevant, and just one element of their normal operations. As the Times points out, the guilty pleas are merely “an exercise in stagecraft.”
One former Justice Department official told the Times that an “underlying assumption” of the Justice Department is that “the bank is not a criminal operation.”
But the emergence of scandal after scandal, including the selling of toxic mortgage-backed securities that caused the financial crisis, the forging of foreclosure documents, widespread complicity in Bernard L. Madoff’s Ponzi scheme, money laundering, and tax evasion by Wall Street testifies to the fact that the banks are, in fact, criminal outfits.
Since taking office shortly after the onset of the financial crisis, the Obama administration has sought not to hold the banks to account and prevent criminal wrongdoing, but rather to conceal their crimes and, when this becomes impossible, to issue wrist-slap punishments that allow the banks to go on largely as before.
In these cases, the fines levied by financial regulators remain a cost of doing business, and pale in comparison with the billions of dollars made by the major banks every year through criminal activities.
The guiding principle of the Obama administration, in the words of former Attorney General Eric Holder, is that the giant banks are “too big to jail.” As the Times article explained, prosecutors are “mindful that too harsh a penalty could imperil banks that are at the heart of the global economy.”
[Or that their failure would be the death knell of the cabal's already faling control mechanism].
In exchange for their services, top financial regulators are almost universally provided with high-paying positions in Wall Street after their stints with the government.
Most notably, Ben Bernanke, the former Federal Reserve chairman who funneled trillions of dollars in government funds to Wall Street, announced last month that he has been hired by Chicago-based hedge fund Citadel LLC.
This followed the announcement in November 2013 that former Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner joined the hedge fund Warburg Pincus.
To this day, not a single executive at any major bank has been criminally prosecuted for helping to cause the financial crisis, or any of the crimes that followed.
The Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement: Is It The Death Of Democracy And The Birth Of ‘Corporatocracy’? May 19 2015 | From: Peter Drew - Independent Journalist
On May 16th the US Senate reversed their decision of two days prior and voted by a margin of 65-33 to allow President Obama and the trans-national corporations to fast-track the authorisation of the Trans Pacific Partnership (TPP), the 12 nation trade deal between the US and Pacific Ring partners, including New Zealand and Australia.
This highly controversial outcome in the US Senate may end up being one of the most significant votes in the history of New Zealand and Australia. It may well be the beginning of an inevitable and unstoppable process of global change where democracy, national governments, and national sovereignty become a quaint thing of the past and the world moves headlong into a new world order of ‘corporatocracy’.
What is ‘corporatocracy’? It probably isn’t even a real word yet. But perhaps the Oxford Dictionary needs to get it into its next edition, with a definition something like this;
Corporatocracy:A global political system instigated in the early 21st century whereby the maximising of corporate profit becomes the determining factor for all laws and human rights, even superseding those laws of the elected national governments, and superseding the human rights of the people of those nations.
Does that sound impossible in New Zealand and Australia, in these bastions of freedom and democracy? The current TPP process is literally the attempted birth of the above definition or corporatocracy.
How else could you describe it when the various governments involved in the TPP negotiations are being asked to authorise the biggest trade agreement/legislation in global history and yet the MPs of the governments and the people of those nations aren’t even allowed to know the content of that legislation.
The trans-national corporations have written the legislation and our governments are asked to authorise it, but aren’t allowed to know what is in the legislation. Quite an incredible situation, and one that certainly fits our new definition of corporatocracy.
Democratic governments around the world are already hugely influenced by the power of big corporations. We all know that. But there is at least an illusion of governments still being somewhat in the driver’s seat and making decisions.
If the New Zealand and Australian governments actually go ahead and authorise the TPP without even being allowed to know exactly what is in the legislation, and without also sharing it with the public, then even the illusion of democratic government of the people will be gone completely.
The world and the human race are at a crossroads right now, and what happens with the TPP may very well be the determining factor as to which path the human race takes. In the medium to long term, the path of corporatocracy can have only one possible outcome.
Destruction of the environment and destruction of the only home that we have to live on.
The corporatocracy pyramid - click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
That is a mathematical certainty because corporate growth and increasing profit can only ever be finite, and will always be at the expense of the environment. We live on a finite planet, with finite resources. So with corporatocracy it can only ever be a matter of how long before the cancer kills the patient.
What is now known about the TPP has only come to light through WikiLeaks, not by any disclosures to our governments by the corporate architects of the TPP. So why are the architects of the TPP agreement so desperate to be so secretive?
What is now known about the TPP is that there will be a new international judgement panel formed where TPP disputes will be resolved. This is not a judgement panel made up by the 12 participating nations. It is a panel formed independently by the trans-national corporations involved in the TPP.
The TPP allows the trans-national corporations to sue the government of a nation if that government implements laws which are deemed to be counterproductive to the profits of the corporations involved.
The outcome of that legal action against the government would then be determined by the TPP international judgement panel. So the judicial systems of the 12 participating nations will be completely side stepped.
The specific environmental elements of the TPP legislation are of particular concern. Let’s have a look at a working example of how this could potentially impact New Zealand, a nation that has built an international image on a supposedly clean, green, and pure scenic beauty.
Global oil companies such as Anadarko have spent the last few years trawling the New Zealand oceans and land in search of significant oil fields. Let’s say for example that an oil company identified a huge untapped oil field directly beneath Milford Sound.
That company could make a request to the New Zealand government to set up and drill Milford Sound.
The New Zealand government would quite rightly inform the oil company that New Zealand’s environmental protection laws do not allow for this, and that the New Zealand people would certainly not agree to this.
The oil company could then sue the New Zealand government for perhaps hundreds of billions of dollars of lost profit.
The judgement on that legal action will not be heard by the New Zealand judicial system which is accountable to the New Zealand people, in theory anyway.
It will instead be heard by the TPP international judgement panel.
If that panel decides that the laws of the New Zealand government have resulted in a loss of potential profit to the oil company then the law suit can be upheld and the New Zealand government sued for potentially hundreds of billions of dollars.
Essentially New Zealand law will be totally at the mercy of the corporations through the TPP.
This is perhaps a rather extreme example of the TPP in action, but we are already seeing this kind of thing happening with the corporate led process of fracking whereby many governments around the world, including New Zealand and Australia, are prepared to allow our liveable environment and our fresh water drinking reserves to be destroyed literally from under our feet, all in the name of corporate profit for the gas companies.
At the moment there is at least still some kind of legal recourse against the fracking industry. But not under the TPP. So this clearly demonstrates just how important the TPP will be and how it completely changes the entire fabric of our society.
What if a cigarette company decides that anti-smoking legislation is negatively impacting their profits?
What if laws allowing cheap, natural, herbal remedies were deemed to be counterproductive to the profits of the big pharmaceutical drug companies?
Welcome to the world of the TPP and corporatocracy.
No wonder President Obama and his TPP associates have been so desperate to prevent our governments and the public from knowing any detailed content and implications of the TPP, and why they have been so desperate to fast-track this through the US Senate to allow for minimal scrutiny and challenge.
But it doesn’t have to be like this.
The human race is at a cross roads, not a one way motorway to hell. We have a choice, and we can still make a collective decision to take a different path that is more aligned with the good of the people and the planet. New Zealand has a proud history of standing up to international intimidation and doing what is right, no matter what the risk, and no matter what the consequences.
New Zealand and Australia just recognised the 100th anniversary of Gallipoli where both countries lost a significant percentage of their entire population.
Those who sacrificed their lives died at least in the belief that they were fighting for the freedom and future sovereignty of their country.
In the 1980s New Zealand stood out like a beacon to the rest of the world when we refused to bow down to the international terrorist attack on the Rainbow Warrior, and when we defiantly sent the US nuclear warships packing from our waters despite the impact on the ANZUS agreement.
The Rainbow Warrior was a former fishing trawler Sir William Hardy, acquired by Greenpeace in 1978 and sunk in a state-sanctioned terrorist attack by the French intelligence service in Wellington, New Zealand 1985
The New Zealand psyche and our history is defined by standing up to the world on these issues and saying no, because we believe it is the right thing to do.
This trait seems to be in our DNA. That is the New Zealand way, and right now, perhaps more so than ever before in our history, that attitude, conscience, and action needs to be found once again. Not just by the New Zealand public, but by our MPs and by our media.
A line needs to be drawn in the sand somewhere. If that line is not drawn for the TPP, then our country and our future freedom and sovereignty is at great risk.
So, with the 100th anniversary of Gallipoli still fresh in our minds, perhaps now is the time in New Zealand and Australia for the 21st century ANZACs (Australians & New Zealanders Against Corporatocracy) to stand up and ‘fight’ for our countries and say no to the TPP and corporatocracy.
The Two-Faced John Key And The Hapless Andrew Little May 19 2015 | From: Converge
Poor John Key. It must be hard for a Prime Minister to keep up a far-fetched façade for as long as John Key has in denying GCSB (Government Communications Security Bureau) involvement in mass surveillance of New Zealanders.
Confusing and confounding the public with smelly red herrings is a normal part of his job but when Key has to explain again and again, because his previous dishonesty has been exposed and new obfuscations are needed, it gets tedious and frustrating.
In the face of incontrovertible evidence that the GCSB conducts mass surveillance of our Pacific neighbours and sends the unprocessed data direct to the US National Security Agency (NSA) the Prime Minister was properly rattled. He offered no counter argument or evidence but instead delivered strident attacks on the messengers – Nicky Hager in particular – who were exposing his various fabrications.
Faced with calls for his resignation because he’d previously said he’d resign if claims of mass surveillance by the GCSB were proven Key then created another. It’s not mass surveillance says Key – it’s mass collection of data! Like a burglar who says it’s not theft – its relieving people of burdensome property, Key is a two-faced manipulator of language.
You have to respect his gall and the ability of the mainstream media to sell his line to the rest of us. In the normal course of politics a Prime Minister would be held to account for such lies and dissembling but Key has two important factors on his side.
Media & Labour Key Allies On GCSB Spying
Firstly, the mainstream media have poo-poohed the latest revelations of mass surveillance of Pacific nations.
Wedded as they are to US-dominated global capitalism they say it tells us nothing we didn’t already know and we should just shrug our shoulders alongside John Key and move on.
Leave it to the GCSB and the NSA to keep us safe.
Yeah right! So aside from widely reporting the Prime Minister’s incredulous bluff and bluster there has been little deeper analysis.
Secondly, and just as important to Key’s position, is that Labour has precisely the same policy and Labour Leader Andrew Little’s comments have simply added to the smokescreen John Key is doing his best to create around this issue.
[ Notice how in all of the political parties noted here - the main contenders are always a blue party versus a red party - they are two masks on the same face ]
In my lifetime the Labour Party has been as tightly wedded to unquestioned support for US global surveillance as National.
Even when the rift over access to New Zealand ports for US nuclear warships came to a head in the mid-1980s under Labour, and the US directed heavy criticism of New Zealand’s position, the flow of surveillance information to the US continued untroubled.
It was under a Labour government that the Waihopai mass surveillance spy base was commissioned to ensure the New Zealand “deep state” kept up business as usual with the NSA.
So while Labour expresses muted concern at indiscriminate mass surveillance it has no policy alternative to National.
The best it would come up with during the 2014 election campaign was support for a “security review” to ensure the GCSB was following the law. In other words: business as usual.
And after the latest revelations of mass spying on our Pacific neighbours Labour Leader Andrew Little was given a private briefing by the GCSB and emerged to tell us that as a result he is “more assured about the activities of the GCSB”.
What a pathetic comment.
Later in 2015 the Government will conduct a security review of our intelligence agencies with Labour on board and we can be absolutely assured the outcome will ensure the GCSB can continue to provide unfettered support for global mass surveillance by the US.
We owe a huge debt to people like Edward Snowden, Chelsea Manning, Julian Assange, Katharine Gun and Nicky Hager* who have exposed global mass surveillance and in whose interests it operates.
It is over to us as citizens to act on it.
*All of those names will be familiar to readers, except maybe Katharine Gun. See Bob Leonard’s review of “The Spy Who Tried To Stop A War: Katharine Gun And The Secret Plot To Sanction The Iraq Invasion”, by Marcia and Thomas Mitchell, in Peace Researcher 39, January 2010, http://www.converge.org.nz/abc/pr39-183b.htm. Ed.
Two Major Psy Ops Documents You Must Read May 18 2015 | From: TruthStreamMedia
These psychological operations are being used on you.The Amerikan and global populace have no conception of the level of advanced, high-tech psychological operations they are under. The field of psy ops, which used to be a tool of governments and military strategists against rival nations has now been turned upon the masses by the emerging global government.
For the last century, thousands of think tanks have perfected the use of propaganda through fields like advertising, neurological research, psychology, etc. The father of modern advertising and Defense Department brain Edward Bernays, opened his classic Propaganda in 1928 with the following:
"The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country.
One of the ironies of propaganda to work is that its population must be educated. Ellul argues that the university education forms the next generation of propagandist to manipulate its society.
In other words, the more highly educated you are, the more integrated you are in this propaganda and its dissemination.
Remember Ellul is not talking about the obvious Nazi or Communist propaganda during the Second World War which was for a short-term campaign using a vertical process (top down approach easily countered by a competing top down approach).
No, Ellul is talking about the horizontal process similar to how viruses infect adjoining people around them.
Imagine an intellectual virus which spreads itself similar to a biological virus, through contact and multiply this with mass media technology as a delivery system.We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of.
This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society. Our invisible governors are, in many cases, unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner cabinet.
They govern us by their qualities of natural leadership, their ability to supply needed ideas and by their key position in the social structure.
Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons - a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty million - who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses.
It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.”
It is crucial to consider that the US is not a democracy, but as it was socially engineered from a republic to a so-called “democracy,” the normal state of a “democracy” is shown to be an oligarchy. Bernays is explaining that very fact – a nation of enforced egalitarian democracy ends up being an oligarchy run by billionaire manipulators and con artists.
Those that rule end up being the best as swaying mass man by appealing constantly to his baser desires. In this system, the only telos is to constantly drive any and all of society towards those base desire to increase material consumption and production. The system itself has no end, other than the propagation of the parasitical system.
“Another part of the answer to this question lies in the attitude of people towards psychological operations. To some, it produces images of government controlled communications/mass media, telling the people only what the government wants them to hear.
To others, it raises the horrid specter of Joseph Goebbels, Hitler’s Propaganda Minister, practicing the technique of the “big lie” which has incorrectly become synonymous with “propaganda”. Still to others, the mere mention of “psychological” operations or warfare invokes visions of “mind control” through some mysterious means of brainwashing.
It should be clear that modern psychological operations, or PSYOP, is none of those things. On the contrary PSYOP is not unlike the public advertising that we are all exposed to wherever we go, every day, through all kinds of mass media. However the negative connotation that some people attach to the word psychological” prevents many people from recognizing the simple truth.
Everyone knows that if you do not have a good product to sell, people will not continue buying it, no matter how much you advertise. The same applies to the points of view advertised through the use of psychological operations. Thus we have no reason to fear PSYOP, but we do have ample reason to respect it for what it can do.”
There is no reason to fear Psy Ops, we are told, because it is a humane weapon. Infowar has ever been the major focus of warfare, back to Sun Tzu, who wrote that warfare’s goal was to change the enemy’s mind, not destroy his army. If the target could be changed in his thought pattern, what use in expending tremendous effort and resources on fighting a physical battle?
But that was an older time, when nations and tribes battled one another for regional dominance and natural resources.
While this still goes on today, the top players are different: Major power blocs are battling for control of the new world order. The dominant power bloc in our world today is the Anglo banking empire, and their method of control is largely through mass media, which, as we’ve seen from the quotes above, is the same as mass advertising.
This is why the “news” has a uniform presentation globally. The governing structure above the “government” level is that of international corporations, themselves governed by the major banking houses. Thus, the government / corporate “news” is always the same, all the way down to the local affiliate broadcasting the same laughable tabloid and warm fuzzy pieces about local kitten shelters and pharmaceutical salvation.
This was recently illustrated in a masterful way by Conan’s late night show, where pieces of local news stations were clipped together, from supposedly different stations, reading from the exact same script, nationwide. These scripts are written and sent out to the news agencies by the Pentagon and corporate central think tanks to engineer the populace into mindless abandon.
“You don’t need us to tell you gas prices are back on the rise!”
“Ellul argues that authoritarian governments never really need propaganda as much as democratic societies do and when the authoritarian governments of the past (communist and fascist) used propaganda, it was an obvious type.
One could insinuate that it would be amateurish level and much easier to spot. Nonetheless many people in the past fell prey to this propaganda as much as people today fall prey to advertising campaigns.
A democratic society uses a more sophisticated form of propaganda, one which is long-term in process and result; again one could insinuate that this would be of a professional level and much more difficult to spot.
One of the ironies of propaganda to work is that its population must be educated. Ellul argues that the university education forms the next generation of propagandist to manipulate its society.
In other words, the more highly educated you are, the more integrated you are in this propaganda and its dissemination.
Remember Ellul is not talking about the obvious Nazi or Communist propaganda during the Second World War which was for a short-term campaign using a vertical process (top down approach easily countered by a competing top down approach).
No, Ellul is talking about the horizontal process similar to how viruses infect adjoining people around them.
Imagine an intellectual virus which spreads itself similar to a biological virus, through contact and multiply this with mass media technology as a delivery system.
One of the ironies of propaganda to work is that its population must be educated. Ellul argues that the university education forms the next generation of propagandist to manipulate its society. In other words, the more highly educated you are, the more integrated you are in this propaganda and its dissemination.
Remember Ellul is not talking about the obvious Nazi or Communist propaganda during the Second World War which was for a short-term campaign using a vertical process (top down approach easily countered by a competing top down approach). No, Ellul is talking about the horizontal process similar to how viruses infect adjoining people around them.
Imagine an intellectual virus which spreads itself similar to a biological virus, through contact and multiply this with mass media technology as a delivery system.
So the more educated you become, the less aware you are that you are a victim of propaganda and the more you are ready to spread your ideology to others who will in turn reinforce you and be reinforced by you in a horizontal process.
Leaders aren’t telling you what to think (directly), you are being told by your peers what to think and you pass along this information to others to inform them what to think.
Then when this ideology has reached a substantial portion of the population, you demand the leaders to comply and they reluctantly do so (which was their intention 30 to 40 years previously, but they won’t tell you this). This is the essence of what Ellul says in his Propaganda book.”
As you watch the snooze, er, “news,” notice the psychological tricks that are being foisted upon you. Why is the focus something mundane and irrelevant, like a celebrity’s nipple or a litter of kittens being born?
Why are the newscasters talking to you like you’re a 5th grader? Why is the netwscast about depression followed by an ad for the pharmaceutical pill that will magickally make you happy?
Why is the een sexting piece followed by an ad for the latest smartphone and sex app? All of this is a scientific tactic of psychological manipulation. This is why the Pentagon places Psy Ops soldiers at local news stations.
The Infowar is the war on the public’s mind:
How Obeying The Law Will No Longer Be Enough To Protect You From The Police May 17 2015 | From: Mirror
Now that the Lib Dem stabilisers are off, every day brings a fresh wave of worrying policy from the Tories. Comment: This is an article concerning the UK but the cabal are planning to implement the same agenda worldwide.
The Tories are planning to change our 'tolerant society'
Obeying the law will no longer be enough to guarantee you are able to live peacefully in the UK without harassment from the state.
David Cameron is set to announce a string of new powers that are seen by many as a challenge to our basic civil liberties.
This sentence from the Tory leader is particularly chilling:
"For too long, we have been a passively tolerant society, saying to our citizens 'as long as you obey the law, we will leave you alone'."
What does this mean?
Well, in simple terms: obeying the law will no longer be enough to be enough to ensure you escape retribution by the authorities.
Even if you are not suspected of committing any crime, you could be hit by orders preventing you from speaking in public or associating with specific people.
The planned "snooper's charter" will give the police the right to read your private messages, even if you're not suspected of any wrongdoing. Now, it seems that if they see anything they don't like (even if it isn't criminal) they won't be obliged to leave you alone.
We know that the Tory government are also planning to scrap the current Human Rights Act and replace it with one that would introduce a "threshold below which Convention [human] rights will not be engaged" - allowing UK courts to strike out certain cases.
This could leave you with no legal recourse to challenge any controls you are subject to.
It's all a bit...
No longer a cliche, more a fact of life
Why is David Cameron doing this?
He wants to preemptively combat extremism and terrorism. But we already have a number of laws which allow police and counter-terrorism officers to monitor and arrest anybody suspected of being involved in terrorism, or in planning a terrorist attack.
Although these fundamental changes are being brought in under the guise of combating terrorism, this isn't the limit of their application.
These new changes have the potential to be used against all of us.
Such as plans to change constituency boundaries so that the Tories never lose another election again, plans to scrap the human rights act, and plans to introduce a 'thought crime' style "snooper's charter" which will mean all of our online behaviour and activity is monitored by the state.
Have You Ever Felt Like The Government Doesn’t Really Care What You Think? May 12 2015 | From:RepresentUs
Professors Martin Gilens (Princeton University) and Benjamin I. Page (Northwestern University) looked at more than 20 years worth of data to answer a simple question: Does the government represent the people?
Their study [which took place in the US but which is equally applicable to all other western countries] took data from nearly 2000 public opinion surveys and compared it to the policies that ended up becoming law.
In other words, they compared what the public wanted to what the government actually did. What they found was extremely unsettling: The opinions of 90% of Americans has essentially no impact at all.
This video gives a quick rundown of their findings — it all boils down to one simple graph:
Military Electronic Warfare Expert Warns Of Covert Genocide May 10 2015 | From: ChemtrailsPlanet
Since the 1950s, Soviet/Russian and U.S. Militaries have been researching electromagnetic frequencies to determine which are the most harmful to humans
The statement coincided with a visit from the UN's top climate negotiator.
Maurice Newman, chairman of Prime Minister Tony Abbott's business advisory council, said the UN is using false models which show sustained temperature increases because it wants to end democracy and impose authoritarian rule.
April 29, 2015
James G. (“Jerry”) Flynn, Captain (Retired)
5181 Gainsberg Road,
Bowser, B.C., V0R 1G0
778 424-9609
Parliamentary Health Committee (HESA) 2015
Ottawa, ON. Canada
Dear Committee Members,
Safety Code 6 plus Corruption = An Emerging Genocide!
Distinguished international scientists and leading health researchers in the recondite science of non-ionizing radiation know that the most dangerous threat to human health – EVER – is the ongoing, unchecked proliferation of wireless radio devices, such as Smart Meters, baby monitors, cell phones, cell phone towers, cordless phones, Wi-Fi routers, Wi-Fi and WiMAX installations (which can blanket entire major cities!), GPS, Bluetooth, tablet and laptop computers, Interactive TV games, RFIDs, etc., all of which emit toxic “low-level, pulsed, non-thermal radio frequency (RF) radiation”!
For clarity, “microwaves” are electromagnetic waves with frequencies between 300 MHz (0.3 GHz) and 300 GHz in the RF spectrum, which spans from 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
I am a retired Canadian Armed Forces captain who spent 22 of my 26 years in the military in the arcane fields of Electronic Warfare (EW) and Signals Intelligence (SIGINT).
At the zenith of my career, I was the Executive Officer and Operations Officer at one of Canada’s largest and most sensitive intelligence-gathering stations, where for two years I personally directed some 200-plus specially-trained radio operators and technicians. Subsequently, I was posted into National Defense Headquarters (NDHQ), Ottawa, into the Directorate of Electronic Warfare (DEW).
In this two-year period, I worked closely with U.S., Canadian and NATA army E.W. units, completed a lengthy NATO army EW officers’ course in Anzio, Italy and participated in a major NATO army EW field exercise in the Black Forest of Germany.
Earlier in my career, I conducted EW aboard two Canadian warships in exercises with Canadian, U.S. and other international naval allies. My bread and butter for more than 22 years was the radio frequency (RF) spectrum.
Military History
All governments need to realize that, since at least the 1950s, Soviet/Russian and U.S. Militaries have each spent vast sums of money painstakingly studying and cataloguing all RF frequencies to determine which are the most harmful to humans!
The Soviets irradiated the U.S. Embassy in Moscow for 23 years (1953-1976) for just 6-8 hours a day, five days a week, using similar frequencies, similar modulations, and even less power than are used in today’s Smart Meters, baby monitors, cell phones, etc.!
Even though the Embassy was irradiated for what amounted to just 25% of the time, three U.S. ambassadors died: two from cancer, one from Leukemia-like symptoms; 16 women developed breast cancer, and most other staff suffered illnesses of some sort.
The U.S. military responded by launching its Project Pandora (1954-1971), from which they too learned which specific frequencies, with which modulations, at what power densities had the most devastating effects on humans – which included: cancers, heart attacks, hysteria, trauma, suicides, etc.
Governments need to realize that all modern militaries now possess ever-expanding arsenals of EW weapons, which use precisely the same RF frequencies that inexcusably ignorant Industry Canada today permits wireless and telecom companies, and now utilities, to utilize in their wireless products (see below)! Militaries have long known that:
Microwaves are the “perfect” weapon, for one cannot hear, see, smell, taste or feel them, plus they leave no trace of evidence!
Frequencies within the band 900 MHz (or 0.9 GHz) to 5 GHz are the most lethal against humans because they penetrate more deeply all organ systems of the body and therefore put all human organs at risk! (Yet Industry Canada has authorized baby monitors, Smart Meters and all of today’s other wireless devices to operate in this very band of frequencies!)
‘Pulsed’ radiation is more harmful to humans than is “continuous wave” radiation.
(Yet Industry Canada permits today’s wireless products to emit pulsed radiation!)
The harmful effects of EMR (electromagnetic radiation) are cumulative; they add up!
Certain frequencies are unique in that the weakest levels of radiation, for reasons unknown, cause more harm to humans than does more powerful radiation.
Soviet/Russian scientists produced thousands of studies, which were offered to the West, showing that non-thermal radiation (the kind emitted by today’s wireless products) is harmful to all life forms. Both the corrupt WHO (World Health Organization) and ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) – who study only thermal radiation – refused the offer, thus denying Western scientists the opportunity to learn about non-thermal radiation from the Soviet/Russian studies!
Distinguished scientists and leading health researchers around the globe know that:
There is no such thing as a ‘safe’ threshold of radiation; the only ‘safe’ level is zero!
The non-thermal RF radiation (also called EMR) emitted by all wireless devices is cumulative; it all combines and blends together, like an ever-thickening fog!
Non-thermal EMR causes, promotes or is linked to the exponential rise in all of today’s major illnesses, including all cancers, ADHD, asthma, Multiple Sclerosis, leukemia, Alzheimer’s, dementia, Autism, ADD, Parkinson’s, ALS, etc. (Yet Health Canada refuses to admit this!)
Cancers and other major diseases have a latency period of 10-15 years or more!
Cell phones have never been tested for ‘safety’ in any jurisdiction to prove they can be used by and/or around people on a continuous 24/7/365 basis, in perpetuity)!
In 1984, the U.S. FDA (Food and Drug Administration) exempted cell phones from having to undergo mandatory ‘pre-market’ testing because industry convinced them that cell phone radiation was too weak to be of concern. This opened the flood-gates for today’s constellation of wireless devices, including Smart Meters, all of which use the same technology on similar frequencies!
Not one peer-reviewed scientific study exists – anywhere – showing that cell phones are safe!
The U.S. Cell phone industry’s own six-year study ($28.5-million USD, in ’93-’99) showed they are not safe!
All cell phone Owner Manuals contain, in very fine print, warnings for the user not to hold the phone closer than, in the case of Blackberry – 0.98”; Apple – 5/8”; Motorola – 1” from any part of the body – not just the head!
Since 2001 Motorola, Nokia, Siemens and other cell phone companies have taken out global patents that acknowledge cell phone radiation can lead to cancers!
Wireless and cell phone companies, and electric utilities cannot get insurance against health-related claims attributed to wireless radiation!
In 2010, CTIA’s (Cellular Telecommunications Internet Association)’s own Sr. VP External and State Affairs told a public audience in California: “I have not told you once, not once, that cell phones are safe; The FCC is telling you they are safe!” (CTIA is the industry’s association that lobbies all levels of government across the U.S. on behalf of its members)
It is absolutely frightening to realize how completely inept and negligent the Government of Canada has been since the 1980s in fulfilling its duty to protect the public from the toxic non-thermal EMR” emitted by wireless radio devices!
Aside from Health Canada – who are notoriously corrupt, dating back to the 1970s – not one competent senior health authority exists – either in Ottawa or in any of the provinces – who has any meaningful knowledge of or expertise in this form of radiation – which is literally everywhere today!
This means that: No provincial Minister of Health; No provincial senior public health officer (PHO); No national Chief PHO; No member of Canada’s “Pan-Canadian Public Health Network”; Nor, I suspect, any senior member of the Canadian Medical Association (CMA) is capable of protecting the Canadian public, because they are all ignorant of non-thermal EMR – which Health Canada steadfastly insists does not harm people! Shocking! Disgraceful! Absolutely criminal!
It is impossible to exaggerate the unprecedented danger all Canadians find themselves in today (as is the case for most people in the world), which could not possibly have happened had this admittedly recondite subject matter (non-ionizing radiation) been taught to aspiring medical doctors in medical schools; been recognized or understood by the CMA; or had our series of national Chief PHOs been selected more carefully.
With no one to provide oversight, Health Canada continues to be able to do much as it pleases. One has only to Google: “Michael Repacholi, World Health Organization, Corruption,” to gain a glimpse of the corruption just one scientist brought, not only to Health Canada, but to ICNIRP and then to the WHO itself! Another glimpse can be had by Googling: “Health Canada, Conflict of Interest, Sharon Noble.”
All governments in Canada and the public need to also note that, with no competent health authority to question or challenge its decisions, Health Canada has been free to promulgate a ‘one size fits all’ radiation Exposure Limit in Safety Code 6, which applies to all Canadians – regardless of size or the state of one’s health!
It makes no distinction between tiny developing embryos, pregnant women, newborn babies, children, normal-sized adults, huge men and women, the sick and elderly! Yet scientists have known for years that a baby’s skull absorbs at least five (5) times as much radiation as does an adult’s!
All levels of government, all health care authorities across Canada, and the CMA itself need to wake up and realize that both Health Canada and Industry Canada are – and have been for decades – deeply embedded with what has become a corrupt cartel of the four radiation Regulatory Agencies: WHO, ICNIRP, IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) and the FCC (Federal Communications Commission).
All share similar egregiously high radiation Exposure Limits – which are amongst the highest/most dangerous in the world! All have strong ties to the electricity industry! http://www.next-up.org/pdf/who_conflict.pdf
Neither Health Canada nor any of its corrupt cartel colleagues will recognize (admit) that:
Non-thermal EMR can be harmful to humans and all life forms!
(Their collective position is: “If the radiation does not heat the skin, it cannot be harmful”!)
Powerline (60 Hz) electric and magnetic fields (EMFs) are harmful to people!
(Scientists say that a safe ambient level of EMFs in a home would be not more than 1 mG (milliGauss)! They’ve known for decades that an ambient level of just 3-4 mG causes Leukemia in children! Russia allows up to 1.5 mG; Sweden, up to 2.5 mG! Note: Contrast the above with all members of the ‘Western cartel; who are tied to the electricity industry: Health Canada – says EMFs have not been proven harmful, and therefore it allows EMFs up to 1,000 m’G! IEEE – allows up to 10,000 mG! ICNIRP and WHO – both allow 2,000 mG for short term exposure in residences, and up to 9,000 mG for short term occupational exposure! http://www.next-up.org/pdf/who_conflict.pdf
EHS is a legitimate impairment or disability people experience when constantly exposed to EMR and/or EMFs! (Discovered by German scientists in 1932, the WHO finally recognized EHS in 2005, as have many countries of the world. It is known that Nikola Tesla was EHS!
Governments must no longer ignore what the Soviet/Russian and U.S. Militaries learned from their seven-decades-long exhaustive research:
a) microwaves are the perfect military weapon;
b) low-level, pulsed, non-thermal radiation – at even the weakest levels – is harmful to all living things; and,
c) the most lethal frequencies within the entire RF band are between 900 MHz to 5 GHz – and are particularly lethal to a human’s central nervous system and immune system.
Any EMR emitted on microwave frequencies is a potential weapon – not a consumer product!
That Industry Canada could see fit to permit today’s wireless radio devices, such as Smart Meters, baby monitors, cell phones, etc., to utilize the above-mentioned band of lethal frequencies speaks volumes for their gross ignorance of what militaries have long known.
There exist today literally thousands of studies done by honest scientists from around the world showing that any wireless radio device is harmful to people, flora and fauna! The evidence is simply too compelling. In all decency, it must no longer be ignored!
In closing, I have evidence to support everything I have said above. My earnest hope is that each of you is now better able to understand today’s reality.
One cannot exaggerate the scale and scope of today’s corruption — that now literally threatens the entire globe! Unless you and other honest elected officials elsewhere put a stop to this insanity, mankind’s worst-ever genocide will become a reality! I am available to answer questions. Thank you for your time.
Sincerely,
Jerry Flynn
James G. (“Jerry”) Flynn, Captain (Retired)
5181 Gainsberg Road,
Bowser, B.C., V0R 1G0
778 424-9609
Climate Change Is UN-Led Hoax To Create 'New World Order': Australian Prime Minister's Chief Business Adviser May 9 2015 | From: RT
The Australian Prime Minister's chief business adviser says that climate change is a ruse led by the United Nations to create a new world order under the agency's control.
The statement coincided with a visit from the UN's top climate negotiator.
Maurice Newman, chairman of Prime Minister Tony Abbott's business advisory council, said the UN is using false models which show sustained temperature increases because it wants to end democracy and impose authoritarian rule.
"It's a well-kept secret, but 95 percent of the climate models we are told prove the link between human CO2 emissions and catastrophic global warming have been found, after nearly two decades of temperature stasis, to be in error," he wrote in an opinion piece published in The Australian newspaper on Friday, without providing evidence.
"The real agenda is concentrated political authority. Global warming is the hook,” he said, adding that the UN is against capitalism and freedom and wants to create a “new world order.”
The adviser's inflammatory comments coincided with a visit from UN climate chief Christiana Figueres.
According to Newman, Figueres is:
"on record saying democracy is a poor political system for fighting global warming."
Communist China, she says, "is the best model.”
Figueres was in Australia to discuss practical climate change action, urging the country to move away from heavily polluting coal production. She also urged Australia to play a leading role at the climate summit in Paris in December.
But that call is unlikely to be heeded. During November's G20 meeting in Brisbane, Abbott warned that the Paris summit would fail if world leaders decided prioritize the cutting of carbon emissions over economic growth.
Abbott, who called the science behind climate change “crap” in 2009, also repealed a tax on carbon pricing and abolished the independent Climate Commission advisory body in Australia.
The prime minister has been reluctant to take part in climate change politics, trying but failing to keep it off the agenda at last year's G20 summit.
Both Abbott's office and the United Nations have so far declined to comment on Newman's statements.
A well-known climate change skeptic, Newman has made similar provocative comments in the past, calling the notion a “myth” and a “delusion.”
In February, he criticized renewable energy policies. Citing British charity Age UK, he stated that elderly citizens in Britain often die of “winter deaths” because they can't afford power. He blamed renewable energy policies which drive up the price of energy.
However, when asked about his claim by The Guardian, the charity sent back a statement which referenced high energy costs, but failed to mention anything about renewable energy.
Just a few months earlier, in November 2014, Newman cited a Scottish government-commissioned study which allegedly said that for every job in the renewable sector, 3.7 jobs were lost elsewhere.
However, the report itself made no mention that it was commissioned by the government.
In fact, the government called the study “misleading,” adding that the industry would actually have the opposite effect on jobs.
According to the UN's Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, the global mean temperature could rise by up to 4.8° Celsius (40.6° Fahrenheit) this century alone. The prediction is seen as a recipe for droughts, floods and rising seas.
Comment: Aside from all of the post-statement twaddle, it is in the very least interesting to see such matters considered in a public mainstream media outlet. While there are mixed sentiments in the above, a formerly taboo viewpoint has at least been forced into the mainstream.
A Totalitarian Society Has Totalitarian Science May 7 2015 | From: JonRappoport
And vice versa. Totalitarian science lets you know you’re living in a totalitarian society
The totalitarian party principles from George Orwell's "1984"
The government, the press, the mega-corporations, the prestigious foundations, the academic institutions, the “humanitarian” organizations say:
"This is the disease. This is its name. This is what causes it. This is the drug that treats it. This is the vaccine that prevents it."
“This is how accurate diagnosis is done. These are the tests. These are the possible results and what they mean."
“Here are the genes. This is what they do. This is how they can be changed and substituted and manipulated. These are the outcomes."
“These are the data and the statistics. They are correct. There can be no argument about them.
“This is life. These are the components of life. All change and improvement result from our management of the components."
“This is the path. It is governed by truth which science reveals. Walk the path. We will inform you when you stray. We will report new improvements."
“This is the end. You can go no farther. You must give up the ghost. We will remember you.”
We are now witnessing the acceleration of Official Science. Of course, that term is an internal contradiction. But the State shrugs and moves forward.
The notion that the State can put its seal on favored science, enforce it, and punish its competitors, is anathema to a free society.
For example: stating that vaccination is mandatory, in order to protect the vaccinated (who are supposed to be immune) from the unvaccinated. An absurdity on its face.
For example: announcing that the science of climate change is “settled,” when there are, in fact, huge numbers of researchers who disagree. And then, drafting legislation and issuing executive orders based on the decidedly unsettled science.
For example: declaring and promoting the existence of various epidemics, when the viruses purportedly causing them are not proven to exist and/or not proven to cause human illness (Ebola, SARS, West Nile, Swine Flu, etc.)
A few of you reading this have been with me since 1988, when I published my first book, AIDS INC., Scandal of the Century. Among other conclusions, I pointed out that HIV had never been shown to cause human illness; the front-line drug given to AIDS patients, AZT, was overwhelmingly toxic; and what was being called AIDS was actually a diverse number immune-suppressing conditions.
Others of you have found my work more recently, since I started this site in 2001. I always return to the subject of false science, because it is the most powerful long-term instrument for repression, political control, and destruction of human life.
As I’ve stated on many occasions, medical science is ideal for mounting and launching covert ops aimed at populations - because it appears to be politically neutral, without any allegiance to State interests.
Unfortunately, medical science, on many fronts, has been hijacked and taken over. The profit motive is one objective, but beyond that, there is a more embracing goal:
Totalitarian control.
It aims to replace your freedom, consciousness, and intelligence with its own synthetic versions.
Why The Powers That Be Are Pushing A Cashless Society May 6 2015 | From: ZeroHedge
We can't reign-in the banks if we cannot pull our money out of them - awareness is required;
Click here to watch 'Evolution of a Cashless Society (1:49)
Martin Armstrong summarizes the headway being made to ban cash, and argues that the goal of those pushing a cashless society is to prevent bank runs ... and increase their control:
"The central banks are ... planning drastic restrictions on cash itself. They see moving to electronic money will first eliminate the underground economy, but secondly, they believe it will even prevent a banking crisis.
This idea of eliminating cash was first floated as the normal trial balloon to see how the people take it. It was first launched by Kenneth Rogoff of Harvard University and Willem Buiter, the chief economist at Citigroup. Their claims have been widely hailed and their papers are now the foundation for the new age of Economic Totalitarianism that confronts us.
Rogoff and Buiter have laid the ground work for the end of much of our freedom and will one day will be considered the new Marx with hindsight. They sit in their lofty offices but do not have real world practical experience beyond theory.
Considerations of their arguments have shown how governments can seize all economic power are destroy cash in the process eliminating all rights. Physical paper money provides the check against negative interest rates for if they become too great, people will simply withdraw their funds and hoard cash.
Furthermore, paper currency allows for bank runs. Eliminate paper currency and what you end up with is the elimination of the ability to demand to withdraw funds from a bank.
***
In many nations, specific measures have already been taken demonstrating that the Rogoff-Buiter world of Economic Totalitarianism is indeed upon us. This is the death of Capitalism.
Of course the socialists hate Capitalism and see other people’s money should be theirs. What they cannot see is that Capitalism is freedom from government totalitarianism. The freedom to pursue the field you desire without filling the state needs that supersede your own.
There have been test runs of this Rogoff-Buiter Economic Totalitarianism to see if the idea works. I reported on June 21, 2014 that Britain was doing a test run. A shopping street in Manchester banned cash as part of an experiment to see if Brits would accept a cashless society.
London buses ended accepting cash payments from July 2014. Meanwhile, Currency Exchange dealers began offering debt cards instead of cash that they market as being safer to travel with. The Chorlton, South Manchester experiment was touted to test customers and business reaction to the idea for physical currency will disappear inside 20 years.
France passed another Draconian new law that from the police parissummer of 2015 it will now impose cash requirements dramatically trying to eliminate cash by force. French citizens and tourists will then only be allowed a limited amount of physical money.
They have financial police searching people on trains just passing through France to see if they are transporting cash, which they will now seize. Meanwhile, the new French Elite are moving in this very same direction. Piketty wants to just take everyone’s money who has more than he does. Nobody stands on the side of freedom or on restraining the corruption within government.
The problem always turns against the people for we are the cause of the fiscal mismanagement of government that never has enough for themselves.
In Greece a drastic reduction in cash is also being discussed in light of the economic crisis. Now any bill over €70 should be payable only by check or credit card – it will be illegal to pay in cash. The German Baader Bank founded in Munich expects formally to abolish the cash to enforce negative interest rates on accounts that is really taxation on whatever money you still have left after taxes.
***
Complete abolition of cash threatens our very freedom and rights of citizens in so many areas.
***
Paper currency is indeed the check against negative interest rates. We need only look to Switzerland to prove that theory. Any attempt to impose say a 5% negative interest rates (tax) would lead to an unimaginably massive flight into cash.
This was already demonstrated recently by the example of Swiss pension funds, which withdrew their money from the bank in a big way and now store it in vaults in cash in order to escape the financial repression. People will act in their own self-interest and negative interest rates are likely to reduce the sales of government bonds and set off a bank run as long as paper money exists.
Obviously, government and bankers are not stupid. The only way to prevent such a global bank run would be the total prohibition of paper money. This is unlikely, both in Switzerland and in the United States because the economies are dominated there by a certain “liberalism” to some extent but also because their currencies also circulate outside their domestic economies.
The fact that but the question of the cash ban in the context of a global conference with the participation of the major central banks of the US and the ECB will be discussed, demonstrates by itself that the problem is not a regional problem.
Nevertheless, there is a growing assumption that the negative interest rate world (tax on cash) is likely to increase dramatically in Europe in particular since it is socialism that is collapsing. Government in Brussels is unlikely to yield power and their line of thinking cannot lead to any solution.
The negative interest rate concept is making its way into the United States at J.P. Morgan where they will charge a fee on excess cash on deposit starting May 1st, 2015. Asset holdings of cash with a tax or a fee in the amount of the negative interest rate seems to be underway even in Switzerland.
***
The movement toward electronic money is moving at high speed and this says a lot about the state of the financial system. The track record of the major financial institutions is nearly perfect – they are always caught on the wrong side when a crisis breaks, which requires their bailouts.
The fact that we have already seen test runs with theory-balloons flying, the major financial institutions are in no shape to withstand another economic decline.
For depositors, this means they really need to grasp what is going on here for unless they are vigilant, there is a serious risk of losing everything. We must understand that these measures will be implemented overnight in the middle of a banking crisis after 2015.75. The balloons have taken off and the discussions are underway.
The trend in taxation and reduction of cash seems to be unstoppable. Government is not prepared to reform for that would require a new way of thinking and a loss of power. That is not a consideration. They only see one direction and that is to take us into the new promised-land of economic totalitarianism."
People can’t pull cash out of their bank accounts – for political reasons, because they’ve lost confidence in the bank, or because “bail-ins” are enacted – if cash is banned.
The Financial Times argued last year that central banks would be the real winners from a cashless society:
"Central bankers, after all, have had an explicit interest in introducing e-money from the moment the global financial crisis began…
***
The introduction of a cashless society empowers central banks greatly. A cashless society, after all, not only makes things like negative interest rates possible, it transfers absolute control of the money supply to the central bank, mostly by turning it into a universal banker that competes directly with private banks for public deposits. All digital deposits become base money."
The Government Can Manipulate Digital Accounts More Easily than Cash
This may sound over-the-top … but remember, the government sometimes labels its critics as “terrorists“. If the government claims the power to indefinitely detain – or even assassinate – citizens at the whim of the executive, don’t you think that government people would be willing to shut down, or withdraw a stiff “penalty” from a dissenter’s bank account?
If society becomes cashless, dissenters can’t hide cash. All of their financial holdings would be vulnerable to an attack by the government.
This would be the ultimate form of control. Because – without access to money – people couldn’t resist, couldn’t hide and couldn’t escape.
And see this:
Secret TPPA Chapter On Investment Leaked May 6 2015 | From: GeoPolitics
WikiLeaks has released the “Investment Chapter” from the secret negotiations of the TPP (Trans-Pacific Partnership) agreement. The document adds to the previous WikiLeaks publications of the chapters for Intellectual Property Rights (November 2013) and the Environment (January 2014).
The TPP Investment Chapter, published today, is dated 20 January 2015. The document is classified and supposed to be kept secret for four years after the entry into force of the TPP agreement or, if no agreement is reached, for four years from the close of the negotiations.
Julian Assange, WikiLeaks editor said:
"The TPP has developed in secret an unaccountable supranational court for multinationals to sue states. This system is a challenge to parliamentary and judicial sovereignty. Similar tribunals have already been shown to chill the adoption of sane environmental protection, public health and public transport policies.”
Current TPP negotiation member states are the United States, Japan, Mexico, Canada, Australia, Malaysia, Chile, Singapore, Peru, Vietnam, New Zealand and Brunei.
The TPP is the largest economic treaty in history, including countries that represent more than 40 per cent of the world´s GDP.
The Investment Chapter highlights the intent of the TPP negotiating parties, led by the United States, to increase the power of global corporations by creating a supra-national court, or tribunal, where foreign firms can “sue” states and obtain taxpayer compensation for “expected future profits”.
These investor-state dispute settlement (ISDS) tribunals are designed to overrule the national court systems. ISDS tribunals introduce a mechanism by which multinational corporations can force governments to pay compensation if the tribunal states that a country’s laws or policies affect the company’s claimed future profits.
In return, states hope that multinationals will invest more. Similar mechanisms have already been used. For example, US tobacco company Phillip Morris used one such tribunal to sue Australia (June 2011 – ongoing) for mandating plain packaging of tobacco products on public health grounds; and by the oil giant Chevron against Ecuador in an attempt to evade a multi-billion-dollar compensation ruling for polluting the environment.
The Philip
Morris companies' cigarette brands include Pall Mall and Marlboro
The threat of future lawsuits chilled environmental and other legislation in Canada after it was sued by pesticide companies in 2008/9. ISDS tribunals are often held in secret, have no appeal mechanism, do not subordinate themselves to human rights laws or the public interest, and have few means by which other affected parties can make representations.
The TPP negotiations have been ongoing in secrecy for five years and are now in their final stages. In the United States the Obama administration plans to “fast-track” the treaty through Congress without the ability of elected officials to discuss or vote on individual measures.
This has met growing opposition as a result of increased public scrutiny following WikiLeaks’ earlier releases of documents from the negotiations.
The TPP is set to be the forerunner to an equally secret agreement between the US and EU, the TTIP (Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership).
Negotiations for the TTIP were initiated by the Obama administration in January 2013. Combined, the TPP and TTIP will cover more than 60 per cent of global GDP.
The third treaty of the same kind, also negotiated in secrecy is TISA, on trade in services, including the financial and health sectors. It covers 50 countries, including the US and all EU countries. WikiLeaks released the secret draft text of the TISA’s financial annex in June 2014.
All these agreements on so-called “free trade” are negotiated outside the World Trade Organization’s (WTO) framework. Conspicuously absent from the countries involved in these agreements are the BRICs countries of Brazil, Russia, India and China.
One of the significant sources of funds for the Nazionist Khazarian Mafia is the healthcare industry which registered a whopping $3.09 trillion in 2014, and is projected to soar to $3.57 trillion in 2017, in the US alone. We believe that this is just a conservative figure.
We can avoid using drugs, defeat any viral attack and scaremongering easily by knowing how to build our own comprehensive antiviral system. Find more about it here.
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. On Vaccines: Big Pharma Has Captured The Scientific, Regulatory, Law-Making Processes May 3 2015 | From: GlobalResearch / NaturalNews
In this address given on the California Capitol steps in Sacramento Robert Kennedy Jr. provides an inspired and detailed analysis of the extent to which the powerful pharmaceutical cartel has effectively captured the nation’s scientific, regulatory, and law-making processes.
Combined with the corporate news media’s dependence on drug advertising, this has put big pharma in a position where it is running roughshod over informed choice and dictating vaccine policies that have little-if-any basis in scientific research yet will greatly contribute to that industry’s already gargantuan profits.
This is Robert F. Kennedy Jr’s speech at the SB277 rally that took place in Sacramento, California at the State Capitol on April 8, 2015.
Kennedy offers an example of scientist and pediatrician Paul Offit, the developer of the rotavirus vaccine, whose personal stake in vaccine’s development and adoption is emblematic of the monied practices tending to corrupt vaccine science in America today. “In 1999 he sat on the [CDC] committee that added the rotavirus vaccine to the schedule.” Kennedy notes,
"At the time he was working on his own rotavirus vaccine. Opening that gateway, by adding that vaccine to the schedule, made his patent extremely valuable. Six years later he sold that patent for $182 million and pocketed about $40 million for himself. So, that kind of financial entanglement by the people to hare deciding what vaccines to add to the schedule makes it difficult, I think, for all of us to think that they only thing they’re thinking of is our children’s health."
He concluded his remarks by emphasizing that legislation such as California’s SB277 takes away the last barrier between the pharmaceutical companies’ bottom line mentality and children’s health–parental discretion itself.
"All of the barriers that are meant to protect our children–the government, the lawyers, the regulatory agencies, and the press, the checks and balances in our democratic system that are supposed to stand between corporate power and our little children–have been removed, and there’s only one barrier left, and that’s the parents, and we need to keep that in the equation."
Robert Kennedy, Jr. Is Right About Vaccines:
A Medically Induced 'Holocaust' Is Now Upon Us
At a recent screening of the powerful new documentary film Trace Amounts, which exposes the scientific connection between mercury in vaccines and autism, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. warned an audience of supportive viewers that vaccines are essentially poison vials causing a "holocaust" in our country.
The nephew of former U.S. president John F. Kennedy, RFK Jr. attended the screening in solidarity with California parents who are fighting to stop Senate Bill 277 from eliminating their freedom as Californians to exempt their children from "mandatory" vaccinations. Speaking to the crowd, Kennedy emphasized the proven dangers of vaccines.
"They can put anything they want in that vaccine and they have no accountability for it," stated Kennedy about the vaccine industry, which ironically maintains its own exclusive and unconstitutional exemption from legal liability for vaccines that injure and kill children.
Trace Amounts helped kill anti-freedom vaccine exemption elimination bill in OregonBoth entering and leaving the stage to exuberant standing ovations, Kennedy lauded Trace Amounts for helping persuade lawmakers in Oregon to scrap a bill similar to California's SB 277 that would have eliminated personal vaccine exemptions in the Beaver State.
He also empathized with parents of vaccine-injured children, who often have no support from the legal system, and sometimes even from their friends and family members, in addressing the damage caused by vaccine quackery.
"They get the shot, that night they have a fever of a hundred and three, they go to sleep, and three months later their brain is gone," lamented Kennedy about how vaccine injuries progress. "This is a holocaust, what this is doing to our country."
Not a single invited politician shows up to Trace Amounts screening
California lawmakers were reportedly also invited to the Trace Amounts screening where Kennedy spoke, with three rows specially cordoned off for their convenient viewing. But according to The Sacramento Bee, not a single lawmaker showed up except for a handful of random staffers. No bother, though, as the film was still shown, and the crowd invigorated to take a unified stand for medical freedom.
89.3 KPCC is now reporting that the proposed legislation SB 277 would unconstitutionally deprive unvaccinated children from receiving an adequate education by preventing them from attending public school. Its supporters, however, are planning to reintroduce it once again in the coming days.
Vaccines are a scam, and the government's revolving door with the vaccine industry proves it has no business trying to pass anti-exemption laws
As far as the idea of eliminating vaccine exemptions, it doesn't take a rocket scientist to realize that those trying to push anti-exemption legislation work for or are being paid off by the vaccine industry.
"The former head of the CDC, Julie Gerberding, is now the head of the Merck Vaccine Division," wrote one commenter at The Sacramento Bee concerning this issue. "The government is having a dirty little affair with the drug industry."
"They share ownership of patents. They created the unconstitutional 'Vaccine Court' that usurps our 7th Amendment and shields drug manufacturers from liability. The phony court has no judge, no jury and no justice for most people. They cherry pick cases to keep liability down and lie about the real number of vaccine injuries, yet they have still paid out about 3 billion dollars for the injuries they will admit to."
Check out this vaccine debate that aired on PBS Hawaii, in which the show's producers and hosts failed to mention its sponsorship from Merck, Pfizer and various other vaccine manufacturers: WaronWeThePeople.com.
The Climate Change Industry And The Hoax Of Global Warming May 2 2015 | From: FreedomOutpost
This is not just Amerika - but worldwide. Hundreds of billions have already been spent around the globe on a deliberately manufactured panic.
I am not sure who coined the term "climate change industry," but it is an apt description of the snake oil salesmen who have become billionaires on the unfounded and irrational fear of debunked global warming and of climate change based on manufactured consensus science.
The climate has been changing for millennia in cyclical periods dominated by either unusually cold or unusually hot temperatures.
It is convenient to the promoters of the climate change industry to purposefully confound weather events with climate.
Having declared that the "science is settled," the global warming scaremongering environmentalists are moving on to the next target of limiting our property rights and freedoms via carbon footprint and draconian, coal-industry destructive EPA regulations.
After all, the number one threat to national security has been declared to be climate change.
It is not the crushing, out-of-control debt; it is not the planned and unchecked flood of immigrants into countries around the world, changing the demographics and eliminating sovereignty to the benefit of global elitist control; it is not ISIS beheading Christians and occupying the formerly liberated towns and provinces in Iraq; and it is not Iran, with its nuclear bomb program, threatening to wipe Israel off the map - Israel, our ally, and the only sane patch of reality in the Middle East.
The climate change industry has admitted through a Freudian slip that their agenda of climate change is "disrupting national economies, costing us dearly today and even more tomorrow."
Of course, climate has been changing, and we are in a cooling period now, but truth cannot impede the liberal political advocates' agenda of taxing rich countries more, spreading the wealth, and destroying our economy in the name of protecting the Earth.
The climate change industry has managed to transform a natural phenomenon of climate change into a global disaster that needs to be addressed by bureaucrats through fundamentally changing how we live, what we own, how our economies are run, by carbon footprint taxation, Smart Growth, Green Growth state and local programs around the world, and through weather modification spraying of chemicals into the atmosphere.
This spraying of chemicals (chemtrails) is really affecting the weather and the growing season for agriculture, reducing yield. The climate change industry has become such a religion of environmentalism gone berserk that they are now trying to ban farming.
Electricity costs are going up, smart meters that catch on fire have been installed everywhere in order to control people's energy consumption and in-home ambient temperature, and many electricity generation plants are scheduled to be closed due to draconian EPA regulations.
The government's all-out assault to redress climate change through regulatory planning and financial control is having a serious impact on our economy, the coal industry, the oil industry, and on everybody's lives.
The hypothesis that rich nations caused climate change by burning fossil fuels to produce energy has never been proven by IPCC's computer modeling.
The fact that now the hypothesis changed its name from global warming to climate change in the face of obvious 18 years of global cooling is enough evidence that the purveyors of the industry of climate change are desperate but are not giving up.
There is never a shortage of young, idealistic rioters-for-hire who, for a nominal fee will demonstrate anywhere against global warming, even in Quebec in the snow. Fleecing rich countries with carbon taxes is too lucrative a scam to give up the agenda.
The real reason behind the global warming scare and why the United Nations' alarmists have been driving us into forced submission of environmentalist stewardship is that they want capitalism destroyed and replaced with their vision of a utopian communist economy that has never worked across the centuries.
These progressives have a problem with the Industrial Revolution, with "fossil fuels" (They are not so fossil, since the earth keeps producing them), with the only successful economic model that has provided generous income to all these hot-air spewing, idle bureaucrats, who have nothing better to do than meet in exotic locales planning the destruction of the goose that lays the golden eggs that feed their exorbitant lifestyles, salaries, bonuses, and pensions.
Christina Figueres, Executive Secretary of U.N.'s Convention on Climate Change, disclosed the real reason for the climate change industry when she told us that they are not interested in saving the world from global warming Armageddon, but they want to destroy capitalism:
"This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a period of time, to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150 years, since the Industrial Revolution."
74 Medical And NASA Scientists Have Been Killed In The Last Two Years;
What's Going On? April 30 2015 | From: NeonNettle
There have been an unusually high number of scientists' deaths in recent years. NASA Scientist Alberto Behar died in a plane crash [below] in January 2015 in Los Angeles - making a total of 74 Scientists dead in 2 years.
Alberto Behar had helped to prove that there had once been water on Mars, having worked on two missions to Mars. He was also a robotics expert who researched how robots function in harsh environments (such as under water or inside volcanoes).
The unusually high number of scientist deaths in recent years has made people question whether this death was suspicious or not.
Behar was an expert pilot; he was a flight instructor for both planes and helicopters – the weather conditions were clear and for some reason his plane just started to lose altitude. The Van Nuys Airport pilot Kashif Khursheed said “I can’t see what would be the cause of something like this. He was very knowledgeable, competent and thorough.”
This is just one of the most recent cases of a prominent scientists suspicious death, over the past two years 74 leading medical and NASA scientists have died, almost all are officially labelled suicide or an accident.
Joep Lange, a leading AIDS researcher and former president of the International AIDS Society (IAS) was also aboard MH17. They were all on their way to an international AIDS conference. With one fell swoop a large portion of the leading AIDS experts were killed before they could attend a global conference.
Melissa Ketunuti, 35, was a paediatrician who specialised in cancer; she also worked on an AIDS fellowship in Botswana. She was hogtied and set on fire in the basement of her home in Philadelphia. Dr Anne Szarewski, 53, was a cervical cancer expert; she pioneered the cervical cancer vaccine.
Ketunuti was found dead in her London home in December 2013. Her husband spent hours drilling through the front door that she had locked from the inside, when he found her she was dead, to this day no one knows what killed her.
An inquiry into her death was launched but nothing conclusive was ever found.Perhaps one of the most controversial scientist deaths in the last few years was that of Shane Truman Todd, 31. In June 2012 he was found dead, his body was in morgue in Singapore, he was an electrical engineer.
He was working on a top-secret “one of a kind” machine for the Chinese that was believed to be a defence weapon. Shane told his family that he was not happy with what he was doing and he feared for his life, he was allegedly being asked to compromise U.S security.
He quit his job and was due to leave China and fly home but died a week before his flight after his last day at work building this unknown machine. Foul play was suspected and his family began campaigning for the truth, Chinese official said they would look into the matter and try and determine if it was murder or suicide but as of yet there are no answers.
These are just a tiny fraction of the scientist that have died under suspicious circumstances, you can read about mysterious scientist deaths by clicking here. All of these people are either leading medical experts or leading engineers, you have to ask what could they have known that would have led to their deaths? Or could it all simply be coincidence?
In a time where conspiracy is commonplace it is increasingly difficult to differentiate between what could be a conspiracy and what is simply an unfortunate event. It is incredibly suspect why so many of these deaths are so odd, the people who were killed would have access to sensitive informationthat government officials may not want disclosed.
Seasoned Investigative Journalist Exposes Inside Strategies To Censor News April 29 2015 | From: Mercola
You can choose to ignore reality, but you can't ignore the consequences of ignoring reality. Most of us rely heavily on the media for information, not realizing that 90 percent of it is controlled by a mere six media giants.
Sharyl Attkisson, a five-time Emmy Award winning investigative journalist whose television career spans more than three decades is one of my personal heroes. She was the reporter who, in 2009, blew the lid off the swine flu media hype, showing the hysteria was completely unfounded and manufactured.
"I left CBS about a year ago when it seemed I had met with so many dead ends in trying to continue the original investigative reporting that I've done for so many years there," Sharyl says.
"My producer and I just kept hitting brick walls in the last two years or so in trying to get this reporting on television. We certainly weren't alone. Reporters are complaining about this across the board at many print organizations and broadcast outlets...
The watchdog reporting that the government values so much is simply not desired for a variety of reasons as much as it once was at the national level. I think also this is a problem in local news...
There was no point [in staying]. I was never in a position to turn up better stories; I have more information, more sources, more whistleblowers, and more I felt might produce terrific stories than ever before after 20 years in CBS News, and yet, utterly lacked the ability to get any of it on television.
I could've stayed and done weather stories and stories of the day but that's just not where my interest was."
What Led to the Downfall of Watchdog Reporting?
Unfortunately, the trend of diluting the depth and scope of investigative journalism can even be seen in high-quality programs like CBS' 60 Minutes, which has been a favorite show of mine since its inception over four decades ago.
As noted by Sharyl, the reasons for the decline of investigative journalism are complicated. But a big part of it is due to commercial concerns; basically, commercial and corporate influences came into play, and media outlets grew to accept commercialization as part of the news process.
"I call it soft censorship," Sharyl says. "When you know you have a sponsor and you know it's important to the corporation, are you really going to offend the sponsor by going after stories that they don't like?
But I do think it's more overt than that sometimes. The sponsors explicitly complain and argue at the corporate level that certain stories and topics shouldn't be done.
We know this is true based on one anecdote I put in the book, but there are other anecdotes and experiences that reporters have had, where they've been told that this is the case.
Additionally, there are political factors. There were managers at CBS in those last two years that inserted their ideology into the reporting of producers and reporters, who by and large were very fair. That can change the whole tone of the reporting."
One of the examples in Sharyl's book that really hit home for me was when Hillary Clinton ran against Obama for president, and while on the campaign trail told reporters she had dodged sniper fire on a trip as First Lady, 12 years prior, when she visited Bosnia.
It seems like a silly thing to lie about, but lie she did. Sharyl and other journalists had been on that trip, and they all knew no one had dodged sniper fire, least of all the First Lady. Fortunately, Sharyl had archived videos of the event to prove it.
"It couldn't be farther from the truth, the idea that we had been shot up by sniper fire," Sharyl says.
"There are a couple of choices – just being untruthful for her own benefit, or was she delusional, which is a little frightening. But I think the public got past that because they accepted her as the Secretary of State."
Another point Sharyl makes very effectively in her book is that there's this collaboration within the media, such that if one agency picks up a story, they all run the same story. You can watch the nightly news on every channel, and the story will be presented in virtually the same way, sometimes more or less verbatim.
"Too often, I think they don't want to cover a major controversy unless others have already covered it, like the New York Times or the Washington Post; then it's safe.
They don't want to cover certain stories for ideological reasons. They don't want to cover certain stories against corporate partners that might harm corporate relationships."
Intimidation and Harassment of Journalists
True investigative journalists, such as Sharyl, have also become targets of intimidation and harassment. For example, at one point her computer and phone lines were hacked to find out what she was working on.
"I assume there are a handful of journalists who do that sort of critical reporting on the government, and on this administration in particular, that they wanted to watch.
They never dreamed I would luck upon the resources to have the computer examined by experts that could find the software they deposited in my computer.
This software was proprietary to a government agency, either the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), National Security Agency (NSA), Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)...
They had my keystroke data... They could look at all my files. They used Skype audio – I didn't know this was possible – but they could turn it on invisibly, without you knowing it, to listen into conversations. They could also remove files using Skype... We were able to confirm these highly sophisticated long-term, remote intrusions."
Another interesting book for anyone interested or concerned about matters such as these is Future Crimes: Everything Is Connected, Everyone Is Vulnerable, and What We Can Do About It by Marc Goodman. The book discusses in great detail how this type of hacking can occur, and more importantly, what simple measures we can do to protect ourselves. It's a reality. And if they're doing it to top-notch investigative reporters, certainly everyone is a candidate.
On Astroturfing...
"Astroturf" is the effort on the part of special interests, whether corporate or political, to surreptitiously sway public opinion and make it appear as though it's a grassroots effort for or against a particular agenda, when in reality such a groundswell of public opinion might not exist. Sharyl explains:
"They turn to things like social media – Facebook and Twitter – using pseudonyms and multiple accounts to spread things around. They use their partners who blog for them, write things, and pick up on one another's work until sometimes it's been picked up in the mainstream media as if it's a fact.
It's all intended to make you feel as though if you hold a certain opinion that they don't want you to have, you're the outlier. Everybody else agrees with 'X' except you, and that may not be the truth. This is a huge business... There are actually PR firms that specialize in these sorts of tactics.
Astroturfing is now more important, I am told by lobbyists and PR firms, to many clients than the direct lobbying of Congress because it's so effective to reach out to the public. They may have someone write a letter to the editor and you don't know that person is being paid by a special interest to advance a certain opinion.
They may start as a nonprofit without saying out front that they're behind the nonprofit. The nonprofit may then look like a charity that's advancing a certain opinion, which is actually acting on behalf of the corporate interest or the special interest. Again, it's very widespread..."
Hallmark signs of astroturfing include using key language - words such as crank, crack, nutty, pseudo, conspiracy, and other language that's effective with the public to try to make you dismiss an argument they don't like. Another hallmark of an Astroturf campaign is attacking those who are questioning authority, such as reporters who are exposing the truth, whistleblowers who dare to step forward, and people asking tough questions.
It's important to be aware of these kinds of concerted efforts to distort the truth, and to understand how they're done, because these "faux concern" campaigns can have a profound influence on your perception of reality.
Astroturfing in Action
A perfect example of astroturfing just occurred when a GMO front group attacked Dr. Oz after he reported on the now scientifically established hazards of glyphosate, and the media swallowed and regurgitated the propaganda without any critical thought whatsoever. Slate magazine publicized the attack with the headline “Letter from Prominent Doctors Implies Columbia Should Fire Dr. Oz for Being a Quack.”
The letter accuses Dr. Oz of repeatedly showing “disdain for science and for evidence-based medicine, as well as baseless and relentless opposition to the genetic engineering of food crops.”
The letter was signed by Dr. Henry I. Miller and nine other “distinguished physicians.” What the media has failed to address is that Dr. Henry Miller is hardly a concerned physician. He’s actually a now well-known shill for the GMO industry.
In his capacity as its front man, he was caught misrepresenting himself during the Anti-Prop.37 campaign in 2012, pretending to be a Stanford professor opposing GMO labeling, when in fact he is not a professor at Stanford. The TV ad had to be pulled off the air because of this misrepresentation.
Aside from that, he has a long and sordid history1 of defending toxic chemicals such as DDT, in addition to defending Big Tobacco. Some of the other nine physicians are also less than distinguished. As noted by US Right to Know:
“One was stripped of his medical license in New York and sent to federal prison camp for Medicaid fraud. Yet Dr. Gilbert Ross plays up his M.D. credentials in his role as acting president of the American Council for Science and Health (ACSH). Ross was joined on the Columbia letter by ACSH board member Dr. Jack Fisher.
So what is ACSH? Though some reporters treat it as an independent science source, the group has been heavily funded by oil, chemical, and tobacco companies, and has a long history of making inaccurate statements about science that directly benefit those industries – for example claiming that secondhand smoke isn’t linked to heart attacks, fracking doesn’t pollute water...
These facts are relevant in stories about scientific integrity. The scientific accuracy and motivations of the accusers matter when they are publicly challenging the scientific accuracy and motivations of somebody they are trying to get fired. We urge reporters and editors to take a closer look at the sources selling them story ideas, and to act as better watchdogs for the public interest”.
Dr. Henry Miller and American Council for Science and Health Are False Fronts for the GMO Industry
Indeed, Henry Miller and ACSH are false fronts for the GMO industry, plain and simple. They are part of a PR hack strategy of astroturfing, and the mainstream media are too inept to look behind the curtain to see what’s really there.
The fact of the matter is that this attack on Dr. Oz is orchestrated not by concerned physicians or scientists but rather by industry shills whose job it is to attack anyone who embraces a more natural approach to health and/or raise damning questions that might hurt the industry’s bottom-line.
Why Conventional Media So Rarely Tells You the Truth About Health
One industry that wields a great deal of power within the media today is the pharmaceutical industry. It's rare to sit through an evening of television without viewing several drug ads. They also advertise heavily in print and online media.
The advertising dollars they spend not only generates sales, it also gives them the power to influence what's being reported in the news. Here's just one example:
"There's a story in my book about former executive producer of mine who got a phone call from the sales division, which was very inappropriate.
He said the sales person from CBS was kind of screaming at him because we'd been doing a lot of stories looking at side effects and problems with the very popular and billion-dollar-selling cholesterol-lowering drugs, statins.
The advertisers didn't like that. Therefore, someone from the CBS corporate apparently didn't like that, and called down and said something like, 'If you keep doing these stories, it's going to be really, really bad for CBS...'
I think that happens more often than we know explicitly. But this time, it was followed by what I see as all of the media backing down on pharmaceutical-related stories.
We were doing very aggressive coverage of problems within the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) – not just me, but all the networks and a lot of print publications – about vaccines side effects, and about other medical issues. That all has virtually stopped.
You can almost point to a time period when it seems someone made a phone call and said, 'That's it fellas. There are advertisers.'
And you won't see these stories now even when there's a multi-billion-dollar criminal settlement against drug companies for mismarketing drugs that are commonly used. That's a huge story that should be leading the news in my opinion.
But most people probably never heard of it because those are things that offend the sensibilities of advertisers, who now control to some degree the editorial content of networks, publications, and print publications that are advertising.
And, as you know, they have several lobbyists for every member of Congress on Capitol Hill so they can make sure certain hearings don't happen. As recently as last year, they were able to stop a planned vaccine-related hearing. The control is almost total in my view. That's just one example of a corporate influence."
What Are Some 'Big' Stories Not Being Reported Right Now?
According to Sharyl, if journalists would simply cover the news with facts and fairness, topics like vaccine side effects would receive far greater coverage. The reason it doesn't is because that topic has been deemed "untouchable." Other emerging health issues that you don't hear about in the news include the emergence of enterovirus EV-D68. It's a polio-like virus, but it's not polio.
Thousands of people were stricken with it last year, and the virus appears to be linked to cases of paralysis. At least a dozen children also died from it, yet you didn't hear about this on the news because it was not, unlike the measles vaccine, something the government was interested in promoting.
"Too often reporters wait for the government to tell them what's a story and what's not a story. They won't do the digging on their own, which I think is a very bad trend.
But I tried to find out about this [enterovirus] and asked the CDC some questions, to which they replied they didn't gather certain data.
I searched the web and found that the CDC had published a paper with the data that I've asked for! So it was completely false what they told me..."
Sharyl's book exposes many of the inside strategies that go on to suppress this type of information. Since leaving CBS News and finishing her book, she's been writing freelance, publishing a number of stories she would have had a hard time telling before, such as the story of how a government experiment on premature babies misled parents with an unethical consent form to enroll their premature babies in the program.
This study was conducted at prestigious research institutions by the government across the country. After some of the babies died, the study was stopped. Even the government's own ethics body concluded that the consent form was unethical because it didn't actually inform the parents that their babies were being entered into a study.
They were just told that this treatment would be good for their baby. In reality, the babies were randomly placed into high-oxygen or low-oxygen groups - not what was best for them individually.
The parents were unaware that their child was being given treatment based on the flip of a coin. The parents also didn't know that their child was placed in an oxygen machine that had been disabled to give false readings.
"That story was published in Daily Signal,3 which is a heritage foundation news organization that started last year. They've done some excellent reporting and haven't tampered with my stories," Sharyl says.
What the Media Isn't Telling You about 'ObamaCare'
Another story Sharyl believes has been underreported is that of HealthCare.gov. "The US government is still hiding public documents that have been under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) for a long time," she claims.
And the media simply reports whatever the government says, even though the government has been caught providing false information, including providing false statements under oath to Congress. There are still details of this health care program that we don't know anything about, and why is that?
"For millions of Americans, I think, this law is turning out to be disastrous and too expensive," she says. "There's now a new class of uninsured people who had insurance, but who've been bumped off or have gone off because they can't afford it now. The insurance isn't covering what people need.
Certainly, there are people who have benefitted, people who couldn't get insurance before. There's no doubt about that. That's going to be reported on, but what's not reported is that many people are suffering severe consequences..."
In her book she also exposes the debacle of how HealthCare.gov was developed, so if you're interested in learning more about that, please pick up a copy of Stonewalled.
Sharyl has donated proceeds from Stonewalled to the University of Florida to put on a Freedom of Information forum for students and professionals, in which they brainstormed to come up with ideas for making the government more responsive to public information request; how to fix the freedom of information process, "which is entirely pointless and useless now," as Sharyl says.
So, when you buy her book, part of the proceeds are going towards ongoing efforts to help influence a more open and honest government, which is clearly something that needs work.
The Medical Cartel: Too Big To Fail, Too Evil To Expose April 28 2015 | From: JonRappoport
There are several reasons why the medical cartel is too big to fail: the enormous amount of money at stake; its aim to control populations.
In this article, I want to examine a related reason. Suppose it was discovered that thousands of bridges around the US were in imminent danger of collapsing? Not because maintenance and repair were lacking, not because the materials used to build them were cheap and shoddy. But because the original designs were inadequate and broke basic rules of engineering.
Suppose five or six major manufacturers built their automobiles so the vast majority of power derived from the engines was transferred to one wheel? Suppose the US Dept. of Agriculture recommended that all farmers spray their crops with heavy chlorine instead of water?
In other words, the science itself is fraudulent.
This revelation, above all, is what the medical cartel tries to guard against. Their profession has shoved in all its chips on the propaganda proposition that it does impeccable science.
Science sells. The appearance of it sells. It’s the foundation stone of many industries.
Were that stone to crack and shatter, all bets would be off. A titanic fraud would come to light. The kind of fraud that would both freeze people’s minds and blow them away.
Science is the most powerful rationalization in the modern world. Consensus reality would fail and disperse without it.
Every credential behind that figure is immaculate.
The author of the paper that presented the statistics was the late Dr. Barbara Starfield, a revered public health expert who worked for many years at the Johns Hopkins School of Public Health.
Her review, “Is US health the best in the world?”, was published on July 26th, 2000, in the Journal of the American Medical Association.
Starfield’s breakdown was as follows: the medical system kills 119,000 people a year in the US as a result of maltreatment in hospitals. The other 106,000 people are killed by FDA-approved medicines.
The FDA must approve every drug as safe and effective before it is released for public use.
It’s the medicines I want to focus on in this article. 106,000 deaths a year translates to an astonishing 1,060,000 deaths per decade.
How are these drugs approved?
Clinical trials are conducted. Reports of those trials are written. The reports, the studies, are published in peer-reviewed medical journals. The studies ARE the science.
If a million people per decade are being killed by the drugs, then a huge number of published studies proclaiming the drugs are safe are sheer fraud. There is no other way to put it.
This statement from Marcia Angell, former editor of the New England Journal of Medicine, echoes the fact:
“It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.”
The medical cartel rests on cataclysmic fraud, scientific fraud.
Imagine what would happen if just one major media outlet decided to take on this story and push it for all it’s worth. Not merely an article or two - an ongoing campaign of relentless exposure.
The silence from that quarter speaks volumes about the controlled press and what it stands for.
Over the years, I’ve written much about the the FDA. I thought I’d assemble a small fraction of it in one place, to reveal what this federal agency is really all about and why it should be dismantled, amid a blizzard of prosecutions and convictions for negligent homicide and, yes, murder.
The FDA website page is available under the heading, “Why Learn About Adverse Drug Reactions.” You can search for it using the Startpage.com search engine.
The FDA takes no blame, no responsibility for its own actions, and yet it admits the death statistics are accurate.
Understand this very clearly. No medical drug in America can be released for public use until and unless the FDA states it is safe. The FDA is the agency that makes every such decision on every drug. The buck stops there.
Yes, the FDA has a “special relationship” with the pharmaceutical industry. Yes, the FDA utilizes doctors on their drug-approval panels that have ties to the pharmaceutical industry. But, in the end, it is the FDA official seal that opens the gate and permits a drug to be prescribed by doctors and sold in the US.
In all my research on this medical-drug holocaust, I have never found a case in which any FDA employee was censured, fired, or criminally prosecuted for the killing effects of these drugs.
That is a track record Organized Crime would be proud of, and the comparison is not frivolous.
On this FDA website page, the FDA also readily admits that medical drugs are the fourth leading cause of death in America, ahead of pulmonary disease, diabetes, AIDS, pneumonia, accidents, and automobile fatalities.
The FDA website page also states there are 2 million serious adverse reactions (ADRs) from the ingestion of medical drugs, annually, in the US. That would be 20 million ADRs per decade.
When the FDA says “serious,” they aren’t talking about headaches or slight dizziness or temporary nausea. “Serious” means stroke, heart attack, neurological damage; destruction of that magnitude.
Examining these figures for death and debilitation, can you find any comparable documented crime in the American landscape? This is the kind of story that would make Watergate look like a Sunday-school picnic.
If a paper like the New York Times let loose their hounds to relentlessly explore the horror, I assure you that, in time, doctors and medical bureaucrats and even drug-company employees would come out of the woodwork with confessions, and the resultant explosions and outcries would shake the medical/pharmaceutical foundations of America and the planet.
It would shake and destroy the SCIENCE.
But these major media outlets are an intrinsic part of the Matrix that protects and sustains the crimes and the criminals. It isn’t just drug-advertising profits that keep the leading newspapers and television networks silent. It’s collusion to protect “a revered institution” - the medical system.
Important TPPA Update: Not Just Relevant To US - Senator Warren Challenges Obama Administration To Make Secretive Terms Of TPP Trade Agreement Public April 27 2015 | From: Sott
Senator explains the real reason why TPP remains so secret, even as Congress begins voting on measures to ram it through, is because 'if the American people saw what was in it, they would be opposed to it.'
"The Administration says I'm wrong - that there's nothing to worry about," Warren wrote in a blog post addressed to constituents and the general public on Wednesday. "They say the deal is nearly done, and they are making a lot of promises about how the deal will affect workers, the environment, and human rights. Promises - but people like you can't see the actual deal."
Warren's statement came as members of the Senate Finance Committee on Wednesday evening—despite an attempt by Sen. Bernie Sanders to slam the brakes on the process - voted to pass trade promotion authority, or Fast Track, that would give President Obama and his administration the ability to negotiate the final terms of the TPP (as well as a similar deal with Europe), while relegating the congressional role to "all or nothing" up-or-down votes on the trade pacts.
Passed by a vote of 20-6, the Fast Track measure received support of seven Democrats on the committee and all but one Republican. In addition to Sen. Ron Wyden (Ore.), who co-sponsored the bill, the other Democrats who voted in favor of Fast Track were Sens. Maria Cantwell (Wash.), Ben Cardin (Md.), Bill Nelson (Fla.), Tom Carper (Del.), Mark Warner (Va.), and Michael Bennet (Colo.).
In his recent comments, Obama has called the TPP the "most progressive trade deal in history," but critics like Warren have responded by saying if that is true - if the deal is so great and wonderful - why won't the administration release the details so the public can see for themselves? Though lawmakers have received numerous briefings and can see draft versions of the agreement, they are forbidden from disclosing the details of what it contains.
So why hasn't the deal—other than through bits and pieces of un-sanctioned leaks—been made available to the general public even though corporate interests have had a seat at the table throughout the multi-year negotiating process? According to Warren, and despite assurances from Obama and others, the reason is simple: "We can't make this deal public because if the American people saw what was in it, they would be opposed to it."
She continued:
"For more than two years now, giant corporations have had an enormous amount of access to see the parts of the deal that might affect them and to give their views as negotiations progressed. But the doors stayed locked for the regular people whose jobs are on the line.
If most of the trade deal is good for the American economy, but there's a provision hidden in the fine print that could help multinational corporations ship American jobs overseas or allow for watering down of environmental or labor rules, fast track would mean that Congress couldn't write an amendment to fix it. It's all or nothing.
Before we sign on to rush through a deal like that - no amendments, no delays, no ability to block a bad bill - the American people should get to see what's in it."
Sen. Warren also appeared on The Rachel Maddow show on Wednesday night to explain her opposition. When mentioned by Maddow that the White House has now promised that there would be a "public comment period" after the TPP was approved by Congress but before President Obama signs it, Warren laughed out loud.
"They're asking [Congress] to vote now on greasing the skids," Warren said in response,
"so that we give up any chance to be able to amend it, any chance to be able to block it, any chance to be able to slow it down. [The White House is saying,] 'Give all that up and then you'll get to see the deal on the other side.' I just don't think that's reasonable."
With a separate vote on Fast Track scheduled for Thursday in the House Ways and Means Committee, the debate in Congress - and across Capitol Hill - has now reached a fevered pitch.
In extended comments from the Senate floor on Wednesday, Sen. Sanders explained his ongoing opposition to TPP and his attempt, though only briefly successful, to slow down the legislative push by TPP proponents who are currently moving as fast as they can to ram the deal through:
And as Sen. Warren concluded in her latest statement, "We've all seen the tricks and traps that corporations hide in the fine print of contracts. We've all seen the provisions they slip into legislation to rig the game in their favor. Now just imagine what they have done working behind closed doors with TPP. We can't keep the American people in the dark.
Comment: The Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement is being negotiated in total secrecy by 12 countries. Despite the wide-ranging effects on the global population, few people have access to the full text of the draft agreement and the public, who it will affect most, have none at all.
The secrecy surrounding the terms is a broad hint that the beneficiaries of this agreement will primarily be transnational corporations and the majority of the global population may well suffer from its effects.
This World Is A Dystopian Freak Show, By Any Standards -
But It's Not Going To Stay This Way April 26 2015 | From: Sott
The world is so messed up that calling it a 'freak show' doesn't quite do it justice...
We need a new word to capture just how backwards, upside down, screwed up, and utterly freakish our world really is. Thankfully, we may have found one, thanks to our friends in Russia and an odious little troll known to inhabit the U.S. State Department until approximately 1 week ago.
The whole world is psaki. We may also have found a word to describe the only proper response to seeing just how psaki the world is, thanks to Jen Psaki's equally cringe-worthy, 'ex-CIA' deputy, Marie.
There's only one thing to do when you're confronted by such a scale of lies: to harf.
Jen Psaki
What makes the world so psaki? Why does it make us want to harf? Well, let's start with the people who inspire the words. What can we say about Jen Psaki and Marie Harf?
Marie Harf
They're both perfect poster children for the banal psychopathology upon which the USA, and by extension the rest of the world, is built. They're oh, so 'normal' with their cute smiles, propensity to humor and the ease with which they handle difficult situations.
They're not just living the American dream, they are the American dream. But closely study these people, what they say and the way they say it, and you realise that those charming traits are used to mask a cold-blooded and ruthless ability to tell bare-faced lies to the world.
And not just any old lies, but lies that obscure the fact that the US government is responsible for the deaths of innocent civilians on a daily basis. When you realise that, the smile and lighthearted manner isn't so 'cute' any more.
Then again, they are the official State Department media liaisons, and therefore are tasked with white-washing the crimes of the massive planetary boil that is the US government and all of its institutions.
Having said that, we took the announcement that Psaki would no longer be gracing the State Dept. stage with her question-dodging and lie-spewing with a bit of disappointment.
Harf was a decent replacement, but Psaki was such an easy target for us to highlight US government duplicity, and her regular 'endearing' blunders and non sequiturs and seeming inability to distinguish truth from falsehood, provided morbid entertainment to those who could see behind the veil of cuteness.
As an example, here's what Psaki had to say on February 23rd about American stooge and president of Yemen, Hadi, who was recently deposed in the coup which sparked the Saudi and US bombardment of Yemen.
Unbelievable. If anyone's 'revising history' it's Psaki. Newsflash, Jen: the Maidan coup in Ukraine was unconstitutional. We would recommend you to actually read the Ukrainian constitution and see for yourself.
Here she is defending Ukrainian PM Arseniy Yatsenyuk calling Russians 'subhumans', and their Foreign Minister calling Putin a "f***er", from June of last year:
As for Mini-Psaki, Marie Harf, here she is giving what she gleefully considers a 'straight answer' to a yes or no question, in which she refuses to answer yes or no. It appears she has graduated from the same school of governmental bullshit as Psaki:
Psaki must have been proud. Nothing is psakier and more harf-worthy than being deliberately obscure, smug, insulting, and presenting black as white. Then again, that's the US government for ya!
Psaki and Harf are just two relatively minor and worthless humans in the grand scheme of things. But their positions make them perfect examples of pretty much everything that is wrong with this uni-polar, US-led global society that is soon to go the way of the dinosaurs:
they lie, they're arrogant, they're smug and self-certain, they're insulting, they're so wrong they're 'not even wrong' about anything of importance, they're apologists for terrorism, torture, murder, and rape.
This is the face of empire: all that is contemptible in human affairs, covered up with expensive clothing, expensive hair-dos, and forced smiles.
In fact, everything is backwards. Chances are, if it's common knowledge - if you hear it coming from the mouthpieces of Western governments, media, and institutions - it's a load of psaki harf.
And it's astounding that lies are so consistently and so strongly peddled and defended, when they're obvious nonsense. Let's look at just a few examples from fields other than politics that are, nonetheless, intrinsically connected to it.
Sinkholes
Twenty years ago, practically no one knew what a sinkhole was. Now there are reports of them swallowing up sections of roads, vehicles, homes, and even people on a daily basis. The official explanations of 'burst pipes' and 'subsidence' are ludicrous.
Obviously something has changed in a pretty fundamental way over the last couple of decades, but no one seems to notice. Even the earth can't seem to 'keep it together' any longer. The planet is 'opening up', and has begun to 'swallow' people, cars and homes.
If that doesn't make people sit up and take notice, we don't know what will...then again, people, in a general sense, are complete idiots. So let's not hold our breaths.
We feel compassion for them, but in the way that you feel compassion for a drowning person who won't allow you to come near them because they won't stop freaking out and threatening to drown both of you. You just have to keep your distance and shake your head in dismay at the tragedy of it all.
Fireballs
Either human life spans have become remarkably short, or something is up in the skies too. Because 'once in a lifetime' fireball/meteor sightings are now extremely frequent. As usual, there is no official explanation, just the repetition of "extremely rare" or "once in a lifetime".
Now and again some NASA fool pops up to explain that there are millions of space rocks circling our planet all the time, so it's not so unusual that we would see them in our atmosphere from time to time...like once in a lifetime, or every day. It's all in the complicated science, so don't think too hard about it, until one lands in your neighborhood.
Even then, don't think too much about it. It was probably a gas explosion or a fertilizer plant exploding for some banal reason. Check out the latest episode of Keeping Up with the Kardashians instead.
Comets
It's not that surprising that no one seems to be noticing the fireballs, seeing how ridiculous comet science has been for the last century. Comets are not dirty snowballs.
That's been obvious for generations, but it doesn't stop so-called scientists from continually being baffled when the obvious smacks them in the face, or when a dirty snowball beats the odds of a snowball's chance in hell and flies through the Sun's atmosphere intact and they still call it a 'dirty snowball'.
NASA scientists are like an educationally challenged infant that just can't seem to figure out that fire burns and keep sticking their hand on the hot plate.
Global Warming
Speaking of shoddy science, you'd think that these idiots would be able to realize that global warming is a fraud for the simple reason that there has been no global warming for the last 18 years.
But facts mean little to government scientists and their lay lackeys, especially when they can be covertly skewed or the declining temperature data 'hidden' in exchange for a fat pay check.
Ukraine
Just take everything Psaki says about Ukraine, turn it into its opposite, and you'll have a pretty good idea of what's really going on. The Maidan coup was illegal, violent, fascist, sponsored by the U.S., and aimed at making Russia angry.
There hasn't been any Russian invasion, the rebels in the east are not terrorists, and the current regime in Kiev is founded on rape, murder, and torture.
Crimea
Crimea democratically chose to return to Russia. Russia didn't 'invade and occupy'. Crimeans are now happy to be part of Russia, much happier than they would have been suffering the "glory of Ukraine" in the form of psychopathic low-life Right Sector terrorists 'cleansing' the region of all things Russian.
Remember that the next time you hear some brain-dead moron bemoaning the 'loss' of Crimea from Ukraine, and Ukraine's 'glorious' ambition to take it back.
Russia
Russia is not an aggressive state. NATO has been the aggressor, and Russia has been responding as reasonably as possible given the psakiness of the morons with which it has to deal (e.g., Dr. Breedlove, or how he learned to stop thinking and love the bomb).
Putin is not the next Hitler; in fact, he's probably the sanest, smartest, most insightful and capable leader on the world stage today, leagues ahead of ineffectual puppets and intellectual minnows like Obama, Hollande, Merkel, Poroshenko, Harper and other harf-inducing excuses for human beings.
Yemen
Hadi was and is a U.S./Saudi puppet. The people didn't want him in power any longer. Rather than take the example of so-called Russian aggression in Crimea as their model - peacefully protecting the civilian population and allowing them to express their will - Saudi Arabia and the rest of the corrupt pseudo-Muslim royal family freaks in the Gulf went with the so-called democratic option: bombing the hell out of the place.
ISIS
ISIS is not the greatest threat to countries like the United States. It is a collection of psychopathic mercenaries created, trained, funded, and armed by Western and Gulf states for the purpose of 'asymmetric' warfare against nations it wishes to destabilize and to prevent from becoming self-sustaining, stable powers in their own right.
The so-called coalition fighting against ISIS is a joke. The airstrikes are ineffective. The U.S. and UK regularly air-drop supplies to ISIS and provide military advisers. It's theater, and very poor theater at that.
Syria
Assad runs a secular, moderate government. He didn't gas his own people. He is doing a better job fighting ISIS than the almost unimaginable might of the 60 nations allegedly 'fighting ISIS'.
That's because ISIS's purpose just happens to be exactly the same as the U.S., Israel's and Saudi Arabia's purpose: to destabilize the region and effect regime change to ensure the status quo is upheld.
Iran
Iran doesn't have a nuclear weapons program. The 'negotiations' are a joke: they are negotiating about a non-existent issue. Iran is shackled with sanctions because Israel and the U.S. want to punish the country, keep it isolated, and make the Middle East 'safe' for Israeli dominance. Israel, in the form of Netanyahu, has been claiming Iran is "about to get the bomb" for 20 years!
Why does anyone take this person seriously? He's obviously not a serious person.
Democracy
Democracy is a hollow word. No, scratch that, it's actually a complete bullshit word devoid of any meaning. Calling the system of government in the 'freedom-loving' West 'democracy' is like saying that inmates of a mental asylum enjoy all the benefits of democracy.
They are free to run around and bang their heads off walls and smear food on their faces all they want. On the other hand, any semblance of real democracy in the world is labelled 'authoritarianism' (as in Russia), or 'illegal' (as in Crimea), by the West, while gross violations of democratic principles and practices are lauded as perfectly all right: illegal invasions, murderous predator drone strikes, systematic torture, stifling of dissent, mass surveillance, rigged elections, false-flag terrorism.
But we suppose that 'rule by the people' still makes sense, if the only 'people' are the 1% and the others are only 'subhumans', as Yats sees Russians.
Police
The police force in the U.S. is no different than an organized crime mob. Actually, scratch that, they're worse. They lie, cheat, steal, rape, and murder without consequence.
They kill more civilians in a month than the UK police force does in a century. They are not here to 'serve and protect'.
Most of the people who want to become cops are people who enjoy power for its own sake, who enjoy violence, and who don't have much going on in the region of the head that usually contains the brain. But they do have a serious inferiority complex. These people should be knocking each other senseless in a boxing ring, not charged with a position of any social responsibility.
Materialism
Modern western culture is shallow, crude, hedonistic. It disparages real thought, values, and spirit. Western philosophy is even worse. Truth is confined to an abstract realm that ignores the facts of human experience, or confined to a narrow category of things that can make money.
When matter is the be-all-end-all, there is no room for values, and anything is permitted: for example, making up test results, silencing authors of unpopular or inconvenient truths, and letting science essentially become a 'propaganda catapult' in service of business interests and profits, not truth and actual social usefulness.
Diet
Have you noticed that almost all the food that 'they' said would kill you in no time at all 20 years ago is now sort of essential for optimal health? And conversely, all that you were meant to stuff down your gullet with wild abandon is now being described as possibly deadly?
Who are these jackasses that pass themselves off as doctors and scientists? The fact of the matter is that pretty much everything you think is true in the realm of medicine and health is probably completely wrong.
We wonder how that happened? Saturated fat bad for you? Nope. Cigarettes the biggest killer? Not even close. Carbs are good for you? Fat chance. We eat the wrong foods, swallow pills we don't need, suffer and die, all to feed an industry more interested in making a buck than making us better.
So there you have it. Anyone who has any issue with any of the above, please feel free to write to your local, state or federal politician so he or she can have a good laugh at your letter and carry on wasting/stealing your tax dollars; covering up the evidence that they and their ilk enjoy sexually abusing your children and teaching you to do the same, until your children are old enough to be conned (and encouraged by you) into joining the military (or a bank) and thereby contributing to the murder of innocents in "far off lands" for the profit of the same kind of psychopaths to whom you sent your complaint letter.
Enjoy it while it lasts. Because it ain't gonna.
WIRED Magazine Now Totally Admits What The Entire Media Called 'Loony Conspiracy Theories' Just Five Years Ago To Be Real April 25 2015 | From: NaturalNews
Remember when it was considered the subject matter of tin foil hat-wearers to surmise that everything we do, say, or search for online is being tracked by covert government agencies acting in blatant violation of the U.S. Constitution?
Well, now it's become common knowledge that we live in this exact, illicit surveillance society, as is now openly admitted by popular media sites such as WIRED.
A recent piece by the site's Bruce Schneier lifts a veil on the mass surveillance activities taking place by the likes of the National Security Agency (NSA), whose cover was blown by whistleblower Edward Snowden in 2013, and subsequently by several others.
Initially, it was thought that such technological capacity only existed in sci-fi films, and that surely government agencies don't have the time or resources to collect information on, well, everyone.
But now it turns out that this premise is actually a reality -- the military-industrial complex, in the name of "national security" and the faux "war on terror" is actively collecting what Schneier explains is a treasure trove of metadata on practically every [western person] American.
And it is doing so without consent or constitutional approval, with seemingly no recourse for those who would choose, if they could, to opt-out.
"We may not like to admit it, but we are under mass surveillance," writes Schneier for WIRED, dispelling all accusations that government spying is some kind of loony conspiracy theory.
NSA and other treasonous organizations surveil Americans to maintain military dictatorship, not to protect "national security"
In his eye-opening report, Schneier highlights the difference between data, or more precisely the content of a person's conversations and emails, and metadata, which he dubs the context of a person's entire life. By simply analyzing who you call regularly rather than what you're actually saying during a call, for example, agencies like the NSA are able to compile what they believe to be an accurate profile of what you're doing and thinking.
Based on this information, the powers that be believe they're entitled to make decisions about your "threat" level - not in terms of a real threat to freedom or liberty, of course, but a threat to the establishment that's fighting wars, destroying economies, and controlling the world, in essence, in the construction of a centralized world order.
It's all about power and control, in other words, and the cohort of metadata that can be gathered through internet search histories, mobile phone calls, and other sinister tracking protocols is the direct means to this end.
Your privacy isn't a concern in any of this, and the corporations involved in making these data mining activities a reality are oftentimes just accessories to treason.
Because in truth, the activities of agencies like the NSA are what really constitute terrorism, not the everyday movements, thoughts, and communications of a supposedly "free" people.
Data mining and spying by the government are both patently criminal activities, and no amount of "national security" propaganda will ever change that fact. And yet these practices continue because most people aren't willing to stop them.
"Metadata absolutely tells you everything about somebody's life," admitted NSA General Counsel and traitor Stewart Baker about what our infiltrated government apparatus is up to when it comes to tracking the population.
"If you have enough metadata you don't really need content. We kill people based on metadata."
In the words of the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF):
"The U.S. government ... has engaged in massive, illegal dragnet surveillance of the domestic communications and communications records of millions of ordinary Americans at least 2001."
Uprooted & Evicted: World Bank-Funded Projects Force Millions Off Their Land April 24 2015 | From: RT
World Bank ventures in less developed countries are hurting the people the organization has sworn to protect, with almost four million people across the globe left homeless, forcefully evicted and relocated as a result of World Bank-funded projects
A probe by the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ), which examined World Bank's records in 14 countries, discovered that some 3.4 million of the “most vulnerable people” were forced off their land in the last decade.
The World Bank “has regularly failed to live up to its own policies for protecting people harmed by projects it finances,” ICIJ states as one of its key findings.
The World Bank as well as the International Finance Corporation (IFC), which distributes the funds, have invested $455 billion in nearly 7,200 projects between 2004 and 2013 in the developing world, ICIJ says. More than 400 were confirmed to have caused the permanent displacement of local communities, while another 550 may have made locals homeless.
“An ICIJ analysis found that between 20 and 30 percent of all projects the bank funded from 2004 to 2013 were deemed likely to cause resettlement,” report’s summary reads.
The World Bank finances thousands of projects ranging from major oil pipelines and dams to small schools and clinics. In some countries the organization reportedly closed its eyes to numerous human rights violations. The ICIJ investigation was surprised to discover that in some instances, the World Bank continued to fund projects in “undemocratic” states even after evidence of abuses such as rape and torture emerged.
For instance in Ethiopia, former officials told journalists that the state used millions of dollars from health and education projects to fund a violent campaign of mass evictions of local populations. Yet despite numerous complaints from human rights groups and the indigenous Anuak population, the World Bank disputed claims that their money has been misused or misappropriated.
Kenyan forest conservation project using World Bank cash is claimed to be another example where funds were used to chase locals out of their ancestral homes.
The 11-month-long ICIJ investigation revealed that most of forced resettlement cases appear to take place in Asia and Africa. In Asia almost 3 million people were either left homeless or resettled, while in Africa that number stands at over 400,000.
The organization’s investment in China resulted in the resettlement of at least 1 million people, the investigation said.
In Vietnam alone some 1.2 million people were displaced during the construction of dams and power plants by the organization.
“Research has shown that millions of people have lost their livelihood and have been pushed into conditions of poverty because of large hydro-electric dams,” environmental and human rights activist and director of Right and Ecology, Annie Bird, told RT.
“It is an investment which has not resulted in furthering the mandate of the World Bank, which is eliminating poverty.”
The full list of affected countries also include Albania, Brazil, China, Ethiopia, Honduras, Ghana, Guatemala, India, Kenya, Kosovo, Nigeria, Peru, Serbia, South Sudan and Uganda.
From 2009 to 2013, the study found, World Bank Group lenders “pumped $50 billion into projects graded highest risk for their “irreversible or unprecedented'” social or environmental impact. That numbers, the authors estimate, is twice as much as the previous five-year span.
ICIJ informed World Bank of their discoveries in March, warning of “systemic gaps”.
“We took a hard look at ourselves on resettlement and what we found caused me deep concern,” Jim Yong Kim, the World Bank’s president, said in a statement at the time.
“One is that we haven’t done a good enough job in overseeing projects involving resettlement.”
The organization also compiled a five page “action plan” that it said would improve its programs.
“We must and will do better,” said David Theis, a World Bank spokesman, in response to the reporting team’s questions.
As the largest contributor to the Wold Bank, the US government is largely to blame for the organization’s shortcomings, Bird believes.
“The Bank could take measures to find alternatives for people who are losing their livelihoods to large infrastructure projects, it has just never been prioritized,” she says.
“I think a lot of responsibility for that lies with the member nations, particularly with the United States government which has the largest share and voting power in the World Bank and therefore sets an important part of the Bank’s lending agenda.”
Learn more about what the real agenda of the World Bank here.
Top Of The South Defence Force Exercise To Test Troops' Response To Crisis April 23 2015 | From: NelsonMail
A rebel militia in the Murchison backcountry, humanitarian crisis in the Marlborough Sounds and civil unrest across Tasman district will form the basis of a major New Zealand Defence Force exercise
Army soldiers and Pinzgauers come ashore in Akaroa Harbour, Canterbury, during Exercise Southern Katipo in November, 2013
The Top of the South will play the part of a small South Pacific country on the brink of collapse requiring a United Nations mandate for international intervention during the training exercise in November.
Exercise Southern Katipo is the defence force's biggest exercise, involving more than 2000 military personnel and likely international participants from Australia, Canada, French Armed Forces of New Caledonia, Pacific Islands nations, the United Kingdom and the United States.
Fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters, ships, Light Armoured Vehicles (LAV) and other military vehicles and equipment will be used during the exercise.
Lead exercise planner Colonel Martin Dransfield was in Nelson on Friday to meet with Tasman police district commander Karyn Malthus and local iwi leaders in preparation for the operation.
The exercise has been run every two years since 2011. The first exercise in February 2011 was cancelled as the defence force had to respond to the Christchurch earthquake.
It is designed to simulate a real crisis situation either in New Zealand or one of our Pacific neighbours.
Nelson Lakes, Marlborough Sounds and Westport will become the troubled, but fictitious, Bekara region.
"Within that there is this scenario based on a failing state," Dransfield said.
"A previous strong economy, the forestry, the coal, the gold mining are now not as successful so therefore you've got high unemployment which leads to a breakdown in law and order, criminal activity, which is then exploited for political reasons so it ends up with militia-type groups."
The exercise will start with military personnel being deployed as "actors" in Westport, Murchison, Okiwa Bay, Nelson Lakes and other locations across the district.
They will play the roles of members of the community, tourists, rebel militia and a minority group that has become isolated.
The defence force will then deploy at Westport by air and Titirangi Bay by sea in response to the crisis.
There will be three simultaneous scenarios. The first is a humanitarian crisis at Okiwa Bay where a minority group has been isolated and cut off from clean water, food and health supplies. Tourists would also be trapped in the area and require evacuation, Dransfield said.
The second is a rebel militia causing problems in the Matakitaki River area near Murchison.
And the third scenario of civil unrest would unfold at the Dip Flat air force field training facility near St Arnaud and also incorporate Rainbow Ski Area.
Dransfield said the exercise was as close as it gets to the real thing.
"To be world class you have to constantly train. The sporting analogy of the All Blacks or the Tasman rugby team, you can't just turn up on the day, you have to train hard to play well."
The public would also be asked to take part in the exercise by playing along with the storyline when defence force personnel arrive. The communities that will be affected will be informed of the exercise via briefings, newsletters and flyer drops closer to the time.
Exercise Southern Katipo will start on November 2 and run until November 27, however the military "actors" will be embedded by mid-October.
Historic Satanic Ritual Abuse Case Claimed In New Zealand
April 23 2015 | From: TVNZ This story will be alarming to anyone who is aware of how Satanic Ritual Abuse works with respect to Mind Control, personality alters and related matters
While in this case, the 'medical experts' claim that recovered memories using the techniques implemented in the 1990's were flawed, the other details of the story are suspicious.
A typical New Zealand family that moved around a lot because of the work of ther Banker father, a family that seemed so normal that nobody would ever suspect what the daughter later claimed after recovering memories, that she had been ritually raped, had been a part of satanitc ritual murders - and that her mother was a Satanic Priestess...
"In 1992 John Saunders was accused (along with his parents) of sexually abusing his sister as part of a satanic cult. This is his story."
Signs That 'The Elites' Are Feverishly Preparing For Something Big
April 22 2015 | From: ZeroHedge What in the world are the elite up to? In recent days, we have learned that the New York Fed is moving a lot of operations to Chicago because of concerns about what a “natural disaster” could do, the federal government is buying 62 million rounds of ammunition commonly used in AR-15 semi-automatic rifles for “training” purposes, and NORAD is moving back into Cheyenne Mountain because it is “EMP-hardened”.
In addition, government authorities have scheduled a whole host of unusual “training exercises” all over the nation. So are the elite doing all of this in order to prepare for something really BIG, or should we just chalk up all of this strange activity to rampant government paranoia?
First, let’s talk about what the New York Fed has been doing. What kind of natural disaster would be bad enough to completely shut down the operations of the New York Federal Reserve Bank? It would have to be something very unusual, and apparently the New York Fed is very concerned that such an event could happen. According to Reuters, the New York Fed has been transferring personnel to Chicago and building up its satellite office there just in case a “natural disaster” makes it impossible for normal operations to continue in New York…
"The New York branch of the U.S. Federal Reserve, wary that a natural disaster or other eventuality could shut down its market operations as it approaches an interest rate hike, has added staff and bulked up its satellite office in Chicago.
Some market technicians have transferred from New York and others were hired at the office housed in the Chicago Fed, according to several people familiar with the build-out that began about two years ago, after Hurricane Sandy struck Manhattan.
Officials believe the Chicago staffers can now handle all of the market operations that are done daily out of the New York Fed, which is the U.S. central bank’s main conduit to Wall Street.
This seems very odd."
In all of U.S. history, there has never been a natural disaster in New York City that would have been bad enough to totally shut down the operations of the New York Fed for an extended period of time.
So why are they so concerned? Well, I can think of one event that could cause such a disruption… An east coast tsunami.
This is something that I wrote about in this article. But other than that, it is hard to imagine a natural disaster which could shut down the New York Fed for an extended period of time.
Another very odd thing that we learned about this week is an absolutely massive purchase by the government of ammunition that is commonly used in AR-15 semi-automatic rifles. The following comes from an article by Paul Joseph Watson…
MIT Researcher: Glyphosate Herbicide Will Cause Half Of All Children To Have Autism By 2025 April 17 2015 | From:HealthImpactNews
Why? Evidence points to glyphosate toxicity from the overuse of Monsanto’s Roundup herbicide on our food.
For over three decades, Stephanie Seneff, PhD, has researched biology and technology, over the years publishing over 170 scholarly peer-reviewed articles. In recent years she has concentrated on the relationship between nutrition and health, tackling such topics as Alzheimer’s, autism, and cardiovascular diseases, as well as the impact of nutritional deficiencies and environmental toxins on human health.
At a [recent] conference, in a special panel discussion about GMOs, she took the audience by surprise when she declared,
“At today’s rate, by 2025, one in two children will be autistic.”
She noted that the side effects of autism closely mimic those of glyphosate toxicity, and presented data showing a remarkably consistent correlation between the use of Roundup on crops (and the creation of Roundup-ready GMO crop seeds) with rising rates of autism.
Children with autism have biomarkers indicative of excessive glyphosate, including zinc and iron deficiency, low serum sulfate, seizures, and mitochondrial disorder.
A fellow panelist reported that after Dr. Seneff’s presentation;
“All of the 70 or so people in attendance were squirming, likely because they now had serious misgivings about serving their kids, or themselves, anything with corn or soy, which are nearly all genetically modified and thus tainted with Roundup and its glyphosate.”
Dr. Seneff noted the ubiquity of glyphosate’s use. Because it is used on corn and soy, all soft drinks and candies sweetened with corn syrup and all chips and cereals that contain soy fillers have small amounts of glyphosate in them, as do our beef and poultry since cattle and chicken are fed GMO corn or soy.
Wheat is often sprayed with Roundup just prior to being harvested, which means that all non-organic bread and wheat products would also be sources of glyphosate toxicity.
The amount of glyphosate in each product may not be large, but the cumulative effect (especially with as much processed food as Americans eat) could be devastating. A recent study shows that pregnant women living near farms where pesticides are applied have a 60% increased risk of children having an autism spectrum disorder.
Other toxic substances may also be autism-inducing. You may recall our story on the CDC whistleblower who revealed the government’s deliberate concealment of the link between the MMR vaccine (for measles, mumps, and rubella) and a sharply increased risk of autism, particularly in African American boys.
Other studies now show a link between children’s exposure to pesticides and autism. Children who live in homes with vinyl floors, which can emit phthalate chemicals, are more likely to have autism. Children whose mothers smoked were also twice as likely to have autism. Research now acknowledges that environmental contaminants such as PCBs, PBDEs, and mercury can alter brain neuron functioning even before a child is born.
This month, the USDA released a study finding that although there were detectable levels of pesticide residue in more than half of food tested by the agency, 99% of samples taken were found to be within levels the government deems safe, and 40% were found to have no detectable trace of pesticides at all.
The USDA added, however, that due to “cost concerns,” it did not test for residues of glyphosate.
Let’s repeat that: they never tested for the active ingredient in the most widely used herbicide in the world. “Cost concerns”? How absurd - unless they mean it will cost them too much in terms of the special relationship between the USDA and Monsanto.
You may recall the revolving door between Monsanto and the federal government, with agency officials becoming high-paying executives - and vice versa! Money, power, prestige: it’s all there. Monsanto and the USDA love to scratch each others’ backs. Clearly this omission was purposeful.
In addition, as we have previously reported, the number of adverse reactions from vaccines can be correlated as well with autism, though Seneff says it doesn’t correlate quite as closely as with Roundup. The same correlations between applications of glyphosate and autism show up in deaths from senility.
Of course, autism is a complex problem with many potential causes. Dr. Seneff’s data, however, is particularly important considering how close the correlation is - and because it is coming from a scientist with impeccable credentials. Earlier this year, she spoke at the Autism One conference and presented many of the same facts; that presentation is available on YouTube.
Monsanto claims that Roundup is harmless to humans. Bacteria, fungi, algae, parasites, and plants use a seven-step metabolic route known as the shikimate pathway for the biosynthesis of aromatic amino acids; glyphosate inhibits this pathway, causing the plant to die, which is why it’s so effective as an herbicide. Monsanto says humans don’t have this shikimate pathway, so it’s perfectly safe.
Dr. Seneff points out, however, that our gut bacteria do have this pathway, and that’s crucial because these bacteria supply our body with crucial amino acids.
Roundup thus kills beneficial gut bacteria, allowing pathogens to grow; interferes with the synthesis of amino acids including methionine, which leads to shortages in critical neurotransmitters and folate; chelates (removes) important minerals like iron, cobalt and manganese; and much more.
Even worse, she notes, additional chemicals in Roundup are untested because they’re classified as“inert,” yet according to a 2014 study in BioMed Research International, these chemicals are capable of amplifying the toxic effects of Roundup hundreds of times over.
Glyphosate is present in unusually high quantities in the breast milk of American mothers, at anywhere from 760 to 1,600 times the allowable limits in European drinking water. Urine testing shows Americans have ten times the glyphosate accumulation as Europeans.
“In my view, the situation is almost beyond repair,” Dr. Seneff said after her presentation. “We need to do something drastic.”
‘The Black Spider Memos': Prince Charles, Secrecy And The British Government April 16 2015 | From: 21stCenturyWire
A little known but potentially significant bundle of letters written by Prince Charles could alter the public perception, and ultimately the course of a fragile British monarchy in the 21st century.
Why are these letters so important? Aren’t the monarchs in Britain just ‘figureheads’? These letter expose the monarchy’s ability to privately lobby government on matters concerning themselves, and to micro-manage any affairs pertaining to themselves.
“In 2006, the former deputy private secretary and press adviser to the Prince of Wales, Mark Bolland, said that the Prince had referred to himself as a “dissident” who worked against the prevailing political consensus.[6]
Concerning Charles’s views, Bolland said that he “…routinely meddled in political issues and wrote sometimes in extreme terms to ministers, MP’s and others in positions of political power and influence…
The prince used all the means of communication at his disposal, including meetings with ministers and others, speeches and correspondence with leaders in all walks of life and politicians. He was never party-political, but to argue that he was not political was difficult…
These letters were not merely routine and non-controversial…but written at times in extreme terms…containing his views on political matters and individual politicians at home and abroad and on international issues…
I remember on many occasions seeing in these day files letters which, for example, denounced the elected leaders of other countries in extreme terms, and other such highly politically sensitive correspondence.”[7](Source: Wiki)
As a ‘privy counsellor’, Prince Charles gives himself the right to communicate confidentially with British cabinet ministers about “matters that concern him.”[6]
Special privileges for those who believe they are the rightful rulers of this planetary fiefdom. Here, here…
Over this month, British officials, with enormous reluctance, will relinquish the contents of 27 letters by Prince Charles to the press termed the “black spider memos” spanning the period between September 2004 and April 2005.
A better view into the idiosyncratic views of the prolific letter writing prince might be offered, though it is unlikely to be spectacular. The Royals, notably the British ones, have tended to be fairly open about their antediluvian prancing in a world that has somehow left them behind.
But that was not the point of The Guardian newspaper’s ten year challenge, which yielded rewards last month with a 5 to 2 Supreme Court ruling rejecting the attempt by former Attorney-General Dominic Grieve to veto publication. The veto had been directed against the decision of the freedom of information tribunal which rejected Grieve’s efforts to keep the lid on the correspondence.
In 2012, Grieve argued that the correspondence contained the “most deeply held personal views and beliefs” that effectively constituted his training to be a monarch. The tribunal found, however, that it was:
“in the overall public interest for there to be transparency as to how and when Prince Charles seeks to influence government.”
The rather vague constitutional justifications for secrecy again demonstrate how woolly logic has a habit of finding its ways into the highest departments of supposed constitutional democracy. Should the public be interested in what the Prince and future heir to the throne is considering in letters to the ministers of the crown? Perhaps less than the efforts of government to suppress the contents of such correspondence.
Amendments made to the Freedom of Information Act in 2010 suggest that knowing one’s royals – at least in terms of thoughts, however threadbare – is not something governments wants the public to know.
The persisting addling of British thinking on this score is that transparency is only good in modest doses, and is not something necessarily required over large swathes of government. Communications from a monarch, heir, and second in line are exempt for 20 years, or five years after the individuals death.
Then comes the government veto, which was overridden by the UK Supreme Court. In the words of Lord Neuberger, President of the court;
“There is no clear or specific suggestion anywhere in the [FOI Act] that it is intended that [a veto] should enable a member of the executive to over-ride a judicial decision.”
The argument fired from the secrecy advocates was always one of protecting Charles – most probably from himself. You can’t spill the beans on the future monarch – to do so risks harming his ability to perform his duties, certainly on his ascension to the throne, should his enduring mother ever decide to leave this world.
A mystifying line taken by those mucking in for Charles is that of compromising political neutrality. It is evidently not in the public interest to know that the heir is, in fact, politically compromised. Keep that reality at bay. Advocates of privacy for Charles’ correspondence suggest that his correspondence be protected, notwithstanding it was with government ministers and officials. It is precisely for this reason that such correspondence can have value.
To what extent the royal understands his constitutional role in the structure of Westminster is not entirely clear. In such cases, presumption means little, and some politicians are wondering whether Charles should be leapfrogged.
“If there are serious questions about the suitability of Prince Charles as a monarch,” ponders Labour member Paul Flynn MP, “there could be a question in the public mind about whether to skip a generation.”
Prime Minister David Cameron is aggrieved at the whole business, finding fault with the view that senior members of the royal family have a direct, yet confidential line with the government of the day. Cameron;
“thinks that’s a principle we should uphold. So while we have taken steps in this parliament to strengthen the ability to do that through the FOI act, if there needs to be more done to make that clear, then the prime minister is clear those steps should happen in the next parliament.”
The imposition of further secrecy is something to look forward to.
The move on the part of republicans is to show Charles to be a significant meddler in the affairs of elected government. The demarcation between monarch and government is a fine one, managed by steady, sagacious heads. Charles’ mother, Queen Elizabeth II, may well have that; the republicans wonder whether the son sports a similar approach.
Campaign group Republic are awaiting to see if the letters reveal the prince to be “a serious political force rather than […] apolitical and harmless.”
Certainly, republicans might get a fillip from all of this, though it will hardly matter much. First comes the issue of what will be released. Heavy redaction may be expected. In Cameron’s own ominous words, “we will now consider how to release these letters.”
The second issue is how revealing the contents of such correspondence will actually be. The prince may well inhabit a twilight role of assumed powers and relevance, patched over by various causes and efforts at activism. But however eccentric, bizarre or simply dull in modesty, the privacy of such figures has to yield to a general understanding of public duty.
And that duty remains particularly onerous when faced with the dictates of Westminster democracy and parliamentary supremacy.
Obama, Clinton Charged In Terrorist Muslim Brotherhood Conspiracy April 13 2015 | From: WesternJournalism
Watch Western Center for Journalism’s exclusive video regarding the details on the traitor in the White House, Barack Hussein Obama, and his Muslim Brotherhood collaborator, Hillary Rodham Clinton. Note that the cabal are attempting to divide and conquer us all by way of religious separation and fabricated "terrorism" - and with awareness their ruse will fail.
In two separate criminal complaints, Egyptian lawmakers have charged Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton with conspiring with the Muslim Brotherhood.
According to one of the criminal charges, Hillary Clinton was found to be working with ousted Muslim Brotherhood president Mohammed Morsi’s wife, Naglaa Mahmood, in attempting to overthrow the current leader of Egypt, General Abdel Fatah Al-Sisi.
But this is just the tip of the iceberg.
Watch Western Center for Journalism’s exclusive video to find out all the details about the traitor in the White House, Barack Hussein Obama, and his Muslim Brotherhood collaborator, Hillary Rodham Clinton:
These 6 Corporations Control 90% Of The Media In America April 12 2015 | From: BusinessInsider
This infographic created by Frugal Dad shows that almost all media comes from the same six sources. [This is relevant to the rest of the world given their international holdings and influence.]
That’s consolidated from 50 companies back in 1983. Comment: And while it is US-specific, it portrays global trends in virtually every industry as the cabal roll out their centralist agenda, which would be vital if they were to be able to implement their New World Order - which is failing now in real time.
Note: This infographic is from last year and is missing some key transactions. GE does not own NBC (or Comcast or any media) anymore. So that 6th company is now Comcast. And Time Warner doesn’t own AOL, so Huffington Post isn’t affiliated with them.
But the fact that a few companies own everything demonstrates “the illusion of choice,” Frugal Dad says. While some big sites, like Digg and Reddit aren’t owned by any of the corporations, Time Warner owns news sites read by millions of Americans every year.
FBI Document Confirms Hitler Fled To Argentina In 1945 April 11 2015 | From: Geopolitics
Hidden in plain sight at FBI.gov, a document confirming the whereabouts of Adolf Hitler at the closing of World War 2 can be downloaded there.
He’s been roaming the entire United States until the ripe age of 92…
Click here to view this on the FBI website. Click here to download a PDF copy of the FBI document.
From the above document:
“January 12, 1945 – I received a visit from X, a well known German Agent. He hinted at the possibility of German defeat and gave me a period of two days to think of the most suitable spot in South America as a refuge for Hitler and a group of German Scientists and officers, in case the latter should find it necessary to “disappear from the world scene” temporarily.
January 13, 1945 – I wracked my brain trying to decide what spot would provide the greatest security. I decided to recommend Colombia, my own country.”
– 149, FBI document above
“After having made all the necessary arrangements, which required well over a month and a half, during which period I was constantly in contact with Germany and the “Hitler Group”…, the landing was made in Bahiahonda on July 19, 1945, at dawn.”
“For six days Hitler and his followers travelled on horseback , only at night, from Bahiahonda to the “La Loma” landing field. At the agreed hour of meeting three contact men and I waited at the rendezvous.
We had succeeded in acquiring three small four-passenger Stinson planes, to begin the trip from there to Narino. Then, I was suddenly informed by a high-ranking German officer that Hitler had changed his mind and he had decided not to hide on my property.”
– p 150, FBI document above
Newly declassified FBI documents prove that the government knew Hitler was alive and well, and living in the Andes Mountains long after World War II.
On April 30 1945, Adolf Hitler committed suicide in his underground bunker. His body was later discovered and identified by the Soviets before being rushed back to Russia. Is it really possible that the Soviets have been lying all this time, and that history has purposely been rewritten?
No one thought so until the release of the FBI documents. It seems that it is possible that the most hated man in history escaped war torn Germany and lived a bucolic and peaceful life in the beautiful foothills of the Andes Mountains.
The Intelligence Community Knew
Recently released FBI documents are beginning to show that not only was Hitler and Eva Braun’s suicide faked, the infamous pair might have had help from the director of the OSS himself, Allen Dulles.
In one FBI document from Los Angles, it is revealed that the agency was well aware of a mysterious submarine making its way up the Argentinian coast dropping off high level Nazi officials. What is even more astonishing is the fact that the FBI knew he was in fact living in the foothills of the Andes.
Who is the Mysterious Informant?
In a Los Angeles letter to the Bureau in August of 1945, an unidentified informant agreed to exchange information for political asylum. What he told agents was stunning.
The informant not only knew Hitler was in Argentina, he was one of the confirmed four men who had met the German submarine. Apparently, two submarines had landed on the Argentinian coast, and Hitler with Eva Braun was on board the second.
The Argentinian government not only welcomed the former German dictator, but also aided in his hiding. The informant went on to not only give detailed directions to the villages that Hitler and his party had passed through, but also credible physical details concerning Hitler.
While for obvious reasons the informant is never named in the FBI papers, he was credible enough to be believed by some agents.
The FBI Tried to Hide Hitler’s Whereabouts
Even with a detailed physical description and directions the FBI still did not follow up on these new leads. Even with evidence placing the German sub U-530 on the Argentinian coast shortly before finally surrounding, and plenty of eye witness accounts of German official being dropped off, no one investigated.
Information has emerged which indicates that the current Chancellor of Germany, Angela Merkel is either the daughter or grand daughter of Adolf Hitler and that she is the leader of the Fourth Reich. It is suggested that this photo is of the two.
Even More Evidence is Found:
Along with the FBI documents detailing an eye witness account of Hitler’s whereabouts in Argentina, more evidence is coming to light to help prove that Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun did not die in that bunker.
In 1945, the Naval Attaché in Buenos Aires informed Washington there was a high probability that Hitler and Eva Braun had just arrived in Argentina.
This coincides with the sightings of the submarine U-530. Added proof comes in the form of newspaper articles detailing the construction of a Bavarian styled mansion in the foothills of the Andes Mountains.
Further proof comes in the form of architect Alejandro Bustillo who wrote about his design and construction of Hitler’s new home which was financed by earlier wealthy German immigrants.
Irrefutable Evidence that Hitler Escaped:
Perhaps the most damming evidence that Hitler did survive the fall of Germany lies in Russia. With the Soviet occupation of Germany, Hitler’s supposed remains were quickly hidden and sent off to Russia, never to be seen again.
That is until 2009, when an archeologist from Connecticut State, Nicholas Bellatoni was allowed to perform DNA testing on one of the skull fragments recovered.
What he discovered set off a reaction through the intelligence and scholarly communities. Not only did the DNA not match any recorded samples thought to be Hitler’s, they did not match Eva Braun’s familiar DNA either. So the question is, what did the Soviets discover in the bunker, and where is Hitler?
Even former general and President Dwight D. Eisenhower wrote to Washington
It was not only General Eisenhower who was concerned over Hitler’s compete disappearance, Stalin also expressed his concerns. In 1945, the Stars and Stripes newspaper quoted then General Eisenhower as believing that the real possibility existed of Hitler living safely and comfortably in Argentina.
Is it Possible?
With all of the new found evidence coming to light, it is possible and even likely that not only did Hitler escape from Germany; he had the help of the international intelligence community. Released FBI documents prove that they were not only aware of Hitler’s presence in Argentina; they were also helping to cover it up.
It would not be the first time the OSS helped a high ranking Nazi official to escape punishment and capture. Look at the story of Adolf Eichmann who was located in Argentina in the 1960’s.
Did Hitler escape to Argentina? The answer is yes.
It Just Happened: The Moment The United States Lost It's Role... April 9 2015 | From: SovereignMan
Last week, the government of China closed the enrollment window to join its new Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) as a ‘founding member’
The AIIB, if you haven’t heard of this yet, is designed to essentially displace the Western-controlled IMF and World Bank.And prior to last Tuesday’s deadline, dozens of nations around the world from New Zealand to Denmark signed up to join.
From Ancient Rome to the British Empire, this has happened many other times in history. This time is not different. And everyone else in the world seems to get it. . . except for the US government.
They act as if the financial universe will revolve around America forever - that they can print money, indebt future generations, and wage war as much as they want without consequence. But they’re completely blind.
Practically the entire world is lining up against them to form a brand new financial system that is no longer controlled by the US government. In an editorial published in the Financial Times, former US Treasury Secretary Larry Summers summed it up plainly saying that this;
“may be remembered as the moment the United States lost its role as the underwriter of the global economic system.”
The consequences of this shift away from a US-controlled financial system cannot be understated. No more endless spending. No more solving problems with more debt and more money printing. Suddenly it will be time for painful decisions in the US—like slashing Social Security benefits, drastically scaling back the military, and selectively defaulting on the debt. Make no mistake, this transition is going to be bumpy.
China may already be the largest economy in the world by many measurements. But the Chinese economy is in for some serious strain over the coming months and years as its massive credit bubble bursts.
So in addition to America’s fiscal and monetary challenges, the world is going to have to suffer through a potential Chinese crisis as well. But this does not affect the long-term story. Remember, nothing goes up or down in a straight line.
On its road to becoming the global superpower in the 20th century, the United States suffered its own series of deep economic setbacks - from the Panic of 1907 to the Great Depression, and several recessions in between.
China’s path will likely be similar. This is one of the most important trends of our time. And it’s happening right in front of our eyes.
The world is rapidly throwing off US financial domination. The global financial system is starting to reset. Global financial and political dominance is shifting. As with any great change, there are going to be people who get completely wiped out - primarily, people who didn’t see the change coming or chose to ignore the trend.
The flip side of this is that, for anyone with the intellectual courage and independence of mind to be paying attention, this is a time of extraordinary opportunity.
Some of the wealthiest people in Europe were minted in just a few years during the Weimar hyperinflation of the 1920s. And some of the greatest fortunes in the world (some of which still exist today) were made in the early days of the United States as the country rose to dominance.
That’s ultimately the opportunity we have today. We can’t do anything about the trend. It’s happening. What we can control is how we react to it: ignore it at our own peril, or seize the opportunities that come from it.
Just think about this for a couple of minutes. What if the U.S. Dollar wasn’t the world’s reserve currency? Empires Rise, they peak, they decline, they collapse, this is the cycle of history. This historical pattern has formed and is already underway in many parts of the world, including the United States.
Don’t be one of the millions of people who gets their savings, retirement, and investments wiped out.
Britain’s IoD: “Smart Meters Are A Government IT Disaster Waiting To Happen” April 9 2015 | From: TakeBackYourPower
The UK’s leading business network of company directors has issued a damning report and warning against the UK’s planned “smart” meter rollout.
IoD calls for Smart Meters scheme to be ‘halted, altered or scrapped’ to avoid ‘unjustified, over-engineered and expensive mistake’
The Government’s rollout of Smart Meters, digital energy meters designed to provide real-time usage statistics, should be “halted, altered or scrapped” to avoid a potentially catastrophic government IT disaster, the Institute of Directors warns today.
In a major new report entitled “Not too clever: will Smart Meters be the next Government IT disaster?” the IoD brands the £11bn scheme, the largest government IT project in history, “unwanted by consumers, devoid of credibility and mind-blowingly expensive”. The business group calls on an incoming government to review the project and “consider a fresh start”.
Smart meters are the largest UK Government-run IT project in history, and the most expensive and complex smart meter programme in the world.
The risks of such a huge programme with so much complexity are staggering.
The pace of technological innovation may well leave the current generation of meters behind and leave consumers in a cycle of installation, de-installation and re-installation.
Three assessments of the programme by the Major Projects Authority have not been published. This is unacceptable.
It is imperative to move towards a cost-effective smart meter rollout by embracing one or all of the following cost-saving and simplifying measures:
i) Halting the smart gas meter deployment;
ii) Removing the requirement for an in home display;
iii) Reduce rollout to only those homes that have a high energy usage;
iv) Abandon attempts to stretch the rollout to flats and tower blocks;
v) Make the programme genuinely voluntary;
vi) Abandon the programme altogether and develop a smartphone app that allows customers to take their own readings.
Over the years, the ambition and scale of Government IT projects has not been matched by appropriate management and planning.
80 per cent of surveyed IoD members believe Government’s ability to deliver successful IT projects is poor.
The Smart Meter programme, which has the hugely ambitious target of installing 100 million new pieces of kit in homes and business by 2020, was initiated by Ed Miliband as energy secretary in 2008, following an EU Directive, and confirmed by the Coalition Agreement in 2010.
The report’s author, Dan Lewis, Senior Infrastructure Advisor at the IoD, calls the political consensus “a conspiracy of silence among politicians in thrall to big ideas and even bigger budgets”.
Lewis continues:
“The professed aims of the Smart Meter programme are laudable, and we all recognise the benefits of reducing consumption and increasing energy awareness. But there is little credible evidence to suggest that a scheme of this size and complexity will achieve those goals.”
The IoD report highlights a number of key concerns:
Despite the EU Directive, 11 nations have ruled out electricity smart meters and only 5 are pushing ahead with the 2020 target for gas meters. In contrast, as is so often is the case, the UK has gold-plated the Directive.
The government refuses to publish any of the reports on the programme by the Major Projects Authority.
The cost-benefit analysis conducted by the Department for Energy and Climate Change is so heavily redacted as to be almost unreadable.
The Smart Meter network would be vulnerable to cyber-attack and disruption.
Introducing time-of-day pricing to shift consumer demand will only work with price increases that are not politically realistic. Retail consumers really can’t change their energy consumption that much.
The report places the rollout of Smart Meters within the context of previous large-scale IT fiascos, including the infamous NHS National Programme for IT, the eBorders Programme and the BBC’s disastrous Digital Media Initiative. Furthermore, a recent survey shows that 80 per cent of IoD members rate the ability of government to manage large IT projects as “poor or very poor”.
Dan Lewis adds:
“This scheme is far from smart. The dishonourable roll call of government IT projects that have haemorrhaged vast amounts of taxpayers’ money to no discernible effect needs no further additions.
Consumers will not forgive the already unpopular energy companies for a costly programme which fails to deliver and ends up making them poorer. Without a change of direction, whoever wins the general election is at risk of overseeing a spectacular failure in the next parliament. They would be well-advised to consider a fresh start."
“Consumers do not want the meters, they have proved a costly mistake in countries where they have been rolled out, and the Government is withholding key details about their costs and benefits. This makes for a programme which is devoid of credibility, over-engineered and mind-blowingly expensive.
Perhaps the only reason why the cost and ambition of this project has not become a national scandal already is because of a conspiracy of silence among politicians in thrall to big ideas and even bigger budgets.”
A key area of concern outlined in the report is that the technology behind the scheme is untested and some parts will likely be obsolete by the scheduled switch-on date of 2020.
The new wireless standard, ZigBee, which is being developed for Smart Meters is complex and expensive compared to the better-known Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. Each property will also get an in home display, but there is scant evidence of consumer demand. British Gas found that only 60% of customers looked at their displays even once a month a year after installation.
An incoming government should consider the following changes:
Stop the smart gas meter deployment – only a handful of EU nations are planning to deploy gas smart meters by 2020. This would save billions of pounds.
Remove the requirement for an in home display – expected to cost £800m in total, the displays will be out of date in a few years. Far better to connect smart meters to people’s phones, tablets and PCs
Limit the rollout to homes with high energy usage – those who use more than 5,100 kWh of electricity, and 23,000 kWh of gas a year have much more to gain. This would reduce the scale of the rollout by 80%.
Abandon attempts to stretch the rollout to tower blocks – the most technically challenging aspect of the project with the lowest potential returns. This would remove seven million homes from the scheme.
Make the programme genuinely voluntary – offered to customers at their own expense, not subsidised by all.
Abandon the whole programme and develop a smart phone app instead – look into developing a smart app which would convert a photo of their current mechanical meter into a meaningful number for the suppliers. This would cost tens of thousands of pounds rather than billions.
Lewis added:
“We know that an incoming government will be under intense financial pressure, having to find further cuts to public spending. This does not fit well with increasing energy bills for a project that has such unrealistic targets, such large costs and such uncertain benefits.”
President Putin Reveals Possession Of 9/11 Satellite Imagery Evidence Indicating US Government Complicity In False Flag Attack April 8 2015 | From: StateOfTheNation
Pravda: "Putin Threatens to Release Satellite Evidence of 9/11"
There is no story bigger than 9/11 as far as the U.S. Federal Government is concerned. Simply put, it is and has been their lynchpin. When the American people come to understand that the attacks of September 11, 2001 were in fact a false flag operation carried out by proxies of the U.S. Federal Government, everything changes.
The transparent U.S. Government complicity in the coordination and coverup of the 9/11 crimes against its own citizenry has now been proven — UNEQUIVOCALLY — by mountains of scientific, circumstantial and anecdotal evidence.
Only because the Mainstream Media (MSM) has relentlessly covered up this crime against humanity, for well over 13 years and counting, have the successive administrations been free from prosecution.
That’s all about to change in 2015
President Vladimir Putin and the Russian Government have been pushed around and bullied, persecuted and prosecuted, for only defending their Motherland and their citizenry.
The Western powers (a.k.a. the Anglo-American Axis or AAA) led by the USA and UK, Germany and France, Australia and Canada, as well as Israel have participated in one scheme after another in order to falsely implicate Russia for their (AAA) own crimes of genocide in the Ukriane, Palestine and elsewhere around the globe.
How many fraudulent false flag operations is the CIA, MI6 and MOSSAD willing to carry out in order to falsely accuse Russia?
How many false flag attacks will the AAA criminal cabal conduct … against the innocent Russian - speaking civilians of the Eastern Ukraine? Or, against the innocent people from other countries like those nearly 300 passengers on Malaysian Flight MH17 that Kiev military jets blew out of the sky.
How many coverups can they maintain before their delusions of grandeur and illusions of faded glory catch up with them?
U.S. Foreign Policy has been run by dangerous amateurs and shameless provocateurs for decades
President Obama and VP Biden, Secretaries Kerry and Clinton, Senators McCain and Graham have each contributed majorly to the catastrophe that the Ukraine has become.
George Soros and Zbigniew Brzezinski, Obama’s ‘illustrious’ unpaid foreign policy advisors have also substantially contributed to the diplomatic disasters that led up to the Ukraine civil war. All of these same players have likewise played significant roles in recklessly restarting the Cold War, as if the world doesn’t have enough to deal with during these tumultuous times.
Now they (CFR, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, etc.) have pushed the Russians too far. Let’s see what’s in store for the the present and previous U.S. Administrations that have unrelentingly used and abused Russia since the breakup of the Soviet Union.
The pattern of abusive statesmanship and economic terrorism began with the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989. That represents over 25 years of exploitation and victimization that Russia has suffered at the hands of the AAA.
Putin’s Russia possesses indisputable scientific evidence of the real 9/11 crimes
How will these same AAA politicos and power-brokers respond when Putin starts disseminating authoritative evidence which proves — beyond any doubt — that the U.S. Administration was directly involved in the 9/11 attacks?
What follows is a rather crude translation of an article which recently appeared in PRAVDA, a now independent Russian news platform which is often used by the Kremlin to disseminate messages to the West. The title of the article has been translated as follows:
US Fears Russian Publication Of Satellite Photos Of The 9/11 Tragedy
Moscow (Pravda): American experts believe that despite the fact that relations between the US and Russia reached the worst point since the Cold War, Putin caused Obama only small troubles so far. Analysts believe that this “calm before the storm”.
Putin is going to hit once, but he’s going to hit hard.Russia is preparing the release of evidence of the involvement of the US government and intelligence services in the September 11 attacks. In the list of evidence is included the satellite images from 9/11.
Published material can prove the US Government complicity in the 9/11 attacks and the successful manipulation of public opinion.The attack was planned by the US government, but executed by using proxies, so that an attack on America and the people of the United States looked like an act of aggression of international terrorism.
The motive for deception and murder its own citizens served US oil interests and the Middle Eastern state corporations.
The evidence will be so convincing that it utterly debunks the official 9/11 cover story supported by the US government.
Russia proves that America is no stranger to using false flag terrorism against its citizens in order to achieve a pretext for military intervention in foreign countries. In the case of “the September 11 attacks,” the evidence will be conclusive satellite imagery.
If successful, the consequences of Putin’s tactics would expose the US government’s secret terrorist policies. The government’s credibility will be undermined and should bring about mass protests in the cities leading to an uprising, according to American analysts.
And then, how will the United States look in the world political arena? The validity of America’s position as a leader in the fight against international terrorism will be totally undermined thereby giving immediate advantage to the rogue states and Islamic terrorists.
The actual development of the situation could be much worse, experts warn.
Assange: Google Is Not What It Seems April 7 2015 | From: Newsweek
In June 2011, Julian Assange received an unusual visitor: the chairman of Google, Eric Schmidt, arrived from America at Ellingham Hall, the country house in Norfolk, England where Assange was living under house arrest.
For several hours the besieged leader of the world’s most famous insurgent publishing organization and the billionaire head of the world’s largest information empire locked horns. The two men debated the political problems faced by society, and the technological solutions engendered by the global network - from the Arab Spring to Bitcoin.
They outlined radically opposing perspectives: for Assange, the liberating power of the Internet is based on its freedom and statelessness. For Schmidt, emancipation is at one with U.S. foreign policy objectives and is driven by connecting non-Western countries to Western companies and markets. These differences embodied a tug-of-war over the Internet’s future that has only gathered force subsequently.
In this extract from When Google Met WikiLeaks Assange describes his encounter with Schmidt and how he came to conclude that it was far from an innocent exchange of views.
Eric Schmidt is an influential figure, even among the parade of powerful characters with whom I have had to cross paths since I founded WikiLeaks. In mid-May 2011 I was under house arrest in rural Norfolk, England, about three hours’ drive northeast of London. The crackdown against our work was in full swing and every wasted moment seemed like an eternity. It was hard to get my attention.
But when my colleague Joseph Farrell told me the executive chairman of Google wanted to make an appointment with me, I was listening.
In some ways the higher echelons of Google seemed more distant and obscure to me than the halls of Washington. We had been locking horns with senior U.S. officials for years by that point. The mystique had worn off. But the power centers growing up in Silicon Valley were still opaque and I was suddenly conscious of an opportunity to understand and influence what was becoming the most influential company on earth. Schmidt had taken over as CEO of Google in 2001 and built it into an empire.
I was intrigued that the mountain would come to Muhammad. But it was not until well after Schmidt and his companions had been and gone that I came to understand who had really visited me.
The stated reason for the visit was a book. Schmidt was penning a treatise with Jared Cohen, the director of Google Ideas, an outfit that describes itself as Google’s in-house “think/do tank.”
I knew little else about Cohen at the time. In fact, Cohen had moved to Google from the U.S. State Department in 2010. He had been a fast-talking “Generation Y” ideas man at State under two U.S. administrations, a courtier from the world of policy think tanks and institutes, poached in his early twenties.
Jarod Cohen
He became a senior advisor for Secretaries of State Rice and Clinton. At State, on the Policy Planning Staff, Cohen was soon christened “Condi’s party-starter,” channeling buzzwords from Silicon Valley into U.S. policy circles and producing delightful rhetorical concoctions such as “Public Diplomacy 2.0.”
On his Council on Foreign Relationsadjunct staff pagehe listed his expertise as “terrorism; radicalization; impact of connection technologies on 21st century statecraft; Iran.”
It was Cohen who, while he was still at the Department of State, was said to have emailed Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey to delay scheduled maintenance in order to assist the aborted 2009 uprising in Iran. His documented love affair with Google began the same year when he befriended Eric Schmidt as they together surveyed the post-occupation wreckage of Baghdad.
Just months later, Schmidt re-created Cohen’s natural habitat within Google itself by engineering a “think/do tank” based in New York and appointing Cohen as its head. Google Ideas was born.
Later that year two co-wrote a policy piece for the Council on Foreign Relations’ journal Foreign Affairs, praising the reformative potential of Silicon Valley technologies as an instrument of U.S. foreign policy. Describing what they called “coalitions of the connected,” Schmidt and Cohen claimed that:
"Democratic states that have built coalitions of their militaries have the capacity to do the same with their connection technologies.…
They offer a new way to exercise the duty to protect citizens around the world [emphasis added]."
Schmidt and Cohen said they wanted to interview me. I agreed. A date was set for June.
By the time June came around there was already a lot to talk about. That summer WikiLeaks was still grinding through the release of U.S. diplomatic cables, publishing thousands of them every week. When, seven months earlier, we had first started releasing the cables, Hillary Clinton had denounced the publication as “an attack on the international community” that would “tear at the fabric” of government.
It was into this ferment that Google projected itself that June, touching down at a London airport and making the long drive up into East Anglia to Norfolk and Beccles.
Schmidt arrived first, accompanied by his then partner, Lisa Shields. When he introduced her as a vice president of the Council on Foreign Relations - a U.S. foreign-policy think tank with close ties to the State Department - I thought little more of it. Shields herself was straight out of Camelot, having been spotted by John Kennedy Jr.’s side back in the early 1990s.
They sat with me and we exchanged pleasantries. They said they had forgotten their Dictaphone, so we used mine. We made an agreement that I would forward them the recording and in exchange they would forward me the transcript, to be corrected for accuracy and clarity.
We began. Schmidt plunged in at the deep end, straightaway quizzing me on the organizational and technological underpinnings of WikiLeaks.
Some time later Jared Cohen arrived. With him was Scott Malcomson, introduced as the book’s editor. Three months after the meeting Malcomson would enter the State Department as the lead speechwriter and principal advisor to Susan Rice (then U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, now national security advisor).
At this point, the delegation was one part Google, three parts U.S. foreign-policy establishment, but I was still none the wiser. Handshakes out of the way, we got down to business.
Schmidt was a good foil. A late-fiftysomething, squint-eyed behind owlish spectacles, managerially dressed - Schmidt’s dour appearance concealed a machinelike analyticity. His questions often skipped to the heart of the matter, betraying a powerful nonverbal structural intelligence.
Following a number of complaints from those expecting their weekly and monthly salaries to post, the bank apologised on Twitter for the glitch.
"We're aware that a number of customers are experiencing delays in receiving credits this morning, our tech team are working on this at the moment," the bank's customer care account, @UlsterBank_Help tweeted.
I Supposedly the problem is minor, short term and only happening at the one local branch. The bank has apologized for difficulties.
Unfortunately, the larger picture makes clear that this will happen again somewhere, and it could happen to many more people.
Even routine maintenance and website updates can be enough to block customers out of their accounts, often without even giving advanced notice; many credit unions, while offering a better choice, likely hold most of the same policies.
Consumer Affairs.com reported on many customers who've been shut out of their funds due to Suspicious Activities Reporting including cases where small business owners were considered potentially money launderers for conducting ordinary business by sending out checks to pay bills and employee salaries:
"I am a sole proprietor with a small business and have my income direct deposited into my checking account at 5/3. 3 days ago I went into the bank to get money orders and they treated me like I was robbing the bank.
After about 40 minutes, they gave me the money orders and unknown to me had placed two half-a-million-dollar holds on my accounts with them. I was told it looked like money laundering and was treated like I had done something wrong," she said.
"They won't give me my money and I can't pay my employees nor my bills. They basically stole my money and I have to fight to get it back."
If your bank statements are still being posted to an address that is no longer your residence, your bank account could be frozen, according to the South African Banking Risk Information Centre (SABRIC), which has urged South Africans to update their personal details with their bank.
In terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act (FICA), banks must have the correct customer information to ensure FICA compliance. 'Know Your Customer' (KYC) documents include, among others, identity documents and proof of address.
Similar policies in the United States, many of them established under terrorism laws, already require banks to automate monitoring and reporting of any suspicious transactions, including any transfers above $3,000 dollars, large cash withdrawals, all currency exchange activities and dozens of other details about individual accounts.
The laws even give banks legal immunity from any harm or false imprisonment that may come from false reporting "suspicious" activities.
As SHTF reported a few days ago, banks have even been ordered to seize cash from customers and alert police over large cash activities:
The Justice Department has ordered bank tellers across America to contact law enforcement if they suspect your cash withdrawal may have something to do with illicit activity. There doesn't need to be proof, or any sort of red flag indicator - merely suspicion by the bank teller processing your transaction is now enough to have you investigated by authorities.
What a lot of people don't realize is that banks are already unpaid government spies.
Federal regulations in the Land of the Free REQUIRE banks to file 'suspicious activity reports' or SARs on their customers. And it's not optional.
Banks have minimum quotas of SARs they need to fill out and submit to the federal government.
A new wave of tech disruptions may even occur, as American consumers step inside of an era of cybersecurity full of hacks, denials of service, account restrictions, password fails, lockouts and the integration of biometrics for authentication that ultimately connects billions of people through millions of nodes on a global Internet dominated by corporations and ultimately regulated by the highly political FCC.
What happens when individuals are locked out of their lives or unable to monitor their accounts due to changing rules and standards for things like verifications, password retrieval, insufficient funds and suspicious (or misunderstood) transactions that draw red flags.
Establishing the status quo of strict surveillance and control has played out under a narrative of white and black hackers battling it out under the new rules of the game for cybersecurity.
"The banks are not only doing this for compliance purposes, but also to minimise customers' exposure to bank crimes such as fraud, identity theft and cybercrime," Pillay insisted. (source)
Quite simply, banks are required to comply with any and all requests for information, and increasingly, you will be required to comply with the banks on these policies, including verified up-to-date information on all manner of personal information and transaction details.
How far will it go?
The Halifax bank in the UK is already running trials to wirelessly verify biometric readings of your heartbeat signature in order to authorize ATM and bank transactions:
Halifax is believed to be the first British bank to trial technology which will allow customers to prove their identity through the analysis of their heartbeat.
[...]
Bank customers of the future could wear slender bracelets which measure the intricate "cardiac rhythms" unique to every person.
[...]
As with today's existing contactless card technology, the bracelet, called a "Nymi", will communicate with a checkout till or cash machine to allow the customer to pay for goods or draw money.
Keeping your money in banks under these circumstances will make banking convenient only for the most compliant members of society.
On the other hand, pulling all your money out can already draw suspicions. You are most certainly being watched.
Hence, many people have already opted out of the banking system. As Daisy Luther reported, an estimated 43% of Americans don't rely on their deposits any more:
This means that 43% of the people who are saving money are not putting it in the bank. This is good news for those of us who wish people would wake up and see the net being cast around them, but bad news for the banks that depend on deposit accounts to be able to give out loans and earn interest.
[...]
In an recent interview, alternative asset manager Eric Sprott explains why stashing fiat currency in a bank is a bad idea:
In my mind the biggest reason to own precious metals is because of the risks in the banking system... you get nothing for putting your money in the bank... and yet when you have your money in the bank you take on all the risks of a leveraged bank... and I've always thought it's the risks in the banking system that would cause people to go to gold... (Source: SHTFplan)
Long term, there may be value and necessity in reorienting your efforts in the barter system, and not only being able to buy and trade goods and services in gold and silver, but in being able to sustain yourself by providing a useful skill or service.
Transitioning into that could be challenging, but is a worthwhile pursuit in your prepping readiness lifestyle, and a big part of being self-sufficient, as Tess Pennington's Prepper's Blueprint explains in chapter 53 on the importance of bartering and community for survival.
Don't say it couldn't happen, lest, we should wait for another MF Global to happen, and customers to take a loss on their stolen funds.
Comment: So not only are there laws on the books effectively criminalizing one for taking out large amounts of one's own money, not only are their "glitches" in withdrawing your money electronically, but the whole banking system itself is dangerously over-leveraged ie., horrible "investments" have been made with your money, which leaves your money in a very precarious position.
Update Regarding The German Jet 'Crash' In France April 4 2015 | From: NeilKeenan
Sources report US/NATO jets were in the immediate vicinity of the jet prior to the crash.
Evidence tampering: False reports were sent to NYT (New York Times) regarding the cockpit crisis.
Genuine Black Box found: Press Conference underway today in Marseille.
Potential Crisis in NATO Alliance – Is Europe finally fed up with Cabal warmongering?
I received information from my French Intel source (top of the intel chain). I have been asked to report to the public immediately what actually happened to the German A320 Airbus flight 4U 9525 from Barcelona to Dusseldorf.
The crash occurred at NATO training during which they were using a secret weapons beam from the US Air Force Defense’s “High Energy Laser Area” (HELLADS) at their military base at Aviano, Italy.
In the plane sat two US radar systems experts from the Pentagon. At the same time, CERN (The European Organization for Nuclear Research) had a power shut down. This is why the FBI has taken over the inquiry. President Obama is aware of the danger that this secret weapon creates for commercial aircrafts.
The report states that two jets were seen right before and during the crash and that the beam which came from these two aircraft is being investigated.
Today the flight data record from the second black box was discovered under the soil and in quite bad condition because of the explosion. Although burnt, they do expect to recover the data.
The journalists were presented with the pictures, and there was a model-type of the box that was presented for demonstration purposes because the BEA are now investigating the real box.
According to senior sources in European intelligence, the CVR cockpit voice recorder, which is pointing the finger of blame at a depressed and suicidal co-pilot, was transmitted by the BEA to the NYT prior to French investigators’ arrival at the scene to collect evidence for determining the cause of the crash.
The mass media are carrying out the same old script propaganda on the co-pilot’s life, insisting that this was an act of suicide. In fact, the one pilot who was interviewed stated that the co-pilot was absolutely fine when he had flown with him a month earlier. As usual, the mass media’s story does not make any sense.
The apparent planting of false evidence seems to have been bungled in this case, leading to strong speculation that a possible rupture may occur in the NATO alliance should this information become public.
In the wake of these developments, on March 31, 2015 the SNPF (pilots’ air association) made a claim against X to demonstrate to the courts how the evidence had been tampered with in an attempt to deceive not only the world but the Paris Court itself.
Press Conference Underway
There is [was] a press conference at 6 PM today in Marseille, France. The second black recorder box found on the crash site contains all details regarding flight data inside the cockpit. This direct evidence may well contradict the official story, giving rise to an explosive revelation should the allegations be borne out as true.
Public pressure on France to tear itself from NATO may well build, along with demands from the Italian public to close the NATO military base in Aviano, Italy.
When do we say enough is enough?
UPDATED:
The 6 PM conference in Marseilles just finished and here is what was said by French Intel: No editing no nothing – just as received.
“I just saw the press conference. The Flight Data recorder 2nd box was discovered under the soil today in quite bad condition because of the explosion (it has been burnt, but they expect to recover the data)
The journalists were presented with the pictures and had a model type presented instead because the BEA is now going to investigate) – That’s all that is being said.
There are no conclusions drawn by Mr. Robin (French prosecutor of Marseille) – I saw again that the mass media are carrying out the same script propaganda on the co-pilot’s life insisting on suicide etc. Despite that one pilot interviewed who said he was absolutely okay when he flown with him 1 month earlier.
It does not make sense. Time will tell, normally the BEA takes 2 years to draw conclusions with experts of all kinds...”
I wish you all well and feel pretty bad about all this.
Ex Pharmaceutical Sales Representative Comes Clean, Reveals Horrors Of Western Medicine April 2 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
An ex-pharmaceutical sales rep has come clean after fifteen years of being in the drug pushing business.
In her powerful book, Confessions of an Rx Drug Pusher, Gwen Olsen explains why she left her lucrative career selling drugs for some of the biggest names in the business – Johnson and Johnson, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Abbott Laboratories.
Now she passionately advocates against the pharmaceutical industry, their unethical practices, and the hundreds of thousands of lives they lead to the grave. Gwen’s eyes were opened through a gradual course of tragic events.
“It was an awakening process, a spiritual and consciousness process where I started observing what was happening, what some of the drugs were doing, the misinformation, the disinformation. I was being encouraged to minimize side effects when I talked to doctors. I started to realize that these patients were literally being tortured by the drugs,” states ex pharmaceutical rep Gwen Olsen. “There is no such thing as a safe drug,” she reiterates.
Her book unveils her experience selling pharmaceuticals and the dirty secrets the industry doesn’t want anyone to know. Olsen explains that when drugs hit the market, no one knows even 50 percent of the side effects associated with the drug. Doctors are convinced of the drug’s effectiveness and their patients literally become test subjects or lab rats for the pharmaceutical companies. Olsen even confesses, “We were being trained to misinform people.”
Young woman pushed over the edge by pharmaceutical drug spiral, burns herself alive
For years Gwen Olsen thought she was helping others by selling pharmaceuticals, but in 2004, a family tragedy opened her eyes to the truth.
“My niece was 20 years old, she was attending Indiana University and she was a pre-med student, an extremely intelligent, beautiful woman, and just a beautiful spirit inside and out. She was in a car accident and was prescribed vicodin hydrocodone for the pain, and became addicted.”
The vicodin destroyed her niece’s concentration, leading the young woman to turn to a stimulant drug called ephedrine. The drug helped her stay awake long enough to study for school, but that’s when she had a drug interaction.
“She had a drug interaction and ended up in the hospital, and they tagged her with a bipolar disorder, not a drug toxicity or a reaction to the drugs she was on. They started giving her more antipsychotics and mood stabilizers, and that set her on the road to becoming a mental patient,” said Olsen.
Soon thereafter, the young woman quit going to school as the side effects of the medication took hold. The more she tried to wean herself off, the more violent the side effects became. A dependency had formed in the chemistry of her brain and the twenty-year-old battled a severe depression.
Gwen reveals, “Her mom was on her way home to take her back to the psychiatrist and get her back on drugs. [That is when] my niece walked into her younger sister’s room and took an angel lamp that was filled with oil, and poured it over herself and ignited it, burning herself alive.
The realization struck Gwen to the core and she left her career selling pharmaceutical drugs. Now she speaks out against the deception, telling the gripping story of her niece’s suicide.
“It was a promise made to her that I would not let her memory be sullied, and tell people what had happened to her. She would not be remembered as a mentally or genetically defective person, I would not allow that to happen. And I realize that there are thousands and thousands of people out there that need a voice, and I’m serving as that voice,” she says.
“A large number of psychiatrists are dishonest, because I see them giving people drugs that they know are brain damaging therapeutics, that they know do not have positive, long-term outcomes, that they know will not cure anything. They just take a list of symptoms and call it a mental illness or disorder.”
Children are given fake diagnosis left and right and put on mind altering drugs with suicidal side effects. Psychiatrists can diagnose mental illness today without any scientific proof. No blood tests, urine tests, or PET scans are required. The result is millions of children are labeled and stuck on these drugs, trapped in a culture of hopelessness.
“I was so disillusioned, as well as angry, when I found out how much deception, how much misinformation was taking place and how I’d been used in that game. I literally was the one on the frontlines. I was harming people unintentionally, but I was responsible. I carry a burden for that now.”
China's SWIFT Alternative (CIPS) And The Engineered Death Of The U.S. Dollar April 1 2015 | From: Sott
Forget all the nonsense and hoopla about the Apple Watch or the GM stock buy-back. Far and away the most important economic story of the week is one you won't find on the front page of Bloomberg or MarketWatch.
New reports indicate that China is ready to launch its SWIFT alternative, and for those who have their ear to the ground this is the most significant move yet in the unfolding process of de-dollarization that is seeing the BRICS-led "resistance bloc" breaking away from the financial stranglehold of the US-led "Washington Consensus."
For those who don't know, SWIFT stands for the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication and is shorthand for the SWIFTNet Network that is used by over 10,500 financial institutions in 215 countries and territories to transmit financial transaction data around the world.
SWIFT does not do any of the clearing or processing for these transactions itself, but instead sends the payment orders that are then settled by correspondent banks of the member institutions. Still, given the system's near universality in the financial system, it means that virtually every international transaction between banking institutions goes through the SWIFT network.
This is why de-listing from the SWIFT network remains one of the primary financial weapons wielded by the US and its allies in their increasingly important financial warfare campaigns.
In 2012, SWIFT agreed to de-list 30 Iranian financial institutions (including the central bank) from their network as part of the US/EU-led sanctions on Tehran, a move that was meant to stop billions of dollars' worth of oil and export sales from being repatriated into the country and bring Iranian business to a standstill.
Throughout the recent tensions between the US bloc and Russia over the civil war in Ukraine, the idea that SWIFT could similarly de-list Russian banks has been repeatedly floated as a potential next step for the US and its allies.
Of course, SWIFT is nominally "independent" from any government entity and thus does not have to follow the dictates of Washington or anyone else pursuing their own personal vendettas in the financial arena. In practice, however, SWIFT put up no resistance whatsoever and obligingly complied with the Iranian sanctions request despite the fact that the blockade was repeatedly ruled illegal by the EU's own courts.
Does anyone doubt that, despite their protestations to the contrary, they would do any different if push came to shove with Russia? This is precisely why Moscow, Beijing and other countries in the cross hairs have been floating ideas of their own, namely the creation of an alternative payment network that bypasses SWIFT.
Now it seems that talk is materializing into something very real. Called the China International Payment System, the CIPS network is meant to facilitate cross-border transactions specifically in yuan and the latest reports suggest that the system is already in place and could be launched as early as this September.
If and when CIPS is launched, the results could be world historical in nature. Firstly it provides the Kremlin and other US/EU/NATO/Israeli enemies a potential alternative safe haven from the crippling sanctions that hang over their head in the current environment.
Secondly, it brings the yuan one step closer to being a fully-convertible currency, something that Beijing has been scrambling to achieve since the currency was rejected from the IMF's SDR basket following the last reconsideration of that basket in 2010. And finally, it further solidifies China as the center of the worldwide "resistance bloc" to the current status quo.
It's hard to underestimate just how important CIPS will be to making the yuan a major player on the global stage. Rather than having to clear yuan payments through correspondent banks in China or through specially designated clearing houses in Hong Kong or Europe or elsewhere, payments will now be nearly instantaneous through any CIPS-listed financial institution anywhere in the world.
Sadly, most alternative news outlets will end their analysis here, as if the creation of this alternate payment system in opposition to the US/EU/NATO/Israeli superpower's hegemon is an unmitigated good. But such an analysis relies on the assumption that the BRICS resistance bloc has motivations and intentions that are truly different than the existing power structure, and not merely rivalrous to it.
As viewers of The Corbett Report's podcast on "China and the New World Order" will note, China has been carefully positioned over the course of the past half century to be the "engine of the New World Order" and many of the (nominally) "American" oligarchs and political power-players who helped construct the current status quo have been pupeteering and overseeing the rise of the Chinese dragon since the days of Mao.
And as we have discussed before, the players who have been dominating world finance for decades (if not centuries) are not stupid; they are deliberately engineering the West's downfall in order to bring about their dreamed-of world governmental and world financial system.
Now those who are concerned about the US-bloc's superpower status and its seemingly monolithic control over the highly-centralized financial system represented by institutions like SWIFT are being asked to put their faith in an "alternative" system of centralized control that happens to be in the hands of Beijing.
But let's imagine that, somehow, in some way, the Chinese Communists were actually artfully deluding the Kissingers and the Brzezinskis and the other paymasters and chessmasters of China's economic "miracle" and actually did intend to use their new-found power for themselves.
To what end would they possibly use it? As a series of billboards popping up around Bangkok and other locations in recent months suggest, it is nothing less than to create a "New World Currency" to further consolidate their power on the international stage. Meet the New New World Order, same as the Old New World Order. Either way, all you get is centralized power-hungry tyrants lording over centralized bureaucracies like the IMF, the World Bank, the SDR, SWIFT, CIPS, the BRICS bank or the "people's currency" of the yuan.
But what if there was a truly alternative way around the SWIFT hegemon?
As it turns out, many Iranian banks have circumvented the SWIFT sanction in an almost embarrassingly simple way. Instead of using the SWIFT system to send and receive their payment orders, they simply pick up the phone or send an email.
Yes, it is less efficient and takes a bit longer to do, but it works just as well and there's nothing that SWIFT or anyone else can do to prevent banks from communicating directly with one another. Chalk this extremely simple workaround up as another victory for the concept of the "peer-to-peer economy" that we talked about in these pages in recent weeks.
When people (or organizations or institutions) can communicate directly, instantaneously and globally, the need for centralized bureaucracies like "SWIFT" or "CIPS" disappears just as assuredly as the horse-and-buggy or the zeppelin disappeared with the advent of the modern car or airplane.
Senior Academic Condemns ‘Deluded’ Supporters Of GM Food As Being ‘Anti-Science’ And Ignoring Evidence Of Dangers March 31 2015 | From: TheDailyMail
Dr Jane Goodall argues supporters of GM food ignored evidence of harm Endorsed US book which says GM producers have twisted evidence Publication comes as backlash against GM food is growing in US Primate expert warns Britain and Europe not to drop GM safeguards Accuses supporters of 'fraud' and says they are 'anti science'
Click on the image above to view a larger version in another window
Dame Jane Goodall, the renowned primate expert, has condemned ‘deluded’ politicians for pushing ‘Frankenstein Food’. The highly respected academic has endorsed a new book, which argues the companies responsible for developing genetically modified farming and food have twisted the evidence to minimise the dangers.
Historically, critics of GM food have been lambasted by the GM companies, scientists who rely on their funding, and politicians, including the UK Government, as being ‘anti-science’.
However, Dame Jane argues that the advocates of GM food have ignored evidence of harm with the result it is they who are guilty of being ‘anti-science’. The intervention is a powerful condemnation of the way biotech companies like Monsanto, Syngenta and Bayer, have forced GM crops and food on to dinner plates in the US without proper safety tests.
And she is joining a growing campaign warning that Britain and Europe must not drop safeguards that have kept GM crops out.
Dame Jane’s concerns have been raised in the foreword to a new book, ‘Altered Genes, Twisted Truth’, which is written by the American public interest lawyer, Steve Druker.
Its publication comes as the US is seeing a growing backlash against GM. Just last week it emerged that the country’s favourite chocolate manufacturer, Hershey, is to drop GM from its products. Dame Jane said she has become appalled as what she calls a ‘shocking corruption of the life forms of the planet’.
She said the GM process, which involves adding foreign genes to plants to create toxins to fend off insects or give them immunity to being sprayed with chemical pesticides has fundamentally changed them.
However, she complains that supporters of the technology have committed a ‘fraud’ by trying to give the false impression that these new plants are essentially the same as those created by conventional plant breeding.
She said:
‘This very real difference between GM plants and their conventional counterparts is one of the basic truths that biotech proponents have endeavoured to obscure. As part of the process, they portrayed the various concerns as merely the ignorant opinions of misinformed individuals – and derided them as not only unscientific, but anti-science.
‘They then set to work to convince the public and government officials, through the dissemination of false information, that there was an overwhelming expert consensus, based on solid evidence, that the new foods were safe. Yet this, as Druker points out, was clearly not true.’
Importantly, she claims, the companies have spread disinformation to try and win public support.
‘Druker describes how amazingly successful the biotech lobby has been – and the extent to which the general public and government decision makers have been hoodwinked by the clever and methodical twisting of the facts and the propagation of many myths. Moreover, it appears that a number of respected scientific institutions, as well as many eminent scientists, were complicit in this relentless spreading of disinformation.’
Dame Jane is considered to be the world’s foremost expert on chimpanzees. She is best known for her 55-year study of social and family interactions of wild chimpanzees in Gombe Stream National Park, Tanzania.
She was made a Dame in 2004 and holds many other awards for her environmental and humanitarian work, including the Benjamin Franklin Medal in Life Science, the French Legion of Honour, the Benjamin Franklin Medal in Life Science, Japan’ s Kyoto Prize and the Tyler Prize for Environmental Achievement.
The British government has signalled that it plans to use a new GM crop approval process to push ahead with growing the crops in this country. Separately, a new trade agreement between the EU and the USA, which is called TTIP, could make it much easier for GM foods from North America to appear on shelves here.
However, Dame Jane warns it would be an enormous risk to accept the technology and describes Mr Druker as a hero worthy of a Nobel prize for lifting the lid on the truth about GM.
She describes his work as one of the most important books of the last 50 years, and adds: ‘It will go a long way toward dispelling the confusion and delusion that has been created regarding the genetic engineering process and the foods it creates.
‘Although this book tells a story that’s in many ways distressing, it’s important that it has finally been told because so much confusion has been spread and so many important decision-makers have apparently been deluded.’
Mr Druker, who gave a press conference in London yesterday(wed), has challenged Britain’s Royal Society to apologies for its pro-GM stance and its part in rubbishing scientists who have safety doubts over the crops and food.
His work points to research which has found tumours, liver and kidney harm in animals given GM feed in trials. And he complains, that researchers who dare to raise these problems have been pilloried.
He said:
‘Contrary to the assertions of its proponents, the massive enterprise to reconfigure the genetic core of the world’s food supply is not based on sound science but on the systematic subversion of science – and it would collapse if subjected to an open airing of the facts.’
Pat Thomas, director of the campaigning group Beyond GM, warned the TTIP trade talks mean Britain and Europe could see a flood of biotech crops and food arriving here.
She said:
'Steven Druker’s investigation into the history of fraud and deceit that ushered in the era of GM deserves serious consideration before we take actions that will irreversibly alter the European food supply’.
Dr Julian Little a spokesman for Bayer CropScience was not aware of Drunker's book.
He said:
'We are now up to the three trillion meals and counting, that is meals containing GM ingredients, without a single substantial health issue since the beginning of the technology.
'There has been much dirt thrown but none of it has stuck.'
On its website Monsanto say they place the 'highest priority' on the safety of their products and conduct 'rigorous and comprehensive testing on each.'
They state: 'In fact, seeds with GM traits have been tested more than any other crops in the history of agriculture – with no evidence of harm to humans or animals.
'In addition, governmental regulatory agencies, scientific organizations and leading health associations worldwide agree on the safety of GM crops.'
A spokesman for the company added: 'The denial of the safety of GM seeds and food ingredients is as baseless as the denial of clearly documented climate change.
'Countless peer-reviewed scientific studies performed with biotech crops — including more than 100 feeding studies — have confirmed their safety, as reflected in the respective safety assessments by regulatory authorities around the world.'
Comment: One would expect that a publication such as the Daily Mail would seek to provide a 'balanced argument' but for those with eyes to see it is abundantly clear that GMO is driven by an agenda that is astoundingly dark and evil.
Planned Global WiFi From Space Will Destroy Ozone Layer, Worsen Climate Change, And Threaten Life On Earth March 30 2015 | From: ElectroPlague
Five companies are gearing up to provide high-speed global WiFi coverage from space within the next three to four years.
This would be an ecological and public health nightmare, according to a recently-formed international coalition: the Global Union Against Radiation Deployment from Space (GUARDS).
According to GUARDS, the extensive satellite networks required will endanger the ozone layer and significantly contribute to climate change. Rocket exhaust contains ozone-destroying chlorine, water vapor (a greenhouse gas), and aluminum oxide particles, which seed stratospheric clouds. Complete ozone destruction is observed in the exhaust plumes of rockets.
The New York Times (May 14, 1991, p. 4) quoted Aleksandr Dunayev of the Russian Space Agency saying “About 300 launches of the space shuttle each year would be a catastrophe and the ozone layer would be completely destroyed.”
At that time, the world averaged only 12 rocket launches per year. Maintaining a fleet of (ultimately) 4,000 satellites, each with an expected lifespan of five years, will likely involve enough yearly rocket launches to be an environmental catastrophe.
GUARDS’ second area of concern is WiFi itself. Although widely perceived as an unqualified good, WiFi operates using extremely rapid pulses of microwave radiation—the same radiation used in microwave ovens. And a parade of studies continue to be published and ignored implicating wireless technology in the die-off of forests, the demise of frogs, bats, and honey bees, the threatened extinction of the house sparrow, and damage to the DNA of the human species. It is vital to the continuation of life that large parts of the earth be spared from the incessant radiation that accompanies wireless technologies.
“The human body”, says Dr Gerard J. Hyland, of the University of Warwick, UK, “is an electrochemical instrument of exquisite sensitivity”, noting that, like a radio, it can be interfered with by incoming radiation. If a signal can operate a mechanical device, it can disturb every cell in the human body.
On February 7, 2014, the U.S. Department of Interior stated that “the electromagnetic radiation standards used by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) continue to be based on thermal heating, a criterion now nearly 30 years out of date and inapplicable today” in reference to guidelines governing WiFi radiation frequencies.
In 2011 the World Health Organization classified radiation emitted by cell phones, and other wireless commercial infrastructure such as WiFi and smart meters as a Class 2B possible human carcinogen, along with lead, engine exhaust, and DDT. Yet, the global WiFi projects would make this exposure ubiquitous and inescapable.
A recent letter sent by 88 organizations, representing over a million people, to the European Economic and Social Committee outlines how governments are betraying the public trust by ignoring the hazards of radio frequency/microwave (RF/MW) radiation.
Studies show wireless radiation can adversely affect fetal brain development, in addition to causing double-stranded DNA breaks and causing a wide spectrum of illnesses. Continuing and expanding involuntary exposure of the public to this known toxin violates the Nuremberg Code of Human Rights for non-consensual experimentation.
Wikileaks Leaks TPPA Draft March 29 2015 | From: DailyKos
This is an advanced January 2015 version of the confidential draft treaty chapter from the Investment group of the Trans Pacific Partnership (TPP) talks between the United States, Mexico, Canada, Australia, Malaysia, Chile, Singapore, Peru, Vietnam, New Zealand and Brunei Darussalam.
The treaty is being negotiated in secret by delegations from each of these 12 countries, who together account for 40% of global GDP. The chapter covers agreements on investments from one TPP nation to another, including empowering foreign firms to "sue" other states' governments, as well as regulations around investor-state dispute settlements and tribunals
This document was prepared by TPP investment chapter negotiators in advance of the informal round of negotiations held in New York City 26th January to 1st February, 2015
Global Trade Watch has just provided an analysis of the leaked text via email and now on its website: more details
The TPP would grant foreign investors and firms operating here expansive new substantive and procedural rights and privileges not available to U.S. firms under U.S. law, allowing foreign firms to demand compensation for the costs of complying with U.S. policies, court orders and government actions that apply equally to domestic and foreign firms. This includes:
Foreign investors would be empowered to challenge new policies that apply equally to domestic and foreign firms on the basis that they undermine foreign investors’ “expectations” of how they should be treated. This includes a right to claim damages for government actions (such as new environmental, health or financial policies) that reduce the value of a foreign firm’s investment (what the leaked text calls “indirect expropriation”) or that change the level of regulation a foreign investor experienced under a previous government (a violation of what the text calls a “minimum standard of treatment” for foreign investors).
The leaked TPP text largely replicates the “minimum standard of treatment” language found in previous U.S. pacts that tribunals have used to issue some of the most alarming ISDS rulings. Tribunals often have broadly interpreted this vague “right” to fabricate new obligations for governments that do not actually exist in the texts of ISDS-enforced pacts, such as “not to alter the legal and business environment in which the investment has been made.”
Due to such expansive interpretations, the “minimum standard of treatment” obligation has been the basis for three of every four ISDS cases “won” by the foreign investor under U.S. pacts.
The text allows foreign investors to demand compensation for claims of “indirect expropriation” that apply to much wider categories of property than those to which similar rights apply in U.S. law. To the limited extent that “indirect expropriation” compensation is permitted in U.S. law, it is generally available only for government actions affecting real property (i.e. land).
But the leaked text would allow foreign investors to claim “indirect expropriation” if government regulations implicate their personal property, intellectual property rights, financial instruments, government permits, money, minority shareholdings or other forms of non-real-estate property.
Foreign corporations could demand compensation for capital controls and other macro-prudential financial regulations that promote financial stability. This obligation restricts the use of capital controls or financial transaction taxes, even as the International Monetary Fund has shifted from opposing capital controls to officially endorsing them as legitimate policy tools for preventing or mitigating financial crises.
Proposed provisions touted as “temporary safeguards” for capital controls would fail to protect many standard forms of capital controls, including those successfully used by TPP governments in the past to ward off financial crises.
The leaked text could newly allow pharmaceutical firms to use TPP ISDS tribunals to demand cash compensation for claimed violations of the World Trade Organization’s (WTO) rules regarding the creation, limitation or revocation of intellectual property rights.
Currently, WTO rules are not privately enforceable by investors. But the leaked TPP investment text could empower individual foreign investors to directly challenge governments over policies to ensure access to affordable medicines, claiming that they constitute TPP-prohibited “expropriations” of intellectual property rights if ISDS tribunals deem them to violate WTO rules.
There are no new safeguards that limit ISDS tribunals’ discretion to create ever-expanding interpretations of governments’ obligations to foreign investors and order compensation on that basis. The leaked text reveals the same “safeguard” terms that have been included in U.S. pacts since the 2005 Central America Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA). CAFTA tribunals have simply ignored the “safeguard” provisions that the leaked text replicates for the TPP, and have continued to rule against governments based on concocted obligations to which governments never agreed.
The leaked text also abandons a safeguard proposed in the 2012 leaked TPP investment text, which excluded public interest regulations from indirect expropriation claims, stating, “non-discriminatory regulatory actions … that are designed and applied to achieve legitimate public welfare objectives, such as the protection of public health, safety and the environment do not constitute indirect expropriation.” Today’s leaked text eviscerates that clause by adding a fatal loophole that has been found in past U.S. pacts.
Most TPP countries, including the United States, have decided to expose decisions regarding the approval of foreign investments to ISDS challenge. Australia, Canada, Mexico and New Zealand have reserved the right to pre-approve foreign investors. But the United States took no exception for reviews by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States of planned foreign investments to determine whether they pose threats to national security.
The amount that an ISDS tribunal would order a government to pay to a foreign investor as compensation would be based on the “expected future profits” the tribunal surmises that the investor would have earned in the absence of the public policy it is attacking as violating the substantive investor rights granted by the TPP.
The text would submit the U.S. government to the jurisdiction of World Bank and United Nations tribunals. All TPP nations have agreed to be so bound with the potential exception of Australia, which has indicated that it might do the same, “subject to certain conditions.”
None of the structural biases or conflicts of interest inherent in the ISDS system would be remedied. TPP ISDS tribunals would be staffed by highly paid corporate lawyers unaccountable to any electorate or system of legal precedent. They still would be allowed to rotate between acting as “judges” and advocates for the investors launching cases against governments.
Corporations launching cases would still directly select one of the “judges.” The text includes no requirements for tribunal members to be impartial, reveal conflicts of interest or recuse themselves in instances of direct conflict. There is no internal or external mechanism to appeal the tribunal members’ decisions on the merits, and claims of procedural errors would be decided by another tribunal of corporate lawyers.
The leaked text provides tribunals with discretion to determine the amount of compensation governments must pay investors and the allocation of costs, such as the tribunal members’ fees. A proposal that appeared in the 2012 leak of the text to standardize hourly fees for tribunal members at the lower end of the range of fees currently paid (about $375 per hour, compared to the $700 per hour that some tribunal members receive) has been eliminated.
An overreaching definition of “investment” would extend the coverage of the TPP’s expansive substantive investor rights far beyond “real property,” permitting ISDS attacks over government actions and policies related to financial instruments, intellectual property, regulatory permits and more.
Proposals in the 2012 leak of the text that would have narrowed the definition of “investment,” and thus the scope of policies subject to challenge, have been eliminated. Also omitted is a proposal from the earlier leaked version that would not have allowed ISDS cases related to government procurement, subsidies or government grants.
An overreaching definition of “investor” would allow firms from non-TPP countries and firms with no real investments to exploit the extraordinary privileges the TPP would establish for foreign investors. Thus, for instance, one of the many Chinese state-owned corporations in Vietnam could “sue” the U.S. government in a foreign tribunal to demand compensation under this text.
The leaked text reveals that U.S. negotiators are still pushing, over the objection of most other TPP nations, to empower foreign investors to bring to TPP ISDS tribunals their contract disputes with TPP signatory governments relating to natural resource concessions on federal lands, government procurement of construction for infrastructure projects, as well as contracts relating to the operation of utilities. (In the leaked chapter, text that is not yet agreed upon appears in square brackets; Public Citizen has seen a version of the text that lists which countries support various proposals.)
More from Global Trade Watch:
The leaked text provides stark warnings about the dangers of “trade” negotiations occurring without press, public or policymaker oversight. It reveals that TPP negotiators already have agreed to many radical terms that would give foreign investors expansive new substantive and procedural rights and privileges not available to domestic firms under domestic law.
The leaked text would empower foreign firms to directly “sue” signatory governments in extrajudicial investor-state dispute settlement (ISDS) tribunals over domestic policies that apply equally to domestic and foreign firms that foreign firms claim violate their new substantive investor rights.
There they could demand taxpayer compensation for domestic financial, health, environmental, land use and other policies and government actions they claim undermine TPP foreign investor privileges, such as the “right” to a regulatory framework that conforms to their “expectations.”
The leaked text reveals the TPP would expand the parallel ISDS legal system by elevating tens of thousands of foreign- owned firms to the same status as sovereign governments, empowering them to privately enforce a public treaty by skirting domestic courts and laws to directly challenge TPP governments i n foreign tribunals.
And remember why this is important:
Foreign corporations have used these claims to attack tobacco, climate, financial, mining, medicine, energy, pollution, water, labor, toxins, development and other non-trade domestic policies.
Under U.S. “free trade” agreements (FTAs) alone, foreign firms have already pocketed more than $440 million in taxpayer money via investor-state cases. This includes cases against natural resource policies, environmental protections, health and safety measures and more.
ISDS tribunals have ordered more than $3.6 billion in compensation to investors under all U.S. FTAs and Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs). More than $38 billion remains in pending ISDS claims under these pacts, nearly
all of which relate to environmental, energy, financial regulation, public health, land use and transportation policies.
Even when governments win cases, they are often ordered to pay for a share of the tribunal’s costs. Given that the costs just for defending a challenged policy in an ISDS case total $8 million on average, the mere filing of a case can create a chilling effect on government policymaking, even if the government expects to win. [emphasis added]
By the way, the screams and groans you just heard are coming from the White House and TPP supporters because when the elite New York Times--which has always flogged so-called "free trade" and treated opponents of such deals as backward people--writes this, this deal is sinking fast:
An ambitious 12-nation trade accord pushed by President Obama would allow foreign corporations to sue [not just] the United States government for actions that undermine their investment “expectations” and hurts their business, according to a classified document.
The Trans-Pacific Partnership — a cornerstone of Mr. Obama’s remaining economic agenda — would grant broad powers to multinational companies operating in North America, South America and Asia. Under the accord, still under negotiation but nearing completion, companies and investors would be empowered to challenge regulations, rules, government actions and court rulings — federal, state or local — before tribunals organized under the World Bank or the United Nations.
Backers of the emerging trade accord, which is supported by a wide variety of business groups and favored by most Republicans, say that it is in line with previous agreements that contain similar provisions. But critics, including many Democrats in Congress, argue that the planned deal widens the opening for multinationals to sue in the United States and elsewhere, giving greater priority to protecting corporate interests than promoting free trade and competition that benefits consumers.
Dead: 125 Scientists, 75 High-Level Bankers, And Within 24 Hours - 3 Investigative Journalists March 27 2015 | From: ASheepNoMore
One only has to consider the large number of highly suspicious deaths surrounding scientists, bankers and journalists to feel that something strange is afoot.
A Denver banker that supposedly shot himself 8 times in his head and torso with a nail gun, the infectious disease scientist who was stabbed 196 times, 4 investigative journalists who all work in explosive areas die within 24 hours…the list goes on and on.
Statistically, it makes no sense…unless it was all intended…
Last month 47-year old NASA Scientist, Alberto Behar died when his plane crashed near an airport just north of Los Angeles. Behar helped prove that there had once been water on Mars and was a leading robotics expert.
Dead Scientists
Add Behar to a long list of dead scientists, 74 in the just last 2 years and around 125 in the last 20. Some surmise that many of the scientists might not be dead, but have been ‘kidnapped’ by the govenment to work on black projects.
Dead Bankers
The deaths of 48 high level bankers (with a public total of 72 since the phenomenon was identified) in just within the LAST YEAR is even more striking bizarre due to the sheer number and manner of deaths. What are the odds these high-level, multi-millionaire bankers who are often described as happy people would kill themselves in the most odd of ways?
Are these bankers being killed in order to stave off prosecution by the banks? Our entire monetary system is a Ponzi scheme, are big banks scare of a whistleblower coming forward to expose all the corruption, leading to a loss of confidence and crash of the system?
Four American Journalists Dead Inside The US Within 24 Hours
Ned Colt of (NBC) dropped dead of a stroke yesterday.. he was “supposedly” kidnapped during the Iraq war for several days, then freed?
Bob Simon of (CBS) died in a car crash yesterday.. he was “supposedly” kidnapped held captive for 40 days in an Iraq jail
David Carr (NY Times) just died suddenly after interviewing Edward Snowden, and had just come out against Brian Williams from NBC while on CBS… calling Williams out for lying about being shot down in the Iraq war.
Bob Hager the NBC aviation expert now has a head on crash. hmm. And of course Brian Williams is off the air for lying about the Iraq war. FOUR journalists dead within 24 hours, here in the United States (not in a war zone). Did they know something that ‘we’ do not know? Is their a current campaign to silence the truth?
The Lie We Live: This Video Exposes The Corrupt World We’re Living In. But We Have The Power To Change It March 24 2015 | From: TheMindUnleashed
At this moment you can be anywhere, doing anything. Instead you sit alone before a screen. So what is stopping us from doing what we want, being where we wanna be?
Each day we wake up in the same room, following the same path to live the same day as yesterday. Yet at one time, each day was a new adventure. Along the way something changed. Before, our days were timeless, now our days are scheduled. Is this what it means to be grownup, to be free, but are we really free? Food, water and land, the very elements we need to survive are owned by corporations.
If you try to take what earth provides you’ll be locked away, so we obey their rules.
We discovered the world through a text book, raised not to make a difference in this world, raised to be no different. Smart enough to do our job, but not to question why we do it. So we work and work left with no time to live the life we worked for.
If you live in America there is a 41% chance you will get cancer. Heart Disease will kill one out of 3 Americans.
We’re told that everything could be solved by throwing money at scientists so that they can discover a pill that makes our problems go away. But the drug companies and cancer societies rely on our suffering to make a profit.
We think we running for a cure but really we running away from the cause. Our body is a product of what we consume and the food we eat is designed purely for profit. We fill ourselves with toxic chemicals, the bodies of animals infested with drugs and diseases.
But we don’t see this. The small group of corporations that own the media don’t’ want us to. Surrounding us with a fantasy we’re told is reality.
It is not too late, we can change it.
Ex Canadian Minister Of Defence Hon. Paul Hellyer Calls On Citizens To Oust The Cabal March 23 2015 | From: DailyPaul
This is a new video from former Minister of Defence, Paul Hellier, beseeching the people to oust their corrupt governments and put your countries back in order.
As a Canadian,I know that it's these same criminals in charge of our country as well. It seems to me that if you good folks in the USA oust the evil, the rest of the world would follow. It's a Big Order, but you guys are on the front lines.
France Moves To Make ‘Conspiracy Theories’ Illegal By Government Decree March 23 2015 | From: 21stCenturyWire
The apparent "Political elites" and super-bureaucrats are worried. It’s becoming harder to control consensus reality.
A history stitched together by lies and cover-ups, political assassinations, slight-of-hand false flag deceptions, secret societies, dual loyalties and stolen fortunes – this has been the exclusive privilege of organized crime and the ruling elite for centuries.
Putting aside history’s ‘big ticket’ items though, the real reason for this authoritarian trend is much more fundamental. By knocking out their intellectual competition, political elites and their media moguls hope to minimalize, and thus eliminate any alternative analysis and opinion by applying the completely open-ended and arbitrary label of “extremist” to speech.
They want to wind back the clock, where a pre-internet, monolithic corporate media cartel held a monopoly on ideas.
Although France has taken the lead in this inter-governmental effort (see below), the preliminary assault began this past fall with British Prime Minster David Cameron publicly announcing on two separate occasions, that all of these so-called ‘conspiracy theories’ (anything which challenges the official orthodoxy) should be deemed as “extremist” and equivalent to “terrorist” and should be purged from society on the grounds of ‘national security’.
Watch this UN speech by Cameron where he clearly claims that ‘conspiracy theorists’ are the ‘root cause’ and indeed, an equal threat to national security as ISIS terrorists currently running amok in Syria and Iraq (start 4:26)…
As yet, few are aware of how in the wake of the Charlie Hebdo shootings, French Prime Minster, Francois Hollande delivered an official declaration (see full report and text from his speech below).
However, Hollande takes it beyond the usual hyperbole and focuses on giving the state an administrative and legal foothold for policing both speech and thought crimes in France. If this is can be accomplished in France, then a European [and beyond] roll-out would soon follow.
Ironically, in order to achieve this fascist leap forward, Hollande has equated “conspiracy theories” to Nazism, and is calling for government regulations to prevent any sharing or publishing of any views deemed as ‘dangerous thought’ by the state.
Specifically, Hollande is citing “Anti-Semitism” and also anything which could inspire ‘acts terrorism’ – as the chief vehicles for what the state will be designating as ‘dangerous thoughts’. With the thumb of Hebdo still pressing down, this may just sound like politics writ large by the French leader, but in reality it’s full-blown fascism.
Worse yet, with all of the world leaders gathered togther in Paris in Januarysupposedly marching solidarity for ‘free speech’ and proudly chanting “Je Suis Charlie” (image above), that Hollande would use this as political cover to restrict free speech in Europe should shock even.
RINF reports how the new censorship regime has already been implemented this week:
“Earlier this week, the Interior Minister of France — with no court review or adversarial process — ordered five websitesto not only be blocked in France, but that anyone who visits any of the sites get redirected to a scary looking government website, saying:
While it could be argued that the four websites initially listed by the government for ‘blocking’ were exclusively for ISIS/ISIL-related activity and thus, should be kept hidden, the governmenthas made no caveat in its reams of policy literature, other than some vague language as to what it defines as ‘extremist’, as to where this growing list will stop, or indeed, if it has any limits at all.
Because this process is extrajudicial, then there will be no warning to gov’t targets of this new regime. In fact, as RINF reports, this has already happened:
“In that first batch was a site called “islamic-news.info.” The owner of that site not only notes that he was never first contacted to “remove” whatever material was deemed terrorist supporting (as required by the law), but that nothing in what he had posted was supporting terrorism.”
Will French gov’t censors also block this website – because it is challenging the government’s new public filtering program?
Are we entering a new intolerant, Chinese-style policing culture in Europe, and throughout the west? Certainly they have the ability and the legal clearance to do just that right now.
Fear of losing control over manipulative narratives has always been a primary obsession with those in power, and clearly, based on what we’ve seen here – governments are making an aggressive move on free speech now. Skeptics will no doubt argue that this 21WIRE article itself constitutes a conspiracy theory.
Does that not already prove what the government modus operandi is? As if that wasn’t enough already, now France wants to take it to a whole new authoritarian level. It may sound ridiculous, but this is exactly what is taking place in government as we speak.
History shows that once this new regime is in place, they will not relinquish any new powers of censorship, and so a long, intellectual dark age is certain to follow…
At the request of President François Hollande, the French Socialist Party has published a note on the international “conspiracy theorist“ movement. His goal: to prepare new legislation prohibiting it to express itself.
In the US, the September 11, 2001 coup established a “permanent state of emergency“ (Patriot Act), launching a series of imperial wars.
Gradually, the European elites have aligned with their counterparts across the Atlantic. Everywhere, people are worried about being abandoned by their States and they question their institutions. Seeking to retain power, the elites are now ready to use force to gag their opposition.
The President of the French Republic, François Hollande, has assimilated what he calls “conspiracy theories” to Nazism and called to prevent their dissemination on the Internet and social networks.
Thus he declared, on January 27, 2015 at the Shoah Memorial:
“[Anti-Semitism] maintains conspiracy theories that spread without limits. Conspiracy theories that have, in the past, led to the worst “(…)” [The] answer is to realize that conspiracy theories are disseminated through the Internet and social networks.
Moreover, we must remember that it is words that have in the past prepared extermination. We need to act at the European level, and even internationally, so that a legal framework can be defined, and so that Internet platforms that manage social networks are held to account and that sanctions be imposed for failure to enforce” [1].
Several ministers also decried what they called conspiracy theorists as so many “fermenters of hate and disintegrators of society.”
Knowing that President Hollande calls “conspiracy theory” the idea that States, whatever their regimes – including democracies – have a spontaneous tendency to act in their own interests and not in that of their constituents, we can conclude that he presented this confused amalgam to justify a possible censure of his opponents.
This interpretation is confirmed by the publication of a note entitled “Conspiracy theories, current status” by the Jean-Jaurès Foundation, a Socialist Party think tank of which Mr. Holland was the first secretary. [2]
Let’s leave aside the political relations of François Hollande, the Socialist Party, the Fondation Jean-Jaurès, its political radicalism Observatory and the author of the note and let’s focus on its message and its ideological content.
Definition of “conspiracy theories“
The terms “conspiracy theories” and “conspiracy theorism” have developed in France in the wake of the publication of my book on US imperialism post-September 11, titled The Big Lie [3].
At the time, we had trouble understanding what the terms meant because they referred to American political history. In the United States, are commonly called “conspiracy theorists” those according to whom President Kennedy had not been assassinated by one man but by many, forming a conspiracy (in the judicial sense).
Over time, these expressions entered in the French language and have overlapped with memories of the 30s and the Second World War, those of the denunciation of the “Jewish conspiracy“. These are therefore now polysemous, sometimes evoking the law of the state-Stator silence and, at other times, European anti-Semitism.
In its note, the Jean-Jaurès Foundation gives its own definition of conspiracy theorism. It is…
“an ’alternative’ narrative that claims to significantly upset the knowledge we have of an event and therefore competes with the “version” which is commonly accepted, stigmatized as “official”” (p. 2).
Observe that this definition does not apply solely to the delusions of the mentally ill. Thus, Socrates, through the myth of the cave, affirmed his challenge to the certainties of his time; Galileo with his heliocentric theory challenged the prevailing interpretation of the Bible of his time; etc.
For my part, and since they see me as the “pope of conspiracy theorists” or rather the “heretic” in the words of Italian philosopher Roberto Quaglia, I reaffirm my radical political commitment, in keeping with the French republican radicalism of Leon Bourgeois [4], of Georges Clemenceau, [5] of Alain [6] and of Jean Moulin. [7]
For me, as for them, the state is a Leviathan which by nature abuses those it governs.As a radical Republican, I am aware that the state is the enemy of the common good, of the Res Publica; which is why I wish not to abrogate it, but to tame it. The republican ideal is compatible with various political regimes-including monarchies, as was enacted by the authors of the Declaration of 1789.
This opposition, which the current Socialist Party disputes, has so shaped our history as Philippe Pétain repealed the Republic to proclaim the “French State“. Immediately after his assuming presidential office, I denounced Hollande’s Petainism [8]. Today, Mr. Hollande claims to be of the Republic to better fight it and this inversion of values plunges the country into confusion.
Who are the “conspiracy theorists“?
The “conspiracy theorists” are thus citizens who oppose the omnipotence of the State and who wish to place it under surveillance.
The Jean-Jaurès Foundation describes them as follows:
“[It’s] a heterogeneous movement, heavily entangled with the Holocaust denial movement, and which combines admirers of Hugo Chavez and fans of Vladimir Putin.
An underworld that consist of former left-wing activists or extreme leftists, former “malcontents”, sovereignists, revolutionary nationalists, ultra-nationalists, nostalgists of the Third Reich, anti-vaccination activists, supporters of drawing straws, September 11th revisionists, anti-Zionists, Afrocentricists, survivalists, followers of “alternative medicine”, agents of influence of the Iranian regime, Bacharists, Catholic or Islamic fundamentalists “(p. 8).
One will note the amalgams and abuse of this description aiming to discredit those it designates.
Myths of the “conspiracy theorists“
The Jean-Jaurès Foundation continues its vilification by accusing “conspiracy theorists” of ignoring the realities of the world and naively believing hackneyed myths.
Thus, they would believe in the “World Zionist plot“, the “illuminati conspiracy” and the “Rothschild myth” (p. 4).
And to credit these three statements, it cites an example solely on the “Rothschild myth“: blogger Etienne Chouard – whose work is not simply about the Republic, but goes beyond to treat Democracy [9] – says the Pompidou-Rothschild 1973 law is the source of the debt of France.
And the Foundation goes on to refute this assertion by quoting an article published by Libération…
NZ Politics Daily: Can We Trust The Police? March 22 2015 | From: NationalBusinessReview
The integrity and competence of the New Zealand Police is under intense scrutiny, following the release of the highly critical watchdog report on the police investigation into the Roastbusters scandal.
The report raises questions, yet again, of how much faith the public can put in the Police. So far the reactions in the political sphere suggest we shouldn’t place too much confidence in the law enforcement agencies, and that significant reform is required.
The IPCA’s report is described today by the Dominion Post newspaper as “A portrait of carelessness and incompetence” – see the editorial, Police failed vulnerable young women. The newspaper says the police incompetence described in the report is “shocking” and “mystifying, especially as most cases were investigated by specialist detectives.”
“Here’s what’s amazing. The officers making these decisions were detectives in the Child Protection Unit. They’re a special team trained to ‘exclusively focus’ on child abuse and they either did not understand the law around the age of consent or deliberately misinterpreted it.”
To explain other elements of police incompetence, Barry Soper uses an analogy:
“it was a bit like burglaries being committed in the same neighbourhood, with the burglar leaving his calling card at each one of them and the police failing to join the dots, reaching the obvious conclusion that the same person was responsible for lifting the loot”
See also, Murielle Baker’s Radio New Zealand item, IPCA report provokes strong response, which includes the observation of lawyer Catriona Maclennan, that the police:
“seem to almost think that a complaint and evidence from a victim are required for a prosecution. But that's obviously not the case, or no one would ever be prosecuted for homicide. I think they need to evaluate more carefully where evidence for prosecution could come from."
Police unwillingness to accept and demonstrate full culpability is highlighted in today’s Otago Daily Times editorial, A damning indictment, saying that:
“The authority's findings are damning and will inevitably open up questions of accountability once again, as well as the adequacy of police procedures and communication with agencies, notably Child, Youth and Family”.
The editorial says that Police failure to communicate with the young men involved, and their families, is perhaps the “most chilling” revelation in the report.
Bloggers are condemning this lack of accountability in stronger terms. Blogger No Right Turn says that:
“Two of the officers - Officers C and E - appear to have been absolutely crap at their jobs, and are specifically identified as failing to meet the police's investigative standards.
Police PR is absolutely silent on what has been done about these officers, and in particular, whether they have been sacked - there's not even the usual bullshit about more training”
“Police can blandly say they accept criticisms and recommendations and apologise to victims, etc, but if they don’t sack incompetent officers specifically identified as being the cause of this debacle then none of it means anything”.
An Isolated Problem, or Systemic?
Much of the political debate has been on the question of whether the major problems found in the report constitute an isolated one-off problem, or a wider systemic issue for the force. Police Minister Michael Woodhouse has said he believes it’s a case of individual actions rather than wider problems – see the Herald report, IPCA: Police 'let down' Roast Busters' alleged victims.
Rape Prevention Education director Dr Kim McGregor says she “had spoken to top police officers about the issue”, and that:
"They know that they have pockets in areas where maybe there's an old-school attitude... Some of the heads within certain districts have misogynistic views towards women”
McGregor is quoted elsewhere saying that the problem “sounds like a systemic failure”.
She points the finger at the police bosses:
“I think we need to look higher, look at who was managing that team and why they were not able to liaise the way they should have".
"We just need the police to step up and sort out those pockets of poor practice, sort out any managers, leaders who have misogynistic views, who don't take reports of sexual violence seriously, and that culture needs to come from the top”
In the same article, Police Association president Greg O'Connor points the finger instead at a lack of resources, saying “police's workload was ‘impossible’, meaning systemic failures were inevitable”.
There’s support for O’Connor’s position in Rachel Smalley’s column, Roast Busters case handling a shambles. She says that “a lack of resourcing mean police have a huge workload, and systemic failures are therefore inevitable”.
Blogger No Right Turn also asks about the scale of the problem in the police:
“there's an obvious question: if the police were so crap at investigating these cases, are they also crap at others? How many other rapists are going free because police just can't be arsed doing their jobs properly?”
The IPCA’s report does actually address this issue, saying that:
"the Authority has not found any evidence of ongoing and widespread poor practice nationally".
But, according to No Right Turn, this response is to be expected, because the IPCA:
“didn't look. Instead, they leant their mana (such as it is) to protect the reputation of a police force which has manifestly failed to do their job. Because at the end of the day, that's the IPCA's job.
Not to get to investigate, not to hold the police to account, but to protect them and the system they are part of. And as long as that is the case, things will never change”.
Police Reform Demanded
There are increasing calls now for the Government to implement some significant reform of the Police. Much of this comes out of the observation that the institution of the Police appears incapable of reforming itself – an observation actually made by the IPCA itself, in saying that the authority is "disturbed" by the lack of progress by the police in implementing change demanded by previous inquiries.
Green Party co-leader Metiria Turei is therefore leading the charge for an independent taskforce to be established. Turei says:
"We have come to the unfortunate conclusion that the police are not capable of making the changes themselves, and they can't be trusted to take seriously the complaints of sexual violence victims in every case”
Others are expressing skepticism about the police apologies and promises to change. Barry Soper says:
“We've seen top cop Mike Bush offering mea culpas, saying they weren't up to their normal high standards and they were disappointed in themselves. How many times have we heard that before?”
“what's most disturbing is that these are all issues we've seen before, in the Police-rape cases. And despite a commission of inquiry recommending changes, and despite the police saying they have made them, nothing appears to have changed”.
Making the most elaborate case for reform is Selwyn Manning, who argues that the IPCA report:
“findings demonstrate how the Police, as an institution, is unable to self-assess what ought to be done about this enduring culture of leniency toward sexual crimes and abuse.”
Manning calls for:
“an authority outside the Police club be established and empowered to root out this culture once and for all”.
He argues that this is necessary because;
“These conclusions paint a picture of an arrogant force resistant to outside commands”.
Police issues are being strongly politicised, and more public and parliamentary debate can be expected. Yesterday Parliament went into an urgent debate on the issue, which included some interesting speeches and accounts from Jarcinda Ardern and Catherine Delahunty – see Jo Moir’s MP recounts 'date-rape and assault' as young woman.
There will continue to be pressure on the Government, and especially on whether they are responding adequately to the release of the report. For example, the Herald’s political reporter Adam Bennett (@AdDeville) has tweeted, “Shouldn't Police Min Michael Woodhouse be speaking out more about #Roastbusters report?”
Similarly, drawing attention to the lack of media releases in response, satirist Lyndon Hood (@lyndonhood) has tweeted what, at first, looks like an incomplete sentence: “The following is an ehaustive list of Government press releases on the IPCA report:”
Finally, for a fascinating insight into one person’s experience of police culture and why it doesn’t change, you can read former police inspector (and politician) Ross Meurant’s controversial 2011 North and South magazine feature, When the good guys are the bad guys.
In Today's Tyrannical "We Told You So" News: EU Calls For Tracking Computers In All Vehicles To Monitor, Regulate Travel March 21 2015 | From: NaturalNews
The controlling surveillance state is deepening, prying further into people's lives like a chisel carving its way through skin and bone. Governments have become opportunistic control freaks, centralizing their micromanagement powers whenever possible.
[The dupes will say "Yes, but that it just happening in Europe" - but the astute now see that this is the very same "thin end of the wedge" scenario that has snuck into the world quite successfully on so many occasions because the dumbed down, sleeping masses were too stupid, pathetic and gutless to face reality beyond the distractions that have been purposely fed to them.]
[If you are incapable of comprehending this notion then you would be best to return to your favourite inane Master Cook / Idiotic Singing Pleb show thing - and never attempt to consider anything beyond such superficial excrement ever again.]
Please excuse the increased use of highlighting - but we are now in the most extreme of times; and some points simply are of too much importance - and the amount of material that needs to be exposed is increasing exponentially.
Now the European Union is rolling out plans to monitor travel on all European roads, tracking drivers' mileages and time traveled per vehicle. This controlling scheme is not for surveillance alone; it's essentially a plan to tax every driver for the for the distance they travel on European roads.
Could you imagine being taxed for every quarter-mile you drive?
A senior European politician is doing just that, calling on all European vehicles to be installed with road-pricing systems.
This would include mandatory installation of a computer that would track how long one has driven on European roads and how far. This plan would serve as a built-in tax, harmonizing all road toll charges across the EU. The plan would end road-side tollss and replace them with time-tracking and/or distance-tracking toll micromanagement systems.
EU Transport Commissioner says computer system should regulate distance traveled
One of the plan's advocates, Transport Commissioner Violeta Bulc, is also trying to make the computer system as efficient as possible.She said that the EU travel regulations will put "a burden on car drivers" while becoming an "obstacle to their mobility."
Bulc is advocating for a plan that charges drivers per kilometer and not by time.
Her plan also includes a way to limit the speed of cars to minimize fuel loss.
Bulc doesn't want to encourage speeding drivers by pressuring them for every minute they are operating their vehicle.
Instead, she thinks it's safer and more efficient to charge drivers by the mile.
It doesn't matter which way she looks at it, the plan to install computers in all vehicles is a gross violation of property and privacy, and another way centralized government can micromanage the people and their finances.
Bulc said;
"It doesn't matter where you come from - everyone will only pay for the distance they have actually driven and it will be billed on a device throughout Europe. We're currently investigating just such an idea."
She continued:
"There are many options - a fee could be obligatory but it's also possible to make it optional i.e. that countries decide themselves whether and on which roads they want to levy a road use charge based on kilometres driven."
The built in pay-by-the-mile scheme was slammed by UKIP transport spokesman Jill Seymour MEP.
She said;
"It doesn't matter where you come from - everyone will only pay for the distance they have actually driven and it will be billed on a device throughout Europe. We're currently investigating just such an idea."
She continued:
"There are many options -- a fee could be obligatory but it's also possible to make it optional i.e. that countries decide themselves whether and on which roads they want to levy a road use charge based on kilometres driven."
"[L]ook how the EU overrides the democratic decision of the British people: an unelected Slovenian bureaucrat in Brussels announces in a German newspaper interview that she wants to force all British drivers to fit computers in their cars which will count every mile they drive."
She pointed out:
"Britain will be forced into an EU-wide scheme in which Commissioner Bulc will force all drivers to pay for using our own roads, and the money will go straight to Brussels."
She continued her argument:
"This would be outrageous on three counts. First, it would be the imposition of a tax on tens of millions of UK citizens without the consent or control of parliament.
Second, the money raised would not go to HM Treasury but to the bureaucrats in Brussels who would then undemocratically decide how the money would be spent on their own EU road schemes.
Third, the idea that every British car would be fitted with a high-tech computer tracking every trip a driver makes is an invasion of privacy which we cannot tolerate."
[And her final point is exactly why 'we the people' need to stand up and oppose these incremental, tyrannical "Legislative" additions / adjustments / advancements.
It is so obvious that we are, and have been continuously, over time been "Legislated" into a box of ever dimisnishing dimensions - where does it end and at what point will you realise that your freedom is the target of an extermination effort?]
Prime Minister's Response To TPPA Protests 'Ignorant And Arrogant' March 17 2015 | From: Yahoo
"The Prime Minister’s response to yesterday’s [March 7] mass protests against the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPPA) across 23 towns and cities was both ignorant and arrogant", says Edward Miller, who coordinated the protests for It’s Our Future network.
"First, Key says people are being misled over a deal, but he insists the details must remain secret. Then he says people can trust him not to do anything bad for New Zealand, even though he won’t tell them what he’s doing."
Miller says:
"The Prime Minister is insulting ordinary Kiwis in communities across New Zealand. People instinctively distrust secret deals. If the TPPA’s really so good for us the Prime Minister needs to release the text now. He won’t because it isn’t."
The evidence shows that Key is misleading people about what the deal means for New Zealand, according to Miller.
"There is nothing to suggest there will be real economic benefits to the country. But the leaked texts show that there are real costs. More expensive medicines, special rights for foreign investors to sue the government, limits on Internet freedom are all there",says Miller.
"Despite some truly horrendous weather in certain parts of the country, more than 10,000 people attended yesterday’s rallies around the country. New towns came on board and groups like Doctors for Healthy Trade and medical students associations had a strong presence nationwide. That demonstrates how incensed Kiwis are that these negotiations that affect their lives are continuing behind closed doors."
The [Cabal Controlled] American Empire Is A Threat To Every Nation’s Security March 16 2015 | From: EmpireExposed
President Obama just declared Venezuela a threat to US national security, which is code word for any smaller, less powerful nation possessing balls enough to thumb its nose at the Empire bully America. The lie of accusing another sovereign nation as a threat to US national security like clockwork is the first step toward levying economic sanctions. Cuba, Iran, Syria and Russia come readily to mind.
This petty, tit for tat politics game comes only a week after Venezuela’s president Nicolas Maduro announced a drastic downsizing of US Embassy employees and that tourist visas for any Americans traveling to his country would be required, not exactly actions posing much of a “threat" to America. In fact Maduro is exercising remarkable restraint considering that Canada and the US attempted to overthrow the Venezuelan president on Valentine’s Day last month. But with rejuvenated resolve and concerted focus the United States is once again intent on bringing Maduro down.
Obama has been hypocritically playing the ethics card again, accusing the Maduro government of being corrupt and guilty of egregious human rights violations, everything that the US is guilty of in spades. Again Obama can hardly take any higher moral ground on human rights issues when he leads the nation that imprisons one quarter of the world’s prison population despite comprising only 5% of the total global population.
Civil liberties are fast disappearing in the prison-industrial complex of America amidst an increasing hostile police state where US law enforcement’s been steadily arming and militarizing to make war against its own citizens who risk death from police bullets at a rate 55 times greater than from any so called terrorist and 100 times more likely to be killed by police than citizens from any other industrialized nation.
Where half the current prison population is of the same race he is, Obama should be the last one to criticize any nation for its human rights record when a stronger case can be argued that it’s the United States that is the worst human rights violator on the planet. No other nation on earth has violated and destroyed more human lives and nations than US Empire’s killing machine.
According to a study nearly a decade ago, the USA has accounted for an estimated 30 million deaths around the globe just since World War II. With thousands more US inflicted casualties since that statistic was released, the murder capital of the world with all its exceptionalism just keeps on killing. And no other nation on earth even remotely comes close to the dubious distinction of being at war 93% of its time in existence.
Every single country in this world that in any way resists the Empire’s relentless onslaught to make it another indebted globalist puppet state is targeted in its crosshairs.
While the neocon overthrow in Ukraine was unfolding last year, the double hat trick in-the-making to also remove from power Venezuela’s Maduro was barely being thwarted but successfully averted.
All the same subversive US tactics were being simultaneously deployed in both countries with different outcomes - pouring unlimited cash into the nations (per Victoria Neuland $5 billion in Ukraine alone) through CIA and State Department NGO’s, inside false flag snipers murdering street protesters in order to blame government security forces, a steady feed of social media lies and propaganda, and monetary manipulation through high inflation while creating acute food supply shortages.
It was close to a coup in Caracas but no cigar for the US neocon criminals last month or last year.
Similar to Syria’s Bashir al Assad, Nicolas Maduro’s post- Chavez government has remained in power much to Empire’s chagrin despite being permanently targeted for regime change. All the more reason a year later to hone in on twisting the screws a little tighter on Venezuela.
With civil liberties and human rights declining across the boards globally, Venezuela has been the only nation close to democracy with its own nationalized oil company. Up until his death two years ago, during his 14 years as head of state despite a couple unsuccessful US sponsored coup attempts, Hugo Chavez brought significant economic and social progress to his country.
Containing the world’s largest reserves of crude oil and owning the US company Citgo as its subsidiary, the big boys like Exxon and Shell have been locked out of the richest oil nation on earth and for that reason alone, Chavez and Maduro’s Venezuela has long been the biggest hemispheric thorn in America’s side. Under Hugo Chavez, oil profits went to the people of Venezuela to build schools and hospitals and improve their quality of life rather than filling the filthy rich pockets of Big Oil or OPEC allies that finance and sponsor terrorism.
And that made war criminals George W. and his pal Dick Cheney hopping mad, especially after Hugo addressing the United Nations General Assembly nearly a decade ago brazenly yet accurately “outed” Bush as “the devil.” And ever since Chavez’ successor replaced him, the United States has been gunning to overthrow Nicolas Maduro.
Be it Syria, Iran, Russia (though Putin has proven both smarter and stronger than US ever estimated), North Korea or Cuba, all of these nations have shown far more resilience, self-sufficiency and defiant independence than the United States would ever care to admit.
Rarely has such open defiance against Empire imperialism survived. Look what happened to onetime US allies Iraq and Libya. After dumping the US petrodollar, both Saddam Hussein and Muammar Gaddafi quickly fell victim to Empire wrath that has willfully destroyed those two once stable, prosperous, oil producing giants. Crime partnering with the likes of Israel, Saudi Arabia and al Qaeda-ISIS, the globalist Empire wrecking crew has chewed up and spit out Iraq and Libya onto the heap of its growing failed state graveyard.
The formidable economic alliance of the emerging powerhouse BRICS nations coalescing behind the renewed partnership strength of Russia and China are leading the way toward global independence from the Western central banking cabal’s US dollar chokehold as standard international currency, and as a result, the global balance of power is dramatically shifting.
Upon high command order from western oligarchs, the US Empire is desperately lashing out as it rapidly freefalls towards impending economic collapse.
With counterterrorism measures in the name of national security exponentially taking tyrannical hold throughout the Western bloc - in North America, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and Europe, globalized NWO totalitarianism is moving in for its kill.
With a big bang the United States and Europe as the WWIII warfront appear to be going down as the Western ruling elite’s sacrificial lambs. The Middle Eastern front of course is Iran and Syria where their alliance with Russia and China will bring them into world war in the Gulf.
The sad but very sobering fact that if any sovereign nation on this planet dares to refuse to play this predatory internationalist game bent on obliterating its autonomy actively opposing forced acquisition into Empire fiefdom, then bar none that nation becomes a so called “threat to US national security,” now synonymous with New World Order.
That’s how Empiric imperialism operates as the big fish gobbles up the little fish in the increasingly toxic global pond cesspool.
The might makes right, “my dick’s bigger than yours” syndrome that’s always characterized violence in human history is nothing but political, economic and military Darwinism at its lowest and most base.
In the modern tradition of the British and American Empires, even the propaganda whitewash brainwash that always perfumed the stench of murderous bullies spreading their lies of freedom and democracy no longer can possibly cover up the sheer ugliness and brutality of globalized exploitation, mass genocide and world order slavery that currently has the planet suffocating from a tightening NWO death grip.
With repeated calls for yet more oppression in the name of national security, Obama never fails to justify all his actions by trumpeting America’s exceptionalism. The world’s only superpower is free to commit murder, war crimes, regime changes, invasions, occupations and wars at will simply because it can get away with it.
Empire exceptionalism permits it to stand alone in violation of every known international law, treaty, UN Charter and Geneva Convention rule in total defiance of every world court and tribunal only because it can. Obama’s incessantly citing US exceptionalism is always accompanied by his worn-out rhetoric and jingoistic masturbation touting the greatness of America and its blessed people.
He never fails to emphasize the urgent need for the United States to take the lead in imparting its brand of democracy to the waiting rest of the world.
Of course he must always also pay tribute to our brave young men and women in uniform loyally defending our coveted freedom that the so called terrorists are always so jealous of.
This hubris of deception and hypocrisy behind his ad nauseam lies spewing forth is wearing ever so thin to the fast growing crowd of outraged Americans joining the rest of the planet that for a long time have painfully known that it’s the United States of America that’s the real threat to every nation’s security on this earth and that it’s the current criminal syndicate of US Empire posing as the rogue globalist government that urgently needs a complete “regime change” overhaul.
Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate and former US Army officer. He has written a manuscript based on his unique military experience entitled “Don’t Let The Bastards Getcha Down.” It examines and focuses on US international relations, leadership and national security issues. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field for more than a quarter century. He now concentrates on his writing and has a blog site at http://empireexposed. blogspot. com.
"You Shouldn't Worry If You've Got Nothing To Hide” is one of the mantras trotted out when New Zealanders complain about the GCSB having access to their private communications.
There is some speculation that the 'Fonterra 1080 poisoning threat' debacle is in fact a false flag cook-up to distract the mainstream media from the ongoing NSA / GCSB / FVEY spying evidence that is braising the Prime Ministers goose somewhat publicly.
Let’s turn that mantra around as ask those running the GCSB why the feel they have to hide from public everything they do. Is it because, as recent revelations show, the agency is more about serving the interests of the US government than that of New Zealanders?
No Public Accountability for the GCSB
March 9 2015 | EveningReport
When I [Keith Locke] was an MP I ran up against a brick wall when I asked any questions about the GCSB, the Waihopai spy station or the Five Eyes. “We don’t comment on matters of national security” was the routine reply from the Prime Minister (Helen Clark followed by John Key).
The PM’s stonewalling has become even more absurd now that the Snowden documents have shown that the GCSB is intercepting and collecting virtually all the communications in Pacific Island states.
When asked whether former GCSB head Bruce Ferguson was right that the agency does engage in mass communications data collection, the PM said he didn’t know what Ferguson meant? He also said there was no obligation on the GCSB to inform any New Zealander that details about their private communications were being collected.
Everything the GCSB does is lawful, Key, claimed, forgetting the Privacy Act and forgetting his previous assurance that the GCSB Act does not allow for mass surveillance of New Zealanders
To me there doesn’t seem any question that the GCSB is illegally engaged in the wholesale collection of the communications of any New Zealander visiting or living in a Pacific Island, or any New Zealander emailing or phoning someone in the Pacific).
The targeting of Pacific Island government communications (as mentioned in one NSA document) is also contrary to the Vienna convention, and not what a good neighbour should do. The rejoinder of Key apologists, that “all nations do it” is simply not true, and we would rightly be outraged if a foreign government was intercepting all of our government communications.
Parliamentary oversight of the GCSB is a joke. There is an Intelligence and Security Committee, which operates in secret and is now limited to National and Labour politicians. They are told very little as evidenced by the comments of a former Intelligence and Security Committee member, Peter Dunne, who has expressed surprise that the GCSB is collecting communications data wholesale and passing it on to the NSA.
Let’s not accept the PM’s obfuscations. Let’s demand enough information to allow us to have a proper debate about what GCSB is doing in our name. And let us have better parliamentary oversight of the agency through an all-party select committee whose hearings are where possible in public, like other parliamentary committees.
Prime Minister Goes Back On His Word: Statement #1:
Key: I'll resign if GCSB conducts mass surveillance
10:51 AM Tuesday Aug 20, 2013 | New Zealand Herald
Prime Minister John Key says he and the head of GCSB would resign if the spy agency were found to have conducted mass surveillance.
He made the comment to reporters at Parliament in the light of assurances that the changes to the GCSB Act 2003 would not mean mass surveillance of New Zealanders. Asked if he and GCSB chief Ian Fletcher would resign if there were mass surveillance, he said yes.
"But the facts of life are it won't happen."
For that to happen, the GCSB would have to undertake illegal activity.
He clarified later saying "both" would resign if there was mass surveillance.
"If I wholesale blatantly flout the law as Prime Minister I'm never going to survive anyway."
The Government Communications Security Bureau and Related Legislation Amendment Bill will be debated in Parliament this afternoon.
Labour plans to move an amendment to try to get written into the law a policy statement by Mr Key last week in which he said he said he would not grant warrants to the GCSB to look at the content of New Zealanders communications under the cyber security function in the first instance, but if the agency detected a serious cyber intrusion, it would have to come back to him for a second warrant.
Labour would require the leave of the House to introduce such an amendment because the part it relates to has already been dealt with. Mr Key indicated that National would oppose leave for Labour to do that, saying it was not necessary.
Meanwhile, [now Ex] Justice Minister Judith Collins has confirmed that the police in the past have used the GCSB's specialist capability to intercept the communications of paedophiles.
Such assistance to other agencies has been on hold since September last year, pending the current bill passing which will unequivocally give the GCSB the legal power to spy on New Zealanders in certain circumstances.
Prime Minister Goes Back On His Word: Statement #2:
Key says he won't quit if mass collection of Kiwis' communications proved
17:27 Mon, 9 Mar 2015 | Television New Zealand
Prime Minister John Key says he would not resign if it is proved that the GCSB carries out mass collection of New Zealanders' communications.
Mr Key has always insisted he would quit if it was proved that New Zealanders were subject to mass surveillance. He insists the GCSB has told him that it is not capable of doing mass surveillance and is not legally allowed to do it.
Late last week former GCSB boss Sir Bruce Ferguson told Radio New Zealand that there was mass collection of New Zealanders' data as part of spying operations in the Pacific.
Sir Bruce also maintained however that it was legal as it was collected inadvertently and that the information on Kiwis was not used. When asked today about whether there was a difference between the terms "collection" and "surveillance", Mr Key responded by saying he was "sure the lawyers would tell you there is a difference".
When pressed further, he refused to comment, saying he wasn't going to go into the GCSB's operational details.
Only the minister responsible for the GCSB would know for sure if that agency is conducting illegal mass surveillance. John Key is the minister responsible for the GCSB.
Documents Shine Light on Shadowy New Zealand Surveillance Base
March 8 2015 | TheIntercept
Near the heartland of New Zealand’s renowned wine country, there is a place that visitors are not allowed to go. The peculiar large white domes that protrude from the earth in the Waihopai Valley are surrounded by razor wire and shrouded in secrecy.
But now, newly revealed documents from the National Security Agency whistleblower Edward Snowden shine a light on what is behind the security perimeter. The buildings there are crammed with sophisticated NSA spying technology, used by New Zealand to sweep up text messages, emails, phone calls, and other communications in bulk across the Asia-Pacific.
The documents, revealed Saturday by the Sunday Star-Times in collaboration with The Intercept, show how closely New Zealand has worked with the NSA to maintain surveillance coverage of the region. The files also offer an unprecedented insight into the Waihopai base, exposing how it’s been integrated into a global eavesdropping network.
The spying station intercepts data from satellites, and is operated by Government Communications Security Bureau, or GCSB, New Zealand’s equivalent of the NSA. Waihopai is part of a group of surveillance stations used by the so-called Five Eyes, an alliance that New Zealand is part of alongside the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, and Canada.
The Snowden documents show that Waihopai relies heavily on NSA technology to conduct electronic eavesdropping. The NSA tools and systems at the base include LATENTTHREAT, which breaks the intercepted satellite signals down into individual communications; LEGALREPTILE, which collects text message and call metadata, showing who is contacting whom and when; SEMITONE, which monitors fax and voice messages; FALLOWHAUNT, which targets communications sent over small “VSAT” satellites; JUGGERNAUT, which processes intercepted calls from mobile phone networks (including voice, fax, data and text messages); LOPERS and SURFBOARD, both used to snoop on phone calls; and XKEYSCORE, a system used to gather intercepted Internet data, such as emails and details about people’s online browsing habits.
According to the NSA documents, the Waihopai station is codenamed IRONSAND. Its primary targets are large international telecommunications satellites that provide communications to and from all of New Zealand’s Pacific Island neighbors and other Asia-Pacific nations.
Waihopai’s principal target in 2005, a secret GCSB report from three years ago shows, was a satellite positioned high above the Kiribati islands. This satellite was damaged and stopped operating after a power failure in mid-January 2005. Its work was transferred to another satellite, named IS-701, and later to IS-18, which is now Waihopai’s main target.
GCSB is legally barred from spying on New Zealand citizens except under a warrant. But there is a secret exception that allows the agency to spy on the governments of islands populated by New Zealand citizens.
“Note: The governments of Cook Islands and Niue may be targeted, but not their citizens since they are entitled to hold New Zealand passports,”
In practice, this means politicians and public servants can be targeted for surveillance on the islands even if they are New Zealand citizens.
Cook Island opposition leader William Heather told the Sunday Star-Times he was shocked to learn that the GCSB had spied on the island’s residents.
“We are only a small dot in the Pacific,” he said, questioning why New Zealand would “spy on the family.”
On Wednesday, The Intercept and the New Zealand Herald revealed how the Waihopai base was being used to spy on communications across the Pacific Islands and share intercepted data in bulk with the NSA and the other Five Eyes.
Following the story, the Tongan prime minister said the spying was “a breach of trust,” the New Zealand Labour party leader Andrew Little called the spying a “mass invasion of privacy,” and the Greens filed a legal complaint against the surveillance, which the party’s co-leader Russel Norman said amounted to “crimes under New Zealand law against entire countries.”
New Zealand’s prime minister John Key insisted that the revelations were wrong, but then refused to explain why, telling a press conference he had:
“no intention of telling you about how we do things.”
Meanwhile, former GCSB chief Sir Bruce Ferguson admitted that “mass collection” of data was indeed being undertaken in the Pacific, and said it was “mission impossible” to eliminate New Zealanders’ communications from the data being swept up.
Responding to the latest revelations on Saturday, GCSB declined to comment. In a statement issued to The Intercept and the Sunday-Star Times, the agency’s acting director, Una Jagose, said:
“We do not comment on operational matters. Everything we do is authorized under legislation and subject to independent oversight.”
NSA spokeswoman Vanee’ Vines said in a statement that the agency would not comment “on specific, alleged foreign intelligence activities.”
Vines added: “The National Security Agency works with foreign partners to address a wide array of serious threats, including terrorist plots, the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and foreign aggression.
NSA’s activities with foreign partners comply with U.S. laws and the applicable laws under which our partners operate.”
10 George Orwell Quotes That Predicted The World Today March 13 2015 | From: InfoWars
“If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face - forever.”
George Orwell, author of 1984, had tremendous insight on how the global elite would dominate society, and he predicted the current political climate in America today as you’ll see from this list by Justin King of the Anti-Media:
George Orwell ranks among the most profound social critics of the modern era.
Some of his quotations, more than a half a century old, show the depth of understanding an enlightened mind can have about the future.
1) “In our age there is no such thing as ‘keeping out of politics.’ All issues are political issues, and politics itself is a mass of lies, evasions, folly, hatred and schizophrenia.”
Though many in the modern age have the will to bury their head in the sand when it comes to political matters, nobody can only concern themselves with the proverbial pebble in their shoe. If one is successful in avoiding politics, at some point the effects of the political decisions they abstained from participating in will reach their front door. More often than not, by that time the person has already lost whatever whisper of a voice the government has allowed them.
2) “All the war-propaganda, all the screaming and lies and hatred, comes invariably from people who are not fighting.”
Examining the nightly news in the run up to almost any military intervention will find scores of talking heads crying for blood to flow in the streets of some city the name of which they just learned to pronounce. Once the bullets start flying, those that clamored for war will still be safely on set bringing you up-to-the-minute coverage of the carnage while their stock in Raytheon climbs.
3) “War against a foreign country only happens when the moneyed classes think they are going to profit from it.”
It’s pretty self-explanatory and while it may be hard to swallow, it’s certainly true. All it takes is a quick look at who benefited from the recent wars waged by the United States to see Orwell’s quip take life.
4) “The very concept of objective truth is fading out of the world. Lies will pass into history.”
My most prized books are a collection of history books from around the world. I have an Iraqi book that recounts the glory of Saddam Hussein’s victory over the United States in 1991. I have books from three different nations claiming that one of their citizens was the first to fly. As some of the most powerful nations in the world agree to let certain facts be “forgotten,” the trend will only get worse. History is written by the victor, and the victor will never be asked if he told the truth.
5) “In a time of deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”
Even without commentary, the reader is probably picturing Edward Snowden or Chelsea Manning. The revolutions of the future will not be fought with bullets and explosives, but with little bits of data traveling around the world destroying the false narratives with which governments shackle their citizens.
6) “Journalism is printing what someone else does not want printed: everything else is public relations.”
Make no mistake about it; if an article does not anger someone, it is nothing more than a public relations piece. Most of what passes for news today is little more than an official sounding advertisement for a product, service, or belief.
7) “In real life it is always the anvil that breaks the hammer…”
In every conflict, it is not the side that can inflict the most damage, but the side that can sustain the most damage that ultimately prevails. History is full of situations in which a military “won the battles but lost the war.”
8) “The nationalist not only does not disapprove of atrocities committed by his own side, but he has a remarkable capacity for not even hearing about them.”
Haditha. Panjwai. Maywand District. Mahmudiyah. These names probably don’t ring a bell, but it is almost a certainty that the reader is aware of the brutality that occurred in Benghazi. The main difference is that in the first four incidents, those committing the acts of brutality were wearing an American flag on their shoulder.
9) “Threats to freedom of speech, writing and action, though often trivial in isolation, are cumulative in their effect and, unless checked, lead to a general disrespect for the rights of the citizen.”
Everyday there is a new form of censorship or a new method of forcing people into self-censorship, and the people shrug it off because it only relates to a small minority. By the time the people realize their ability to express disapproval has been completely restricted, it may be too late. That brings us to Orwell’s most haunting quote.
10) “If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face—forever.”
Once the people are indoctrinated with nationalistic beliefs, and the infrastructure to protect them from some constantly-changing and ever-expanding definition of an enemy is in place, there is no ability for the people to regain liberty. By the time all of the pieces are in place, not only is opportunity to regain freedom lost, but the will to achieve freedom has also evaporated. The reader will truly love Big Brother.
Key Must Explain How GCSB Spying On Citizens Is Lawful
+ Pacific Action Needed Against Spy Net March 10 2015 | From: Pacific Freedom Forum / Green Party
John Key needs to come clean with New Zealanders and explain how it is lawful for the Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) to spy, without a warrant, on New Zealand citizens who are part of the governments of the Cook Islands and Niue, said the Green Party today.
Documentation revealed today by the Sunday Star Times show that the GCSB’s targeting rules include New Zealand citizens are part of the governments of the Cook Islands and Niue.
Key must explain how GCSB spying on citizens is lawful
“The documents show the GCSB knew spying on New Zealanders from the Cook Island and Niue was illegal, but they decided to ignore this anyway,” said Green Party Co-leader Dr Russel Norman.
“What was the justification for spying on people when the GCSB knew it was illegal?"
“Is John Key saying that New Zealanders in the Cook Islands and Niue are second class citizens who do not deserve the protection of our spy laws?"
“The facts show that there has been mass illegal spying on New Zealanders in the Pacific and John Key needs to explain why it was done."
“This spying agenda accelerated under his leadership, and he needs to tell the public if New Zealand, why he allowed something so blatantly illegal to occur."
“It is not good enough to refuse to engage with the issue as John Key has been doing."
“Every other world leader has fronted and offered an explanation; John Key, on the other hand, thinks he is above explaining this mess to New Zealanders."
“The Green Party hopes the Inspector General of Intelligence and Security will be able to provide some answers to this debacle following our request to her to start an inquiry into the matter,” said Dr Norman."
Pacific Action Needed Against Spy Net - PFF
Pacific leaders need to take action against wholesale spying by foreign powers, warns the Pacific Freedom Forum.
"Freedom of speech includes secure, private communications," says PFF Chair Titi Gabi.
"This is true for not just journalists and their sources, but also for political leaders, community leaders, activists and advocates."
This week's news about the "full take" spying delivers details promised last year by investigative journalist Glenn Greenwald, based on documents leaked by former NSA contractor, Edward Snowden.
Ten Pacific countries are listed in media reports as being targets of spying by New Zealand's GCSB, which gives the NSA full access - and control - over the data.
The countries are given as Tuvalu, Nauru, Kiribati and Samoa, Vanuatu, the Solomon Islands, New Caledonia, Fiji, Tonga and French Polynesia.
However another investigative journalist, Nick Hager, was quoted as saying the spying basically involves "all" Pacific Island countries.
PFF co-Chair Monica Miller said that concerns about mass surveillance must now extend to the highest levels of power in the Pacific.
"We are all familiar with concerns about the chilling effects on freedoms of speech of laws and threats from various governments.
But now its the turn of the public to be concerned about those effects on their own governments."
PFF notes questions of outright illegality under New Zealand law given the fact that Niue and the Cook Islands people are New Zealand citizens by birthright.
New Zealand got support from the entire Pacific in its campaign for a seat on the United Nations Security Council, campaigning with the slogan "New Zealand stands up for small states".
PFF says the spying highlights the need for more regional awareness and action on cyber security.
NZ First Pulls Reins On TPP ‘Trojan Horse’ Nightmare March 9 2015 | From: New ZealandFirst
New Zealand First is taking emergency measures to axe the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement’s (TPPA) ‘Trojan Horse’ provisions, which will allow foreign corporations to sue the New Zealand government for billions of dollars.
“New Zealand First is bringing forward the Fighting Foreign Corporate Control Bill to ban our government from signing any treaty, which gives foreign corporates the right to seek compensation if they believe our laws affect their business,” says Fletcher Tabuteau, New Zealand First Spokesperson for Commerce and Trade.
“Leaks from the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement negotiations show it’s full of nasty details. One of the nastier provisions puts the interests of foreign corporates ahead of the New Zealand public.
It is not just the TPPA but the National government signed us all up to the New Zealand-Korea Free Trade Agreement which has ‘an investor clause.’
This is wrong. New Zealanders must rule our country, not foreign businesses. New Zealand absolutely relies on our exports so trade is essential but the price of trade agreements shouldn’t mean selling our soul.
New Zealand First’s Bill will stop provisions known as investor-state dispute settlements.
It is wrong that the National government maintains a shroud of secrecy around TPPA negotiations, especially when they go well beyond being just a trade agreement. National must do right by New Zealanders and let them know just what this government is prepared to give away to overseas corporates.
New Zealand First’s Fighting Foreign Corporate Control Bill will mitigate the worst of these new age trade deals,”Mr Tabuteau said.
GAME OVER: GMO Science Fraud Shattered By Stunning Investigative Book Worthy Of Nobel Prize - Altered Genes, Twisted Truth March 8 2015 | From: NaturalNews
The science fraud game is over for the biotech mafia. After years of running its corporate con that pushed dangerous poisons into the food supply and the fragile environment, the biotech industry's lies are now exposed and meticulously deconstructed in an exhaustively researched new book launching March 20.
The Foreword of the book was authored by one of the most celebrated living scientists in the world: Jane Goodall, PhD, DBE and UN Messenger of Peace. The derogatory "anti-science" slur used by biotech operatives (such as discredited biotech shill Jon Entine) against other scientists won't work against Jane Goodall. Her legacy of science is irrefutably extraordinary, and she has received more science awards and accolades than almost any other scientist living today.
What does Jane Goodall have to say about the total science fraud of GMOs and the corrupt biotech industry?
In her own words, Altered Genes, Twisted Truth is "...without doubt one of the most important books of the last 50 years."
She goes on to reveal the stunning truth about the outright corruption, fraud and disinformation that now characterizes the biotech industry and the collusion of the FDA:
Altered Genes, Twisted Truth is the most chilling thing I've ever read. It's about the huge conspiracy by the big companies who do genetic modification to keep the public from knowing the truth, to subvert the course of justice.
[GMOs are a] shocking corruption of the life forms of the planet.
...the huge conspiracy by the big companies who do genetic modification to keep the public from knowing the truth, to subvert the course of justice.
...the general public and government decision makers have been hoodwinked by the clever and methodical twisting of the facts and the propagation of many myths.
...a number of respected scientific institutions, as well as many eminent scientists, were complicit in this relentless spreading of disinformation.
Steven Druker is a hero. He deserves at least a Nobel Prize.
...the commercialization of GE foods occurred through the unbelievably poor judgment -- if not downright corruption -- of the US Food and Drug Administration (the FDA)... it apparently ignored (and covered up) the concerns of its own scientists and then violated a federal statute and its own regulations by permitting GE foods to be marketed without any testing whatsoever.
The evidence further shows how the agency assured consumers that GE foods are just as safe as naturally produced ones -- and that their safety has been confirmed by solid scientific evidence -- despite the fact it knew that no such evidence existed.
...it was this fraud that truly enabled the GE food venture to take off. And he asserts that the fraud continues to deceive the public and Congress, despite the fact that the lawsuit he initiated thoroughly exposed it.
...the mainstream media have been highly selective in what they report -- and have consistently failed to convey information that would cause concern about these engineered products. Moreover, Druker demonstrates that the policies imposed by the media magnates have been, in his words, 'not merely selective, but suppressive.'
...he relates several dramatic incidents in which journalists who tried to bring unsettling facts to light had their stories altered or totally quashed by higher level executives.
...it appears that such publications are downright deceptive, not only portraying genetic engineering in a misleading manner, but even misrepresenting some basic features of biology.
...even if these products did not entail higher risks, it's doubtful they could significantly reduce malnutrition or solve any major problems of agriculture.
I want Natural News readers to help make this book a national bestseller
Additional quotes about the book from other scientists
"Steven Druker has written one of the few books I have encountered, in my many years of public interest work, with the capacity to drive major change in a major issue. What Ralph Nader's Unsafe at Any Speed was to the auto industry and what Rachel Carson's Silent Spring was to synthetic pesticides, Altered Genes, Twisted Truth will be to genetically engineered food. It is profoundly penetrating, illuminating, and compelling, and it could stimulate a monumental and beneficial shift in our system of food production." -- Joan Levin, JD, MPH
"Altered Genes, Twisted Truth is a remarkable work that may well change the public conversation on one of the most important issues of our day. If the numerous revelations it contains become widely known, the arguments being used to defend genetically engineered foods will be untenable." -- Frederick Kirschenmann, Phd Distinguished Fellow, Leopold Center for Sustainable Agriculture, Iowa State University, Author of Cultivating an Ecological Conscience
"Druker's brilliant exposé catches the promoters of GE food red-handed: falsifying data, corrupting regulators, lying to Congress. He thoroughly demonstrates how distortions and deceptions have been piled one on top of another, year after year, producing a global industry that teeters on a foundation of fraud and denial. This book is sure to send shock waves around the world." -- Jeffrey M. Smith, international bestselling author of Seeds of Deception & Genetic Roulette
"Altered Genes, Twisted Truth is very readable, thorough, logical and thought-provoking. Steven Druker exposes shenanigans employed to promote genetic engineering that will surprise even those who have followed the ag-biotech industry closely for years. I strongly recommend his book." -- Belinda Martineau, Ph.D., a co-developer of the first genetically engineered whole food and author of First Fruit: The Creation of the Flavr Savr Tomato and the Birth of Biotech Foods
"Altered Genes, Twisted Truth reveals how the inception of molecular biotechnology ignited a battle between those committed to scientific accuracy and the public interest and those who saw genetic engineering's commercial potential. Steven Druker's meticulously researched book pieces together the deeply disturbing and tremendously important history of the intertwined science and politics of GMOs. Understanding this ongoing struggle is a key to understanding science in the modern world." -- Allison Wilson, PhD molecular geneticist, Science Director, The Bioscience Resource Project
Steven Druker's investigation into the history of fraud and deceipt that ushered in the era of GMOs deserves serious consideration before we take actions that will irreversibly alter the European food supply." -- Pat Thomas of Beyond GM
Through its masterful marshalling of facts, it dispels the cloud of disinformation that has misled people into believing that GE foods have been adequately tested and don't entail abnormal risk." --David Schubert, Ph.D. molecular biologist and Head of Cellular Neurobiology, Salk Institute for Biological Studies
"As a former New York City prosecutor, I was shocked to discover how the FDA illegally exempted GE foods from the rigorous testing mandated by federal statute. And as the mother of three young kids, I was outraged to learn how America's children are being callously exposed to experimental foods that were deemed abnormally risky by the FDA's own experts." -- Tara-Cook Littman, J.D.
"The evidence is comprehensive, clear, and compelling; and its credibility is irrefutable. No one has documented other cases of irresponsible behavior by government regulators and the scientific establishment nearly as well as Druker documents this one. His book should be widely read and thoroughly heeded." -- John Ikerd, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Missouri -- Columbia
"Altered Genes, Twisted Truth will stand as a landmark. It should be required reading in every university biology course." -- Joseph Cummins, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Genetics, Western University, London, Ontario
"Steven Druker's meticulously documented, well-crafted, and spellbinding narrative should serve as a clarion call to all of us. In particular, his chapter detailing the deadly epidemic of 1989-90 that was linked with a genetically engineered food supplement is especially significant. I and my Mayo Clinic colleagues were active participants in the attempt to identify the cause of this epidemic. Druker provides a comprehensive analysis of all the evidence and also presents new findings from our work. Overall his discussion of this tragic event, as well as its ominous implications, is the most comprehensive, evenly balanced and accurate account that I have read." -- Stephen Naylor, PhD CEO and Chairman of MaiHealth Inc., Professor of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, & Pharmacology Mayo Clinic (1991-2001)
"Based on over 30 years of teaching computer science at universities and on extensive experience as a programmer in private industry, I can state that Steven Druker has done an excellent job of demonstrating the recklessness of the current practices of genetic engineering in comparison to the established practices of software engineering. His book presents a striking contrast between the two fields, showing how software engineers progressively developed greater awareness of the inherent risks of altering complex information systems – and accordingly developed more rigorous procedures for managing them – while genetic technicians have largely failed to do either, despite the fact that the information systems they alter are far more complex, and far less comprehended, than any human-made system." -- Ralph Bunker, Phd
Publisher's description
This book uncovers the biggest scientific fraud of our age. It tells the fascinating and frequently astounding story of how the massive enterprise to restructure the genetic core of the world's food supply came into being, how it advanced by consistently violating the protocols of science, and how for more than three decades, hundreds of eminent biologists and esteemed institutions have systematically contorted the truth in order to conceal the unique risks of its products–and get them onto our dinner plates.
Altered Genes, Twisted Truth provides a graphic account of how this elaborate fraud was crafted and how it not only deceived the general public, but Bill Clinton, Bill Gates, Barack Obama and a host of other astute and influential individuals as well. The book also exposes how the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) was induced to become a key accomplice -- and how it has broken the law and repeatedly lied in order to usher genetically engineered foods onto the market without the safety testing that's required by federal statute. As a result, for fifteen years America's families have been regularly ingesting a group of novel products that the FDA's own scientific staff had previously determined to be unduly hazardous to human health.
By the time this gripping story comes to a close, it will be clear that the degradation of science it documents has not only been unsavory but unprecedented--and that in no other instance have so many scientists so seriously subverted the standards they were trained to uphold, misled so many people, and imposed such magnitude of risk on both human health and the health of the environment.
Snowden Documents Show Extent Of NZ Spying On South Pacific Nations March 7 2015 | From: NBR
Note: After publishing this article it would appear that the National Business Review has been leaned upon by the Prime Ministers Office in a lame attempt to whitewash this story - As may be seen in the revised link above. The oringinal NBR article is referenced below.
The article is now entitled "John Key Rejects Snowden Docs As 'Outdated'". The cabal is in a failing backslide and their inept minions cannot thwart exposures prior to media release now.
Documents released to media today by the US National Security Agency (NSA) leaker Edward Snowden show New Zealand signals intelligence agencies spy on South Pacific nations.
The documents, dated at July 2009 and entitled “GCSB SIGINT Development Quarterly Report” are a series of official reports disseminated among the so-called Five Eyes countries.
They show New Zealand has been spying on the digital communications of various South Pacific nations. The communications collected reportedly include digital, email, telephone metadata, landline and mobile conversations and other forms.
Prime Minister John Key stated yesterday that he believed the information expected for release would be “wrong.”
However, the reports are all stamped with the logo of the Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) with a redacted address, presumably that of the director of the GCSB.
The internal report states that the GCSB in 2009 was facing a “rapid pace” of technological change throughout the South Pacific as newer cable communications began to supersede older methods such as satellite communications.
Targets for the GCSB include Fiji, Samoa, New Caledonia and Vanuatu.
The collection site is listed as the GCSB’s signals intelligence station at Waihopai in Marlborough.
Other documents from Mr Snowden are expected to be released over the coming days.
The Foul Stench Of Desperation +
Whatever Became Of Economists And The American [Cabal Driven Global] Economy? March 6 2015 | From: InvestmentResearchDynamics / PaulCraigRoberts
Something is really wrong behind the scenes. The insiders are exhibiting an extreme degree of desperation to keep the price of gold and silver from trading freely and to keep the stock market from plunging.
Every time the S&P 500/Dow are in a free-fall, one of the big HFT electronic commications networks (ECNs) mysteriously “breaks”.
Today the S&P 500 was down 16 points and falling quickly. Then the BATS ECN announced that it had to suspend trading in all of its trade routing systems to the NYSE.
It just so happens that BATS is one of the largest, if not the largest, electronic communication networks in the world.
This happens every time the stock market goes into cliff-dive mode. How come it NEVER happens when the S&P 500 is going parabolic to the upside?
The economy is starting to fall apart. The plunging price of oil is just one indicator.
Retail sales down nearly 1% two months in a row with one of the months being December, which is historically the best month of the year for retail sales.
DOWN 1%.
Declines in retail sales are not very common – especially back-to-back monthly declines just under 1%.
It means that consumers are not buying. They are not buying because they have run out of money.
Revolving credit balances have been rising steadily now since 2011. The rise has begun to accelerate:
Contrary to popular Wall Street myth, consumers don’t take out an increasing amount of high-cost credit card debt when they feel “good” about the economy.
Since the mid-2000’s people have been using credit card debt increasingly to pay for necessities: food, gasoline, etc. Many will even put their monthly mortgage payment on their credit card.
This is part of the dynamic that lead to the credit market collapse in 2008. Banks are all too willing to issue them to everyone with less than stellar credit ratings because they can charge 15% (current average APR) on money for which they are borrowing from depositors for almost 0%.
How do we know that consumers don’t “feel good” about the economy? Because if you review all of recent macro economic surveys, you’ll find that they all have sub-indices which measure “sentiment” or “expectations.” Those sub-indices in particular are plunging.
I don’t know how much longer “they” can keep up this absurd charade, but I know when that when they lose control the collapse will be spectacular.
Whatever Became of Economists and the American [Cabal Driven Global] Economy?
According to the official economic fairy tale, the US economy has been in recovery since June 2009.
This fairy tale supports America’s image as the safe haven, an image that keeps the dollar up, the stock market up, and interest rates down. It is an image that causes the massive numbers of unemployed [not just] Americans to blame themselves and not the mishandled economy.
This fairy tale survives despite the fact that there is no economic information whatsoever that supports it.
Real median household income has not grown for years and is below the levels of the early 1970s. There has been no growth in real retail sales for six years. How does an economy dependent on consumer demand grow when real consumer incomes and real retail sales do not grow?
Not from business investment. Why invest when there is no sales growth? Industrial production, properly deflated, remains well below the pre-recession level.
Not from construction. The real value of total construction put in place declined sharply from 2006 through 2011 and has bounced around the 2011 bottom for the past three years. How does an economy grow when the labor force is shrinking? The labor force participation rate has declined since 2007 as has the civilian employment to population ratio.
How can there be a recovery when nothing has recovered?
Do economists believe that the entire corpus of macroeconomics taught since the 1940s is simply incorrect? If not, how can economists possibly support the recovery fairy tale?
We see the same absence of economics in the policy response to the sovereign debt crisis in Europe. First of all, the only reason that there is a crisis is because instead of writing off that part of the debt that cannot be paid, as in the past, so that the rest of the debt could be paid, creditors have demanded the impossible – that all the debt be paid.
In an attempt to achieve the impossible, heavily indebted countries, such as Greece, have been forced to reduce old age pensions, fire government employees, reduce social services such as health care and education, reduce wages, and sell-off public property such as ports, municipal water companies, and the state lottery.
These austerity packages deprive the government of revenues and the population of spending power. Consequently, consumption, investment, and government spending all fall, and the economy sinks lower. As the economy sinks, the existing debt becomes a larger percentage of the GDP and becomes even more unserviceable.
Economists have known this ever since John Maynard Keynes taught it to them in the 1930s. Yet there is no sign of this foundational economics in the policy approach to the sovereign debt crisis.
Economists it appears have simply vanished from the earth. Or, if some are still present, they have lost their voices and do not speak.
Consider “globalism.” Every country has been convinced that globalism is imperative and that not to be part of the “global economy” means economic death.
In fact, to be part of the global economy means death.
Understand the economic destruction that globalism has wreaked on the United States. Millions of middle class factory jobs and professional skill jobs such as software engineering and Information Technology have been taken away from the American middle class and given to people in Asia.
In the short-run this drops labor costs and benefits the profits of the US corporations that offshore the jobs, but the consequence is to destroy the domestic consumer market as jobs that permit the formation of households are replaced with lowly paid part-time jobs that do not.
If households cannot form, the demand for housing, home appliances and furnishings declines. College graduates return home to live with their parents.
Part-time jobs hurt the ability to save. People are only able to purchase cars because they can get 100 percent financing, and more in order to pay off an existing car loan that exceeds the vehicle’s trade-in value, in a six-year loan. These loans are possible, because those who make the loans sell them.
The loans are then securitized and sold as investments to those desperate for yield in a zero interest rate world.
Derivatives are spun off these “investments,” and a new bubble is put in place.
When manufacturing jobs are offshored, the US plants are closed, and the tax base of state and local governments declines. When the governments have trouble servicing their accumulated debt, the tendency is not to meet their pension obligations. This reduces retiree incomes, incomes already reduced by zero or negative interest rates.
This unraveling of consumer demand, the basis for our economy, was entirely obvious at the very beginning.
Yet junk economists or hired corporate mouthpieces promised Americans a “New Economy” that would provide them with better, higher paying, cleaner jobs to take the place of the jobs moved abroad. As I have pointed out for more than a decade, there is no sign of these jobs anywhere in the economy.
Why did economists make no protest as the US economy was shipped abroad and deep-sixed at home?
Globalism also devastates “emerging economies.” Self-sufficient agricultural communities are destroyed by the introduction of large-scale monoculture agriculture. The uprooted peoples relocate to cities where they become a drain on social services and a source of political instability.
Globalism, like neoliberal economics, is an instrument of economic imperialism. Labor is exploited, while peoples, cultures, and environments are destroyed. Yet the propaganda is so powerful that people partake of their own destruction.
Is Your Family's Health Being Traded For Profit? March 3 2015 | From: BoughtMovie
New documentary 'Bought' exposes the ugly truth behind vaccines, GMO's and Big Pharma
You're about to see how Wall Street has literally "BOUGHT" your and your family's health.
The food, vaccine, drug, insurance and health industry are a multi-BILLION dollar enterprise... focused more on profits than human lives. The BOUGHT documentary takes viewers deep "inside the guts" of this despicable conspiracy...
Featuring exclusive interviews with the world's most acclaimed experts in research, medicine, holistic care and natural health... Bought exposes the hidden (and deadly) story behind it all.
“The internet is stuffed with garbage. Anti-vaccination websites make the front page of Google, and fact-free ‘news’ stories spread like wildfire. Google has devised a fix – rank websites according to their truthfulness.”
Great idea, right? Sure it is. The author of the article lets the cat out of the bag right away with his comment about “anti-vaccination” websites.
These sites will obviously be shoved into obscurity by Google because they’re “garbage”…whereas “truthful” pro-vaccine sites will dominate top ranked pages on the search engine.
This is wonderful if you believe what the CDC tells you about vaccine safety and efficacy. The CDC: an agency that opens its doors every day with lies and closes them with more lies.
The New Scientist article continues:
“A Google research team is adapting [a] model to measure the trustworthiness of a [website] page, rather than its reputation across the web. Instead of counting incoming links, the [ranking] system – which is not yet live – counts the number of incorrect facts within a page. ‘A source that has few false facts is considered to be trustworthy,’ says the team…The score they compute for each page is its Knowledge-Based Trust score.”
Right. Google, researchers of truth. Assessors of trustworthiness. Who in the world could have a problem with that?
Answer: anyone with three live brain cells.
Here’s the New Scientist’s capper. It’s a beaut:
“The [truth-finding] software works by tapping into the Knowledge Vault, the vast store of facts that Google has pulled off the internet. Facts the web unanimously agrees on are considered a reasonable proxy for truth. Web pages that contain contradictory information are bumped down the rankings.”
Right. Uh-huh. So Google, along with its friends at the CIA, will engineer a new and improved, greater flood of (dis)information across the Web. And this disinfo will constitute an overwhelming majority opinion…and will become the standard for measuring truth and trustworthiness.
Think about what kinds of websites will rise like foul cream to the top of Google page rankings:
“All vaccines are marvelously safe and effective, and parents who don’t vaccinate their kids should be prosecuted for felonies.”
“GMOs are perfectly safe. ‘The science’ says so.”
“The FBI has never organized a synthetic terror event and then stung the morons it encouraged.”
“Common Core is the greatest system of education yet devised by humans.”
“People who believe conspiracies exist have mental disorders.”
In other words: (fake) consensus reality becomes reality. Which is the situation we have now, but the titanic pile of fakery will rise much, much higher.
Also, think about this: the whole purpose of authentic investigative reporting is puncturing the consensus…but you’ll have to search Google for a long time to find it.
In the field of medical fraud, an area I’ve been researching for 25 years, the conclusions of standard published studies (which are brimming with lies) will occupy page after page of top Google rankings.
Let me offer a counter-example to the Google “knowledge team.” Here is a woman who has examined, up close and personal, more medical studies in her career than the entire workforce of Google. She is Dr. Marcia Angell. For 20 years, she was an editor at The New England Journal of Medicine.
On January 15, 2009, the New York Review of Books published her stunning statement: “It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.”
In two sentences, Angell carries more weight than 20,000 blowhard “science bloggers,” to say nothing of lying drug companies and that criminal agency called the FDA.
Angell torpedoes an entire range of medical literature, based on her hard-won experience.
But you can be sure that when it comes to “medical facts,” the Google “truth team” will ascribe absolutely no merit (ranking) to her conclusion or its implications.
You may say, “But these search engines are already slanting the truth.”
The new Google program is going to double down. It’s going to set up its own Ministry of Truth. It’s going to standardize algorithms that unerringly bring about officially favored lies.
Stories on vote fraud?
Stories contradicting the official line on mass shootings?
Stories on the US government funding terrorist groups?
Stories on the hostile planetary intentions of Globalists?
Stories on corporate criminals? Secrets of the Federal Reserve?
Stories on major media censoring scandals?
Counter-consensus stories on 9/11, the JFK assassination, the US bankers and corporations who funded both sides in WW2? All anti-establishment versions of history?
After Google launches this Ministry of Truth program, you’ll have to put on diving gear and go deep underwater to find any trace of them.
Welcome to a new day.
“It was a bright cold day in April, and the clocks were striking thirteen.” (Opening line, 1984, Orwell)
Let’s take all this one step further. Google’s director of research is Ray Kurzweil, who many people know as the promoter of a “utopian” plan to hook the population up (through direct brain-machine interface) to a vast super-computer.
The super-computer will pass along virtually all human knowledge. Kurzweil believes such a momentous breakthrough will endow humans with a mystical level of consciousness.
Even if this technological wet dream could be realized, we can now see what “connecting to all human knowledge” means:
It means accepting all official knowledge. Being blind to counter-knowledge. It’s time to reverse AI (Artificial Intelligence) and call it IA (Intelligent Androids).
IAs would be humans who are programmed to be androids. IAs accept truth as it delivered to them by official sources.
Google makes its contribution by promoting official sources. And hiding other sources. Yes, this surely seems like Nirvana. You will be fed the Good and protected from the Evil.
Sound familiar?
Thank you, Google. When are you going to apply for non-profit status and open your Holy Church of Information?
“Today’s sermon will be delivered by the director of the CIA. It is titled, ‘Data: everything you need to know, everything you must not believe.’ Breathe deeply. Your neuronal circuits are now being tuned to our channel…”
Dr. Paul Connett of the Fluoride Action Network has now interviewed Christopher Bryson in this hard hitting video as the writer describes his discoveries about fluoride and its sinister connections to major policy agencies in the U. S. Government and to manipulation of popular scientific perception by major academic institutions such as Carnegie Mellon University.
He describes how a significant pollutant and industrial chemical by product of the smelting and phosphate fertilizer industry was eventually turned into a miracle cure for tooth decay. And, Bryson describes how career professionals were discredited and ruined in order to guard the dirty secrets of fluoride's adverse long term health effects.
Possibly one of the most important books to be published this decade - possibly in the last sixty years, "The Fluoride Deception" by former BBC correspondent and award winning investigative reporter, Christopher Bryson was published in 2004 by Seven Stories Press.
This is the book that uncovered the incredible history behind the inception of the public health policy called water fluoridation. It is the book that stripped away the secrecy of government cover-ups concerning the legal industrial battles of WWII and the poisoning of farms and workers exposed to this insidious toxin with unfortunate lifelong consequences.
Taking ten years to write, The Fluoride Deception has spawned a firestorm of controversy as groups of scientists, researchers and medical professionals around the world are now openly challenging the scientific, legal and ethical logic behind the government's seeming inability to admit how many citizens have had their health compromised or ruined from long term exposure to an accumulative poison that was once used in rat poison and is still used today in pesticides and agriculture.
Once you see this video, you will never think of your toothpaste or your tap water in quite the same way again.
A production of the Fluoride Action Network this video returns to its home on the FAN YouTube channel. The book is available through bookstores and libraries.
Truth In Media: The Origin Of ISIS - Ben Swann Confronts Obama And Exposes Engineered War February 29 2015 | From: BenSwann
In the latest episode of Truth in Media, Ben Swann investigates the origins of the militant group referred to as the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS).
Comment: Ben Swann is amazing in that his roots were in the mainstream media and he still works part-time for RT, but he also has his own channel online - where he reports the facts that the mainstream is not willing or able to. In this report (with video) he blows the Islamic State sideshow right out of the water - and effectively calls the cabal manipulators out on their game.
While it has been well established via multiple vectors and souces that the cabal employed two of their proxies, i.e. the CIA and MOSSAD, to bring ISIS / ISIL to the fore in this faux-war - Swann approaches this from a pragmatic position; such that those who are newly awakened to the ruse will be able to process the information with a minimum of shock.
“The name ISIS is one that every American knows,” Swann said “The biggest threat to our national security since Al-Qaeda, right? They are a brutal, savage group known for public beheadings and mass executions. They are the face of the new war on terror.”
Swann pointed out that while the U.S. Military is currently conducting airstrikes in Syria, in a supposed attempt to take out ISIS targets, the White House and U.S. military leaders are discussing possible boots on the ground in Iraq. These talks are arising just three years after President Obama declared that the war in Iraq was over.
Former Defense Secretary Leon Panetta told USA Today that in order to defeat ISIS, he believes the United States is looking at “a 30-year-war.”
As the U.S. goes to war in an attempt to defeat yet another terrorist group, the biggest question is: Who exactly is ISIS and where did they come from?
Angela Keaton, the founder of Antiwar.com, said that ISIS is “entirely a creation of the United States’ behavior in Iraq.”
“That’s how we got to where we are, because of war, because of occupation, because of torture,” Keaton said.
“The United States government completely destabilized and wrecked Iraq. They caused it to fail miserably and that is entirely the fault of the United States government. There is no one else to blame.”
Swann explained that when the U.S. first invaded Iraq, it “blew the country apart.” By destroying the existing government, toppling Saddam Hussein, and destroying the infrastructure, the U.S. “left behind a power vacuum” that would never have existed under Hussein.
Daniel McAdams, the executive director of the Ron Paul Institute, said that the impact caused by the actions of the United States is a “historical fact that media just won’t discuss.”
“This has to do with U.S. action in the region, which destroyed the infrastructure, which destroyed Iraq society, which destroyed the Iraqi government,”McAdams said.
He explained that while there were a lot of people who weren’t “as happy as larks” while living under Saddam Hussein, they also weren’t at odds with Hussein in the same way they were with the government established by the U.S.
The militant group ISIS was formed as a small insurgent group in Iraq in 2006. Swann noted that while they tried to create problems for the U.S. military, they had no money and no real ability to recruit.
“It wasn’t until 2009 that ISIS shifted its focus from Iraq, where it was largely unsuccessful in developing a foothold, and focused on the civil war in Syria,” Swann said.
While in Syria, ISIS still struggled to gain a foothold. Swann attributed this to the fact that two larger groups fighting against President Bashar al-Assad were overpowering them: al-Nusra Front – or al-Qaeda – and the Free Syrian Army.
“Then, came a pivotal moment that most Americans aren’t even aware of,”Swann said.
“In June 2013, a Northern General for the Free Syrian Army spoke out on Al Jazeera Qatar and stated that if international forces did not send weapons, the rebels attempting to overthrow Syrian president Bashar al-Assad would lose their war within a month.”
Swann noted that just months before this occurred he had personally confronted President Obama on the issue of why the U.S. was covertly funding Syrian rebels.
Ben Swann confronts Barack Obama
Although Obama acted as if he was proceeding with caution, politicians such as Senator John McCain demanded action.
“Within a matter of weeks of the Syrian general making his plea for international help, the U.S., the Saudis, Jordan, Qatar, Turkey and Israel began providing weapons, training and money to so-called rebel groups like the Free Syrian Army,” Swann said.
In September 2013, American media outlets began reporting that weapons were being given to Syrian rebels. CNN reported that while the weapons are not “American-made,” they were “funded and organized by the CIA.”
However, Swann said that things began to fall apart when less than one year after the U.S. supplied Syrian “freedom fighters” with weapons, those weapons ended up in the hands of ISIS fighters.
Those ISIS fighters came from the group McCain insisted would help the U.S. overthrow Assad: the Free Syrian Army. Swann explained that the army was not only sending the Islamic State weapons, it was also sending them fighters.
“The Free Syrian Army has lost most of the land that it ever claimed and it’s entirely incompetent,” Keaton said.
“The only thing that it has been good at is currying favor with western leaders.”
Swann said that it wasn’t until June 2014 that ISIS went from being a “no-name group in Syria” to a group that was “heavily armed and trained by U.S. and Coalition Special Forces.”
This revitalized group made a dramatic entrance by crossing back over the Syrian border into Iraq and capturing Mosul and much of the northern part of the country.
“One of the most important facts that mainstream media ignores time and time again is that ISIS was able to grow so fast, because of all the U.S. military equipment they were able to seize – equipment that our military left in Iraq,” said Swann.
“Truckloads of Humvees, tanks and weaponry that instead of taking or destroying, the U.S. government simply decided to leave behind.”
However, even when the U.S. government became aware that ISIS fighters were capturing U.S. equipment, it did nothing.
Swann attributed the lack of action to the fact that ISIS fighters were taking the equipment back into Syria to continue fighting Assad, which was what the U.S. government wanted.
“How is it that the United States, with all of its intelligence capabilities, didn’t know this threat was coming?”McAdams said.
“How many billions did we spend, maybe a hundred billion on total intelligence community budge over the year? How did they have no idea?”
Swann said that the answer is simple:
“The U.S. did know who ISIS was, but the so-called Islamic State was doing what the Obama administration wanted.”
The ISIS fighters continued to do what the Obama administration wanted, and in late summer 2014, they were labeled what Swann called, “the new boogeyman in the war on terror”.
“Over the past few months, the U.S. government, who acted like they had never even heard of ISIS, suddenly, with the help of media has turned the Islamic State into the new focus of the war on terror,” Swann said.
“Now, as ISIS has continued its rise, recruitment is exploding and the group is becoming stunningly wealthy.”
Swann noted that in response to the “ISIS threat,” the U.S. began “conducting airstrikes on Syrian oil fields, instead of going after those buying the oil.”
McAdams pointed out that ISIS makes $2 million a day off of selling oil, and the United States’ response, of “undercutting the competition” by blowing up oil fields makes no sense.
He questioned why the U.S., which is known for sanctioning “anything that moves,” when it’s angry, is not placing sanctions on the banks or the oil companies that are involved.
Swann added that in addition to those questions, Americans should also be asking, “Why is the U.S. sending $500 million to the Free Syrian Army to fight ISIS when the FSA is one of the biggest suppliers of fighters and weapons to ISIS?” and “Why are we sending new and more powerful weapons to the FSA like anti-aircraft missiles – weapons that we know will be in the hands of ISIS?”
Swann maintained that while the mainstream media will say that ISIS is the “creation of American inaction,” the reality is that they are the “product of direct action.”
This direct action started with “the action of creating a power vacuum in Iraq” and manifested into the “arming violent Jihadists, hoping they would overthrow a leader in a neighboring Middle Eastern country.”
McAdams described the U.S. government as a victim of its own insane policies, due to the fact that it is “very good at blowing things up, but really bad at putting them back together.”
In determining whether or not McAdams’ statement was true, Swann listed three facts:
Fact #1: “Our government armed Osama bin Laden and the Mujahideen in Afghanistan and created al-Qaeda.”
Fact #2: “Our government put Saddam Hussein into power – we helped supply and create chemical weapons for him to use against Iran in 1980 – and then we overthrew him in 2003.”
Fact #3: “Our government trained rebel fighters in Syria who would become the group today known as ISIS. We have watched them commit every violent atrocity you can imagine to people living in Iraq and Syria, and now we want American taxpayers to fund a 30-year war with them.”
Swann came to the conclusion that it isn’t the U.S. government being held hostage by crazy policies; rather it is the American people.
“It is time that we reject the destruction of people groups around the world for the sake of foreign policy that makes so-called defense contractors rich, and perpetuates violence, death, and the destruction of entire people groups,” Swann said.
“This is the central issue of our time – because humanity is greater than politics.”
Obama And The Western Allied States' “Fake War” Against The Islamic State (ISIS):
The Islamic State Was Created And Is Protected By The U.S. And Its Allies February 26 2015 | From: Global Research / SputnikNews / FarsNews / AotearoaAWiderPerspective
Also in this article:
ISIL Is Secret American Army In Middle East – US Historian Get Some Guts Says John Key As He Prepares To Send Other Peoples Kids To War!
Since August 2014, the US Air Force with the support of a coalition of 19 countries has relentlessly waged an intensified air campaign against Syria and Iraq allegedly targeting the Islamic State brigades.
The Islamic State Was Created And Is Protected By The U.S. And Its Allies
Comment: It was disgusting to see John Key throw a faux-tantrum in parliament the other day in pathetic display of bad acting, in an attempt to convince the country of the importance of our involvement in this fake war; but then he has to in order to keep his handlers happy.
According to Defense News, over 16,000 airstrikes were carried out from August 2014 to mid January 2015. Sixty percent of the air strikes were conducted by the US Air Force using advanced jet fighter and bombing capabilities (Aaron Mehta, “A-10 Performing 11 Percent of Anti-ISIS Sorties”. Defense News, January 19, 2015.)
The airstrikes have been casually described by the media as part of a “soft” counter-terrorism operation, rather than an act of all out war directed against Syria and Iraq.
This large scale air campaign which has resulted in countless civilian casualties has been routinely misreported by the mainstream media. According to Max Boot, senior fellow in national security at the Council on Foreign Relations. ”Obama’s strategy in Syria and Iraq is not working… [ because] the U.S. bombing campaign against ISIS has been remarkably restrained”. (Newsweek, February 17, 2015, emphasis added).
Americans are led to believe that the Islamic State constitutes a formidable force confronting the US military and threatening Western Civilization. The thrust of media reporting is that the US Air Force has failed and that “Obama should get his act together” in effectively confronting this ”Outside Enemy” of America.
According to CFR Max Boot, military escalation is the answer: what is required is for the president “to dispatch more aircraft, military advisers, and special operations forces, while loosening the restrictions under which they operate.” (Ibid)
What kind of aircraft are involved in the air campaign? The F-16 Fighting Falcon,(above right), The F-15E Strike Eagle (image below) , The A-10 Warthog, not to mention Lockheed Martin’s F-22 Raptor stealth tactical fighter aircraft.
Question for Our Readers
Why has the US Air Force not been able to wipe out the Islamic State which at the outset was largely equipped with conventional small arms not to mention state of the art Toyota pickup trucks?
From the very outset, this air campaign has NOT been directed against ISIS. The evidence confirms that the Islamic State is not the target. Quite the opposite. The air raids are intended to destroy the economic infrastructure of Iraq and Syria.
We call on our readers to carefully reflect on the following image, which describes the Islamic State convoy of pickup trucks entering Iraq and crossing a 200 km span of open desert which separates the two countries.
What would have been required from a military standpoint to wipe out an ISIS convoy with no effective anti-aircraft capabilities?
Without an understanding of military issues, common sense prevails. If they had wanted to eliminate the Islamic State brigades, they could have “carpet” bombed their convoys of Toyota pickup trucks when they crossed the desert from Syria into Iraq in June.
The answer is pretty obvious, yet not a single mainstream media has acknowledged it.
The Syro-Arabian Desert is open territory (see map right). With state of the art jet fighter aircraft (F15, F22 Raptor, F16) it would have been – from a military standpoint – ”a piece of cake”, a rapid and expedient surgical operation, which would have decimated the Islamic State convoys in a matter of hours.
Instead what we have witnessed is an ongoing drawn out six months of relentless air raids and bombings, and the terrorist enemy is apparently still intact. (In comparison, the NATO bombing raids of Yugoslavia in 1999 lasted about three months (March 24-June 10, 1999).
And we are led to believe that the Islamic State cannot be defeated by a powerful US led military coalition of 19 countries.
The air campaign was not intended to decimate the Islamic State.
The counter-terrorism mandate is a fiction. America is the Number One “State Sponsor of Terrorism”.
The Islamic State is not only protected by the US and its allies, it is trained and financed by US-NATO, with the support of Israel and Washington’s Persian Gulf allies.
ISIL Is Secret American Army In Middle East – US Historian
US historian Webster Tarpley says that the United States created the Islamic State and uses jihadists as its secret army to destabilize the Middle East.
The Islamic State is a secret army of the United States and Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, a leader of the terrorist group, is a close friend of US Senator John McCain, says US historian Webster Tarpley, according to Iranian News Agency IRNA.
The author, known for his book “9/11 Synthetic Terror: Made in USA”, said that all terrorism around the world is created and facilitated by the US government.
These are not Tarpley’s first comments in which he blames the United States for creating the Islamic State. Earlier, Press TV had an interview with Tarpley during which he explained his rationale why he thinks the United States was behind the creation of the terrorist group.
Shiite tribal fighters raise their weapons and chant slogans against the al-Qaida-inspired Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) in the northwest Baghdad's Shula neighborhood, Iraq, Monday, June 16, 2014. Sunni militants captured a key northern Iraqi town along the highway to Syria early on Monday, compounding the woes of Iraq's Shiite-led government a week after it lost a vast swath of territory to the insurgents in the country's north.
Tarpley began by saying that the money that supports the Islamic State and its operations comes from Saudi Arabia, a key US ally in the Middle East. The main money donor of the Islamic State is allegedly Prince Abdul Rahman al-Faisal, the brother of Saud bin Faisal Al Saud, Saudi Arabia’s Foreign Minister, and Prince Turki bin Faisal Al Saud, the former Saudi Ambassador to the United States.
Having said that, Tarpley concludes that if the United States really wanted to get rid of the Islamic State, it would have easily issued an ultimatum to Saudi Arabia and told the Gulf Kingdom to stop sending arms and money to the terrorists in Iraq and Syria.
'Get Some Guts' Says John Key As He Prepares To Send Other Peoples Kids To War!
It seems that in the last two years from around the time John Key signed a brand spanking new partnership with NATO the recruitment of new soldiers went into overdrive. Especially in predominantly Maori areas with sometimes people being blackmailed into signing on with the threat of their welfare check being cut if they didn’t.
I have heard of non stop recruitment videos playing in WINZ offices and I am sure that many of young Maori have chosen an army career as this was considered an honourable path to take. That idea seems to be changing.
Now John Key tells Andrew Little to get some guts and get on the right side in a speech. The sentence reminds me of the “if you’re not with us, you’re with the terrorists” speech of George Bush when he announced the attack on Afghanistan after 9/11.
After 15 years of ever spreading war with millions of victims John Keyhas the Gutspa to tell the lleader of the opposition to get some guts. Well he won’t have to wait long. The body bags full of guts and gore will begin to arrive as soon as those poor soldiers land in Iraq to partake in the invasion of Mosul. Another thing we can be sure off is that he will not tell his son or daughter to get some guts and lead by example. The rich and powerful never do.
It’s Official, McDonald’s And Monsanto Are Both ‘Losing Money Fast’ February 22 2015 | From: NaturalSociety
In a series of headlines that would pass as virtually unbelievable several years ago, mainstream economists are sounding the alarm over the financial decline of both fast food giant McDonald’s and biotech juggernaut Monsanto.
CNN asks, ‘Is McDonald’s doomed?’ Business Insider declares that ‘McDonald’s Is Losing America’ as the company fires its own CEO. What’s happening?
As it turns out, the world is starting to ask what they’re truly eating in their food — and the new conglomerate of natural grocers and restaurants are trailblazing the way into an entirely new economic environment. In other words: people are simply tired of shoveling garbage into their bodies, and they’re not going to put up with it anymore.
Here’s just a few of the ingredients you can find in many fast food meals:
Dimethylpolysiloxane – A chemical known for its use in silicone breast implants, silly putty, and also… chicken nuggets
Propylene glycol – A laxative chemical and electronic cigarette filler that even e-cigarette companies are beginning to phase out
Azodicarbonamide – A chemical used in the creation of foamed plastic items like yoga mats
So are you surprised to find that many are turning away from fast food leaders like McDonald’s?
Nations around the world are already rejecting the ensemble of artificial ingredients included in many staple McDonald’s meal options. Back in 2013, their attempts to expand operations in Bolivia were completely shut down by the reality that the Bolivian citizens were not willing to purchase their fast food creations. As reported back in July of 2013:
“McDonald’s restaurants operated in Bolivia for 14 years, according to Hispanically Speaking. In 2002, they had to shutter their final remaining 8 stores because they simply couldn’t turn a profit—and if you know fast food companies, you know it’s not because they didn’t try.
The Golden Arches sunk plenty of money into marketing and campaigning—trying to get the food-loving Bolivians to warm to their French fries and burgers, but it simply wasn’t happening.”
The news comes as Monsanto continues to spend millions in attempts to stop GMO labeling campaigns around the nation, funding opposition groups and ensuring that you don’t know what’s in your food. After all, there’s a reason that 96% of Monsanto shareholders absolutely do not want GMO labeling legislation to pass within the US — it could hurt business.
As information continues to spread on key issues like the prevalence of toxic substances within fast food meals and the reality behind GMOs and their secrecy, there is no doubt that these two companies (and many others) will experience the economic backlash. Will they change in order to meet the new economic shift?
"Facebook Must Shut Down The Anti-Vaxxers" February 21 2015 | From: Time
"Mark Zuckerberg should unfriend the crazies before more people get hurt"
Comment: The following article is from one of the worst-offending cabal publications. If the reasoning of these sell-out writers was not so flawed and scary it would be comical. It has been proven that vaccines cause damage and are full of all sorts of heavy metals and poisons - but here we have the mainstream media trying to cover it all up again whilst going after the 'conspiracy theorists' because people are waking upto all the cabal lies and they are scared.
Time magazine writer Jeffrey Kluger, has suggested that Facebook should censor the posts on Facebook that conflict with “medical science”. Facebook, has been known to abruptly shut down accounts and pages for no apparent reason, and has admitted to censoring pages for “key words”. So, it wouldn’t be a particularly “new” concept to the social media giant.
Whatever your opinions on vaccinations are, one thing is clear – every one is entitled to their own choices and views.
There is much fear when it comes to vaccinations, whether getting them or not getting them. One thing that has not been remembered in this debate, is that people have been consenting or not – to vaccines in the United States for decades. If the state can force people to receive the vaccines, who owns our body? Beside the point, suggesting that Facebook censor the “anti-vaxx movement” must mean one thing – “they” are gaining momentum apparently.
Facebook Must Shut Down the Anti-Vaxxers
Mark Zuckerberg has never been famous for his reading choices. No one knows or cares if the founder of Facebook got around to Moby Dick when he was at Harvard. But in January, Zuckerberg launched an online book club, offering reading recommendations to members every two weeks.
Earlier suggestions included such important works as Steven Pinker’s The Better Angels of Our Nature and Sudhir Venkatesh’s Gang Leader for a Day.
But Zuckerberg dropped something of a small bombshell with his most recent—and most excellent—choice, On Immunityby Eula Biss. It’s a thoughtful exploration of what’s behind the irrational fear and suspicion in the anti-vaccine community, as well as a full-throated call for parents to heed medical wisdom and get their kids vaccinated. “The science is completely clear,” Zuckerberg writes, “vaccinations work and are important for the health of everyone in our community.”
So kudos to Zuckerberg for getting the truth out and challenging the lies. And shame on Zuckerberg for enabling those lies, too.
Social media sites can do an exceedingly good job of keeping people connected and, more important, spreading the word about important social issues. (Think the ALS Ice Bucket Challenge would have raised the $100 million it did for research into Lou Gehrig’s disease if people couldn’t post the videos of themselves being heroically doused?) But it’s long been clear the sites can be used perniciously too.
Want to spend some time in the birther swamp, trading conspiracy theories with people who absolutely, positively can tell you the Kenyan hospital in which President Obama was born? You can find them online. Ditto the climate-denying cranks and the 9/11 truthers.
But the anti-vaxxers have a particular power. People who buy the nonsense on a birther or truther page can’t do much more than join that loony community and howl nonsense into the online wind. Climate change denial is a little more dangerous because every person who comes to believe that global warming is a massive hoax makes it a tiny, incremental bit harder to enact sensible climate policy.
Anti-vaxxers, however, do their work at the grass-roots, retail, one-on-one level. Convince Mother A of the fake dangers of vaccines and you increase the odds that she won’t vaccinate Child B - and perhaps Children C, D or E either. And every unvaccinated child in her brood increases the risk to the neighborhood, the school, the community - the entire herd, as the epidemiologists put it. The multi-state measles outbreak that began in Disneyland, along with the epidemics of mumps and whooping cough in Columbus, Ohio and throughout California, have all been fueled by falling vaccine rates.
One thing that would help - something Zuckerberg could do with little more than a flick of the switch, as could Twitter CEO Dick Costolo and the other bosses of other sites - is simply shut the anti-vaxxers down. Really. Pull their pages, block their posts, twist the spigot of misinformation before more people get hurt.
The very idea of muzzling any information - even misinformation - will surely send libertarians to their fainting couches. Similarly, people who believe they understand the Constitution but actually don’t will immediately invoke the First Amendment. But of course they’re misguided. Is Facebook a government agency? No, it’s not. Is Zuckerberg a government official? No, he’s not. Then this is not a First Amendment issue. Read your Constitution.
It’s not as if the folks at Facebook aren’t clear about the kinds of things they will and won’t allow on the site, providing a brief listing and a detailed description of what are considered no-go areas. “You may not credibly threaten others, or organize acts of real-world violence,” is one rule, so nobody would get away with posting instructions for, say, how to build a pressure cooker bomb.
There is nothing in the regulations that specifically prohibits trafficking in bogus medical information, but the first section of the policy statement begins, “Safety is Facebook’s top priority,” and then goes on to say “We remove content and may escalate to law enforcement when we perceive a genuine risk of physical harm, or a direct threat to public safety.” (Emphasis added.)
It’s worth wondering if Facebook would consider a page arguing that HIV does not cause AIDS and that therefore condoms are not necessary a threat to public safety. What about one that told teens that bogus research shows it’s OK to drive drunk if you’ve had no more than, say, three beers?
If the site managers didn’t block these pages and a multi-car crack-up or a cluster of HIV infections occurred as a result, would they wish they they’d made a different decision? It’s hard to know. (As of publication time, Facebook had not responded to TIME’s request for a comment on, or further statement about, its policies.)
Facebook is equal parts town square, medium of communication and commercial bazaar - complete with ads. And it does all of those jobs well. What the site shouldn’t be is a vector for lies - especially lies that can harm children. Free speech is not in play here. This should be an easy call.
US Federal Register Drafting Plans To Vaccinate All Adults
We vaccine truthers told you this was coming. It’s what’s been behind the entire contrived measles scam. Why else has the corporate-whore mainstream media created national hysteria over a few cases of measles with NO DEATHS therefrom, even though there have been at least 108 DEATHS FROM THE MEASLES VACCINE in the last few years.
Maybe now some of you who have blindly championed toxic vaccines for kids will begin to look more closely at the brain-damaging effects of vaccines on adults, such as Alzheimer’s and other neurological disorders, proven to be caused by poisons such as mercury and aluminum in the shots. Multiply the already high numbers of vaccine-damaged adults many times over and start picturing masses of your fellow zombies on the horizon.
John Minto And Liz Gordon: Charter Schools 'Failing' Worldwide February 19 2015 | From: NewZealandHerald
When the Government changed the Education Act to allow for charter schools, it bet that a bunch of non-educators using their own untested theories of education could run schools for our most disadvantaged students and achieve better results than state schools.
Not only that, it stacked the decks by deliberately removing the charter schools from the checks and balances that all state schools must face and gave them more money (as a series of set-up grants). For example, these schools are exempt from making disclosures under the Official Information Act, despite the fact that they are government-funded.
The policy was always ideological, always about neo-liberal thinking rather than straight thinking. In Sweden and the UK, charter school models (free schools) are contributing to the decline of educational outcomes. There are calls for change in both countries.
In the US, scandal after scandal has swept charter schools: poor teaching, poor facilities, financial scams, corruption, profiteering, abrupt closures of failed schools, political patronage, abuse ... Almost everything that could go wrong in these schools has done so, often over and over again.
The Quality Public Education Coalition (QPEC) has been tracking US charter schools daily for more than two years ago now, and not only are many of them an educational disgrace but they continue to contribute to the overall educational collapse of the US in world educational rankings. Per dollar spent, US schools are the world's worst.
The public was told things would be different in New Zealand (despite depressingly similar policy settings).
But our own tiny number of such schools have already suffered from student loss, concerns over quality and now a new school has recently had a principla resign as a result of being under investigation by the Teachers Council for potential serious misconduct at another school.
This is a clear example of deregulation leading to poor practice. The Minister calls these "teething troubles".
QPEC calls them an educational disaster in the making, and calls on this Government to stop this experiment, which is following the worst practices of schools internationally and will not improve outcomes for the most disadvantaged.
There is no empirical research that supports this model of charter schools, and plenty of evidence against the model. It is being driven by the first-term, right-wing Act MP, David Seymour, who promises to support these schools through thick, thin and very expensive, success or failure - competition at all costs, and the taxpayer must pay.
-John Minto and Liz Gordon are the national spokespeople for the Quality Public Education Coalition (QPEC)
Digital Electronic “Internet of Things” (IoT) And “Smart Grid Technologies” To Fully Eviscerate Privacy February 19 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
The “Internet of Things” (IoT) and Smart Grid technologies will together be aggressively integrated into the developed world’s socioeconomic fabric with little-if-any public or governmental oversight.
This is the overall opinion of a new report by the Federal Trade Commission, which has announced a series of “recommendations” to major utility companies and transnational corporations heavily invested in the IoT and Smart Grid, suggesting that such technologies should be rolled out almost entirely on the basis of “free market” principles so as not to stifle “innovation.”
As with the Food and Drug Administration and the Environmental Protection Agency, the FTC functions to provide the semblance of democratic governance and studied concern as it allows corporate monied interests and prerogatives to run roughshod over the body politic.
The IoT refers to all digital electronic and RFID-chipped devices wirelessly connected to the internet. The number of such items has increased dramatically since the early 2000s. In 2003 an estimated 500 million gadgets were connected, or about one for every twelve people on earth. By 2015 the number has grown 50 fold to an estimated 25 billion, or 3.5 units per person. By 2020 the IoT is expected to double the number of physical items it encompasses to 50 billion, or roughly 7 per individual
The IoT is developing in tandem with the “Smart Grid,” comprised of tens of millions of wireless transceivers (a combination cellular transmitter and receiver) more commonly known as “smart meters.” Unlike conventional wireless routers, smart meters are regarded as such because they are equipped to capture, store, and transmit an abundance of data on home energy usage with a degree of precision scarcely imagined by utility customers. On the contrary, energy consumers are typically appeased with persuasive promotional materials from their power company explaining how smart meter technology allows patrons to better monitor and control their energy usage.
Almost two decades ago media sociologist Rick Crawford defined Smart Grid technology as “real time residential power line surveillance” (RRPLS). These practices exhibited all the characteristics of eavesdropping and more. “Whereas primitive forms of power monitoring merely sampled one data point per month by checking the cumulative reading on the residential power meter,” Crawford explains,
"Modern forms of RRPLS permit nearly continued digital sampling. This allows watchers to develop a fine-grained profile of the occupants’ electrical appliance usage. The computerized RRPLS device may be placed on-site with the occupants’ knowledge and assent, or it may be hidden outside and surreptitiously attached to the power line feeding into the residence.
This device records a log of both resistive power levels and reactive loads as a function of time. The RRPLS device can extract characteristic appliance “signatures” from the raw data. For example, existing [1990s] RRPLS devices can identify whenever the sheets are thrown back from a water bed by detecting the duty cycles of the water bed heater. RRPLS can infer that two people shared a shower by noting an unusually heavy load on the electric water heater and that two uses of the hair dryer followed."
A majority of utility companies are reluctant to acknowledge the profoundly advanced capabilities of these mechanisms that have now been effectively mandated for residential and business clients. Along these lines, when confronted with questions on whether the devices are able to gather usage data with such exactitude, company representatives are apparently compelled to feign ignorance or demur.
i210Yet the features Crawford describes and their assimilation with the IoT are indeed a part of General Electric’s I-210+C smart meter, among the most widely-deployed models in the US. This meter is equipped with not one, not two, but three transceivers, the I-210+C’s promotional brochure explains
One of the set’s transceivers uses ZigBee Pro protocols, “one of several wireless communication standards in the works to link up appliances, light bulbs, security systems, thermostats and other equipment in home and enterprises.” With most every new appliance now required to be IoT-equipped, not only will consumer habits be increasingly monitored through energy usage, but over the longer term lifestyle and thus behavior will be transformed through power rationing, first in the form of “tiered usage,” and eventually in a less accommodating way through the remote control of “smart” appliances during peak hours
Information gathered from the combined IoT and Smart Grid will also be of immense value to marketers that up to now have basically been excluded from the domestic sphere. As an affiliate of WPP Pic., the world’s biggest ad agency put it, the data harvested by smart meters “opens the door to the home. Consumers are leaving a digital footprint that opens the door to their online habits and to their shopping habits and their location, and the last thing that is understood is the home, because at the moment when you shut the door, that’s it.”
ESAs the FTC’s 2015 report makes clear, this is the sort of retail (permissible) criminality hastened by the merging of Smart Grid and IoT technologies also provides an immense facility for wholesale criminals to scan and monitor various households’ activities as potential targets for robbery, or worse.
The FTC, utility companies and smart meter manufacturers alike still defer to the Federal Communications Commission as confirmation of the alleged safety of Smart Grid and smart meter deployment. This is the case even though the FCC is not chartered to oversee public health and, basing its regulatory procedure on severely outdated science, maintains that microwave radiation is not a threat to public health so long as no individual’s skin or flesh have risen in temperature.
Yet in the home and workplace the profusion of wireless technologies such as ZigBee will compound the already significant collective radiation load of WiFi, cellular telephony, and the smart meter’s routine transmissions. The short term physiological impact will likely include weakened immunity, fatigue, and insomnia that can hasten terminal illnesses.
Perhaps the greatest irony is how the Internet of Things, the Smart Grid and their attendant “Smart Home” are sold under the guise of convenience, personal autonomy, even knowledge production and wisdom. “The more data that is created,” Cisco gushes, “the more knowledge and wisdom people can obtain. IoT dramatically increases the amount of data available for us to process. This, coupled with the Internet’s ability to communicate this data, will enable people to advance even further.”
In light of the grave privacy and health-related concerns posed by this techno tsunami, the members of a sane society might seriously ask themselves exactly where they are advancing, or being compelled to advance to.
Is Your Computer Hard Drive Hiding An NSA Spy Program? February 18 2015 | From: Infowars
Majority of the world's computers now spy for the NSA. According to Kaspersky Lab, the Moscow-based security software maker, the NSA has managed to insert spying software on most computer hard drives.
The program is hidden on hard drives manufactured by Western Digital, Seagate, Toshiba and other top manufacturers, Reuters reports.
Kaspersky did not pinpoint the country responsible for the software, but said it is closely related to Stuxnet, the cyber weapon developed by the Americans and the Israelis, with help from the Germans and the British.
Stuxnet was used to sabotage Iran’s effort to enrich uranium for its nuclear program.
A former NSA employee told the news agency the NSA values the hard drive spy program as much as Stuxnet.
Kaspersky said its research discovered the program on personal computers in 30 countries. Most of the infections were on computers in Iran, Russia, Pakistan, Afghanistan, China, Mali, Syria, Yemen and Algeria.
Although Kaspersky said the targets include government and military institutions, telecommunication companies, banks, energy companies, nuclear researchers, media, and Islamic activists, it is not unreasonable to conclude it is used to spy on American citizens engaged in political activity the establishment considers threatening.
In July of last year journalist Glenn Greenwald revealed the NSA has targeted a number of political activists for surveillance.
“I have long viewed this as one of the most important stories in the Snowden archive because it puts a face on the NSA’s surveillance overreach and illustrates, yet again — that domestic spying abuses usually target minorities, marginalized groups, and dissidents,” Greenwald said.
Frackman The Movie Trailer - See The Truth About The Devastation Caused By Fracking February 16 2015 | From: FrackMan
Frackman is like no other Australian film. It aims to spark a broad national conversation about the risks of our headlong rush into massive coal seam gas development.
Five years in the making, it not only entertains and engages, it also gives audiences the tools to get involved in what is becoming the largest social movement our nation has seen in decades.
It’s a deeply political film, but not the old style that is so badly failing us. This the New Politics, bringing together old and young, city and country, conservative and progressive in a shared effort to prevent an environmental catastrophe.
Can we imagine any other issue that would bring together the likes of Alan Jones and Bob Brown?
See it and find out why.
Automakers Stumped: Report Says Hackers Can Hijack Almost Any Car February 12 2015 | From: RT
Almost all automobiles sold today contain systems that can potentially be compromised by hackers, a United States Senator warns, but automakers appear largely unaware of the implications, according to his report.
Sen. Ed Markey (D-Massachusetts) is calling on the world’s automobile makers to implement mandatory safeguards after his congressional inquiry revealed a widespread absence of security and privacy protection with regards to cars currently being sold around the world.
Security that could curb hacking against automobiles or allow sensitive information to be compromised must be put in place by the auto industry, Markey’s office warns in the report published Monday, and current protection, when it’s brought to bear, is largely inconsistent.
The report warns modern automobiles are increasingly collecting sensitive information about personal driving habits and history, which is often held indefinitely and then offered to third-parties, in turn allowing companies the ability to keep detailed information about not just car performance, but also where a driver has traveled.
"Drivers have come to rely on these new technologies, but unfortunately the automakers haven’t done their part to protect us from cyber-attacks or privacy invasions. Even as we are more connected than ever in our cars and trucks, our technology systems and data security remain largely unprotected,”
Sen. Markey, a member of the Commerce, Science and Transportation Committee, said in a statement on Monday.
“We need to work with the industry and cyber-security experts to establish clear rules of the road to ensure the safety and privacy of 21st-century American drivers.”
Markey’s team considered studies by the Pentagon’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) in 2013 and 2014 in preparing the report, and sent questionnaires to 20 automakers inquiring about each manufacturer’s technology, security precautions and privacy policies.
Only 16 of the automakers responded, according to this week’s report, but their answers were enough to leave Sen. Markey’s office issuing a plea for car companies to increase security measures concerning the cars’ increasingly advanced technologies and privacy protections for the data it records.
Another JPMorgan Banker Dies After Murder-Suicide: Chokes Wife, Stabs Himself To Death February 11 2015 | From: ZeroHedge
By now, there have been so many banker-related suicides that it has become a moot point of i) tracking them all or ii) trying to find a pattern. And yet, one name continues to stand out: JPMorgan.
The bank which has been most prominent among the list of "suicided" bankers notched one more casualty over the weekend when "a JPMorgan Chase & Co. employee strangled and stabbed his wife to death before turning the knife on himself, according to police who are treating the couple’s death in Bergen County, New Jersey as a murder-suicide."
Bloomberg reports the gruesome details according to which Michael A. Tabacchi, 27, and his wife, Iran Pars Tabacchi, 41, were found dead Friday about 11:30 p.m. in the bedroom of their Closter home after a 911 call placed by the husband’s father, Bergen County Prosecutor John Molinelli said in an interview. Closter is located in northern New Jersey, about 20 miles (32 kilometers) from midtown Manhattan.
Autopsy results on Sunday showed the wife died of strangulation and a stab wound to the chest while Michael Tabacchi died from a single self-inflicted stab to the chest, he said.
As his LinkedIn profile below shows, Tabacchi was an associate for JPMorgan in its global custody product unit.
This is how he pitched himself: "Specialties: Excel and VBA is my bread and butter, I am very good and creative with data manipulation and reporting and can leverage my business knowledge to provide senior managers what is needed before asked to do so. I am also proficient with the remaining Microsoft office products (Word, Access, PowerPoint, and SharePoint)."
Banks And The Enforcement Of Negative Interest Rates:
The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer February 10 2015 | From: MaxKeiser
Back in London, Max Keiser and Stacy Herbert discuss negative savings rates on the way for retail savers in Europe because banks no longer need deposits nor do they need to make loans - in other words, they are no longer really banks. This same framework has been laid out in virtually every other country [including New Zealand] that has been subjected to the Rothschild central banking system. Be aware.
This is very much worth the watch, and is only 30 minutes long. A prediction Max made two years ago that was then laughed at by the mainstream media has eventuated as he predicted.
It's time for the people to wake up and stop allowing the currently ruling elite to ride them to impoverishment.
In the second half, Max interviews filmmaker, blogger and author Kerry-anne Mendoza about her new top-selling book ‘Austerity: The Demolition of the Welfare State and the Rise of the Zombie Economy’.
Secret Space Program Livestream February 9 2015 | From: DivineCosmos
In the last four months, our knowledge about the secret space program has at least quadrupled, thanks to the arrival of new insiders. Now, for the first time ever, you can see David's keynote address at the Conscious Life Expo by livestream video
You can listen to David's excellent presentation at the bottom of this page.
Quite a Mind-Expanding Body of Information
Extraterrestrials have been visiting and settling on Earth for millions of years.
Functional portals have existed on earth, both natural and artificial, allowing ETs to visit earth humans at various times. These legends have since become myths of phenomena like "fairy rings."
Our own people have had alliances with various ET groups for millennia -- but up until the 20th century it was only a one-way street. They visited us but would not bring us home.
The Germans were the first to secretly develop space travel capability beginning in the 1930s, thanks in part to a newly-minted alliance with certain ET groups that most would consider highly negative.
Once the Germans found out what kind of neighborhood it was, they wanted to side with the toughest kid on the block for protection.
Five Million Years of History
It was through this early effort that humanity discovered, firsthand, an incredible secret: Our solar system has been repeatedly colonized by ET groups for at least the last 5 million years.
The oldest groups were the most advanced -- and stood at an astonishing 70 feet in height.
This was not only something we were told, it was something we were able to go out and see -- with the technology we had been given.
Our solar system is littered with ruins of these ancient peoples, called names such as The Progenitors.
They primarily built beneath the surface of moons and asteroids for their own protection -- both against enemies and natural cosmic events as well.
There is an astonishing wealth of highly advanced ancient tech everywhere we look. This is one of the great secrets of our time.
The "Illuminati" Claim to be Descendants of One of these Groups
More and more people have come to realize that there is indeed a powerful, worldwide group that calls itself the Illuminati.
Arguably, the greatest secret of the Illuminati is that they consider themselves to be the descendants of certain ET human groups that arrived in the fairly recent past.
Originally, their descendants were the giants -- and the knowledge and scholarship on this subject is growing exponentially thanks to the Internet.
The amount of evidence for giant skeletons -- ranging from a 9-foot group to a 12-foot group to a 25-to-30-foot group -- is quite significant.
Much of it has been suppressed in order for this secretive organization to hide its true nature from the public.
However, thanks to a variety of new leaks, we are learning much more.
We have been Very Busy
This has been a very exciting time. Years can go by with no new insiders of any real significance arriving.
I have always held onto a great deal of information that is not public in order to assess who is real and who is just compiling what they have read online or heard from others.
Sadly, there are an ongoing number of people doing this, including in the present -- and some of them can be quite convincing.
However, when someone starts saying exactly the same things we've heard from as many as five other people, independently, and have never published, that catches our attention.
Once new insiders show up who pass the vetting-out process this extensively, we always feel an urgency to get as much intel out of them as possible, as quickly as possible.
So, between feverishly learning visual FX for our upcoming push into video work, and absorbing as much insider info as possible, we have been very busy. Not a minute's time has been wasted.
Leaking it on Stage for Protection
So here's what is happening. I am going to leak some of the story in front of a large audience at the Conscious Life Expo for my own protection -- and for your enjoyment.
Once this is done, it will be safe to talk about this as the genie will now be about of the bottle.
In the future this material will find its way onto this site, but for now this is how we have decided to release it -- at the keynote address I am giving at the Conscious Life Expo.
You can order livestream tickets and watch the event -- either while it is happening or for the next 10 days after the fact.
If you can't afford this, remember that we have the number-one show on Gaiam TV, with well over 100 episodes now in the can, and you can see any of them you want on a 10-day free trial at wisdomteachings.com.
I hope to get back to more regular posting and "long form" content creation in the near future!
A Brief Five-Million Year History of the Colonisation of Our Solar System
Dramatic new insider testimony, from the highest levels of the classified world, has finally shed light on the greatest mysteries of who we are, where we came from and how we got here.
After 18 years as a public figure on the internet, David Wilcock has built an extraordinary connection of insiders, including those who worked for many years off-planet in the "Secret Space Program."
Through combining multiple, interlinking testimonials, combined with the groundbreaking history revealed in the Law of One series, it is now possible for the first time to reconstruct the settlement of our solar system.
Learn the epic and incredible story arc that ultimately led to Earth being colonized by extraterrestrial beings -- and the massive wars that wiped out all but a small number of their descendants, who lived on as 12 to 13-foot giants until as recently as the 1700s.
Scientific evidence will be presented as often as possible -- including remarkable NASA photographs suggesting where the ruins of these lost civilizations may still be found.
TPPA Would Be Bad For New Zealand - Check Out The Real Story Behind The TPPA February 4 2015 | From: SumOfUs
Top secret negotiations for the massive Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement are wrapping up in New York City today. World leaders claim they made major progress - and Prime Minister John Key has just been reported saying that we could be just months away from passing this devastating deal.
The TPPA will have massive implications for all of us - handing corporations new powers to sue governments for passing laws and regulations that protect workers and the environment.
With talks rapidly nearing completion, it’s more important than ever to understand the problems with this dangerous deal.
We’ve teamed up with a group of organizations, including Action Station, to make a video that explains one of the most serious issues with the TPPA - investor state dispute settlement (ISDS), allowing big corporations to sue governments for billions.
John Key and other leaders behind the deal know that most people wouldn’t like the TPPA if they knew more about it.
That’s why they’re going out of their way to keep the talks secret - like changing the location of the talks at the last minute, and stopping media from getting proper information.
The only real facts we have about the deal have come from leaks published online.But here’s what we do know: the TPPA could have a huge impact on our lives. It could make vital medicines more expensive, threaten our Internet freedom, and make it harder for governments to make laws that protect citizens -- and easier for corporations to do things that help corporate profits.
It’s vital that people get the facts fast -- so we can make our governments to do the right thing.
USA Today Columnist Calls For Arrest And Imprisonment Of Vaccine Skeptics February 2 2015 | From: NaturalNews
This is the call by USA Today columnist Alex Berezow. "Parents who do not vaccinate their children should go to jail," he writes in this USA Today column.
And just to be clear, what Berezow means is that parents who do not vaccinated their children no matter how toxic the vaccine ingredients really are should be thrown in prison. There is no exemption being discussed or recommended that would allow parents to object to vaccines because of the neurotoxic chemicals they contain (such as the heavy metal mercury, still found in flu shots given to children in America).
There is also no discussion that informed parents might reasonably object to vaccines based on the recent confession of a top CDC whistleblower who reveals how the CDC committed scientific fraud to bury scientific evidence showing a link between vaccines and autism.
But continuing with the imprisonment idea now being touted by USA Today, it begs the practical question: What exactly should happen after the parents are thrown in prison? Well, of course, the state will take custody of the children because they are now parentless.
So the suggestion that parents who seek to protect their children from toxic vaccine ingredients should be thrown in jail is simultaneously a call for the state to seize custody of all children who are not yet vaccinated with Big Pharma's toxic vaccines.
The Police State Is Upon Us - Paul Craig Roberts February 1 2015 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Anyone paying attention knows that 9/11 has been used to create a police/warfare state. Years ago NSA official William Binney warned Americans about the universal spying by the National Security Agency, to little effect. Recently Edward Snowden proved the all-inclusive NSA spying by releasing spy documents, enough of which have been made available by Glenn Greenwald to establish the fact of NSA illegal and unconstitutional spying, spying that has no legal, constitutional, or “national security” reasons.
Yet the people are not up in arms. The people of the western countries have accepted the government’s offenses against them as necessary protection against “terrorists.”
Neither Congress, the White House, or the Judiciary has done anything about the wrongful spying, because the spying serves the government. Law and the Constitution are expendable when the few who control the government have their “more important agendas.”
Bradley Manning warned us of the militarization of US foreign policy and the murderous consequences, and Julian Assange of WikiLeaks posted leaked documents proving it.
Were these whistleblowers and honest journalists, who alerted us to the determined attack on our civil liberty, rewarded with invitations to the White House and given medals of honor in recognition of their service to American liberty?
No. Bradley Manning is in federal prison, and so would be Julian Assad and Edward Snowden if Washington could get its hands on them.
Binney escaped the Police State’s clutches, because he did not take any documents with which to prove his allegations, and thus could be dismissed as “disgruntled” and as a “conspiracy kook,” but not arrested as a “spy” who stole “national secrets.”
Glenn Greenwald - The journalist entrusted by Edward Snowden for the initial NSA material releases
Greenwald, so far, is too prominent to be hung for reporting the truth. But he is in the crosshairs, and the Police State is using other cases to close in on him.
These are only five of the many people who have provided absolute total proof that the Bill of Rights has been overthrown. Washington continues to present itself to the world as the “home of the free,” the owner of the White Hat, while Washington demonstrates its lack of mercy by invading or bombing seven countries on false pretenses during the past 14 years, displacing, killing, and maiming millions of Muslims who never raised a fist against the US.
Many commentators have written articles and given interviews about government’s ever expanding police powers. The totality of the American Police State is demonstrated by its monument in Utah, where an enormous complex has been constructed in which to store every communication of every American. Somehow a son or daughter checking on an aged parent, a working mother checking on her children’s child care, a family ordering a pizza, and sweethearts planning a date are important matters of national security.
Some educated and intelligent people understand the consequences, but most Americans perceive no threat as they “have nothing to hide.”
The Founding Fathers who wrote the Bill of Rights and attached it to the US Constitution did not have anything to hide, but they clearly understood, unlike modern day Americans, that freedom depended completely on strictly limiting the ability of government to intrude upon the person.
Those limits provided by the Founding Fathers are gone. The hoax “war on terror” demolished them.
Today not even the relationships between husband and wife and parents and children have any protection from arbitrary intrusions by the state. Essentially, government has destroyed the family along with civil liberty.
In Police State America, authorities can enter your home on the basis of an anonymous “tip” that you are, or might be, somehow, abusing your children, or exposing them to medicines that are not in containers with child-proof caps or to household bleach that is not under lock and key, and seize your children into state custody on the grounds that you present a danger to your children.
The government does not have to tell you who your accuser is. It can be your worst enemy or a disgruntled employee, but the tipster is protected. However, you and your family are not.
The authorities who receive these tips treat them as if they are valid. A multi-member goon squad shows up at your house. This is when the utterly stupid “I have nothing to hide” Americans discover that they have no rights, regardless of whether they have anything to hide.
We owe this police power over parents and children to “child advocates” who lobbied for laws based on their fantasies that all parents are serial rapists of children, and if not, are medieval torturers, trained by the CIA, who physically and psychologically abuse their children.
In the opinion of “child advocates,” children are brought into the world in order to be abused by parents. Dogs and cats and the fish in the fishbowl are not enough. Parents need children to abuse, too, just as the Police and the Police State need people to abuse.
Of course, sometimes real child abuse occurs. But it is not the routine event that the Child Protective Services Police assume. A sincere investigation, such as was missing in the report on the home-schooled children, would have had one polite person appear at the door to explain to the parents that there had been a complaint that their children were being exposed to a poisonous substance in the home.
The person should have listened to the parents, had a look at the children, and if there was any doubt about the water purifier, ask that its use be discontinued until its safety could be verified. But nothing sensible happened, because the Police State does not have to be sensible.
Instead, a half dozen goon thugs show up. The parents are put outside in the snow for 5 hours while the children are scared to death with questions and then carried away from their home, mother, and father.
In pur Police State countries, this is called Protecting Children. We owe this tyranny to the idiot “child advocates.”
It is no longer important to protect children from child molesters, unless they are Catholic child pedophiles. But it is absolutely necessary to protect children from their parents.
So, yes, dear insouciant American fool, whether you have anything to hide or not, you are in grave danger, and so are your children, in Police State America.
You can no longer rely on the Constitution to protect you.
This is the only way that you can protect yourself: grovel before your neighbors, your co-workers, your employees and employers, and, most definitely, before “public authority” and your children, as your children can report you. Don’t complain about anything. Do not get involved in protests. Don’t make critical comments on the Internet or on your telephone calls.
Don’t homeschool. Don’t resist vaccines. Turn your backs to leaders who could liberate you as it is too dangerous to risk the failure of liberation. Be an abject, cowardly, obedient, servile member of the enserfed, enslaved American population. Above all, be thankful to Big Brother who protects you from terrorists and Russians.
You, dear insouciant, stupid, American are back on the Plantation. Perhaps that is your natural home. In his masterful A People’s History of the United States, Howard Zinn documents that despite their best efforts the exploited and abused American people have never been able to prevail against the powerful private interests that control the government. Whenever in American history the people rise up they are struck down by brute force.
Zinn makes totally clear that “American freedom, democracy, liberty, blah-blah” are nothing but a disguise for the rule over America by money.
Wave the flag, sing patriot songs, see enemies where the government tells you to see them, and above all, never think. Just listen. The government and its presstitute media will tell you what you must believe.
Russell Norman Starts Talking About The Fraudulent Money Creation System A Month Ago And Has Just Resigned January 31 2015 | From: AotearoaAWiderPerspective
I’m sure the two have nothing to do with each other but when Russell started to talk about the fraudulent money creation/interest system in December I thought that we had perhaps finally found a high profile champion for our cause. Today Russell announces his resignation. Interesting times.
Russel Norman will stand down as co-leader of the Green Party in May, citing family reasons, but will remain an MP.
The statement he made was as follows:
"When you go the bank for a loan, most people think they are borrowing other people’s money, money that those other people have deposited with the bank after working hard and saving it.
So paying interest for the privilege of using someone else’s money seems fair. But as this Bank of England article says, “the majority of money in the modern economy is created by commercial banks making loans”.
The remarkable truth is that the commercial banks actually just create the ‘money’ they lend you. Still seem fair and reasonable to pay high interest rates for the privilege?"
-
Russell Norman 31-12-2014
Norman made the announcement this morning, saying it was time for a change. He will officially leave at the party’s annual meeting where a replacement will be voted in. Metiria Turei will stay on as co-leader.
Norman said it was “time to find a new challenge for myself and to spend more time with my family, and now is also a good time for new leadership for the party.”
Norman’s partner Katya Paquin recently gave birth to their third child, a girl. Norman will stay on as a list MP.
Vaccines Cause Sudden Death, Proves Document Hidden By Big Pharma For Two Years January 31 2015 | From: NaturalNews
An Italian court has unearthed a formerly classified document that proves vaccines cause death, and that vaccine companies don't want you to know this.
As published on the U.S. National Library of Medicine (NLM) website, a 1,271-page report by British drug firm GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) reveals that certain combination vaccines administered to children are known to cause sudden death, but the company chose to obscure and conceal this in official safety reports.
The document deals specifically with the Infanrix Hexa vaccine (combined diphtheria, tetanus, acellular pertussis, hepatitis B, inactivated poliomyelitis and haemophilus influenza type B) made by GSK, as well as the Prevenar 13 vaccine by Pfizer and several other vaccines.
It explains that, contrary to the skewed data presented by GSK suggesting that dozens of sudden death cases following vaccination were not linked to Infanrix Hexa, the same data broken down by time of occurrence reveals that the vaccine was, in fact, directly linked to the deaths.
The devil is in the details, as they say, and in this case GSK masked these details by clumping together the majority of the deaths that occurred within 10 days following vaccination with the select few that occurred after 10 days. By doing this, the drug giant made it appear as though sudden deaths were spread out over a much longer period than they actually were, which it claimed served as evidence that the vaccine was not the cause of sudden death.
Table 36 in the GlaxoSmithKline Biological Clinical Safety and Pharmacovigilance report to Regulatory Authority shows that nearly all of the 67 reported deaths following Infanrix Hexa administration occurred within the first 10 days. Only two of these reported deaths occurred after 10 days, and yet GSK reported them all together as transpiring sporadically across the entire 20-day period, insinuating that they were merely coincidental.
"[I]f one analyses the data looking at deaths in [the] first 10 days after administration of vaccine and compares it to the deaths in the next 10 days, it is clear that 97% of deaths (65 deaths) in the infants below 1 year, occur in the first 10 days and 3% (2 deaths) occur in the next 10 days," explains Child Health Safety.
90% of deaths occurred within five days of vaccination An even closer look at the data tables, which GSK deliberately withheld from public view, reveals an even more shocking fact -- the vast majority of sudden deaths actually occurred within five days of Infanrix Hexa administration, which further implicates the vaccine. A shocking 90% of the deaths, 60 of them, occurred within five days of the shot being given. And 75% of the deaths occurred within three days of the shot.
"The clustering of deaths around the time of vaccination demonstrates a link between the vaccination and the sudden deaths," adds Child Safety First. "It indicates this is not by chance as otherwise the deaths would be spread across the entire 20 days. Rather than showing the total deaths each day, GlaxoSmithKline disguised the clustering of deaths around vaccination."
This is all quite revealing -- the stuff of lawsuits, no doubt, with which GSK is more than familiar. As you may recall, GSK is the same drug company that was fined $3 billion for promoting antidepressant drugs for off-label uses. The case has since been dubbed the largest health fraud settlement in U.S. history, which says a whole lot about the integrity of this company.
Should GSK ever be found guilty of deliberately withholding critical safety data that, while it probably would have cut into the company's bottom line to make it public, may have saved children from early death, it could potentially make history again as earning the title of the most shamefully greedy and profiteering corporation in the world (next to Monsanto, of course).
If drug and vaccine companies are really about helping people, why don't they develop treatments for disease rather than vaccines?
One of the biggest problems with blanket vaccination programs that seek to inject all children against communicable diseases that may or may not ever even emerge is that the weakest children always end up suffering -- or dying. A better approach, at least from a humanitarian perspective, would be to develop effective treatments for these diseases so that children who contract them are the only ones being treated, rather than preemptively "treating" everyone, both healthy and sick, with vaccines.
This would be the expected and proper approach if Western medicine really was all about preventing disease spread and promoting public health. But the sad truth is that public health is not the priority -- profits are the priority (and depending upon whom you talk to, so is eugenics). Vaccines are a complete guessing game, because nobody can ever really know how an individual will react to being injected.
"[N]o effective treatments for basic well-known longstanding childhood diseases have been developed," explains Child Health Safety. "That is a scandal in the scientific 21st Century. If there were effective treatments vaccines would not be needed."
And it is precisely because vaccines would become obsolete that the drug and vaccine industries continue to play medicine rather than actually produce medicine. Vaccines, as we recently covered, are a major source of income for the drug industry, which now gets paid by the government (taxpayers) for so-called "emergency" vaccines, many of which it never even ends up manufacturing.
"Educated parents can either get their children out of harm's way or continue living inside one of the largest most evil lies in history, that vaccines -- full of heavy metals, viral diseases, mycoplasma, fecal material, DNA fragments from other species, formaldehyde, polysorbate 80 (a sterilizing agent) -- are a miracle of modern medicine," wrote Andrew Baker at NSNBC.me.
As Inequality Soars, The Nervous Super Rich Are Already Planning Their Escapes January 30 2015 | From: Mirror and TheGuardian
Panicked Super Rich Buying Boltholes With Private Airstrips To Escape If Poor Rise Up: Hedge fund managers are buying up remote ranches and land in places like New Zealand to flee to in event of wide-spread civil unrest.
Super rich hedge fund managers are buying 'secret boltholes' where they can hideout in the event of civil uprising against growing inequality, it has been claimed.
Nervous financiers from across the globe have begun purchasing landing strips, homes and land in areas such as New Zealand so they can flee should people rise up.
With growing inequality and the civil unrest from Ferguson and the Occupy protests fresh in people’s mind, the world’s super rich are already preparing for the consequences. At a packed session in Davos, former hedge fund director Robert Johnson revealed that worried hedge fund managers were already planning their escapes.
“I know hedge fund managers all over the world who are buying airstrips and farms in places like New Zealand because they think they need a getaway,” he said.
With growing inequality and riots such as those in London in 2011 and in Ferguson and other parts of the USA last year, many financial leaders fear they could become targets for public fury.
Robert Johnson, president of the Institute of New Economic Thinking, told people at the World Economic Forum in Davos that many hedge fund managers were already planning their escapes.
Johnson, who heads the Institute of New Economic Thinking and was previously managing director at Soros, said societies can tolerate income inequality if the income floor is high enough. But with an existing system encouraging chief executives to take decisions solely on their profitability, even in the richest countries inequality is increasing.
He said: “I know hedge fund managers all over the world who are buying airstrips and farms in places like New Zealand because they think they need a getaway."
“People need to know there are possibilities for their children – that they will have the same opportunity as anyone else. There is a wicked feedback loop. Politicians who get more money tend to use it to get more even money.”
Mr Johnson, said the economic situation could soon become intolerable as even in the richest countries inequality was increasing.
He said:"People need to know there are possibilities for their children – that they will have the same opportunity as anyone else."
"There is a wicked feedback loop. Politicians who get more money tend to use it to get more even money."
His comments were backed up by Stewart Wallis, executive director of the New Economics Foundation, who when asked about the comments told CNBC Africa:
"Getaway cars the airstrips in New Zealand and all that sort of thing, so basically a way to get off. If they can get off, onto another planet, some of them would."
He added: "I think the rich are worried and they should be worried. I mean inequality, why does it matter?
"Most people have heard the Oxfam statistics that now we’ve got 80, the 80 richest people in the world, having more wealth that the bottom three-point-five billion, and very soon we’ll get a situation where that one percent, one percent of the richest people have more wealth than everybody else, the 99."
But as former New Zealand prime minister and now UN development head Helen Clark explained, rather than being a game changer, recent examples suggest the Ferguson movement may soon be forgotten.
"We saw Occupy flare up and then fade like many others like it,” Clark said. “The problem movements like these have is stickability. The challenge is for them to build structures that are ongoing; to sustain these new voices.”
So what is the solution to having the new voices being sufficiently recognised to actually change the status quo into one where those with power realise they do matter?
Clark said: “Solutions are there. What’s been lacking is political will. Politicians do not respond to those who don’t have a voice In the end this is all about redistributing income and power.”
She added: “Seventy five percent of people in developing countries live in places that are less equal than they were in 1990.”
The panellists were scathing about politicians, Wallis describing them as people who held up wet fingers “to see which way the money is blowing in from.”
Author, philosopher and former academic Rebecca Newberger-Goldstein saw the glass half full, drawing on history to prove society does eventually change for the better. She said Martin Luther King was correct in his view that the arch of history might be long, but it bends towards justice.
In ancient Greece, she noted, even the greatest moralists like Plato and Aristotle never criticised slavery.
Newberger-Goldstein said: “We’ve come a long way as a species. The truth is now dawning that everybody matters because the concept of mattering is at the core of every human being.” "
Knowing you matter, she added, is often as simple as having others “acknowledge the pathos and reality of your stories. To listen.”
Mexican micro-lending entrepreneur Carlos Danel expanded on the theme. His business, Gentera, has thrived by working out that:
“those excluded are not the problem but realising there’s an opportunity to serve them.”
He added: “Technology provides advantages that can lower costs and enable us to provide products and services that matter to the people who don’t seem to matter to society. And that’s beyond financial services – into education and elsewhere.”
Which, Danel believes, is why business was created in the first place – to serve. A message that seemed to get lost somewhere in the worship of profit.
How The CIA Made Google January 29 2015 | From: Medium
Insurge Intelligence, a new crowd-funded investigative journalism project, breaks the exclusive story of how the United States intelligence community funded, nurtured and incubated Google as part of a drive to dominate the world through control of information.
Seed-funded by the NSA and CIA, Google was merely the first among a plethora of private sector start-ups co-opted by US intelligence to retain ‘information superiority.’
The origins of this ingenious strategy trace back to a secret Pentagon-sponsored group, that for the last two decades has functioned as a bridge between the US government and elites across the business, industry, finance, corporate, and media sectors.
The group has allowed some of the most powerful special interests in corporate America to systematically circumvent democratic accountability and the rule of law to influence government policies, as well as public opinion in the US and around the world. The results have been catastrophic: NSA mass surveillance, a permanent state of global war, and a new initiative to transform the US military into Skynet.
This exclusive is being released for free in the public interest, and was enabled by crowdfunding. I’d like to thank my amazing community of patrons for their support, which gave me the opportunity to work on this in-depth investigation. Please support independent, investigative journalism for the global commons.
In the wake of the Charlie Hebdo attacks in Paris, western governments are moving fast to legitimize expanded powers of mass surveillance and controls on the internet, all in the name of fighting terrorism.US and European politicians have called to protect NSA-style snooping, and to advance the capacity to intrude on internet privacy by outlawing encryption.
One idea is to establish a telecoms partnership that would unilaterally delete content deemed to “fuel hatred and violence” in situations considered “appropriate.” Heated discussions are going on at government and parliamentary level to explore cracking down on lawyer-client confidentiality.
What any of this would have done to prevent the Charlie Hebdo attacks remains a mystery, especially given that we already know the terrorists were on the radar of French intelligence for up to a decade.
There is little new in this story. The 9/11 atrocity was the first of many terrorist attacks, each succeeded by the dramatic extension of draconian state powers at the expense of civil liberties, backed up with the projection of military force in regions identified as hotspots harbouring terrorists. Yet there is little indication that this tried and tested formula has done anything to reduce the danger. If anything, we appear to be locked into a deepening cycle of violence with no clear end in sight.
As our governments push to increase their powers, Insurge Intelligence can now reveal the vast extent to which the US intelligence community is implicated in nurturing the web platforms we know today, for the precise purpose of utilizing the technology as a mechanism to fight global ‘information war’ — a war to legitimize the power of the few over the rest of us. The lynchpin of this story is the corporation that in many ways defines the 21st century with its unobtrusive omnipresence: Google.
Google styles itself as a friendly, funky, user-friendly tech firm that rose to prominence through a combination of skill, luck, and genuine innovation. This is true. But it is a mere fragment of the story. In reality, Google is a smokescreen behind which lurks the US military-industrial complex.
The inside story of Google’s rise, revealed here for the first time, opens a can of worms that goes far beyond Google, unexpectedly shining a light on the existence of a parasitical network driving the evolution of the US national security apparatus, and profiting obscenely from its operation.
The Shadow Network
For the last two decades, US foreign and intelligence strategies have resulted in a global ‘war on terror’ consisting of prolonged military invasions in the Muslim world and comprehensive surveillance of civilian populations. These strategies have been incubated, if not dictated, by a secret network inside and beyond the Pentagon.
Established under the Clinton administration, consolidated under Bush, and firmly entrenched under Obama, this bipartisan network of mostly neoconservative ideologues sealed its dominion inside the US Department of Defense (DoD) by the dawn of 2015, through the operation of an obscure corporate entity outside the Pentagon, but run by the Pentagon.
In 1999, the CIA created its own venture capital investment firm, In-Q-Tel, to fund promising start-ups that might create technologies useful for intelligence agencies. But the inspiration for In-Q-Tel came earlier, when the Pentagon set up its own private sector outfit.
Known as the ‘Highlands Forum,’ this private network has operated as a bridge between the Pentagon and powerful American elites outside the military since the mid-1990s. Despite changes in civilian administrations, the network around the Highlands Forum has become increasingly successful in dominating US defense policy.
Giant defense contractors like Booz Allen Hamilton and Science Applications International Corporation are sometimes referred to as the ‘shadow intelligence community’ due to the revolving doors between them and government, and their capacity to simultaneously influence and profit from defense policy.
But while these contractors compete for power and money, they also collaborate where it counts. The Highlands Forum has for 20 years provided an off the record space for some of the most prominent members of the shadow intelligence community to convene with senior US government officials, alongside other leaders in relevant industries.
I first stumbled upon the existence of this network in November 2014, when I reported for VICE’s Motherboard that US defense secretary Chuck Hagel’s newly announced ‘Defense Innovation Initiative’ was really about building Skynet — or something like it, essentially to dominate an emerging era of automated robotic warfare.
That story was based on a little-known Pentagon-funded ‘white paper’ published two months earlier by the National Defense University (NDU) in Washington DC, a leading US military-run institution that, among other things, generates research to develop US defense policy at the highest levels. The white paper clarified the thinking behind the new initiative, and the revolutionary scientific and technological developments it hoped to capitalize on.
The Highlands Forum
The co-author of that NDU white paper is Linton Wells, a 51-year veteran US defense official who served in the Bush administration as the Pentagon’s chief information officer, overseeing the National Security Agency (NSA) and other spy agencies. He still holds active top-secret security clearances, and according to a report by Government Executive magazine in 2006 he chaired the ‘Highlands Forum’, founded by the Pentagon in 1994.
New Scientist magazine (paywall) has compared the Highlands Forum to elite meetings like “Davos, Ditchley and Aspen,” describing it as “far less well known, yet… arguably just as influential a talking shop.” Regular Forum meetings bring together “innovative people to consider interactions between policy and technology. Its biggest successes have been in the development of high-tech network-based warfare.”
Linton Wells II (right) former Pentagon chief information officer and assistant secretary of defense for networks, at a recent Pentagon Highlands Forum session. Rosemary Wenchel, a senior official in the US Department of Homeland Security, is sitting next to him
Given Wells’ role in such a Forum, perhaps it was not surprising that his defense transformation white paper was able to have such a profound impact on actual Pentagon policy. But if that was the case, why had no one noticed?
Despite being sponsored by the Pentagon, I could find no official page on the DoD website about the Forum. Active and former US military and intelligence sources had never heard of it, and neither did national security journalists. I was baffled.
The Pentagon’s Intellectual Capital Venture Firm
In the prologue to his 2007 book, A Crowd of One: The Future of Individual Identity, John Clippinger, an MIT scientist of the Media Lab Human Dynamics Group, described how he participated in a “Highlands Forum” gathering, an “invitation-only meeting funded by the Department of Defense and chaired by the assistant for networks and information integration.”
This was a senior DoD post overseeing operations and policies for the Pentagon’s most powerful spy agencies including the NSA, the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), among others. Starting from 2003, the position was transitioned into what is now the undersecretary of defense for intelligence. The Highlands Forum, Clippinger wrote, was founded by a retired US Navy captain named Dick O’Neill. Delegates include senior US military officials across numerous agencies and divisions — “captains, rear admirals, generals, colonels, majors and commanders” as well as “members of the DoD leadership.”
What at first appeared to be the Forum’s main website describes Highlands as “an informal cross-disciplinary network sponsored by Federal Government,” focusing on “information, science and technology.” Explanation is sparse, beyond a single ‘Department of Defense’ logo.
But Highlands also has another website describing itself as an “intellectual capital venture firm” with “extensive experience assisting corporations, organizations, and government leaders.” The firm provides a “wide range of services, including: strategic planning, scenario creation and gaming for expanding global markets,” as well as “working with clients to build strategies for execution.” ‘The Highlands Group Inc.,’ the website says, organizes a whole range of Forums on these issue.
For instance, in addition to the Highlands Forum, since 9/11 the Group runs the ‘Island Forum,’ an international event held in association with Singapore’s Ministry of Defense, which O’Neill oversees as “lead consultant.” The Singapore Ministry of Defense website describes the Island Forum as “patterned after the Highlands Forum organized for the US Department of Defense.” Documents leaked by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden confirmed that Singapore played a key role in permitting the US and Australia to tap undersea cables to spy on Asian powers like Indonesia and Malaysia.
The Highlands Group website also reveals that Highlands is partnered with one of the most powerful defense contractors in the United States. Highlands is “supported by a network of companies and independent researchers,” including “our Highlands Forum partners for the past ten years at SAIC; and the vast Highlands network of participants in the Highlands Forum.”
SAIC stands for the US defense firm, Science Applications International Corporation, which changed its name to Leidos in 2013, operating SAIC as a subsidiary. SAIC/Leidos is among the top 10 largest defense contractors in the US, and works closely with the US intelligence community, especially the NSA. According to investigative journalist Tim Shorrock, the first to disclose the vast extent of the privatization of US intelligence with his seminal book Spies for Hire, SAIC has a “symbiotic relationship with the NSA: the agency is the company’s largest single customer and SAIC is the NSA’s largest contractor.”
16 Signs That You’re A Slave To The Cabal Control Matrix January 28 2015 | From: TheMindUnleashed
Today’s world is a strange place. We are inundated with signals from early on in life, encouraging each of us to walk a particular path, establishing blinders on us along the way to discourage us from looking for alternatives to what the herd is doing or thinking.
Life is so complex that overtime, if we are paying attention, we realize that there are an infinite number of possibilities to what the human experience could be, and we come see that the world is on fire because individuals all too infrequently question why things are the way they are, failing to notice that their mindset or behavior needs adjustment in favor of more intelligent, common sensical, or sustainable patterns of existence.
Not meant to be overtly critical of anyone’s lifestyle choices or personal situation, the following 16 signs that you’re a slave to the matrix are meant purely as an observational approach to helping you identify the areas of your life where you may be missing an opportunity to liberate yourself from someone else’s self-destructive design for your life.
Read on, and please take a moment to comment below with anything you’d like to add to the list or object to.
1. You pay taxes to people you’d like to see locked up in jail.
This is perhaps the biggest indicator that we are slaves to the matrix. The traditional notion of slavery conjures up images of people in shackles forced to work on plantations to support rich plantation owners. The modern day version of this is forced taxation, where our incomes are automatically docked before we ever see the money, regardless of whether or not we approve of how the money is spent.
2. You go to the doctor, but you’re still sick.
Modern medical care, for all of it’s scientific progress, has sadly become sick care, where we are rarely advised to eat well and tend to our mental and physical health, but instead are routinely advised to consume expensive medications and procedures that are pushed by the for-profit healthcare matrix.
3. You’ve picked Team Democrat or Team Republican [Red party / Blue party - see any Western country for that relentless sham-gag] and argue with your friends, family and co-workers about politics.
This is what the control strategy of divide and conquer looks like in our society. Both of the major parties are corrupt through and through, and independent candidates are not even allowed to participate in public debates. By believing in one of these parties and burning your personal energy on arguing with other ordinary people you are turning over your soul the matrix, and doing your share in making sure that ‘we the people’ will never be united against corruption.
4. You work hard doing something you hate to earn fiat dollars.
Work is important and money does pay the bills, however, so many people lose the best years of their lives doing things they hate, just for money. The truth about money today is that we do not have money, but instead, inflationary fiat currency that is privately owned and manipulated. Since it is still necessary to get by in this world, it is best that you get more value for your time by doing something you enjoy or by working with people you do not despise. It is easier than you may think to live on less money than we believe we need, we just have to be willing to go against the grain realize this.
5. You’re willing to accrue personal debt to fund the acquisition of a consumer oriented lifestyle.
Each time a credit card is swiped it creates digits on the balance sheets of the banks that are most involved with the financial looting of the world today. These digits are then multiplied electronically by the fractional reserve system, which exponentially increases the power of these institutions. To participate in this, and by agreeing to pay this fake money back with interest, in order to maintain a certain lifestyle, is a strong indication that you are bound by one of the main tenets of the matrix –consumerism.
6. You converse with real people about the ongoing happenings of TV shows.
TV is the most potent tool used for mind control, and the ‘programming’ that is available, while certainly cool, fun, or entertaining is geared to reinforce certain behaviors amongst the masses. Dramatizing the ego’s importance, over sexualizing everything, glorifying violence, and teaching submissiveness to phony authority are the main features of modern TV. By taking what is happening onscreen and making it a part of your real life, you are doing your job of supporting the matrix’s desire to confuse us about the nature of reality, proving that something doesn’t have to actually happen in order for it to feel real to people.
7. You don’t have anything to hide from total surveillance.
If it does not bother you that someone, somewhere, working for somebody is watching you, listening to your conversations, and monitoring your movements, then, you are a good slave to the matrix. Invisible surveillance is an insidious form of thought control, and by using the logic of, ‘I have nothing to hide, therefore, it will do me no harm to be surveilled,’ then you are mindlessly admitting that you have an earthly master and are not of sovereign mind and body.
8. You think the world would be safer if only governments had guns.
This is a violent world, and criminals engage in criminality against honest people at every level of society, including from within the government. Sure, in a perfect world, weapons wouldn’t be necessary for anyone but, sadly, our world is anything but perfect, and firearms are indeed a very effective form of protection against common criminals and abusive governments alike. The willingness to forego your right to self-defense is a sign that you’ve relegated personal responsibility to someone else. Having the masses abdicate personal responsibility is one of the most important aspects of controlling them. Welcome to the matrix.
9. You knowingly drink fluoridated water.
Of all the health debates taking place today, the topic of fluoridated water is the easiest to understand, for it is a toxic by-product of an industrial process… poison. Water is supposedly fluoridated to aid in dental health, which is debatable in itself, but if this were so, then the involuntary fluoridation of public water is a medication without your consent… a form of slavery. Knowing this and continuing to drink fluoridated water is a sign that you’re content with your slavery to the matrix. Here are 18 scientifically validated reasons to end public water fluoridation.
10. You knowingly consume toxic poisons like MSG and Aspartame.
These two chemicals are widely known to be toxic to the human body. Knowing this and continuing to poison yourself with tasty, but chemical-laden processed foods is a sign that the matrix has programmed you to place less value on your health and future than on your immediate gratification.
11. You depend on the pharmaceutical industrial complex for the management of your own mental health.
The use of psychotropic medicines is rising rapidly in our society because people have been convinced that mental and emotional states can be classified as diseases, while the truth about natural mental health has been obfuscated by corporate media and a for-profit medical establishment. If you’re taking psychotropic medications, then you are under one of the most potent forms of mind control available. Part of this control is to convince you that you have no authority over your own mind. This is perhaps the matrix’s most terrible lie, and by willingly taking these psychotropic medications you are conforming to the worst kind of slavery, and inhibiting your natural mental and emotional responses to the life stressors that are signaling to you that you need to change your behavior and habits.
12. You haven’t yet stopped watching your local and national news programming.
The mainstream news media is a tool of control and manipulation, and by continuing to support their ideas and world views by giving them your attention you are volunteering to be a slave to this not-so-subtle form of mental programming. Even the local news is scripted at the national level by agents of the handful of corporations tasked with shaping our opinions of events.
13. You’re more concerned with televised sports or other mindless distractions than you are with the quality of your natural environment.
The Deepwater Horizon, Alberta Tar Sands, the rise of Fracking, the sacrifice of the Amazon, and Fukushima are all life-changing events that will severely impact our future on planet earth. To be unconcerned with all of this while tuning into a never-ending stream of sports trivia and distraction-based living is a sign that your sense of self-preservation has been stolen and replaced with an impulsive tendency for triviality and escapism.
14. You’re skeptical of any area of life that hasn’t been ‘proven’ or validated by modern science.
The very essence of science is the inquiry into the unknown, implying that until science can grasp something, it is unexplainable. By discrediting or ridiculing experiences that other people have, which yet evade scientific understanding, like near-death experiences, acupuncture, or the life changing effects of Ayahuasca, then you are slavishly reducing your understanding of the world to a narrow range of possibilities. The matrix is made possible by the efforts of volunteer gatekeepers who are unwilling to think outside of the box.
15. You’ve never questioned the popularized version of ancient history and the origins of our civilization.
There are many unanswered questions about the origins of the human race that point to a different version of human history than what is taught in school. Read 20 history questions they refuse to answer in school to discover some of the many ways in which our history has been hijacked. By never questioning what we’ve been told about our origin we are acquiescing to many of the imposed belief systems and narrow-banded views of human potential that the matrix promotes.
16. You haven’t yet realized that you are a spiritual being living a human experience.
If you can relate to any of the items on this list, then the matrix has you, and it is now your duty to engage more deeply in your liberation.
The United States Dictatorship And Its Free Fall January 26 2015 | From: VeteransToday
“New information on the 2000 election, information now in the hands of top military officials in the US, conclusively proves that America’s government is in “free fall.””
(L-R) US President Barack Obama, and former presidents of the US George W. Bush, Bill Clinton, George Bush and Jimmy Carter
In 2000, a criminal conspiracy overthrew the government of the United States through violence, threats of violence and massive fraud.
In light of what many believe to be the upcoming collapse, world war, economic meltdown, climate sabotage, global pandemics and radiation threats, key evidence has been brought forward.
The oft spoken of New World Order is now much more than conspiracy or myth. The United States is now and has been little more than a colony, to be bled dry.
It is now clearly recognized that this organization stands ready to destroy the last vestiges of human civilization in service of some indiscernible goal. Ascribing the term “reptilian” to these machinations is an insult to a viper.
Some Have Had “Enough”
In recognition of the current state of emergency, leaders of America’s military and intelligence community loyal to constitutional authority have taken exception with the continuity of governmental and command authority.
This is not a specific challenge to the Obama presidency but rather a clear recognition of the seizure of political authority in the US (and most other western nations) has ended all representative government.
By this standard, all governmental actions of the United States since that time will be “null and void.” However, the dead will still be dead, the maimed and despondent, countless in number, may look for what solace they can.
The old dialectic, “republic or democracy” is passé, much of the world exists under the slavery of a New World Order or is awaiting doom. Not all will pass into the darkness as sheep, as happened in America and her “allies.”
“The People against the New World Order”
Legally, George W. Bush was never the President of the United States, according to legal opinions now under broad acceptance with America’s top commanders.
Authorities now cite the election of former Vice President Al Gore. The same authorities demand both the restoration of the Gore presidency and the impeachment of Gore for failure to assume office though legally elected.
Records of Supreme Court deliberations during their bizarre move against the constitution in 2000 show that they were aware, not just of broad electronic vote rigging but that five court members were fully involved in a plot against the United States, knowingly complicit in a coup that involved broad threats of violence, blackmail and bribery on a massive scale.
New information on the 2000 election, information now in the hands of top military officials in the US, conclusively proves that America’s government is in “free fall.”
The evidence, leaked by top Pentagon commanders, tells a story now very easy to believe, a story of hate, of greed and, especially of brutal totalitarian intent.
Background
A group closely aligned with a “not so hidden” world government made up of financial criminals, oil and defense corporations, groups like the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and Bilderbergers and extremist groups that penetrated all western military and intelligence commands exercised a violent overthrow of the government of the United States.
The operational planning group was the Project for a New American Century (PNAC), tasked with rigging the 2000 election, organizing the corporate media behind the coup.
As some may remember, the Supreme Court appointed George W. Bush as president, on a 5/4 vote on pure party lines. Retired Justice Sandra Day O’Connor, in recent public revelations has “strongly hinted” at the court’s legal misconduct in 2000.
Less publicly, secret deliberations, now in the hands of key leaders, penetrate the secrecy behind this critical time. The Supreme Court, led by a five-member cabal at the heart of the coup, knowingly abrogated state’s rights, separation of powers and equal protection provisions of the constitution to empower a criminal conspiracy intent on unleashing an American dictatorship on the world as a “super-cop.”
As early as 1999, PNAC had announced the need for “a new Pearl Harbor” to condition the American people to accept a consolidation of totalitarian authority and a permanent state of warfare.
The subsequent planning and execution of 9/11 was only one aspect of the broader plan; seizing the government, 9/11, suspending civil rights, rigging congressional districts, instill “true believers” in military and government and setting up a multi-national world government to manage a quasi-global slave state.
Experts in nearly every field all agree on one thing, collapse is imminent.
Correcting Course
Restoration of constitutional authority, the basis of all “oaths of allegiance” for those serving with the authority of “the republic” requires the restoration of said republic and its last elected president. Thus, Albert Gore is the last legally elected president and must, by law, fulfill his term of office.
Two branches of government are, technically, in rebellion against the United States. The Supreme Court of the United States has strayed, an understatement of Olympic proportions.
Evidence of a conspiracy against the court to overthrow the government exists. Dissenting members of the court were subject to threats of violence against their persons and families as was President Gore.
This has been confirmed.
Subsequent acts of the court, the utter and absolute failure to uphold constitutional guarantees time and time again has been a travesty. It has been treasonous, from Citizen’s United to the congressional redistricting which denied “equal protection and representation” to over 100 million Americans.
When the Supreme Court allowed suspension of habeas corpus, all semblance of representative government ended.
When they allowed murder, kidnapping and torture, ending all “due process,” they became war criminals.
The “Horrible House”
The US House of Representatives is now a tyranny controlled entirely by minority party under the control of criminal elements. Nearly half the members of the “majority party” would lose their seats but for bizarre gerrymandered districts, some geographies of phantasmagorical mien.
The 2012 Mob Ploy
During the 2012 election, drug cartel kingpin Mitt Romney received over $1 billion in “contributions,” much from narcotics, human trafficking and gambling backers.
Gambling boss, Sheldon Adelson spent $100 million, a number personal cited by President Obama.
Prior to the election, documents were released by sources within the FBI and Mexican intelligence agencies revealing that Mitt Romney, working closely with the Castro government and former members of Soviet intelligence services, managed hundreds of secret “slush fund” offshore accounts for key government and military leaders.
These accounts were funded through the generous contributions of the Mexican drug cartels and the CIA’s burgeoning narcotics operations in Afghanistan and Iraq.
This relationship, which some believed began with Carlos Salinas and Mitt Romney at Harvard, actually began generations before. The Bush/Romney financial partnership, built, initially on profits from Nazi war industries, now dwarfs even the Rothschild cartel for “funds under management.”
DHS, Neither “Home” Nor “Secure”
The Department of Homeland Security is an Israeli controlled organization tasked by the New World Order to infect every aspect of American society in lieu of a declaration of full martial law.
[Note: Section on The Wanta, Reagan, Mitterand Protocols has been removed as this information is a red herring and Gordon Duff should well know better].
At one time, speaking of a “trillion dollars” was considered absurd. In recent years, despite obfuscation, psychological operations, disinformation, propaganda and simply corrupt news “Imagineering,” the public has learned that banks created “funny money,” amounting to what is now estimated to be $5 quadrillion dollars.
That would be 5 million billion dollars or 5,000 trillion dollars.
Don’t worry, none of it is real. We call this money “derivatives.” $10 trillion of the US national debt is money “invented” to keep foreign banks alive that got confused, they were no longer able to tell their real from their phony cash.
They were considered “too big to fail.”
The Ticking Clock
There is a war within our own government and military. The forces that would ask President Obama to step down from office voluntarily on constitutional grounds are, oddly enough, closely aligned with Secretary of Defense Hagel and Chairman of the JCOS, General Martin Dempsey.
They are, in fact, Obama supporters. Against them are the very real forces of darkness, that “vast conspiracy” spoken of so many years ago by First Lady Hillary Clinton.
The “grand conspiracy,” the New World Order, is playing a new game, inventing wild conspiracies over Benghazi, a wild narrative of conjecture and fabrication intended to ensnare those who are stupid enough to accept “facts” from corporate controlled media.
While this dance continues, America is either being dragged into world war over Syria or, through failure to show leadership, will be supplanted throughout the Middle East and Central Asia by Russia and China.
America is, it seems, addicted to its own lies.
While the clock is ticking, maybe ticking away America’s final hours, will oaths be kept, will courage take hold, will bold and daring action confront the monster that has been feeding off so many of us for so long?
Vast Experiments On Humans: A Forgotten Document January 24 2015 | From: JonRappoport
People are unaware of the vast scope of human experimentation in the world today. While some of the accounts below are historic, the insane cabal that is currently running the world continues with such atrocities to this day. Make sure you keep drinking your Fluoride!
Every year in the US, the medical system kills 225,000 people. (See B. Starfield, JAMA, July 26, 2000, “Is US health really the best in the world?”) Of those 225,000 deaths, 106,000 are caused by FDA-approved drugs. This means that, once the drugs are approved, everything that then happens to the public is one grand uncontrolled experiment.
Here is a largely forgotten 1994 document that adds fuel to this conflagration:
United States General Accounting Office Testimony Before the Legislation and National Security Subcommittee, Committee on Government Operations, House of Representative
GAO/T-NSIAD-94-266
For Release on Delivery
Expected at
10:00 a.m. EST
Wednesday
September 28, 1994
Human Experimentation - An Overview on Cold War Era Programs
Statement of Frank C. Conahan, Assistant Comptroller General, National Security and International Affairs Division
I offer selected quotes below. This is, I assure you, mind-boggling material. Read it carefully. The testimony speaks for itself. It also provides historical context for what is happening now in America, the land of guinea pigs:
“We are pleased to be here today to discuss the use of humans in tests and experiments conducted for national security purposes by the Department of Defense (DOD) and other agencies between 1940 and 1974.”
“As you requested, we focused our work on defense-affiliated programs that used human test subjects between 1940 and 1974. The programs included tests and experiments conducted or sponsored by the Departments of the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force; the Defense Nuclear Agency; the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA); the Department of Energy; and the Department of Health and Human Services. The tests and experiments involved radiological, chemical, and biological research…”
“…we have identified hundreds of radiological, chemical, and biological tests and experiments in which hundreds of thousands of people were used as test subjects. These tests and experiments often involved hazardous substances such as radiation, blister and nerve agents, biological agents, and lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD). In some cases, basic safeguards to protect people were either not in place or not followed. For example, some tests and experiments were conducted in secret; others involved the use of people without their knowledge or consent or their full knowledge of the risks involved.”
“The effects of the tests and experiments are often difficult to determine. Although some participants suffered immediate acute injuries, and some died, in other cases adverse health problems were not discovered until many years later–often 20 to 30 years or longer.”
“Government testing and experimentation with human subjects continues today because of its importance to national security agencies. For example, the Army’s Medical Research Institute for Infectious Disease uses volunteers in its tests of new vaccines for malaria, hepatitis, and other exotic diseases.”
“Since 1974, federal regulations have become more protective of research subjects and, in general, require (1) the formation of institutional review boards and procedures and (2) researchers to obtain informed consent from human subjects and ensure that their participation is voluntary and based on knowledge of the potential risks and benefits. We are in the process of reviewing the effectiveness of these measures. A National Institutes of Health official has stated that no mechanism exists to ensure implementation of the key federal policies in this area.”
“Precise information on the scope and magnitude of government tests and experiments involving human subjects is not available, and exact numbers may never be known.”
“However, our review of available documentation and interviews with agency officials identified hundreds of tests and experiments in which hundreds of thousands of people were used as subjects. Some of these tests and experiments involved the intentional exposure of people to hazardous substances such as radiation, blister and nerve agents, biological agents, LSD, and phencyclidine (PCP). These tests and experiments were conducted to support weapon development programs, identify methods to protect the health of military personnel against a variety of diseases and combat conditions, and analyze U.S. defense vulnerabilities.
Healthy adults, children, psychiatric patients, and prison inmates were used in these tests and experiments. Documenting the precise number of tests and participants is difficult because government information is incomplete. Some records have been lost or destroyed, and existing documentation contains limited information and often does not identify names of participants.”
“The largest known test program was the atmospheric nuclear test program conducted from 1945 to 1962. The purpose of this program was to develop weapons and to gain a better understanding of the tactical effect on troops. Over this 17-year period, approximately 210,000 DOD-affiliated personnel, including civilian employees of DOD contractors, scientists, technicians, maneuver and training troops, and support personnel, participated in 235 atmospheric nuclear tests. We reported on two of these tests, known as Operation Crossroads, in 1985.”
“According to DOD officials, as many as 150,000 of the 210,000 participants may have been exposed to fallout. In addition, 195,000 U.S. service members may have been exposed to radiation during the occupation of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and over 4,000 other service members may have been exposed during cleanups at Bikini, Enewetak, and Johnston Atolls after nuclear tests were conducted. Some participants have alleged that they were not fully informed or did not understand the potential health risks of exposure to radiation.”
“In a series of experiments conducted between the 1940s and 196Os, the Atomic Energy Commission and the U.S. Public Health Service funded research of the potential medical effects on people from fallout after a nuclear attack or accident. In some of the experiments, university researchers exposed mentally disabled children to low doses of radiation. Years after the experiments were completed, a task force found that researchers failed to satisfactorily inform the subjects’ families about the nature and risk of the experiments in order for them to make an informed decision when they gave their consent. The president of one of the universities involved in the experiments later apologized for the use of children and the failure to provide full information about the nature and risk. We are not aware of what, if any, further action was taken in this case.”
“During World War II and the Cold War era, the Army and the Navy conducted two major chemical research experiments in which thousands of service members were used as test subjects. An unknown number of other chemical tests and experiments were conducted under contracts with universities, hospitals, and medical research facilities. In some of the tests and experiments, healthy adults, psychiatric patients, and prison inmates were used without their knowledge or consent or their full knowledge of the risks involved.”
“Similar to the Army’s tests, the Navy conducted tests of clothing and equipment that exposed thousands to the effects of mustard gas and lewisite agents [lewisite is a chemical weapon, blister agent, lung irritant, which causes severe burns and can cause death]. These experiments involved (1) gas chamber tests, in which service members were completely exposed to mustard and lewisite agents while wearing protective clothing, and (2) skin tests, in which amounts of mustard agent and antivesicant ointments were applied to service members’ forearms. The Navy has a list of the names of approximately 3,200 sailors who participated in mustard and lewisite agent tests performed by the Naval Research Laboratory. Additionally, Navy officials told us that between 15,000 and 60,000 Navy recruits had participated in skin tests conducted by a contractor but that the Navy had no record of the recruits’ names.”
“During the same period, the Army Chemical Corps contracted with various universities, state hospitals, and medical foundations to research the disruptive influences that psychochemical agents could have on combat troops. The Air Force also conducted experiments on the effects of LSD through contracts at five universities. According to Air Force officials and records, approximately 100 people received LSD in these experiments. No effort has been made by the Air Force to determine if the participants’ names are available in the universities’ records.”
“According to a CIA official, from 1553 to about 1964, the CIA conducted a series of experiments called MKULTRA to test vulnerabilities to behavior modification drugs. As a part of these experiments, LSD and other psychochemical drugs were administered to an undetermined number of people without their knowledge or consent. According to the official, the names of those involved in the tests are not available because names were not recorded or the records were subsequently destroyed. However, some tests were done under contract, and no effort has been made by the CIA to determine if names are available in contractors’ records.”
“The Army conducted a series of biological warfare experiments and tests between 1949 and 1974. The purpose of these tests was to determine U.S. vulnerabilities to biological warfare. For example, between 1949 and 1969, the Army conducted several hundred biological warfare tests in which unaware populations were sprayed with bacterial tracers or simulants that the Army thought were harmless at that time. Some of the tests involved spraying large areas, such as the cities of St. Louis and San Francisco, and others involved spraying more focused areas, such as the New York City subway system and Washington National Airport.”
“Available records show that people suffered immediate acute injuries in some tests and that people died in at least two tests. For example, available records show that some participants in the Army’s and the Navy’s mustard and lewisite tests suffered burns and required hospitalization. Also, in a highly publicized case, an Army employee died in 1953, a short time after participating in a CIA experiment using LSD.”
“…some agencies have made little effort to assist test participants by identifying test locations and participants in experiments conducted by contractors. The CIA, in fact, has not released the names of 15 of the approximately 80 organizations that conducted experiments under the previously discussed MKULTRA program because the organizations do not want to be identified.”
If you’ve grasped what you’ve just read, I don’t need to highlight the horrendous facts. However, I would offer a coda:
Even among corporate insiders, very few know the full extent and nature of the GMOs being deployed or the chemicals being sprayed on the heads of the people.
It’s in the grand tradition - human experimentation. RICO crime, war crime. Depraved indifference to human life, in the service of “helping the planet.”
Propaganda & Fear-Mongering Works January 22 2015 | From: ZeroHedge
When I see the results of polls like the one below, I realize there is no chance the majority will do anything to reverse the course of our nation in terminal decline.
Will it take a complete collapse and bloody reset before we have a chance at putting the world back on a rational course?
How can anyone actually think terrorism should be Obama and Congress’ top priority? Are Americans really that stupid? WTF do they want Obama and Congress to do? Double the DHS budget? Increase electronic surveillance on our communications? Give local police more military hardware? Ban guns? Repeal the 4th Amendment?
Do the ignorant masses know their actual chances of being killed by a terrorist? To say the chances are astronomically miniscule is an understatement. See for yourself:
You are 35,079 times more likely to die from heart disease than from a terrorist attack
You are 33,842 times more likely to die from cancer than from a terrorist attack
You are 23,528 times more likely to die from obesity than from a terrorist attack
You are 5,882 times more likely to die from medical error than terrorism.
You are 4,706 times more likely to drink yourself to death than die from terrorism.
You are 1,904 times more likely to die from a car accident than from a terrorist attack.
You are 2,059 times more likely to kill yourself than die at the hand of a terrorist.
You are 452 times more likely to die from risky sexual behavior than terrorism.
You are 353 times more likely to fall to your death doing something idiotic than die in a terrorist attack.
You are 271 times more likely to die from a workplace accident than terrorism.
You are more than 9 times more likely to be killed by a law enforcement officer than by a terrorist.
You are 110 times more likely to die from contaminated food than terrorism.
What policies do Americans want Obama and Congress to prioritize in 2015? According to the Pew Research Center’s policy priorities survey, 76 percent of people in the United States believe tackling terrorism should be the nation’s top priority this year.
It is the first time in four years terrorism has made the top of Pew’s list and its appearance for 2015 can be attributed to economic improvement as well as persistant terrorist threats.
Despite considerable improvement, the economy is still an area of concern for Americans and 75 percent of them want President Obama to give it attention. Job creation is closely linked to economic improvement so it comes as little surprise that it rounds off the top three with 67 percent of respondents expecting it to be prioritized.
The fact Americans think terrorism is our top priority proves that Edward Bernays was an evil genius.
The combination of mass media and propaganda can convince the willfully ignorant and dumbed down populace of anything. Facts are unnecessary when fear and feelings are far more powerful. We are truly doomed.
The Dumbing Down Of Mainstream Media & The Agendas Driving It January 21 2015 | From: Jack
The mainstream media is deliberately broken news. I watched TV3 6 o’clock News last night and the second item on it was “a grass fire on about 2 acres in Canterbury! This is the second leading news feature they can come up with on “Prime Time” national news! The whole news on both radio, TV and newspapers had now been deliberately reduced down to “trivialities” like this, while the true, more important events taking place around the world are by and large totally censored by these lying mongrels.
The reason for is that the bankers that now own the world’s media companies, and the higher executives in these multinationals that control the media, and therefore set the policies of the presenters and programs, have a vested financial and political interest in keeping the masses continuously dumbed down and mind-controlled like this so that ordinary people don’t ever wake up and truly understand how the world is being taken over by this handful of corrupt oligarchical misfits at the top in the City of London Corporation.
For nearly a thousand years the filthy white monkey in the Vatican and his un-Holy See and band of deviants, cardinal thieves and black Jesuits ingeniously controlled most of the world’s tangible riches and land, censored the Bible from ordinary people, enforced a list of Forbidden Books, to keep the working classes and peasants totally ignorant and subservient under their wicked control, torturing and burning everyone at the stake who disagreed with them or wouldn’t comply.
But Henry 8th changed all that in the early 16th century when he broke with Rome, which has now grown into a particularly nasty Fascist gang of apostate Protestants, headed by the Queen and the “King’s Jews” bankers in the city of London Corporation taking over the assets and wealth world, repeating the same sins as the Vatican, but on a much greater scale and with much ingenuity and cunning, using the United Nations as the vehicle to usurp and wrest political control from nation states.
British control of the media (and global intelligence agencies that are allied to it) goes back hundreds of years, but really accelerated from the beginning of WW1. Unfortunately, though, they are having teething problems getting the Russian bear to jump into line, and may I say, “good job,” and great to see someone’s got the guts to put their foot down!
The employees in these organisations already know they would lose their jobs if they publish anything that they know is out of line. You will note, Newstalk ZB and Radio Live, the two prime talkback shows in New Zealand, have degenerated into talkback formats now where they pre-advise the subject they want callers to talk about which is always trivialities, and limit the timespan of all calls so anyone who really does have something serious or important to say is suppressed by time restraints.
Most people have difficulty in understanding that Queen Elizabeth II is in actual fact a modern NAZI, no different than Hitler and his FASCIST Third Reich. Google: “Gold State Coach – photos” and you will see that on the rear of the coach are two statues of the sons of Neptune, carrying the old Roman FASCES (a bundle of rods bound with the helve of an axe) which was the symbol of the Emperor’s dictatorial power to decapitate and rule in ancient Fascist Rome.
The Nazi Fascist Third Reich based its form of National Socialism on the FASCES and so to now the United States of America, where the two fasces on the Queen’s Gold State Coach have been replicated and mounted on the rear wall behind the Speaker’s Rostrum in the US House of Representatives in the US Capitol!
This specially includes university professors, doctors and the very wealthy or leading businessmen, who most of the time know very little other than what they have been indoctrinated with through convention. And the truth is, if the world keeps on its current, conventional course , without some major new ideas or change in navigation in the near future – we are all doomed!
So one must conclude, that any profound change will only come in the future from the non-conformists. Not the university-educated mainstream or orthodox view. All those people out there who would be protesters, or those who have alternate views other than the mainstream, even if we don’t necessarily all agree with them. They are the ones who will save us. But certainly not the unethical band of sewer rats we currently have running the show now!
If you write to politicians or the media, don’t threaten them or defame them. But do use the truth, be forceful, with strong language and send copies of your letter personally to a few of them, so they can’t individually screw it up so no body else knows they are in fact deliberately prostituting themselves to mammon.
Many years ago, when I was secretary of a national childcare organisation involved with submissions on new childcare regulations in NZ - we were sending letters to the appropriate Government Minister without any success, other than “thank you for your letter” or a short letter not even addressing the issue raised.
Later we found out that the minister was so incompetent and unethical, the letters were all read by his secretary who more often than not simply screwed them up and threw them into the wastepaper basket, or replied to them himself.
But after we discovered this, I thought well, let’s send our letters to the Minister as we always had done, but also to the Prime Minister, Deputy Prime Minister and all leaders of the Opposition. My, my, what a DRAMATIC change in response from these parasites!
I received a personal telephone call immediately from the Minister, inviting me to fly to Wellington, all expenses paid, with other executives to quietly discuss the matters personally with him. I could write a book about how inept and unethical most politicians really are.
I remember a leading bureaucrat once told me;
'“We run the show, not these common pick-pockets and political bed-bugs who often jump from one party to the other, who are usually only in power for a short time and preoccupied with the next election, while we are not.
Ask a politician a question and you will get a politician’s answer, and invariably it will be a lie aimed at helping them win the next election.”
Mind you, we shouldn’t be surprised. This charade has been going on for hundreds of years! Sad, I know, but there you are!
Turkish President Accuses 'The West' Of Being Behind Charlie Hebdo Attacks And Deliberately 'Blaming Muslims' As Conspiracy Theories Sweep The Internet Accusing Israel Of Orchestrating It January 16 2015 | From: DailyMail
Recep Tayyip Erdoğan suggested French security forces knew of attack Turkish President said the West is 'playing games with the Islamic world' Said: 'French citizens carried out massacre, and Muslims pay the price'
The President of Turkey has suggested French security forces are to blame for the deadly terrorist attacks in Paris last week, since the culprits had recently served prison sentences.
Recep Tayyip Erdoğan accused the West of 'playing games with the Islamic world', warning fellow Muslims to be 'aware'.
Erdogan said Muslims are 'paying the price' for the attacks on satirical magazine Charlie Hebdo and a Jewish kosher supermarket in Paris last week.
'French citizens carry out such a massacre, and Muslims pay the price,' Erdogan said yesterday.
'That's very meaningful ... Doesn't their intelligence organisation track those who leave prison?
'Games are being played with the Islamic world, we need to be aware of this.
'The West's hypocrisy is obvious. As Muslims, we've never taken part in terrorist massacres. Behind these lie racism, hatespeech and Islamophobia,' Erdogan added.
Erdogan also denounced Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu for attending a solidarity rally in France on Sunday with other world leaders after the Paris attacks.
'How can a man who has killed 2,500 people in Gaza with state terrorism wave his hand in Paris, like people are waiting in excitement for him to do so? How dare he go there?' he said.
Erdogan did not attend the Sunday march, though Turkish Prime Minister Ahmet Davutoglu participated.
Erdogan is not the only senior Turkish politicianpublicly voicing conspiracy theories over the Paris attacks.
The Mayor of Ankara, Melih Gokcek, said he was convinced the Israeli intelligence service Mossad was behind the attacks, linking them to France's recent move towards recognising Palestine as an independent state.
'Mossad is definitely behind such incidents… it is boosting enmity towards Islam.' Mr Gokcek said, according to Financial Times.
In Russia, several pro-Kremlin commentators blamed the United States and the CIA for the attack, the newspaper reported.
One, Alexei Martynov, director of the International Institute for New States, said 'I am sure that some American supervisors are responsible for the terror attacks in Paris, or in any case the Islamists who carried them out.'
Gordon Campbell On Ian Fletcher Resignation & GCSB's New Role January 16 2015 | From: Scoop
Like most events in security intelligence, the resignation for “family reasons” of GCSB boss Ian Fletcher has got (a) a simple straightforward explanation and (b) a complex, conspiratorial one.
It may well be that after being shoulder-tapped in Queensland for the GCSB job, three years of living in Wellington has been enough for Fletcher and his family, given that the pending review of the GCSB would have required an even longer commitment from him. Three years of Wellington’s weather is enough for anyone.
The more complex reason ? No one currently knows what the review of the security agencies is actually going to ‘review.’ Rather than a routine five yearly WOF process, it could well involve a total revamp : but at this point, the government isn’t saying anything about the scope of what it has in mind. Working backwards from Fletcher’s resignation though, one can speculate that a merger of the SIS and GCSB is on the cards.
Perhaps Fletcher left because – on his CV – it looks a lot better to be leaving now as head of an existing organization than to hang on and be the guy whose job has been disappeared in a corporate reshuffle. Old school chum of the PM that he may be, Fletcher would be the underdog in any contest with SIS head Rebecca Kitteridge to head a re-configured spying mega-agency.
The dubious rationale for a merger of the SIS and GCSB can wait for a later day, once it becomes clear whether that goal really is on the government’s agenda. Given that the SIS and GCSB have different roles – one is supposed to protect domestic security, the other is supposed to concentrate on international signals traffic – a merger would be bound to add a round of bureaucratic musical chairs to an already confusing mixture of terrorism, corporate espionage and state-to-state eavesdropping.
A merger would not solve the basic problem that has dogged security services, here and overseas. Basically, the spooks don’t need more intrusive powers to gather information ; they need to be better at interpreting the information they already have. As things stand they either create a threat where none exists (eg Ahmed Zaoui) or under-estimate the threat that does exist ( eg the Kouachi brothers, Man Haron Monis).
The main problem is one of interpretation, not detection. Would merging the SIS and GCSB increase their ability to get it right – or would it just concentrate the capacity to get things wrong, in fewer hands ?
“His tenure has seen New Zealand’s national security enhanced with the approval and initial roll-out of the Cortex cyber security programme for the New Zealand Government and critical infrastructure organisations.”
Cortex is a menu of tools and services. What Fletcher has revealed about it so far is that it will engage the GCSB in providing corporate security protections to the private sector that (a) the firms involved should be paying for themselves and not getting the taxpayer to provide, via the GCSB and (b) that will inevitably entail the sharing of secret intelligence with the private sector that will continue to be denied to ordinary citizens.
“Fletcher says Cortex is a set of tools, rather than a single product, designed to protect key organisations in the public and private sector from cyber-attacks launched from overseas.
"I'd get into trouble if I said exactly what it does, but…that menu is adjusted to reflect the circumstances of the organisation we are dealing with."
The criteria organisations need to meet to qualify for Cortex' protection are also secret, but it appears significant economic targets as well as vital network utilities may come under its umbrella. "We have looked very broadly," is all Fletcher will say.
Vital network utilities? Like say.. Spark? Kiwirail? Chorus ? Fonterra? If the GCSB really is well down the track to becoming a kind of mega cyber-security firm offering tailored services on a confidential basis to selected corporates deemed to be of vital national importance – and with whom security intelligence will presumably be shared – shouldn’t there have been some debate about this beforehand?
In practice with Cortex, how will the GCSB decide what security services its corporate clients should pay for, and in what circumstances the state, via the taxpayer, should pick up the tab? Will a joint payment system apply, for services rendered ? When did Parliament get to sanction this new entrepreneurial role for the GCSB? Normally, the centre-right gets very upset whenever the state crowds out private enterprise.
Not a peep so far though about this example of the process. And Cortex really is breaking new ground, beyond business as usual for the GCSB:
"The approach we have taken has been a New Zealand specific-one," [Fletcher] says. "New Zealand does not have a big indigenous defence supply chain so we have been in a position where we have been able to think broadly from the outset.
"But everyone I talk to, both our close partners and others, are really focused on answering the question of how governments provide the 'public good' that is called 'defence' over what are broadly privatised networks and global flows of data".
And thus, private enterprise gets treated as being synonymous with the public good. Too big to fail became too big to be left to defend itself. It’s a brand new notion, as Fletcher intimates, of what constitutes “ defence.” And as we approach the 100th anniversary of Gallipolli, it seems we are all soldiers in the service of the likes of Spark, now.
CFR’s RAND Corporation: Terror From “Everywhere” Requires More Surveillance January 15 2015 | From: InfoWars
The end game is to monitor every citizen in real-time.
Three suspected French terrorists and a fourth who allegedly crossed the border into Syria have provided ample opportunity to ramp up the police and surveillance state.
Stephanie Pezard, a RAND Corporation political scientist with a specialty in French policy, told CBC News there is:
“only so much you can do to prevent attacks that basically can come from everywhere. It’s going to be mostly intelligence services that will have to make sure that everyone on their watch list is being watched.”
In the United States, the terrorist watch list is massive. The FBI’s terrorist Screening Database or TSDB as of 2008 consisted of 400,000 unique names and over 1,000,000 records. Names are provided by the Department of Homeland Security, the State Department, the Justice Department, the Department of Defense and other federal agencies.
Monitoring a small percentage of the names included would require a sprawling intelligence apparatus that would rival East Germany’s Stasi, Nazi Germany’s Gestapo or the KGB in the Soviet Union.
The NSA is currently the largest and most powerful intelligence organization in the world.
“The NSA will play an integral part in permanent surveillance,” writes David Hamilton for the WikiLeaks Press.
“Technological advancements will upgrade the NSA’s surveillance capabilities to real time surveillance.
Millions of innocent people have been the subject of surveillance and millions more will become subjects of surveillance.”
Not surprisingly, RAND is behind the propaganda effort to radically expand the size and scope of the surveillance grid.
Real-time monitoring of “terrorists,” that is say all who pose a serious threat to the establishment, is a primary objective of the global elite.
The end game for the NSA is not merely to monitor a million or so people included in a terror database, but the entire population.
The “RAND National Defense Research Institute is a federally-funded Council on Foreign Relations ‘think-tank’ sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense and headed by Council on Foreign Relations member Michael D. Rich. Clients include the Pentagon, AT&T, Chase Manhattan Bank, IBM, Republican Party, U.S. Air Force, U.S. Department of Energy and NASA.
The interlocking leadership between the trustees at RAND, and the Ford, Rockefeller, and Carnegie foundations is a classic case of Bilderberg modus operandi,” writes Daniel Estulin in his book on the Bilderberg Group.
Is Your TV Spying On You? January 14 2015 | From: DailyMail
It sounds like science fiction but many new TVs can watch you - telling advertisers your favourite shows or even filming you on the sofa. And there's no off switch!
You are sitting in bed in your pyjamas, drinking a cup of cocoa. A loved one lies next to you, watching late-night television. Pillow talk is exchanged. An alarm clock is set. Eventually the lights are turned out.
Earlier, you sat on the living-room sofa eating supper, before loading the dishwasher and heading upstairs.
You have, in other words, just enjoyed a perfectly normal night, in a perfectly normal home. The curtains are drawn, the central heating turned up. It’s cosy, relaxing and, above all, completely private. Or so you thought.
The truth turns out to be quite the opposite. For on the other side of the world, people you didn’t know existed are keeping a beady eye on your every move.
These characters can see what clothes you have been wearing and what food you’ve eaten. They heard every word you said, and logged every TV show you watched. Some are criminals, others work for major corporations. And now they know your most intimate secrets.
It may sound like a plot summary for a futuristic science-fiction movie. But real-life versions of this Orwellian scenario are being played out every day in towns and cities across the globe — and in most cases the victims have no idea.
At fault is a common electronic device invented nearly a century ago and found in almost every modern household: the domestic television set.
Put simply, our TVs have started spying on us.
Last week, there was a high-profile case in point. An IT consultant called Jason Huntley, who lives in a village near Hull, uncovered evidence that a flat-screen television, which had been sitting in his living room since the summer, was secretly invading his family’s privacy.
He began investigating the £400 LG device after noticing that its home screen appeared to be showing him ‘targeted’ adverts — for cars, and Knorr stock cubes — based on programmes he’d just been watching.
Huntley decided to monitor information that the so-called smart TV — which connects to the internet — was sending and receiving. He did this by using his laptop effectively as a bridge between his television and the internet receiver, so the laptop was able to show all the data being sucked out of his set.
He soon discovered that details of not just every show he watched but every button he pressed on his remote control were being sent back to LG’s corporate headquarters in South Korea.
There, the electronics company appeared to be using its customers’ data to make money. A promotional video shown to commercial clients suggested that data was being used to provide ‘the ad experience you have always dreamed of’.
The information Huntley’s TV had sent — without his knowledge — included the contents of his private digital video collection, which he’d watched on the television. This included camcorder footage of family celebrations containing images of his wife and two young children.
Most worrying of all, the device continued sending such information to Korea even after Huntley had adjusted the television’s default settings to ‘opt out’ of data sharing.
Huntley wrote about the findings on his blog. After his case was picked up by mainstream news outlets, LG announced an investigation. ‘Customer privacy is a top priority,’ the firm said. ‘We are looking into reports that certain viewing information on LG smart TVs was shared without consent.’
LG has also removed its promotional video about targeted advertising from its website.
The Information Commissioner’s Office says it is now investigating the firm for a ‘possible breach’ of the Data Protection Act. Jason Huntley, meanwhile, tells me he is ‘very suspicious and also a little worried’ by the affair.
‘I don’t think we’ve heard the last of this. Who knows what else these televisions are doing that we don’t know about?’
It doesn’t take much digging to find out. Talk to any IT security expert and they will tell you that Huntley’s discovery is probably the tip of the iceberg.
What’s to blame is the continuing rise of smart televisions, which account for most new TV sets sold and are predicted to be in more than half of British homes by 2016. These high-tech devices differ from traditional televisions in that they are not just passive boxes that receive a signal and transfer it to a backlit screen.
Instead, they are essentially computers that connect to the internet — and so also send information back the other way.
In theory, this can be extremely useful. For example, many smart TVs have shopping ‘apps’ to access Amazon. They connect to iTunes. They allow us to watch YouTube, instantly download films via Netflix, stream BBC shows on iPlayer, and talk to friends using the video phone link Skype.
But in practice, like almost every type of computer, they can be all-too-easily hacked. And unlike PCs, almost all of which have fairly good anti-virus ‘firewalls’, smart TVs have little or no such software.
Indeed, most have been designed so that outside software — including anti-virus programmes — can never be installed.
This year, Luigi Auriemma, an IT security researcher and computer programmer from Malta, demonstrated the risks that these devices pose when he showed it was possible to hack into several types of Samsung smart television.
After accessing the devices via the internet, Auriemma was able to control them: turning the TVs off and on, and secretly accessing data they held about a user’s viewing habits.
Had he been a criminal, he could also have obtained details of the credit cards that users had uploaded to access pay-per-view TV, download films or use shopping apps.
Other experts recently made the chilling discovery that it is possible to remotely access the video cameras built into the front of thousands of smart televisions, and spy on the users in their own home.
One such expert is Kurt Stammberger, who works for the IT security firm Mocana. He says the company was recently asked by a television manufacturer to do ‘penetration tests’ on its devices.
‘We weren’t just able to find out what someone was watching, and had watched,’ he says. ‘We could also install “spyware” that could, if they had a video camera, allow us to see through that camera — without even activating the little light that indicates it’s on.
‘It was a fairly straightforward thing to do. People who work in IT often place tape over their computer’s camera lens [in a laptop they are usually set into the inside of the lid] unless they want to actually use it, because it’s so common to hack them. We should all do the same with smart TVs.’
Such an attack, which Stammberger describes as ‘frighteningly easy’ to mount, could provide voyeuristic hackers with a chance to snoop on unsuspecting home-owners in their living rooms or bedrooms.
You have only to witness the extraordinary success of the critically acclaimed Channel 4 show Gogglebox, in which consenting families allow the viewing public to watch them watching television, to appreciate how enticing that prospect could be.
More commercially minded hackers could use such an attack to steal commercial secrets. It could even be used to spy on foreign powers.
‘It’s a serious prospect and I would be very surprised if the Government ever puts in a big order for TVs from, for example, a Chinese manufacturer such as Huawei,’ adds Stammberger, referring to the giant corporation that has been banned in America because of fears over espionage.
‘But supply chains these days are so long and so complex that it’s very rare to buy an electronic device that doesn’t have some sort of Chinese component in it.’
Gangs based largely in Eastern Europe and Russia, meanwhile, are already using so-called ‘data-mining’ programmes to trawl the internet looking for smart TVs in which owners have entered their credit card details. A single search can yield thousands of results.
According to Roger Grimes, who has written eight books on IT security and worked in the field for 28 years, the gangs then sell lists of hacked credit card numbers to fellow criminals.
Card details that were obtained within the past 24 hours sell for around £2.20 each. Older ones are cheaper because there is more chance the cards could have been changed or stopped.
‘What we are starting to see now is really just a foretaste of what’s going to be happening in the next couple of decades,’ says Grimes.
‘Thanks firstly to mobile devices, and now smart TVs, we are entering a brave new world where there will be computers everywhere. Bad guys will take advantage of that.’
And we may not even be safe in our own living rooms.
French President Says On National TV That The Illuminati Is Attacking Paris January 12 2015 | From: AnonymousMags
This video is only 2 minutes long and contains the television clip in French along with English subtitles.
“Those who have committed those actions: those terrorists, those illuminati, those fanatics, have nothing to do with Islam.”
Investigator Commits Suicide, Lies About A (Non) Murdered Policeman And Plenty Of Journalist Hating World Leaders Defending Freedom Of Speech January 12 2015 | From: AotearoaAWiderPerspective
The police commissioner investigating the Charlie Hebdo massacre apparently killed himself with his service gun just before he was going to write a report about the case.
He suffered from work stress and burn out so we are told. I would think that whoever appointed the commissioner would have made sure the man could actually do his job and trust me PTSD and burn out can be spotted from a mile away. The timing for the “suicide” is also somewhat strange. Just before writing a report? Really?
It also seems that there was something seriously wrong with the report of a murdered policeman as the video purporting to show the murder in fact shows nothing of the kind.
And how many world leaders where all of a sudden free to attend the Paris rally? Here is nice list of journalist hating world leaders and what they are up to in their own countries and the countries they happen to be bombing at the time.
The one to surely take the cake is Prime Minister and war criminal extraordinare Netanyahu whose army killed 7 journalists last year alone while they are reporting on the massacre in Gaza! He must be very happy with himself.
Roundup Causes Autism Says Top MIT Scientist January 11 2015 | From: ANH-USA / JonRappoport
Half of All Children Will Be Autistic by 2025, Warns Senior Research Scientist at MIT.
Why? Evidence points to glyphosate toxicity from the overuse of Monsanto’s Roundup herbicide on our food.
For over three decades, Stephanie Seneff, PhD, has researched biology and technology, over the years publishing over 170 scholarly peer-reviewed articles. In recent years she has concentrated on the relationship between nutrition and health, tackling such topics as Alzheimer’s, autism, and cardiovascular diseases, as well as the impact of nutritional deficiencies and environmental toxins on human health.
At a conference last Thursday, in a special panel discussion about GMOs, she took the audience by surprise when she declared, “At today’s rate, by 2025, one in two children will be autistic.” She noted that the side effects of autism closely mimic those of glyphosate toxicity, and presented data showing a remarkably consistent correlation between the use of Roundup on crops (and the creation of Roundup-ready GMO crop seeds) with rising rates of autism. Children with autism have biomarkers indicative of excessive glyphosate, including zinc and iron deficiency, low serum sulfate, seizures, and mitochondrial disorder.
A fellow panelist reported that after Dr. Seneff’s presentation, “All of the 70 or so people in attendance were squirming, likely because they now had serious misgivings about serving their kids, or themselves, anything with corn or soy, which are nearly all genetically modified and thus tainted with Roundup and its glyphosate.”
Dr. Seneff noted the ubiquity of glyphosate’s use. Because it is used on corn and soy, all soft drinks and candies sweetened with corn syrup and all chips and cereals that contain soy fillers have small amounts of glyphosate in them, as do our beef and poultry since cattle and chicken are fed GMO corn or soy.
Wheat is often sprayed with Roundup just prior to being harvested, which means that all non-organic bread and wheat products would also be sources of glyphosate toxicity. The amount of glyphosate in each product may not be large, but the cumulative effect (especially with as much processed food as Americans eat) could be devastating. A recent study shows that pregnant women living near farms where pesticides are applied have a 60% increased risk of children having an autism spectrum disorder.
Other toxic substances may also be autism-inducing. You may recall our story on the CDC whistleblower who revealed the government’s deliberate concealment of the link between the MMR vaccine (for measles, mumps, and rubella) and a sharply increased risk of autism, particularly in African American boys. Other studies now show a link between children’s exposure to pesticides and autism.
Children who live in homes with vinyl floors, which can emit phthalate chemicals, are more likely to have autism. Children whose mothers smoked were also twice as likely to have autism. Research now acknowledges that environmental contaminants such as PCBs, PBDEs, and mercury can alter brain neuron functioning even before a child is born.
This month, the USDA released a study finding that although there were detectable levels of pesticide residue in more than half of food tested by the agency, 99% of samples taken were found to be within levels the government deems safe, and 40% were found to have no detectable trace of pesticides at all. The USDA added, however, that due to “cost concerns,” it did not test for residues of glyphosate.
Let’s repeat that:they never tested for the active ingredient in the most widely used herbicide in the world.“
Cost concerns”? How absurd—unless they mean it will cost them too much in terms of the special relationship between the USDA and Monsanto. You may recall the revolving door between Monsanto and the federal government, with agency officials becoming high-paying executives—and vice versa! Money, power, prestige: it’s all there. Monsanto and the USDA love to scratch each others’ backs. Clearly this omission was purposeful.
In addition, as we have previously reported, the number of adverse reactions from vaccines can be correlated as well with autism, though Seneff says it doesn’t correlate quite as closely as with Roundup. The same correlations between applications of glyphosate and autism show up in deaths from senility.
Of course, autism is a complex problem with many potential causes. Dr. Seneff’s data, however, is particularly important considering how close the correlation is—and because it is coming from a scientist with impeccable credentials. Earlier this year, she spoke at the Autism One conference and presented many of the same facts; that presentation is available on YouTube.
Monsanto claims that Roundup is harmless to humans. Bacteria, fungi, algae, parasites, and plants use a seven-step metabolic route known as the shikimate pathway for the biosynthesis of aromatic amino acids; glyphosate inhibits this pathway, causing the plant to die, which is why it’s so effective as an herbicide. Monsanto says humans don’t have this shikimate pathway, so it’s perfectly safe.
Dr. Seneff points out, however, that our gut bacteria do have this pathway, and that’s crucial because these bacteria supply our body with crucial amino acids. Roundup thus kills beneficial gut bacteria, allowing pathogens to grow; interferes with the synthesis of amino acids including methionine, which leads to shortages in critical neurotransmitters and folate; chelates (removes) important minerals like iron, cobalt and manganese; and much more.
Even worse, she notes, additional chemicals in Roundup are untested because they’re classified as“inert,”yet according to a 2014 study in BioMed Research International, these chemicals are capable of amplifying the toxic effects of Roundup hundreds of times over.
Glyphosate is present in unusually high quantities in the breast milk of American mothers, at anywhere from 760 to 1,600 times the allowable limits in European drinking water. Urine testing shows Americans have ten times the glyphosate accumulation as Europeans.
“In my view, the situation is almost beyond repair,” Dr. Seneff said after her presentation. “We need to do something drastic.”
Boycott, Ban, Criminalize Roundup
Glyphosate is the primary active ingredient in the herbicide Roundup.
There is no official figure for the amount of glyphosate used every year in the world. One estimate? 650,000 tonnes, which works out to a staggering 1.3 billion pounds.
Here is a sprinkle of information about glyphosate. To say it’s sobering is a vast understatement. Keep in mind that the medical cartel, which would call a mother’s touch a disease if it could get away with it, has no name for any disease or disorder caused by glyphosate. In other words, the cartel doesn’t acknowledge its existence.
“Glyphosate, Roundup’s active ingredient, is the most widely used herbicide in the United States. About 100 million pounds are applied to U.S. farms and lawns every year, according to the EPA."
“Until now, most health studies have focused on the safety of glyphosate, rather than the mixture of ingredients found in Roundup. But in the new study, scientists found that Roundup’s inert ingredients amplified the toxic effect on human cells—even at concentrations much more diluted than those used on farms and lawns."
“One specific inert ingredient, polyethoxylated tallowamine, or POEA, was more deadly to human embryonic, placental and umbilical cord cells than the herbicide itself – a finding the researchers call ‘astonishing.’
‘This clearly confirms that the [inert ingredients] in Roundup formulations are not inert,’ wrote the study authors from France’s University of Caen. ‘Moreover, the proprietary mixtures available on the market could cause cell damage and even death [at the] residual levels’ found on Roundup-treated crops, such as soybeans, alfalfa and corn, or lawns and gardens.”
“Heavy use of the world’s most popular herbicide, Roundup, could be linked to a range of health problems and diseases, including Parkinson’s, infertility and cancers", according to a new study.
“The peer-reviewed report, published last week in the scientific journal Entropy, said evidence indicates that residues of ‘glyphosate,’ the chief ingredient in Roundup weed killer, which is sprayed over millions of acres of crops, has been found in food".
"Those residues enhance the damaging effects of other food-borne chemical residues and toxins in the environment to disrupt normal body functions and induce disease, according to the report, authored by Stephanie Seneff, a research scientist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and Anthony Samsel, a retired science consultant from Arthur D. Little, Inc. Samsel is a former private environmental government contractor as well as a member of the Union of Concerned Scientists."
“‘Negative impact on the body is insidious and manifests slowly over time as inflammation damages cellular systems throughout the body,’ the study says.
“Of the more than two dozen top herbicides on the market, glyphosate is the most popular. In 2007, as much as 185 million pounds of glyphosate was used by U.S. farmers, double the amount used six years ago, according to Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) data.”
“We investigated the effects of a glyphosate-based herbicide after an 8-day exposure of adult rats… These results suggest changes in androgen/estrogen balance and in sperm nuclear quality… The repetition of exposures of this herbicide could alter the mammalian reproduction.”
“Roundup is now heavily sprayed in what is known as the ‘Soy Republic’, an area of Latin America larger than the state of California. This region has undergone a profound transformation since genetically modified (GM) crops were first introduced in 1996. Some 125 million acres in Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia, Uruguay, and Paraguay are now devoted to GM soy production."
Dr. Medardo Avila Vazquez, a pediatrician specializing in environmental health, explained his concerns:
“‘The change in how agriculture is produced has brought, frankly, a change in the profile of diseases. We’ve gone from a pretty healthy population to one with a high rate of cancer, birth defects, and illnesses seldom seen before. What we have complained about for years was confirmed and especially what doctors say about the sprayed towns and areas affected by industrial agriculture. Cancer cases are multiplying as never before in areas with massive use of pesticides.’"
“Much the same was found in Chaco, Argentina’s poorest province. In 2012, two villages were compared, the heavily sprayed farming village of Avia Terai and the non-sprayed ranching village of Charadai. In the farming village, 31 percent of residents had a family member with cancer while only 3 percent of residents in the ranching village had one.”
“The most striking result from the experiments was that a chemical designed to kill plants killed 98 percent of all tadpoles within three weeks and 79 percent of all frogs within one day” - University of Pittsburgh researcher, Rick Relyea
“Last year, Friends of the Earth (FoE) and GM Freeze commissioned a study based on urine samples from volunteers in 18 countries across Europe. It found that on average 44 percent of samples contained glyphosate. The proportion of positive samples varied between countries, with Malta, Germany,the UK and Poland having the most positive tests, and lower levels detected in Macedonia and Switzerland. All the volunteers who provided samples lived in cities, and none had handled or used glyphosate products in the run-up to the tests.”
“In Mississippi, 75 percent of air and rain sample contained levels of glyphosate that could have serious physiological consequences for humans.”
“Claire Robinson from GM Watch notes that earlier this year a group of Chinese food safety volunteers submitted a request to China’s Ministry of Agriculture to disclose the study that justified issuing the safety certificate for the import into China of Monsanto’s Roundup. Writing on the GM Watch website, she says:
“‘The Ministry replied that Roundup was registered in China in 1988 based on a toxicology test report issued by a testing company called Younger Laboratories in St Louis, Missouri. The test was an acute exposure toxicity test (such tests last a maximum of a few days), with Roundup being given to rats by mouth and applied to the skin of rabbits. It claimed to find no effect on the eyes or skin, and no allergy.
The volunteers asked the Ministry to release the study, and the Ministry in turn asked Monsanto. Monsanto replied that the study constituted its own commercial secret, adding that the company had never disclosed the study anywhere in the world and did not agree to disclose it now. The volunteers are appealing against the decision.’”
One of the implications of these six citations: Glyphosate, as an ingredient of Roundup and other herbicides, drifts on the wind, and its dangerous effects are felt far from agriculture centers.
As long as Monsanto is permitted to produce GMO seeds that are engineered to be immune to Roundup, the tonnage of glyphosate loosed on the world population will continue to escalate.
Properly thought of, glyphosate is a chemical-warfare agent.
The labeling of GMOs, as a response to the threat, is too little, too late. It would be akin to requiring enemy planes, loaded with bombs, to display an insignia of the country’s air force as it invades.
How The Elite Stay In Power January 10 2015 | From: WeAreChange
In this video we break down in simple terms the only way "those in power" can stay in power.
It's not as complex at it may seem. They need us more than we need them.
“The race issue based on skin colour is a deeply emotional one among many, that has caused unimaginable separation and was used very craftily to position large groups of people against each other.
This is a wake-up call to all those who believe they are free because of race or class or wealth. We have all been denied freedom and dignity, trapped in a life of servitude to the banking families and their economic stranglehold on our planet - no matter what colour our skin may be.”
- Michael Tellinger, UBUNTU Contributionism - A Blueprint For Human Prosperity www.ubuntuparty.org.za
Charlie Hebdo: French False Flag Terror Event January 9 2015 | From: TheContrail and others
Comic magazine Charlie Hebdo produced anti Islamic cartoons. Three well armed "terrorists" stormed the place with machine guns ablaze while screaming "Allahu Akbar".
Terrorists escape completely, while shooting at police all over Paris, 10 dead.
1. 10 people were supposed to have died with others injured. Yet at the scene, a max of 2 ambulances showed up when well over 10 would have been needed for such an event.
2. It looks like they did fire some real rounds from the looks of one of the police cars for this "drill", however the pictures are not clear enough to show if the bullet holes are just gangsta stickers, in one of the photos the police officers are laughing and joking next to the shot up car where someone supposedly died. Additionally, images on Google of shot up windshields have cracks going all through the windshield. In this France event, all damage is limited to where the holes are. Is that possible?
3. All people who responded to the scene had French Foreign Legion haircuts. Odd for ambulance drivers and EMT's.
4. (a good one) - If the perpetrators got away and have not been captured, HOW did the French police already identify them when they have not turned up elsewhere? Sort of like the passport on 911 or all those pristine passports from flight MH17. That works. Gotta have a positive ID on them to "prove" they are "Muslim" and not just the Mossad out on a field trip. Gotta do it when the shock factor is at max. And no one dropped a passport this time, HOW did the police figure it out? TIMES THREE?
5. I never saw any bloody photos from this, not even fake blood, not even from a police officer who was shot by an AK and laying on the sidewalk for 10 seconds before being "shot" a second time, and still no blood. Very odd if this is real.
6. Target was a group of Jews, who belong to a greater whole which stages B.S. terror attacks frequently. That stinks.
7. How did the road miraculously have no traffic? The scene is set up as if staged. It is as if the area was cordoned off prior to the "attack" for a drill, so the "terrorists" simply parked smack dab in the middle of the road because they knew there would be no traffic.
8. How did the attackers know there would be a giant staff meeting with everyone important for the publication present to be shot all at once? A little help from the NSA or what?
9. The publication had serious prior financial trouble, and if it was going to close anyway, why not use it to stage a psy op? That would "explain" why it closed, would it not?
10. There is no recoil on the AK as it shoots. I initially assumed blanks, but what about rubber bullets? At any rate, there was no sign of blood at any point from the police officer, an AK goes all the way through and bullet proof vests are for handguns, not AK rounds. If he was wearing one it would not work. LACK OF ANY RECOIL AT ALL SCREAMS BLANK.
Motoring Editor Hits Back At Police Ticketing Strategy January 8 2015 | From: NationalBusinessReview
Opposition to police speeding rules mount as activists question if police strategies for lowering the road toll are effective. The death toll on New Zealand’s roads has climbed to a staggering 17 this holiday period; more than double last year's total.
Road safety campaigner and car review website dogandlemon.com editor Clive Matthew-Wilson says the police strategy for trying to lower the road toll by ticketing ordinary motorists hasn't worked, because ordinary motorists were never really the problem.
He says police need to leave ordinary drivers alone and concentrate on the groups causing the most accidents.
“The police blame speed and alcohol as a strong factor in many fatalitie, but it’s not ordinary motorists who are speeding and driving drunk; it’s a tiny minority who are largely alienated from mainstream life.”
A 2009 AA summary of 300 fatal crashes states exceeding speed limits isn't a major issue. Police surveying has found that even the top 15% of open-road speeders average under 110km/h.
Mr Matthew-Wilson questions how ticketing otherwise law abiding families who have drifted a few kilometres over the speed limit will stop high-risk drivers.
“That's a bit like trying to stop bank robberies by targeting shoplifting."
Mr Matthew-Wilson is by no means alone in his campaign.
An online petition to end the zero tolerance national speed campaign has already gathered more than 10,000 signatures.
Alex Wills is the man behind the petition and says he’s tired of police wasting resources over policing speed to absurd lengths, to the detriment of ordinary drivers being caught out on technicalities.
“We are tired of hearing police representatives in the media justifying these measures with statements designed to elicit emotion over logic. We are also tired of hearing statistics quoted which are clearly mathematically unsound.”
He says the petition calls for safety-centric road policing, locally tailored to the hazards of the day.
Mr Matthew-Wilson says there are a number of key steps that would “dramatically lower the road toll.”
“We must also try to prevent high-risk drivers getting behind the wheels of cars and keep large trucks to a minimum. That’s the way to ensure a safe future for all the people using our roads.”
He says that in the 1980s, the Auckland Harbour Bridge used to see one serious road accident every week.
“After a concrete barrier was installed down the middle, the serious accidents stopped immediately. There wasn’t one less hoon or drunk driver, yet the accidents stopped simply because the road was changed in a way that prevented mistakes from becoming fatalities.”
A History Of America’s War On Whistleblowers And Journalists Since 9/11 January 8 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
With 2014 fresh in our rear view mirror, an honest examination of events and developments of what’s been happening in America to whistleblowers and journalists since 9/11 under the Bush-Obama regime seems a worthwhile review, however disturbing ands foreboding.
By definition a whistleblower is an individual who reports an employer’s misconduct. The Whistleblower Protection Act of 1989 (WPA) is a law that protectsfederal government employees in the United States from retaliatory action for voluntarily disclosing information about dishonest or illegal activities occurring within a government organization.
Yet despite these supposed legal protections in place, those who have gone public disclosing illicit and immoral behavior by the federal government have been consistently singled out for discrimination and excessive punishment.
In fact, more American citizens have been indicted for allegedly violating the Espionage Act of 1917 under the current president than all other previous presidents combined. Though the law was designed to punish WWI German spies, and rarely used since for indicting those selling secrets to the enemy or efforts to undermine the American way of life, it is completely obsolete.
Yet it is being misused by Obama for purely political purposes to shut down the truth. The Obama administration has also turned down more Freedom of Information Act requests than any other prior presidency with each year the denial rate rising. 2013 was 57% more than the year before, with over half the total requests rejected. Of course Obama’s mantra excuse is always using the “national security” card.
He has also jailed more whistleblowers and journalists than any other president. By his over the top, punitive methods, Obama has declared war on the first amendment right to a free press in America, threatening, harassing, indicting and imprisoning those brave enough to speak the truth, accusing them of treason when the president through his administration has repeatedly violated the very Constitution that he has sworn to protect and uphold as the so called leader of the free world.
His malevolent attack on free speech is even more incriminating and inexcusable as a Harvard educated lawyer who once taught constitutional law at the University of Chicago.
With their war policies both domestic and abroad one and the same, Obama has carried the totalitarian torch handed him by the Bush-Cheney administration making the United States the world’s worst human rights violator. But then they’re all cast from the same psychopathic mold as mere public front men simply following orders from their oligarch puppet masters who own and control them along with virtually everything else on this planet.
The man who after the Bush nightmare exploited Americans’ desperate need for hope and change campaigned on false promises that his administration would be far more open and transparent than his war criminal predecessor, pledging to be the most open and honest in US history.
Instead Obama has only proven to be the most guarded, vindictive and secretive president in US history. With three quarters of Obama’s two term reign of terror completed, let’s look at the lives of a handful of Americans who have bravely spoken out since 9/11, some known and some lesser known.
At great danger to themselves these individuals have exercised their legal rights under the Whistleblower Act and/or First Amendment and paid dearly for only doing the right thing. Their courage to expose government waste, corruption, fraud and its diabolical wrongdoing has been met with blatant retribution and extreme punishment that has systematically resulted in their unlawful firing, false imprisonment, character and career assassination and indeed even their political assassination and murder, all for standing up to injustice and wrongdoing for the greater good of Americans and humanity.
These brave and honest individuals working in our government and in journalism should be heralded as our national heroes for their bold truth speaking, not silenced, harmed and/or destroyed by our own criminally treasonous rogue government.
The two biggest whistleblowers deservedly receiving the most national and international attention during the last couple years are ex-NSA analyst Edward Snowden, currently a fugitive forced on the run hiding out in Russia, and ex-US Army private Bradley now Chelsea Manning, currently serving three and a half decades of hard time in federal prison.
In June 2013 Snowden released documents proving the government leaders to be liars – from Obama’s national security advisor and known perjurer James Clapper to now former National Security Agency (NSA) Director General Alexander (in clear violation of both his sworn oath upholding both the Constitution and his onetime West Point honor code).
Through the Snowden revelations Americans and in fact the entire world have come to realize the US government has been routinely conducting invasive, unlawful surveillance on every single aspect of our not so private lives, brazenly and blatantly violating Fourth Amendment search and seizure laws for decades now.
Mr. Snowden pointed out what many of us already suspected, that Big Brother is watching our every move, or minimally has free unlimited access.
Despite the reactive government and its controlled Mainstream Media propaganda machine claiming the NSA whistleblower is a traitor as the eighth American charged with violating the Espionage Act who weakened national security and placed Americans in danger, then not delivering a shred of forthcoming evidence, public opinion has neither been swayed nor convinced that he’s the villain. Even the New York Times has followed suit with the majority of Americans beginning 2014 with a favorable New Year op-ed article upgrading its view of Edward Snowden:
When someone reveals that government officials have routinely and deliberately broken the law, that person should not face life in prison at the hands of the same government…
Considering the enormous value of the information he has revealed, and the abuses he has exposed, Mr. Snowden deserves better than a life of permanent exile, fear and flight.
Of course Private Manning working as an intelligence specialist in Iraq saw numerous atrocities and crimes against humanity the US Empire was perpetrating in our name in both Iraq and Afghanistan.
In good conscience in 2010 he leaked thousands of classified documents to WikiLeaksbelieving like Daniel Ellsberg four decades earlier that it might force the United States to end its war crimes, perhaps the wars themselves because the American people have the right to know what atrocities are being committed in their name.
Conspiracy Theories: Scavenging For Truth January 7 2015 | From: PressTV
Government propagandists want you to hate “conspiracy theories.” But, according to a growing body of evidence, you’d have to be crazy to obey.
Two American professors, Lance DeHaven-Smith and James Tracy, have pointed out that the CIA has weaponized the terms “conspiracy theory” and “conspiracy theorist” to conceal government misdeeds. CIA document 1035-960, revealed by the New York Times in 1976, is the smoking gun.
That secret document was distributed by the CIA in response to widespread skepticism surrounding the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. It ordered the CIA’s thousands of Operation Mockingbird media assets to begin squawking insults. Those targeted included historians, journalists and researchers, who had discovered that the JFK assassination was a coup d'état.
Today, the mainstream media has grown even more controlled. And the weaponized “conspiracy theory” meme has been deployed more massively than ever before... especially since the coup d'état of September 11, 2001.
During the past 13 years, thousands, then millions, now billions of people have awakened to the 9/11 inside job. (Polls show that more than one billion Muslims, nearly one billion Chinese, as well as one third of Americans and large proportions of Europeans all view 9/11 as a likely false-flag operation.)
As a new global majority calls the 9/11 myth into question, panicking propagandists have attempted to “stop the contagion” by medicalizing the search for truth. According to government-sponsored mind-control operatives like John A. Banas and Gregory Miller – the University of Oklahoma’s third-rate epigones of Edward Bernays and Joseph Goebbels – the “truth epidemic” must be stopped through “inoculation” of the public.
In “Inducing Resistance to Conspiracy Theory Propaganda: Testing Inoculation and Metainoculation Strategies,” Banas and Miller brandish a medical metaphor to disguise the fact that they are advocating mass mind-control in service to high treason and crimes against humanity.
Banas and Miller spin their anti-conspiracy-theory inoculation program as a public health measure. But, evidence cited by mental health professionals, including Frances Shure, M.A., L.P.C., suggests the opposite is the case. By trying to inject the public with an unconscious emotional block to impede rational consideration of the evidence surrounding 9/11, Banas and Miller are in fact undermining public health.
Frances Shure is the author of a series of articles published by Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth under the collective title “Why Do Good People Become Silent – or Worse – About 9/11?” In her articles, Shure points out that emotional resistance to “conspiracy theories” is a pathological, fear-based reaction that impedes healthy engagement with reality. While refraining from diagnosing people who resist conspiracy theories as mentally ill, Shure does observe that they often exhibit a troubling inability to come to grips with plain and obvious facts:
"How, for example, can some people watch World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7) implode and collapse into its own footprint and not see what is right in front of them - even when they know about its free fall acceleration and the other characteristics of controlled demolition?
These people may feel compelled to intensify their resistance with intellectually contorted measures to convince themselves and others that this was not controlled demolition. Others will content themselves with shaming anyone who wants to investigate the 9/11 evidence that contradicts the official sacred myth.”
For a dramatization of what might be called “Building 7 denial syndrome,” please watch Anthony Lawson’s brilliant youtube video “WTC 7: This Is An Orange.”
What explains such denial? Shure explores various factors including: A built-in human propensity to obey authority no matter how insane, as exemplified by the experiments of Stanley Milgram and Philip Zimbardo; the Orwellian “doublethink” process of “consciously inducing unconsciousness;”
Leon Festinger’s notion of cognitive dissonance i.e. the rejection of realities that conflict with ingrained values or assumptions; the “irrational conformity” experiments of Solomon Asch and Elizabeth Noelle-Neumann; Irving L. Janis’s studies of groupthink: the evidence that some of these cognitive deficiencies are rooted in the physiology of the brain as posited by George Lakoff and others; terror management theory’s suggestion that unconscious fear of death drives 9/11 denial; and signal detection theory’s demonstration that “noise” such as mainstream media propaganda can drown out even the most obvious truths.
In upcoming articles, Shure will continue her analysis by considering Seligman’s studies of learned helplessness, Douglas Rushkoff’s study of mind control in Coercion, Bruce Levine’s work on American society’s institutional pathology, and other insights into why people irrationally refuse to engage with political and social reality in general and 9/11 truth in particular.
Though Frances Shure’s work on conspiracy denial is the most comprehensive treatment of the subject, many other scholars, psychologists and psychiatrists have discovered evidence that supports her analysis. Twenty Ph.D. psychologists and psychiatrists representing such universities as Harvard, Duke, Rutgers, and others “have concluded that the official version of 9/11 is false, and that those who believe the official version suffer from defense mechanisms.”
The 156 members of Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth undoubtedly represents only a minuscule fraction of medical and psychiatric professionals who agree but prefer not to risk the wrath of the authorities by going public.
The findings of British psychologists Wood and Douglas that people who oppose conspiracy theories behave like stereotypical angry cranks more than pro-conspiracy people do; psychology professor Laurie Manwell’s work on how the suppression of so-called conspiracy theories puts Western nations “in denial of democracy,” and the recent emergence of a whole new academic field studying State Crimes Against Democracy (SCADS), including the JFK assassination and 9/11.
What will happen when the American people, and those of other Western nations, emerge from their cocoon of denial and face the reality that their rulers are among the worst criminals in human history?
Will the people follow their leaders’ example and lapse into lawless, psychopathic behavior? Will Western leaders “flee forward” by launching wars designed to conceal the bloody tracks linking them to past misdeeds? Or will the pathocracy be overthrown and replaced by something more humane?
On such questions hinges the future of humanity. Given the high stakes, you would have to be crazy not to help spread the truth, change the system, and save the planet.
Ten Reasons Why You Shouldn't Vaccinate Your Children January 6 2015 | From: NaturalNews
Vaccinating a child or not is an important decision that every parent must make. But not all parents understand the true risks involved, risks that could leave a child debilitated for life, or even kill him.
The pro-vaccine mafia is quick to sweep all cases of vaccine-related injury and death under the rug as extremely rare anomalies, but many a parent of a vaccine-injured child will be the first to tell you that, if she could do it all over again, she wouldn't have let her kid get jabbed.
AIf your doctor, your child's school administrator, or a friend or family member is pressuring you to inject your child with genetically modified (GM) viruses, heavy metals and preservatives, and you're not sure how to make the best and most informed choice in the matter -- or even how to respond back to these people intelligently in order to shut them up -- consider the following 10 reasons not to go the vaccination route[1]:
1) Vaccines don't work.
When printed on a poster or repeated ad nauseam by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the embedded claim that vaccines prevent communicable disease and impart lasting immunity might sound nice to the low-information masses. But the science simply doesn't reinforce it, with outbreak after outbreak proving that vaccinated people are the most immunocompromised, and are always the ones contracting the diseases against which they were vaccinated.
Dr. Tetyana Obukhanych addresses this and many other vaccine facts in her powerful book Vaccine Illusion, which destroys many modern myths surrounding vaccination. Not only do vaccines not impart lasting immunity, but they actually destroy the body's natural immune capacity, leaving many vaccinated individuals immuno-debilitated throughout their lives.[2]
2) Vaccines have never been proven safe or effective.
Every single study used as "evidence" that vaccines are safe erroneously compares side effects from one vaccine to side effects from another vaccine, effectively canceling them out. None of them compare the health outcomes of vaccinated versus unvaccinated individuals, which would be the true test of vaccine safety.
"True, scientific, double-blind placebo studies have never been conducted on vaccines to determine their safety," explains VacTruth.com.
3) The first vaccine was a complete failure, which the industry tried to cover up.
Little do most people know that the first vaccine ever produced, for smallpox, was a complete disaster. The health consequences in those who received it included syphilis and death, though a concerted effort was made at the time to cover up these outcomes and push vaccines anyway because they're highly profitable.[3]
4) Vaccines are highly profitable for drug companies, which aren't held liable for damages.
Let's face it -- vaccines are a major cash cow for the drug industry. Not only are vaccine companies completely shielded from liability when their vaccines injure or kill children, but they are typically "sponsored" by government agencies that push them on families and children using outrageous and unfounded scare tactics.[4]
5) All vaccines contain deadly chemical additives.
The average pediatrician would be hard-pressed to provide package inserts outlining vaccine ingredients to their clients prior to pushing vaccines. But parents need to know that all vaccines contain deadly, neurodamaging chemicals like aluminum, mercury and formaldehyde. Many vaccines are also loaded with monosodium glutamate (MSG), antibiotics and even genetically modified organisms (GMOs).[5]
6) Unvaccinated children are generally healthier.
International studies looking at the health outcomes of unvaccinated children compared to their vaccinated peers have repeatedly shown that the unjabbed are generally less afflicted with allergies, autism, behavioral disorders, autoimmune dysfunction and respiratory ailments.
Concerning the flu vaccine, for instance, a study published in the journal Clinical Infectious Diseases found that individuals jabbed for influenza are 550 percent more likely to have respiratory problems.[6]
7) Vaccines cause lifelong, incurable diseases in some children.
It's one thing to have localized swelling or temporary fever symptoms following vaccinations. But if your child is one of the unfortunate ones who develops permanent nerve damage in the form of Guillain-Barre Syndrome, for instance, he or she could require lifelong care and treatment for vaccine damage. If you choose to vaccinate, are you prepared to potentially have to reorient your life in the event of autism or brain damage?[7]
8) Vaccines kill children and adults.
Though young children and babies are most prone to incurring permanent harm from vaccines, adults are also at risk. One prevalent example of this is the infamous Gardasil vaccine for HPV, which to date has injured and killed tens of thousands of adolescents and teenagers.[8]
"US children are given far more vaccines at younger ages compared to other countries," explains VacTruth.com, noting that vaccines are also linked to the fatal condition SIDS (sudden infant death syndrome), which the medical establishment blames on genetics or child abuse in order to protect the vaccine sham.
9) Vaccine companies can't be sued if you or your child is harmed by vaccines.
If vaccines really are as safe as the jab-pushers constantly claim they are, then why was the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act passed in 1986, exempting vaccine and drug companies, as well as health practitioners, from liability in the event of injury or death?
In 2011, the Supreme Court affirmed that injured parties can't sue vaccine companies for injury or death related to vaccines [9]. Is this really a risk that you want to take with your child?
10) Natural exposure to disease is the best vaccine.
Truth be told, the only way to truly develop vibrant, lifelong immunity is to live your life as you normally would, but without injecting dead (and in some cases live) viruses and chemical adjuvants into your muscle tissue.
Natural exposure to whatever diseases are lurking in the world is the only way for the body to develop permanent antibodies that will forever protect against disease.[10] Eating fresh, nutrient-dense organic food and living a healthy lifestyle also helps boost your immune system, allowing you to overcome and develop resistance to diseases naturally.
For a more thorough explanation of vaccination versus natural immunity, visit: Sites.Google.com.
New ‘Chemtrails’ Film Exposes Global Cover-Up January 5 2015 | From: 21stCenturyWire
Many are not even aware of what is going on every single day – above their heads, and up in the sky…
Chemtrail straying programs are poisoning the environment and tinkering with Earth’s delicate climate systems.
The Neo-Victorian, quack-science practice of Geoengineering (Chemtrail spraying, terraforming, HAARP broadcasting etc) is already having a profound effect on both humanitiy’s environment and health.
While the corporate, military industry-owned mainstream media totally ignore this man-made problem, governments lock-down any trace of these operation by marking any and all details of these lethal programs as “Classified”.
It’s up to us to spread the word and expose this Hegelian monster…
New Italian Documentary Blows the Lid Off Covert Chemtrail Program
A new Italian film, Chemtrails: The Secret War, has been released showing a disturbing covert military agenda behind the sinister phenomenon, one that according to evidence presented includes far more than weather manipulation for “climate change.”
“Let’s stand up and defend our rights!” say Italian filmmakers Antonio and Rosario Marciano.
The Marcianos, of the Italian website Tanker Enemy (Tanker-Enemy.eu) have produced the documentary film, Chemtrails: the secret war (below) to show scientific evidence related to the chemtrails phenomenon. While much of the documentation has been presented in previous years by Professor Michel Chossudovsky, head of Global Research, no film captures the covert war against We the People as well as the Marcianos do.
“Weather manipulation is only one (collateral) aspect of this phenomenon,” say the Marcianos. “What is at stake is a covert military agenda.”
This HD documentary film is the first Italian professional film on illegal geo-engineering aka ‘chemtrails’…
“It has been realized thanks to many friends and collaborators. For years this issue has been denied and mocked but the chemical spraying of our sky is still happening,” the couple say.
In September 2014, Jacques Daidié, a French activist, went to Italy where he met the Marcianos, well-known Italian activists against geo-engineering. The French translation was born from that meeting and then, produced by several members of the French association “Ciel voilé”, (www.cielvoile.fr).
Other contributors of the film’s translation include Jacques, Dominique from Avignon, Mary from Monteux, Sebastien from St Firmin in Valgaudemard and Danielle from Gap.
“The US Air Force has the capability of manipulating climate either for testing purposes or for outright military-intelligence use,” economist Chossudovsky wrote. “These capabilities extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes. In recent years, large amounts of money have been allocated by the US Department of Defense to further developing and perfecting these capabilities.”
“Ironically,” Chossudovsky remarked, “the Pentagon, while recognizing its ability to modify the World’s climate for military use, has joined the global warming consensus.” (This disguises the Pentagon’s perfidy.)
In a major study (pdf), the Pentagon has analyzed in detail the implications of various global warming scenarios.
Weather-modification, according to US Air Force document AF 2025 Final Report, ‘offers the war fighter a wide range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary’ and, it says, extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes:
“Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally…
It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes. The ability to generate precipitation, fog, and storms on earth or to modify space weather…
And the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of technologies which can provide substantial increase in US, or degraded capability in an adversary, to achieve global awareness, reach, and power.”
(US Air Force, emphasis added. Air University of the US Air Force, AF 2025 Final Report, http://www.au.af.mil/au/2025/ emphasis added)”…
The Science Is Conclusive: Mobile Phones Cause Cancer December 30 2014 | From: NaturalNews
They say there's only two things constant in this life: death and taxes. But a third viable contender might be cancer, which an extensive cohort of scientific research has found is caused by prolonged exposure to radiation from cell phones and their associated communication towers.
Contrary to what you may have heard in the mainstream news, mobile phones and the antennas that allow them to communicate emit powerful, microwave radio frequencies capable of penetrating our bodies and cells. And constant exposure to these frequencies, according to the science, appears to be one of the leading causes of cancer in the modern age.
Wireless phone radiation can lead to brain cancer
Extensive research into the connection between cell phone radiation and cancer has linked this ubiquitous modern technology to two main types of brain tumors: gliomas and acoustic neuromas. Information compiled by the ElectricSense.com has confirmed the following findings with regard to cell phones and brain cancer.
1) An independent study commissioned by U.S. wireless carrier T-Mobile found that cell phone radiation directly initiates and promotes the formation of cancer: HESE-Project.org.[PDF]
2) The renowned Interphone study also found that regular cell phone use at just 30 minutes per day over 10 years increases the risk of gliomas by 40 percent. It also found that tumors were more likely to form on the side of the head where a cell phone is most prominently held: BioInitiative.org.[PDF]
3) A review of 23 epidemiological studies conducted by seven scientists concluded that cell phones cause a "harmful association" between cell phones and cancer. The only included studies that didn't suggest this were "lower quality" ones that researchers say "failed to meet scientific best practices" -- these studies were all funded by the mobile phone industry: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov; SFGate.com.
4) Researchers from the Hardell Research Group, which is noted for conducting what many consider to be the highest-quality studies on the subject, found a "consistent pattern" of increased risks for both glioma and acoustic neuroma in conjunction with mobile phone use: PathophysiologyJournal.com.
5) A study out of France observed similar outcomes associated with prolonged exposure to electromagnetic frequencies from mobile phones. Scientists noted higher rates of gliomas and temporal tumors from "occupational and urban mobile phone use." In response, the EMF watchdog group Powerwatch noted that this study supports the categorization of mobile phone radiation as a "probable human carcinogen." OEM.BMJ.com; Powerwatch.org.uk.
6) A study of nearly 800,000 middle-aged UK women found that those who used cell phones for 10 years or more had a 250 percent increased risk of developing an acoustic neuroma. The longer the women used the phones, the higher their risk: SaferEMR.com.
7) Similarly, a study conducted by the group Lonn found that acoustic neuromas are increasingly more likely to develop the longer a person uses a mobile phone: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov.
8) In Sweden, researchers studying adult brain tumor cases found that individuals with the highest cumulative use of mobile phones also had the highest risk of developing brain cancer: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov.
9) The Hardell group conducted a study in 2009 which found that RF-EMFs from mobile and cordless phones are directly associated with malignant brain tumors. This study specifically states that wireless radiation initiates and promotes carcinogenesis: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov.
Wireless phone radiation also triggers pituitary, thyroid, stem cell, oral, parotid, lymph node, breast, blood, prostate and eye cancers
1) The body's "master" gland, also known as the pituitary gland, is responsible for producing hormones and regulating other key bodily systems. But a study out of France found that cell phone use greatly increases the risk that this important gland will become cancerous: MieuxPrevenir.Blogspot.fr.
2) The thyroid gland, which similarly produces hormones in addition to regulating body temperature, is also affected by mobile phone radiation. An Israeli study found that rates of cell phone use are directly proportional to the risk of developing thyroid gland cancer: SaferEMR.com.
3) Many health experts would contend that solar radiation poses the greatest threat to healthy skin. But a study out of Sweden found that melanoma risk is greatly accelerated by mobile phone use: HIR.nu.
4) A controversial Powerwatch study found that cell phone use nearly triples the risk of neuroepithelial tumors, which are a result of stem cell cancer: Powerwatch.org.uk.
5) Another study out of Israel confirmed a direct association between cell phone use and cancers of the mouth. Based on 460 cases of parotid gland tumors, researchers observed a direct association between mobile phone radiation and cancers of the parotid, the salivary gland located right next to where users typically hold their phones: AJE.OxfordJournals.org.
6) A separate study, also out of Israel, found that parotid gland cancers have increased in prevalence by 400 percent in the country between 1970 and 2006, which scientists link to increased mobile phone use: Journals.LWW.com.
7) An extensive review of more than 12 separate studies looking at health outcomes from exposure to radiation from mobile phone, television and radio broadcast towers found that cancers in general, and specifically cancers of the brain and blood (leukemia), are greatly increased: Journals.LWW.com.
8) Lymph nodes, a key component of the immune system, don't like cell phone radiation much, either. An Australian study found that typical exposure to cell phone radiation greatly increases lymphoma risk: MicrowaveNews.com.[PDF]
9) Back in the U.S., a study looking at young women with breast cancer found that regular use of smartphones can trigger the formation of breast cancer. This is especially true when women carry their phones in their blouses or bras, where phones are pressed directly against the breasts. Hindawi.com.
10) Researchers in Germany have also linked mobile phone radiation to uveal melanoma and other cancers of the eye: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov.
11) Practically every other type of cancer not covered by one of the aforementioned studies was identified in a large-scale Brazilian study, which linked mobile phone radiation to cancers of the prostate, breasts, lungs, kidneys and liver. Shockingly, more than 80 percent of identified deaths in Brazil's third largest city, Belo Horizonte, occurred less than 500 meters away from one of the city's 300 cell phone antennas: WhyFry.org.
New York Times Editorial Calls For Cheney, Bush Officials To Be Investigated And Prosecuted For Torture December 23 2014 | From: RawStory
In a blistering editorial published in the Monday edition of the New York Times, the editorial page editors are calling upon the Justice Department to open an investigation into the torture practices committed during the administration of President George W. Bush with an eye towards prosecuting those who “committed torture and other serious crimes,” along with former Vice President Dick Cheney and other major administration officials.
Under a headline reading, “Prosecute Torturers and Their Bosses,” the board criticizes the administration of current President Barack Obama for failing “to bring to justice anyone responsible for the torture of terrorism suspects,” during the period following the attack on 9/11.
The editorial notes that the American Civil Liberties Union will present a letter to Attorney General Eric Holder Jr. on Monday calling for appointment of a special prosecutor to investigate what appears to be “a vast criminal conspiracy, under color of law, to commit torture and other serious crimes.”
Saying it is hard to imagine the current administration “having the political courage” to order an investigation, the board calls for a full investigation that will include major figures in the Bush administration, including Cheney, and former CIA director George Tenet.
“…any credible investigation should include former Vice President Dick Cheney; Mr. Cheney’s chief of staff, David Addington; the former C.I.A. director George Tenet; and John Yoo and Jay Bybee, the Office of Legal Counsel lawyers who drafted what became known as the torture memos,” the editorial reads. “There are many more names that could be considered, including Jose Rodriguez Jr., the C.I.A. official who ordered the destruction of the videotapes; the psychologists who devised the torture regimen; and the C.I.A. employees who carried out that regimen.”
The call for the Justice Department to proceed follows the release of the so-called “Torture Report” released over a week ago.
Noting confirmation of reports of “rectal feeding,” waterboarding, detainees hung by their wrists, confined to coffins, beaten, and threatened with death, the board calls the acts criminal offenses.
“These are, simply, crimes. They are prohibited by federal law, which defines torture as the intentional infliction of “severe physical or mental pain or suffering.” They are also banned by the Convention Against Torture, the international treaty that the United States ratified in 1994 and that requires prosecution of any acts of torture,” they write.
The board concludes, “Starting a criminal investigation is not about payback; it is about ensuring that this never happens again and regaining the moral credibility to rebuke torture by other governments. Because of the Senate’s report, we now know the distance officials in the executive branch went to rationalize, and conceal, the crimes they wanted to commit. The question is whether the nation will stand by and allow the perpetrators of torture to have perpetual immunity for their actions.”
“ISIL Completely Fabricated Enemy By USA” - Former CIA Contractor December 18 2014 | From: PressTV
Former CIA contractor, Steven D. Kelley, says that the ISIL terrorist group is a completely fabricated enemy created and funded by the United States.
“This is a completely fabricated enemy,” he said in a phone interview with Press TV from Anaheim, California on Thursday.
“The funding is completely from the United States and its allies and for people to think that this enemy is something that needs to be attacked in Syria or Iraq is a farce because obviously this is something that we create it, we control and only now it has become inconvenient for us to attack this group as a legitimate enemy,” Kelley added.
He made the remarks as US President Barack Obama is under pressure to seek congressional approval before expanding Washington’s military air campaign against ISIL targets from Iraq into neighboring Syria.
The Pentagon has already launched at least 100 airstrikes on ISIL positions in northern Iraq since Obama authorized the use of force against the terrorist group earlier this month.
The White House insists it does not need explicit congressional authorization for those operations because they are intended to protect American personnel and interests inside the Arab country.
White House press secretary Josh Earnest said Monday that Obama “will not hesitate to use his authority” to keep Americans safe, but added that the president was “committed to coordinating and consulting with Congress” on a decision to hit ISIL targets in Syria.
“If you want to get to the root of the problem and remove this organization, the first thing they need to do is to remove the funding and take care of entities responsible for the creation of this group,” Kelley said.
“I believe that this ISIS group would probably go away, would be easily defeated by the armies of [Syrian President] Bashar Assad,” he said.
A Short History Lesson: From 9/11 To Warrantless Spying In New Zealand December 12 2014 | From: AotearoaAWiderPerspective
I found myself writing a comment on The Standard this morning in reaction to their publishing Brian Gould’s piece explaining why Labour outsmarted National when they voted with them to allow warrantless spying on Kiwi’s.
I found myself writing about New Zealand’s Labour party lead by Andrew Little compromising on the right of New Zealanders to be free of unlimited “Governmental” spying on them and the history leading up to these law changes.
I found myself writing about Andrew Little’s and Labour’s reprehensible and dangerous lack of insight in the Geopolitical developments over the last 13 years. In fact since the events of 9/11.
Let me explain what I mean with unlimited spying:
When you allow a “Government” even the tiniest window of unwarranted (= uncontrolled by the third arm of Government = Elite using police or other spy agencies for their own ends) spying on it’s population you might as well give them unlimited spy time. Spying is done in secret and you can count on it the clock will only start ticking when somebody finds out they are being spied on.
History is filled with examples of what happens if a people accept the fact that their “Government” spies on them. It always ends bad and it is always used to crush dissent. It is also always brought in under the exact same motivation:
There is an enemy in our midst and we are in danger. In order to make sure the enemy doesn’t hurt us we have to be able to spy on everyone.
The difference between what populations hear and what “Governments” mean by this is also always the same.
The populations hears: We, the “Government” and you, the righteous, solid, law abiding citizens of this country, are under thread from the enemy within (Communists, Catholics, Protestants, Capitalists, Jews, Muslims, take your pick throughout history). As solid, law abiding citizens you have nothing to fear. This is your “Government” protecting you.
What the “Government” is actually saying: We (the “Government”) are under thread and the enemy could be who ever we are saying it is. And yes, that could be you, the solid, law abiding citizen who finally cracks after enforced austerity, also known as looting by the elite represented by the aforementioned “Government”, erosion of civil liberties, endless wars perpetrated by the “Government” and other things that drive normal, solid, law abiding people to a breaking point.
The population subjected to this kind of behaviour always finds out what the “Government” actually meant when their family members and loved ones start to disappear. Because the consequence of allowing your “Government” to spy on its population. It is always more repression as the population starts to wake up to their new reality and starts to protest when innocents die or disappear.
So here is what wrote on the Standard:
Just a bit of history (I know, who needs history but you know history repeats itself if you don’t learn from it so bear with me Iprent). Around 1999 a thesis was published. It was called Rebuilding America’s defenses. It was published by a group of what we now know to be dual citizen neo-liberals calling themselves the Project for a New American Century. In it they called for a “New Pearl Harbor”.
They got their New Pearl Harbor on 9/11 and a law was quickly rolled out and pushed through under urgency. It was called the Patriot law. Turns out that law was written long before 9/11 happened.
The result was wholesale spying, TSA groin groping at airports, a no fly list, the wholesale militarization of the US police to name a few of the changes in the US.
Now what does that have to do with Andrew Little’s and Labour’s stance on the illegal “spy at will” laws (Being safe from governmental spying in your own home is a very basic human right) they just voted in, you ask?
Their compliance with the law changes proposed by our US sock puppet prime Minister show that they are dangerously naive in assuming that the law will only be used to spy on possible Muslim terrorists.
It shows that they are dangerously naive and still suffer from “We are Islands very far away from everything else so we don’t have to learn about global politics and what happened in other countries that have so far accepted unwarranted spying on their own citizens as a result of what happened on 9/11itis”.
Even if you believe the claptrap of what we have been told about who perpetrated 9/11 and why, it behooves the party Brian Gould calls THE OPPOSITION to be aware of how spy laws and no fly lists have affected the populations of other countries. If they can’t look over the border and see the bigger picture they have no place in our government!
Additionally you might want to ask yourself why Brian Gould as a member of the MSM is grooming his audience to once again look at the other head of the same dragon as the SOLE opposition party. It seems to me to be a clear case of “you will elect the people we have chosen for you to elect”.
Perhaps our puppet masters are aware that the Teflon on John Key is wearing thin and they know the populace is restless and wants a change.
At least they now know that in Andrew Little they are getting a “reasonable” man willing to “compromise” the privacy of the people of New Zealand away in favor of “safety”.
It all reminds me of a quote from Benjamin Franklin: “Those who are willing to give up essential liberty to obtain a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety.”
We have just taken the next step on Naomi Wolfs list towards Fascism and nobody seems to notice. Least of all Andrew Little and the Labour party.
New Zealand Public Health: The Silent Crisis December 10 2014 | From: Werewolf
How the public health system is being driven into the ground. New Zealand’s public health system has been in crisis for so long that its failings – and deteriorating performance vis a vis other developed countries – now tend to be treated as its normal mode of being.
Unmet needs are rife. In 2013, a major survey of the health system’s unmet needs reported that some 170,000 Kiwis are being turned down every year from getting onto public health waiting lists. While 280,000 Kiwis a year met the clinical threshold for elective surgery, only 110,000 were being placed on the waiting list.
To function at all, the public health system has become increasingly reliant on internationally trained medical graduates (IMGs) to cope with senior doctor shortages, while also proving increasingly unable to retain them here. (New Zealand’s dependency on IMGs to meet its health needs is the highest in the OECD.)
As the Association of Salaried Medical Specialists (ASMS) pointed out in a major report released in August, overseas trained senior doctors had comprised 35% of the public health workforce in 2000 (already a high proportion by international standards) and this has risen to 42%, on 2012 figures.
Even so, these foreign doctors and specialists are leaving at an accelerating rate – apparently in response to the toxic combination of high clinical workloads, relatively poor wages and conditions, and chronic delays in the provision of essential equipment. Judging by the ASMS figures, of those IMGs who first registered in 2011, nearly 40% were no longer practising in New Zealand one year later, which is more than double the percentage loss of five years earlier.
Much of the disturbing trends charted in the ASMS report – and more on them later – are a reflection of the funding shortages imposed by central government through the DHB system, under both Labour-led and National-led governments. The current shortages are also a reflection of the current government’s ideologically-driven goal of getting the books into surplus, come what may.
The result is a DHB managerial culture that places a high value on short-term cost-cutting and the deferral of investment – with a reluctance to plan long term, despite the efficiencies this could deliver.
There are few signs of improvement on the horizon. Quite the contrary. The staffing levels in New Zealand’s public health system are set to deteriorate, via a vis Australia. To take just one example : Australia is on track to meet its target of 1.5 specialists per 1,000 people by 2021. As the ASMS report indicates (p.31) to do likewise in New Zealand would require a net increase of 300 specialists a year, or roughly 80 a year above what New Zealand has managed over the past three years.
“Unless the current growth rate improves significantly, New Zealand’s total (public and private) specialist workforce target for 2021 will fall short by a headcount of approximately 560 specialists. “ While the ambit and precision of some of these figures are still in dispute, the ASMS confirmed to Werewolf that the specialist workforce in the DHB system is currently running at around 100 a year below what would be needed to reach parity with Australia by 2021.
One reason why the state of public health is not a bigger political issue is that an informal level of bi-partisan agreement exists between National and Labour about some of the public health system’s worst features. For example : the current six month waiting list system – implemented by the Clark government, and tightened under National – is a major reason for the levels of unmet need.
Getting sick people onto the waiting list forces everyone (patients, GPs and specialists alike) to game the system and exaggerate the symptoms, in order to ascend the priority ladder and gain access to treatment. Routinely, the old and the sick are being forced into competition with each other, in a bid for attention.
The other reasons why the state of the public health system is rarely in the headlines is due to (a) the professionalism of healthcare staff and (b) the internalisation by the public of the view that their public hospitals are chronically in crisis, so they shouldn’t ask for very much. As the ASMS report concludes, health professionals can be their own worst enemies in that respect :
"…While the consequences of senior medical officer (SMO) shortages are far reaching, they go largely unnoticed by the public, in part because the shortages are so entrenched.
They have become the ‘norm’ in many areas. Incursion of clinical workloads into important non-clinical [teaching and training] time has become an accepted and unavoidable fact of life for many SMOs.
This, and the high use of locums [a short-term and significantly more expensive fix] to fill service gaps temporarily, have saved many services from becoming dysfunctional – have largely kept the negative effects of shortages out of the newspapers.
Ignoring the issue, however, simply means the issue grows and the consequences become more severe further down the track."
Signs of the underlying malaise do occasionally become apparent. Every now and then, highly trained and capable clinicians will throw up their hands and leave New Zealand, generating newspaper headlines such as “Top Specialist Quits in Disgust.”
In mid-November, one such departure highlighted some of the issues behind the negative trends. Wellington Hospital lost its leading cardio-electrophysiologist, Dr Alejandro Jimenez Restrepo. Born in Colombia and trained in the US, Jimenez had arrived here in 2012 with his wife and young family, intending to settle permanently in New Zealand.
Within two and a half years, he was gone. In late November, Werewolf contacted Jimenez at his new post in Abu Dhabi, to discuss the reasons for his departure.
There’s Something Fishy Going On In The Gold Market December 8 2014 | From: MoneyWeek
Bear in mind that the physical gold market (dealing in wholesale bullion delivery) is tiny in relation its paper-based cousin (futures, options, leveraged trades, collateralised obligations, ETFs, etc).
Paper beats rock
In fact, it’s estimated that the paper gold market – which should be a derivative of the physical market – is actually some 100 times larger than the physical market – ie, if everyone holding paper gold ‘stood for delivery’ at the same time, it would be impossible for every party to fulfil their obligations.
The central banks don’t like it
Because the derivative market is so large, paper gold makes physical gold’s market price. This is a problem for nervous central banks because when prices are perverted in this way, it causes anomalies in the market.
The big one right now is how the gold price seems to be completely out of kilter with underlying demand.
For example, how on earth can China and others be importing such massive amounts of physical gold – and yet the gold price refuses to budge? All sorts of theories have been posited. One is that major Western central banks have been providing physical supply to balance the books, by leasing gold into the market.
But here’s the rub: this gold may belong to other nations, which is causing anxiety for countries that rely on the Western depositories to store their gold.
World to banks: Where’s my gold?
First, it was the Venezuela’s Hugo Chavez that kicked up a stink. He demanded Venezuela’s gold back from London and the US. That was a few years ago now. Some astute nations took note. After all, Venezuela’s holdings are the 15th largest in the world – this was no piddling amount.
Then about a year and half ago, Germany was rumoured to be asking for an audit of its gold held in foreign depositories. Supposedly the American custodians said take a hike. We don’t know if that’s true or not. But what we do know is that shortly afterwards, the Germans asked for much of their gold back. 674 tons, in fact – 374 from Banque de France and 300 from the US Fed in Manhattan.
Now, this certainly wasn’t a piddling amount either. But if the stuff was in the vaults, then what’s the problem? Well, you can only imagine the Germans response to the announcement that the transfer, of their gold back to them, would take eight years to fulfil.
“What? Eight years? The Venezuelans took delivery within a couple of months. What’s going on here?”
What indeed? Perhaps the Americans placated the German delegation thus:
“Now, now, keep calm. Don’t make a fuss. If you rock the boat and everyone gets nervous, this process could take a lot longer! We don’t want anyone else getting concerned.”
A full year after Germany asked for its gold back, a trifling 37 tons had been delivered. That’s way off the 87 tons envisaged… and even that figure was allowing eight full years for delivery. What’s more, a paltry five tons came from the US. The rest was from Paris.
When asked about progress on getting its gold back, the Bundesbank was rather coy. Don’t worry, they said.
They would, though, wouldn’t they? It would hardly help to have other nations knocking on the Fed’s door asking for theirs back too now, would it?
The rumour mill is back in action
More recently, Austria was said to be giving its London custodians a prod. A report in Austrian magazine Trend suggested they were planning to send auditors to check on the country’s gold holdings in the Bank of England.
Hey up, this is how the German repatriation thing started! And Austria is no gold slouch either. Its IMF-reported reserves top 280 tons. That’s nearly half Austria’s foreign exchange reserves. They like the stuff!
In response to the rumour mill, Ewald Nowotny, governor of Austria’s central bank, recently played down matters:
“I acknowledge the request. Any grocery store is obliged to do inventory once a year.”
So the rumours of the audit appear to be true, then. And once again, the central bank tells everyone there’s nothing to see here. As I said – they would, wouldn’t they? If there’s going to be a run, then get in line early, and don’t go shouting about it.
The perfect crime
Everything I’ve laid out above is conjecture, of course. But don’t be surprised to learn that the central banks have been ‘leasing’ gold into the markets. In fact, we know for sure that they do – they’ve admitted as much.
And unlike dumping the stuff in the market – like Gordon Brown did with half our pot – lending the stuff can be done more surreptitiously. In fact, it’s the perfect crime. This way they can dump it on the markets, and still record it on their own balance sheet.
And why not? The stuff is supposed to come back again after the lease is up. But this isn’t like shorting shares. In the bullion markets, once the bullion has been lent short and dumped on the market, it’s mostly smelted into new bars that are demanded in Asia. It’s then shipped and stored in brand new vaults all over the globe.
Getting this stuff back after the lease is up could prove difficult for all the banks and hedge funds that have been shorting the stuff. ‘Only five tons delivery in one year’ kind of difficult!
Of course, if this story has legs, then it won’t be endorsed by any official any time soon. Mum’s the word. It makes you wonder, doesn’t it? Venezuela, Germany, Austria… where are the whispering rumours gathering next?
And could there be an almighty run on the Western custodian banks to come?
Once upon a time, in medieval universities, new students enrolled in the Trivium. It was the foundation curriculum. It was required. Its parts were: grammar, logic, and rhetoric.
Grammar: the interior construction of language.
Logic: the valid and invalid connections in the course of a formal argument; the method of proper reasoning; the deductive links in a chain, at the end of which appears a conclusion.
Rhetoric: oral and written presentation; the use of language to make a case; the capacity to persuade, even in the face of counter-argument.
Today, the subject matter of the Trivium is not only downplayed. It has been shattered.
This article focuses on the death of logic in schools. When the intensive handling of ideas is seen as a laughable goal for education, indoctrination is plugged in as the only alternative.
The mind of the student shifts from being an active force to being a container. The destruction of logic perverts rational thought at its core and inserts ideology masked as insight.
The actual meaning of an idea is firmly placed on the back burner. Instead? Praise or attack the people who forward ideas.
This strategy has gained great prominence.
“The revered Founders of the Republic?
Shysters, con men, slaveholders, monopolists who saw rebellion from England as the way to win greater power for themselves, at the expense of everyone else living on American soil.”
Therefore, the argument continues, and this is crucial, the Founders’ IDEAS, as expressed in the Declaration and the Constitution, were rotten to the core. The ideas can be dismissed out of hand as coming from “a bad source.”
Ideas no longer need to be judged on their sense, merit, and alignment with basic principles. Nor are they judged by their position in a well-formed argument. All that is out. Now, you only have to “look to the source” and make ALL your decisions based on “who these people really were who expressed the ideas.”
And since that’s the case, learning to think or reason is unnecessary.
In logic, this used to be called the fallacious ad hominem argument. Now it’s not called anything. It’s praised as the insightful way to do intellectual business. One by one, core ideas fall to the ax, and finally they cease to exist at all.
(To argue that very bad people have taken over an idea, and therefore the idea itself was never good, is like arguing that, since hijackers took over a plane, the plane was a despicable object altogether and probably deserved to be stolen or blown up.)
You might be surprised by the number of people who believe that the value of an idea depends entirely on who expressed the idea. If the wrong person first expressed it, it was never worthy.
Students with a vast sense of self-entitlement and meaningless self-esteem love this strategy. It allows them to parade around and call the shots and decide which ideas are important and which aren’t, without reflection. They have a scorecard of good guys and bad guys and that’s all they need.
In our teaching institutions, you could look in vain to find courses on the individual, his freedom, his power. That’s gone. It’s no accident that serious training in logic is also gone. And by serious, I mean the application of logic to formal arguments on issues that determine our future.
In many cases, instead, education is about: what group do you belong to? What are the needs of that group? Who is oppressing your group? How can you get government to solve the problem?
If you can educate the young to make snap judgments about core ideas, you eliminate their capacity to reason. You own them.
From that point on, they hold a hostile attitude toward anyone who can discuss and analyze ideas. They look at such people as an entitled and privileged class who is speaking a foreign language.
In order to engage in meaningful debate, people have to be able to recognize a train of thought and follow it. If they can’t, because they were educated not to, where are we? We’re in the dark. We’re living by slogans.
It doesn’t matter what ideas are on the table, because the overwhelming number of people don’t know what an idea is. They don’t know how to walk up to one and look at it from several sides.
They don’t know how to trace its implications. They don’t know how to fit that idea alongside its cousins. They don’t see a Whole. They see the ceaseless spinning machinery of an alien process, from which they’ve been excluded.
Then, no matter what shape society takes, it’s a dumb-show, as far the majority of its citizens are concerned.
The Matrix Revealed. Who solves that? The invasive State takes charge. It picks up the pieces of the wreckage it was a key actor in delivering.
The goal of educating citizens about what it means to take part in a Republic has been blunted. This was done, a step at a time, through education. Dismantling the ability to reason, employ logic, and handle ideas was the prow of that destructive campaign.
Therefore, the people who still know what logic is need to teach it in any way they can. The first steps are the hardest.
But when a student suddenly sees that world open up to him, when the lights go on, when information that was formerly a blur and a blob snaps into place as a recognizably logical (or illogical) sequence, when the student’s aimless wandering mind suddenly focuses with power…when he knows that he knows…the rewards are self-evident.
A dullness becomes bright.
Wellington Supercity Proposed By 2016 - The Agenda 21 'Supercity' Rollout Continues December 5 2014 | From: NationalBusinessReview
The Local Government Commission’s report on Wellington’s supercity proposes a new council and mayor by November 2016.
Comment:
While the Auckland 'Supercity' adventure has been a PR-whitewashed abject failure that costs more, and diverts funding to vested interests - most do not realise the details and that they are irrelevant so long as the UN Agenda 21 gets implemented.
Comment: I once knew a person who worked in the Audit Office of the Auckland City Council who told me that if the people knew the amount of fraud, overspending and inefficency going on there would be an uproar that would topple the council.
The report was released at noon today, despite Wellington city councillor Helene Ritchie already spilling the news.
The commission has suggested the establishment of one Wellington council with eight local boards. This would mean one mayor, 21 councillors, and 60 local board members.
It forecasts financial savings of just over $30 million a year through amalgamation.
The commission says in its report it expects the Wellington local boards will have greater power than Auckland local boards for non-regulatory functions such as development consents. It also says councillors will be appointed to boards unlike Auckland, to improve communication.
The report acknowledges the case for change is not as compelling as it was in Auckland due to population figures. The proposed Great Wellington Council will serve a population comparable to Auckland City Council before the 2010 amalgamation, it says.
“Wellington does not face the growth pressures of Auckland."
“Nor does it have the level of dysfunction between current councils that was evident in Auckland prior to amalgamation,” - the report says.
The report notes that, in the 10 years to 2013, the Wellington region performed worse than the national economy on all indicators except employment growth and business unit growth.
“The Wellington economy is dominated by the government sector. To perform better it needs to diversify and significantly lift its national and international competitiveness."
“Leadership and the ability to deliver a single plan for the region will be critical to improved competitiveness and better economic outcomes."
The proposal is now open for submissions.
Draconian New Zealand Natural Health And Supplementary Products Bill November 4 2014 | From: Jack @ TheContrail
I don’t know if you saw the propaganda on the “Rethink” program on TV3 this morning about the draconian Natural Health and Supplementary Products Bill (modelled on Australia’s) that’s presently going through Parliament’s legislative process at present which is expected to be implemented in early 2015.
Dr Shaun Holt, an Adjunct Professor at Victoria University was on the TV panel as he is on the committee also preparing the Bill. Basically this will mean in about 2 or 3 months time it will be the end of private people like us bringing in natural health supplements from overseas as all these products including all ingredients are going to be regulated and put on a “Permitted Ingredients List.”
Basically the Ministry of Health is to set up a Natural Health and Supplementary Products Authority to oversee and manage the new legislation, where all Natural Health Supplementary Products (NHSPs) being imported, distributed or sold in New Zealand must have a “Product Notifier” either the manufacturer or the importer.
The authority will prepare and maintain a list of all the permitted ingredients, at present about 5,500 are on the draft list. This is real “Nazi-style” legislation, because if you want to use any ingredient that is not on the list of “approved ingredients” the notifier must apply to the Authority.
This is the culmination of about 9 years work by the multi-national big Pharma Mafia to get all vitamins, minerals and natural health supplements regulated, thanks to the general apathy and ignorance of almost the entire nation. The game is now just about up is it not! Obviously now is the time to stock up.
By the way, Dr Shaun Holt, just happens to control a medical trials company, P3 Research, and he sees himself and his company as one of the foremost successful candidates to review and test these products in the new regime! Money again! They can’t help themselves can they?
On "Free Trade" Agreements: This Pertains To All Of The "Free Trade Agreements" The Cabal Is Currently Attempting To Roll Out Globally - Russell Brand & Who Does David Cameron Really Work For? December 2 2014 | From: TheTrews
And it's all about a few people meeting in secret, with no recourse - and no accountability to the people. Sounds legit?
I'm joined by writer and activist George Monbiot as we discuss the TTIP - a treaty backed by David Cameron that would let rapacious companies subvert our laws, rights and national sovereignty.
You can subscribe to their channel here and send links to video news items of topical stories that you'd like me to analyse.
Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists
Test the concept within the New Zealand context to see whether this is an effective and efficient way for government to reduce social problems
Recep Tayyip Erdoğan suggested French security forces knew of attack
CURRENT AFFAIRS
Vaccines make you healthy
Speaking about the different ways in which the body can absorb aluminum, Professor Exley talked 
